08/28/1991 PC-002 Contract
Contract Documents
Contract No. PC-002. Architectural
D.L.Porter/Rosasco Construction
Table of Contents
I. Contract Agreement
A. AlA Document A10l/CM
B. Public Construction Bond
C. certificates of Insurance
II. Submitted Bid Proposal bv D.L.Porter/Rosasco Construction
III. Biddinq Documents
A. Volume I, Bid Documents
B. Volume II, Technical Specifications
C. Addendum No. 1
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
.
AlA Document A101/CM
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION
Standard Form of Agreement Between
Owner and Contractor
where the basis of payment is a
STlPULA TED SUM
1980 EDITION
THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH
AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED.
This document is intended to be used in conjunction with AlA Documents
A201/CM, 1980; B141/CM, 1980; and B801, 1980.
AGREEMENT No. PC-002, Bid Package 2, Architectural
made as of the~~\~*-
Hundred and Ninety-One .
day of
A~lfs -f-
in the year of Nineteen
BETWEEN the Owner: Board of County Commissioners
Monroe County
500 Whitehead Street
Key West, Florida 33040
and the Contractor: D. L. Porter Construction, rnc. /Rosasco Construction rnc.
1100 Gillespie Avenue
Sarasota, FL 34236
the Project: Enclosure Plantation Key Courthouse Atrium and Renovation
of existing office spaces and emergency generator and
security enclosure.
the Construction Manager: Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
the Architect: Post, Buckley, Schuh & Jernigan, Inc.
The Owner and the Contractor agree as set forth below.
Copyright 1975, @ 1980 by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, N.W., Washinglon, D.C. 20006. Re-
produclion of lhe malerial herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AlA violates the
copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution.
All. DOCUMENT A1101/CM . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT . CONSTRUCTION
MAN^GEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe . @1980 . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A101/CM -1980 1
ARTICLE 1
THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and
other Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications, all Addenda issued prior to and all Modifications issued after
execution of this Agreement. These form the Contract, and all are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this
Agreement or repeated herein. An enumeration of the Contract Documents appears in Article 7.
ARTICLE 2
THE WORK
The Contractor shall perform all the Work required by the Contract Documents for
(Here insert the caption descriptive of the Work as used on other Contract Documents.)
Bid Package No. 2 - Architectural
ARTICLE 3
TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
The Work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced on the date as established
in the Notice to Proceed.
and, subject to authorized adjustments, Substantial Completion of the Work shall be achieved not later than
(Here inse,t any special plOv;sions for liquidaled damages relating to failure 10 complete on time.)
The tiIne indicated in Section 00350r Milestone Scheduler Addendum No.1.
AlA DOCUMENT4.101/CM . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION' AlA- . @198O . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1i3S NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A101/CM-1980 2
ARTICLE 4
CONTRACT SUM
The Owner shall pay the Contractor in current funds for the performance of the Work, subject to additions and
deductions by Change Order as provided in the Contract Documents, the Contract Sum of $ 3 0 2 , 915 . 00
Three hundred two thousana, nine hundred fifteen dollars and no cents.
The Contract Sum is determined as follows:
(SUt~ h~r~ th~ b~s" bid or orh..r lump sum ~mounr, ~ccepled ~/tern~res ~nd unil prices, ~s ~pplinble.)
A. Base Bid, items 1 through 14 inclusive per
Contractor's Proposal Forms.. ........ .......... ......$308,915.00
B. Owner options included in Base Bid
but not selected by Owner
2-03: Security fence with swing gates behind
Courtroom "B"........................... ( 1 , 0 0 0 . 0 0 )
2-04: Security Corridor interior block-out around
Courtroom "B" norhtwest door.. ..........( 1,500.00)
2-05: Sound deadening vestibule doors at main
entrance to Courtroom "A"...............( 3,500.00)
ARTICLE 5 Total Contract
PROGRESS PAYMENTS Award Value... $302,915.00
Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Construction Manager by the Contractor and Project Certificates
for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the
Contractor as provided in the Contract Documents for the period ending the Twenty-f ifth (25) day of each
month as follows: Approximately
Not later than Thirty (30) days following the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment,
Ninety percent (90 %) of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to labor, materials and
equipment incorporated in the Work and Ninety percent (90 %) of the portion of the Contract
Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment suitably stored at the site or at some other location agreed upon
in writing, for the period covered by the Application for Payment, less the aggregate of previous payments made by
the Owner; and upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to
One Hundred percent (lOtra) of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for
all incomplete Work and unsettled claims as provided in the Contract Documents.
(/I nol cov~red elSEwhere in the Conlr~cl Documents, here insert ~ny provision lor limiting or reducing Ihe ~mounr rel~ined ~lter the Work re~ches ~ ce,Uin
sl~,e 01 comp/~tio".)
P~ments due and unpaid under t~ Contract Documents shall bea~nterest from the date pay~nt is due at the ~te
Rntered bel'3r'" or in the ~sence thereof, at tt1x legal rate prevail~g at the plaSf of the Projeex
(He,e insert ~ny r~le of inlerest ~,reed upon,)
(Usury I~ws ~nd r,'qui,ements under rhe Fede"f Trulh in l~ndin, Ad, simil~r sl~le ~nd lonl consumer credit I~ws ~nd oth~, re,u/~rionJ ~I the Owne,'s
~nd Conlr~Clor's p,incip~1 p/~ces 01 busin~ss, the foc~lion of the Projecl ~nd efsewher~ m~y ~I/ecl lhe v~/idily of lhis provision. Specific le,~1 ~dvice should
be obl~in~d wilh ,.'speClto delelion, modific~lion or olher r~quirem~nlS such is wrillen disc/osures or w~ivers.)
AlA DOCUMENT ~.1'1/CM . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA- . @1980 . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 17JS NEW YORK AVE., N.W.. WASHINGTON, D.C. :?0006
A101/CM -1980 3
ARTICLE 6
FINAL PAYMENT
Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be paid by the Owner to the
Contractor when the Work has been completed, the COhtract fully performed, and the Architect has issued a Project
Certificate for Payment which approves the final payment due the Contractor.
ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
7.1 Terms IJsed in this Agreement which are defined in the Conditions of the Contract shall have the meanings
designated in those Conditions.
7.2 The Contract Documents, which constitute the entire agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, are listed
in Article 1 and, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated as follows:
(List below the Agreement, the Conditions 01 the Contract [General, Supplementary and other Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications, and any Addenda
and accepted alWrnates, showing page or sheet numbers in al/ cases and dates where applicable.)
I. Bidding Documents
1. Bid Documents for Plantation Key Courthouse Atrium
Enclosure, renovation of existing offices and emergency
generator, Volume I Table of Contents, all documents enumerated
on Pages OUOOl-l through 00001-3 dated 7/31/91.
2. Technical Specifications, Volume II, Table of Contents, all
documents enumerated on Pages TC-l through TC-2.
3. Addendum No.1 Dated August 15, 1991.
II. Submitted Bid Documents by D. L. Porter Construction, Inc./Rosasco
4. Proposal Form dated August 19, 1991, Pages 121-1, 121-2 & 111-3.
5. Schedule of Unit Prices, Page 00122-1.
6. Contractor Evaluation Form.
7. Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause.
8. Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes.
9. Non-Collusion Affidavit.
10. Subcontractor Listing.
III.
Accepted Owner Options by the Board of County Commissioners in
their regularly scheduled meeting on August 28, 1991:
2.-01: De-shackling room and stairs to southeast door
of Courtroom "B".
2-02: Security fence behind Courtroom "B".
AlA DOCUMENT A101/CM . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT' CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT WITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe . @1980 . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., NW., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A101/CM -1980 4
7.3 Temporary facilities and services:
(Here insert temporary lacilities and services which are different Irom or in addition to those included elsewhere in the Contract Documents.)
Reference Contract Documents
7.4 Working Conditions:
(Here lis! any special conditions affecting the Contract.)
Reference Contract Documents
(Seal)
Attest: Danny L. Kolhage, Clerk
BY:~
"Approved as to Form
and Legal Sufficiency"
BY~47r ~
ttor ey's Offlce
DATE:/O - '3 -91
OWNER Monroe County
Board of County Commissioners
This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above.
CONTRACTOR D.\.... ?oY\.~tC:'rL CO""ST"t\.u<<:"'\,oov r:;.c.c..(
Ros~~Co Cow....n,...>c..t"\o~ r"K.
~'I~_~ --"I+.. _~
ITS: trt4t/)t/ eI.4~.LAIJJt)
I
BY:
ITS:
c.lITDoi..
VlUO PiLE:S'O~
AlA DOCUMENT A101/CM . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AIA8 . @1980 . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF AIKHITECT5, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A101/CM-1980 5
T'"'
- - . - _.
BOND # 3335905
'-....
";t.....
~c c:mtAnnC'l':rOH' BaWD
.......-
B1.' ncrs BOlIO, We D. L. Poner eonsrrocuon,,I'lra Principal and Baokers
Insurance Coomanv: , a COZPOrat.ion, as Surety, are bound to Board of Counr:!: ~ssiooers
herein called Owner, in the ...... of $ 308.915.00 for payment of Honroe Cry,
Which .... l>ind -lYes, our heirs, personal rep>:esentat.i Yes ,
Successors, and assigns, jointly and SeYerally.
~ COllDI1'ION OF THIs BOND is 'that if Principal:
1. 'Performs the contract dated ~,^",j-")-f , 19...1L, between '
Principal and Owner for construction Planration Kev Connhonse Ar~i.... 'PC-002
the contract being ....de a part Of this bond by reference, at the
times and in the manner Prescribed in the contract: and
2. ~ly lDakes payments u, all Claimants, as defined in Section
255.05(1), Florida Statutes, SUPPlYing Principal with labor,
materials, Or SUPPlies, used directly or indirectly by Principal
in the ProSecution of the "ork Provided for in the Contract: and
\-;
3 . Pays OWner all lOSses, damageS, ""Penses, costs, and attorn,ey' s
fees, inClUding apPellate proceedings, that OWner Sustains because
of a defaUlt by Principal under the contract: and
4. Performs the 9Uarantee of all WOrk and lDaterials furnished
under the contract for the time SpeCified in the Contract, then
this bolld is void; otherwise it relnains in full .forCe.
.
Any <:hanges in Or Under the contract. dOCWllents Ari<!'CQIIPliance with
any fOZlllalit.ies connected with the contract or the,"Gbanges does not
affect Surety r S obligation under this bond~ .'
DATE ON . ~ /) I- ~ A?L./~ h , lS.1L.
I . .
D,l, POfter Construction. Inc,
r - hQ2o:CLh
(NAME OF PRINCIPAL)
~w~ I ~
~ , ~J
. '\, {AS ATTORNEy IN FAdT}
. Merlin D. Redfield C/
Bankers Insurance Company
(NAME OF SURETY)
,-.
07/26/91
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND
00610 - 1
Jolwr of Attorntl!
3334401
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Bankers Insurance Company, a corporation created by and existing undef the laws of the
State of Florida having its principal office in the City of S1. Petersburg, Pinellas County, State of Florida, does hereby nominate, constitute
and appoint: MERLIN D. REDF1:ELD
CI:.EARWATER PINlU.T.AS FLORIDA
ofthe City of , County, State of , e~ch its true and
lawful, Attorney-in-Fa,ct, with full power and authority conferred upon him to sign, E!xecute, acknowledge and deliver for and on its behalf as
Suretyasitsactanddeed,anybond, undertaking,consentoragreement,notexceedmg $350.000.00
which this Company may be authorized to write.
The Bankers Insurance Company further certifies that the following is a true and correct copy of Article IV, Section 2 of the By-Laws
duly adopted and now in force, to wit:
SECTION 2. THE PRESIDENT shall preside at all meetings meetings of stockholders and directors, shall have general
supervision of the affairs of the corporation, shall sign or countersign all certificates, contracts, and other instruments
of the corporation as authorized by the Board of Directors and stockholders, and shall perform all such other duties
as are incident to his office or are properly required by him by the Board of f'irectors. He may also hold the Office
of Treasurer.
~ O~~~
Edwin C. Hussemann, Secretary
This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board
of Directors of the Bankers Insurance Company at its monthly meeting held in August, 1981.
RESOLVED, that the signatures of such Officers and the Seal of the Corporation may be affixed to any such Power of
Attorney or any certified copy thereof or any certification relating thereto, by facsimile and any such Power of Attorney
or any certified copy thereof, or any certiiied copy thereof, or any certification relating thereto bearing such facsimile
signatures or facsimile seal shall be valid and bindin~ upon the Corporation in the future with respect to any bonds,
undertakings, recognizances or contracts of indemnity to which it is attached.
STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF PINELLAS
)
) SS.
)
BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, personally appeared DAVID K. MEEHAN and EDWIN C. HUSSEMANN, who acknowledged
themselves to be the President and Secretary of Bankers Insurance Company, a Florida corporation, and they as such President and
Secretary being authc1rized to do so, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing the name of the
corporation by themse,lves as President and Secretary, and that said secretary affixed thereto the seal of the corporation and attested to
the execution of the foregoing instrumen1..,
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and seal this 29th day of
March
,19~.
My Commission Expin~s:
Feb. 26, 1994
(SEAL)
~;~~~
Secretary
CUSTOMER ~ 10552 C E R T I F I CAT E 0 FIN SUR A N C E ISSUE DATE: 09/06/91
RODUCER===========:===================='======THIS=CERTIFICATE=IS=ISSUED-AS=A=HATTtR=OF=INFORMATION=ONLY=AND=CONFE~S===
NICHOLAS & CANNON A!GENCY I NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND}
~1 N. TUTTLE AVE. I EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
POBOX 1419 I
SARASOTA, FL 1 COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE
ZIP CODE 34230 I
I COHPANY LETTER A AETNA L 6 C
---------------------------------------1
.1 COMPANY LETTER B FCC I FUN[I
I
I COMPANY LETTER C
I COMPANY LETTER D
I
f
I
INSURED
[I. L. PORTER
CONSTRUCTION~ INC.
1100 GILLESPiE AVE.
SARASOTA, F l
ZIP CODE 34236
COMPANY LETTER E
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COVERAGES
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY
PERIOD INDICATED NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REGUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TD
WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJEC.
TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS, AND CONDITIDNS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN HAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CO POLICY POLICY
LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER EFF. DATE EXP. DATE LIMITS
==fGENERAL=LIABILITy===================j======================================'=GENERAL=AGGREGATE===========$=2~OOO~OO-
Al (X) COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY C0214964S2FCA 01/09/91 01/09/02 I PRODUCTS-COMP/OP ASS. $ 2,000,00
. ( ) CLAIMS MADE (X) OCCUR. PERSONAL l. AIIV. INJURY $ 1,OOO}OO
I ( ) OWNER'S 6 CONTRACTOR'S PROTo I EACH OCCURRENCE $ l}OOO,OO
( ) I FIRE DAMAGE (ANY ONE FIRE) $ 100,00
I ( ) I MED. EXPENSE (ANY ONE PERS) $ 5,00
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------_.
IAUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
AI (X) ANY AUTO
( ) ALL OWNED AUTOS
I ( ) SCHEDULED AUTOS
I (X) HIRED AUTOS
(X) NON-OW NEIl AUTOS
i ( ) GARAGE LIABILITY
I ( )
Fj21466412CCA
01/09/91
01109/92
COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
$ 1,000,00
BODILY INJURY (PER PERSON) $
BODILY INJURY (PER ACC)
$
PROPERTY DAMAGE
$
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
i i'
i XS21467427WCA 01/09/91 09/09/92 i EACH OCCURRENCE $ 3,000,00
I ! AGGREGATE $ 3 ~OOO ~OO
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I () STATUTORY LIMITS
Bl' WORt\EF~'S. COMPENSATION /10255-01 01101/91 01l0i/92 , EACH ACCIIiENT
AND I DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT
i EMPLOYER'S Lli4BILITY i I DISEASE-EACH EMPLOYEE
I I '\, I
I EXCESS LIABILITY
A' (Xi UMBRELLA FORM
I ( ) OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM
$ l,OOOJOO
$ 5,000,00
$ LOOO iOO
-------------------.---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I OTHER
I
,
i
I
i
i
I
I '
-------------------.---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/SPECIAL ITEMS
RE: CQNTRBCT ~Pf~002._BIP.eKG. i2 - ARCHITECTURAL ENCLOSURE PLANTATION KEY
COURTHOUSt ATRIUM ~ ~tNOVAIN EXIST.OFFICE SPACEl. EMERG. GEN.~ SECURITY ENCL.
I . ADD'L INSRD! MONROE CNTY BD. OF ~OUNTY COMMISSIO~ERS(NOT APPL. TO WORK COMP.)
}ldd 1 Insrd: !'vbrnscn KnLJCic;en/Gerrrts & Rosasco Constructicn, Inc. (oot applicable to Workers Cmpensatioo)
=CERTIFICATE=HOLDER:====================,=CANCELLATION=================================================================
i
I
I
i
BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS
MONF:OE COUNTY
500 WHITEHEAD STREET
KEY WEST, FL
ZIP CODE 33040
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE
E~rIRAI!ON ~AIE TH~REOFJ THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL
60 DAi~ WRITIEN NuTleE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT,
BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY
OF ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANY! ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES.
Author ized Representa ti ve . ! j ,
Eleanor Gariepy ,r(};.r/, .l' , , ~ i 0 ~ , /' .J.-; .'. I
f / /J j'", d. vLL i~;;-..,
SECTION 00121.
. ,
AUG 1991 -;&
RECENEO ~1
MORRlSON-MUaset ~1
1
PROPOSAL PORK
Bid Package Bo. 2
Architectural
BID '1'0
.
.
MONROE COOHTY - CLERX OF COURTS
500 WHITEHEAD STREET
XEY WEST I FLORIDA 330" 0
D.L. PORTER CONSTRUCTION, INC~74~Co ~~T...L#C
1100 Gillespie Avenue /
Sarasota, FL 34236
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package NO.2, Architectural
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
perf1ormed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized
hims1elf with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws,
.ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the
Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labc)r, mechanics,
superintendents, tools, material, equipment,. transportation
services, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete
said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman-like manner, in
confl::>rmance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract
Docllinents including Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected
the i3.ctual location of where the Work is to be performed, together
wi th the local sources of supply and that he understands the
conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful
biddl:r shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays
arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent
physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by
reference to documentary information provided and made available,
and :from inspection and examination of the~ite.-
}
08/~t/91
/~~
PROPOSAL FORM (4DD. J)
00121-1
Installation of doors and windows and all
associated hardware excluding security corridor
8. Erection of security corridor, Complete $ 4"?'~ 0
9. All costs associated with room finishes excluding $ /~o ~~o
security corridor "
1.
Mobilization
2.
General Conditions
3.
Permits
4.
Bonds
5.
Demolition and removal of all materials within
scope
6. Erection of all partition wall excluding
_ security corridor
7.
10. Owner option No. 2-01: Deshackling room and
stairs to southeast door of Courtroom "B".
11. Owner Option No. 2-02: Security fence behind
Courtroom "B".
/ ~ ?-5' /)
,
$
$ ,~. :;!~C>
,
$
$
$
~/9
55'00
/ ~ 77'0
$ 3~ 4~
.
$ /6, 7-1'0
,
$ .er~
$ /L/?5
12. owner option No. 2-03: security fence with swing $ /I.?(~O
gates behind Courtroom "B".
13. Owner option No. 2-04: Security Corridor interiorS l~oLJ
blockout around Courtroom "B" northwest door.
14. oWner Option No. 2-05: Sound deadening vestibule $ ~~OD
doors at main entrance to Courtroom "A". 3o~ ~ 15
TOTAL BID, items 1 thru tt- (figures) $ ..;J~ Q I(
==========
TOTAL BID, _(words) .~:> /~{.A/ 2>~2'~)~ ~jA/~V
~tjJ I'~' r :-::r:.,/-: ~/l,; ^ A~ A;.E /0...,; ^ ~O-a;RS
~ ,. - I /..r...'" ..4./1/ >., "~
-
08/';/91
~6-;Y1
00121-2
1 ~ 2lcknowledge receipt of Addenda No. (s)
:r have included pages 2 through :3 of the proposal Form X , and
at1:.ached the required Bid Security--L., Unit Price Schedule X ,
Contractor Evaluation Form---I-, Lobbying and Conflict o~ Interes":
Clause X , sworn statement of Public Entity Crimes X , Nor.-
col1usI"OilAffidavit-2-, and proposed Subcontractor listing-L.
~heck mark items above as a eminOer that the
Mailing Address:
D.L. PORTER CONSTRUCTION, INC.
1100 Gillespie Avenue
Sarasota, FL 34236
phone Number:
813- 365-1522
Da.te:
Auaust 19, 1991
Signed:
C .k01J n{
c. Marshall White
(Name)
Vice President
(Title)
Witness:
,~7Lj1~
(Seal)
PROPOSAL FORM 0- 0,0. ..t-)
0011::"-3
-
~)/14/91
~;//O/?/
-'1
. i
SECTION 00122
SCHEDULE 07 UNIT PRICES
Bid Package No. 2
ArChitectural
-
The following unit prices shall govern, where applicable, for
additions or deductions from the requirements of this contract.
Description
Unit
Unit Price
~.
carpenter, fully burdened,
incl. profit and overhead.
$/Hr.
$ '2.5'.00
2.
Laborer, fully burdened, incl.
profit and overhead.
$/Hr.
$ I $". DO
.60
3.
CMU, 8"x8"x16" standards, material $/ea.
cost only, not including tax,
delivered.
$
06/14/91
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
0('\,')')_'1
V~__ -.
"-
~
SWORN S'1'ATEKEN'l' UNDER SEC'l'ION 287.~33(3) (a),
l"LORIDA STATU'l'ES, 011 PUBLIC EN'l'I'1'Y CRIKES
'1'X1:S70M HUST BE SIGNED IN TD PRESENCE 01" A NOTARY PUBLIC OR
OTHER OFFICER AU'l'BORIZED TO ADKINISTER OATES.
1. This sworn statement is submitted with Bid, Proposal or
contract No./ 2 for Plantation Key
Courthouse Atrium Renovation Project, Architectural
2. This sworn statement is submitted by
D.L. PORTER CONSTRUCTION, INC.
(Name of entity submitting sworn statement)
whose business address is 1100 Gil' esp; e Avenue
Sa rasota, FL 34236 and (if
applicable) its Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN)
is
59-1782890
(If the entity has no FEIN, include the social Security Number
of the individual signing this sworn statement:
. )
3.. My name is C. t~a rsha" ~Jh; te and my
relationship to the enti-ey named above is v; ce Pres; dent
4. I understand that a "public entity crime" as defined in
Paragraph 287.133(1) (g), Florida Statutes, means a violation
of any ~tate or federal law by a person wi~h respect to and
directly rela-ced to the ~ransaction of business \oll -:.h any
public entity or with an agency or poli-:.ical subdivision of
any other state or with the united States, including, but no~
limi-ced to, and bid or con-:.ract for ooods or senrices to be
provided to any public entity or an agency or political
subdivision of. any other state or of the Uni-ced S~a-ces and
involving antitrust, fraud, thef-c, bribery, collusion,
racketeering, conspiracy, or material misrepresenta~ion.
':" I understand 'tha't "convictec." or "convic~io:r;" as defined .:n
Paragraph 287.133(1) (b), Florida Sta'tutes, means a finding of
guil t or a conviction of a p~lic en-cl ty crime, '\otl th or
wi thout an adjudication of gu:.l t, in any federal or sta-ce
trial court of record rela-cinc 'to charaes brouaht bv
____ . Jndic"Cment or info::.-mationaf-cer Jt;,ly 1, 1989~ as a re~ult o~
04/30/91
PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
00420-1
a jury verdict, nonjury verdict, nonjury trial, or entry of
a plea of guilty or nolo contendere.
6. I understand that an "affiliate" as defined in Paragraph
287.133(1) (a), Florida statutes, means:
~. A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a
public entity crime: or
2. An entity under the control of any natural person who is
active in the management of the entity and who has been
convicted of a public entity crime. The term "affiliate"
incl udes those off icers, directors , executives, partners,
shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are
active in the management of an affiliate. The ownership
by one person of shares constituting a ~ontrolling
interest in another person, or a pooling of equipment or
income among persons when not for fair market value under
an arm's length agreement, shall be a prima facie case
that one person controls another person. A person ~ho
knowingly enters into a joint venture with a person ~ho
has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida
during the preceding 36 ~onths shall be considered an
affiliate.
7.. I understand that a "person" as defined in Paragraph
287.~33(1) (a), Florida statutes, means any natural person or
entity organized under the laws of any state or of the Uni~ed
states with the legal power to enter into a binding contrac~
and which bids or applies to bid on contracts for ~he
provision of goods or services let by a public entity, or
which otherwise transacts or applies to transact business v,-:" th
a public entity. The term "Person" includes those officers,
directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees,
members, and agents who are active in management of an en~:.. ~y .
E. Based on information and belief, the statement whi=h I have
marked below is true in relation to the entity submi~ting ~_i5
sworn statement. [Please indicate which statement applies.j
X Neitber the entity submitting this sworn stateIllen~, nor
any officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders,
employees, merubers, or agents who are active in managemen~ of
~he entity, nor any affiliate of the enti~y have been cha~~ed
'\dth and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to ':-..:::'y
1, 1989.
The entity submi~~ing this sworn statement, or one or
- ---.---.---
04/30/91
PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
001,20-2
~ore of ~e officers, directors, executives, partners,
shareholders, employees, lDe.mDers, or Zlgents who are Zlcti ve in
management of ~e entity, or an affiliate of ~e entity has
been charged .dth and convicted of a public entity crime
subsequent to July ~, ~9B9, lJit2 [Please indicate which
additional statement applies.]
-There has been a proceeding concerning the
conviction before. a hearing officer of ~e State of
Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings. The final
order entered by the hearing officer did not place the
person or affiliate in the convicted vendor list. [Please
attach a copy of the final order.]
The per-son or affiliate was placed on ~e convicted
vendor list. there has been a subsequent proceeding
before a hearing officer of ~e State of Florida,
Division of Administrative Hearings. The final order
entered by the hearing officer dete~ined that it was ~n
the public interest to remove ~he person or affilia-:.e
from the convicted vendor list. [Please a~~ach a copy cf
the final order.]
The person or affiliate has not been placed on ~~e
convicted vendor list. [Please describe any action taken
by or pending ~ith the Depa~ent of General SeT'oices.]
C llYYXJ *
[Signa~ureJ
Da"C.e: 8/19/91
ST~_TE OF
cOmryy OF
FLORIDA
SARASOT h
PERSONkLLY ~~PE~~D BEFORE ME, the under-signed authori~y,
C. ~1arshal1 ~lhit€ ."0'" a.z:-e- &~-s- ....eing S"'O-'- b'\' ~c
""-""""I -- _ --- ........, - -... -~. .. ..;-/
[name of ind~vicual sign~n9J
~.-ffixed his/her sig-nature in ~he space provided above on -:.his
19th day of Auoust , 19 91 .
~~
NOT;.Rt/Pr::s:...:C
11y c::munissi on e:>...pires:
~ry Publi:, Stat! of FIDrida at urge
My Commi::siDn Expires july 16, 1992
:fo=m PlJR 7068 (Rev. ll/ E 9)
04/30/91
PUBLIC ~NT:TY CRIMES
0042['-3
LOBBYING J.llI) CON!'LIC"!' 01" IJr:'!:R!:S'r CLAUS!
~.ORN STATEKE~~ UNDER ORDINANCE NO. 010-19'0
MONROE COmrI"Y. 1"LO!tIDA
R D.L. PORTER CONSTRUCTION, INC.
-
(company)
tl
" warrants that it has not employed, retained or otherwise had
act: on its behalf any former County officer or employee subject to
thE~ prohibition of Section 2 of Ordinance No. 010-1990 or any
Co\mty officer or employee in violation of Section 3 of ordinance
No.. 010-1990. For breach or violation of this provision the county
may, in its discretion, terminate this contract without liability
and may also, in its discretion, deduct from the contract o=-
purchase price, or otherwise recover, the full amount of any fee,
commission, percentage, gift, or consideration paid to the forme=-
County officer or employee".
r Lrrn_,~ 1
( signature)
Date: 8119/91
COUNTY OF
FLORIDA
SARASOTA
S'J~ATE OF
P:E:RSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority,
_ C. Marshall Whitp who, after first being sworn by me, af::ixed
his/her signatu=-e (name of individual signing) in the spa=e
provided above on ';:his 19th day ~d~Qb';.".( B.2l.
NOTARY PUBL
}lly cOIrJr,ission expl.res:
~ry Pub&t, State of Rorida at urge
tit\' Ccmmi~n Expires July 16. 1992
._._-,....__.~-
.
07/25/91 LOBBYING AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST Cd>USE
00425 - ::..
.ON-COLLOSiO. 17riDA~~
I, c. r.1arshall White of the city of Sarasota, FL
acc:ording to law on my oath, and under penalty of perjury, depose
ancl say that;
1.) I am Vice President of the firm of
D. L. PORTER CONSl RUCnON, ItlCthe bidder making the proposal for the
-
prc,ject described in the notice for calling for bids for Bid Package
No. 2-Architectural , and that I executed the said proposal with
~ll authority to do so;
2.) the prices in this bid have been arrived at independent.ly
without collusion, consultation, communication or agreement for the
purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating ~o
such proces with any other bidder or with any competitor;
3.) unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have
bE~en quoted in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed by the
bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder and ~ill
nc>t be knowingly disclosed by the bidder prior to bid opening,
directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or to anycompetitori
and
4.) no attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder
tl:> induce any other person, partnership or corporation to sUbIti t.,
or not to submit, a bid for the purpose of restricting competition;
5. )
correct,
u.pon the
awarding
the statements contained in this affidavit are true and
and made with full knowledge that Monroe County relies
truth of the statements contained in this affidavit in
contracts for said project.
r t (lQ'C:) *
(Signature of Bidder)
Auaust 19, 1991
-
DATE
STATE OF
coUNTY OF
PERSONALLY hPPEARED BEFORE ME, t.he undersigned authori~y,
C. Marshall White who, after first being sworn by me,
(name of individual signing)
FLORIDA
SARASOTA
affixed his/her signature in the space
19th day of Auaust
provided above on this
I 29--21
/2/=/~-#-c,~
. NOTARY 'P ....1 C
My commission expires:
. ,_~~, f':':0:JC. :itltl: oi Rori::a lit 12~e
..W CommISSion Expires July 16. 1992
02/20/90
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
00~30-l.
SECTION 00<&<&0
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING
1. subcontractor:
Address:
Phone:
Contact:
portion of Work:
Percentage this proposed subcontract is of total Bid Price as
delineated on Proposal Form: %.
2. subcontractor:
Address:
Phone:
Contact:
portion of Work:
Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as
delineated on Proposal Form: ~.
3. Subcontractor:
Address:
Phone:
Contac't.:
portion of work:
Percentage this proposed subcontract is of total Bid Price as
delineated on Proposal Fo=m: %.
l,. subcontractor:
Address:
Phone:
Contact:
po:::--:.ion of work:
Percentage this proposed subcon~ract ~s
delineated on Proposal For~:
0: ~c~al Bid Price as
5<
c .
OS/20/91
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING
0044(--}.
'! E I
AtdlilCAt\
1 t\ S i 1 j r j I
o f
ARC
Eli
r -
- ..
k~""
\t""\J""'~
. "I
..
AlA Document A305
Contractor's Qualification Statement
'986 EDITION
TJJis form is approlJed and recommended ~. Toe American lnstilUlC' oj Architects
.(AlA) and T}JeASsociated General Contractors oj America (AGC)j07' use in evaluat-
ing tbe qual~rica.tions oj contractors. .No endorsement oj tbe submitting part)' or
verifica.ti071 0/ tbe i7~ronnatio'1 is made by tJJe AlA 01' AGe
The Undersigned certifies under oath that the information provided herein i5 true al1d suff:-
Dendy complete so as not to be misleading.
PRINCIPAl OFF1CE:
Monroe County - Clerk of Courts
500 Whitehead Street
Key West, Fl 33040
C. Marshall White
D.l. PORTER CONSTRUCTION, INC.
1100 Gillespie Avenue, Sarasota, Fl 34236
1100 Gillespie Avenue, Sarasota, FL 34236
Corporation
1I
SUBMITTED TO:
ADDRESS:
SUBMITTED BY:
Partnership
NAME:
IndIvidual
ADDRESS:
.1Olnt Venture
Orhe;
NA.J\1E O~ PROJECT (if :appiicable): Plantation Key Courthouse Atrium Renovation Project
Bi~ Package No.2, Architectural
TYPE O~ WORK (file separate form for each Cl~ssiflcation 0; \:);iork):
General Construction
HVAC
Piumbing
X Other Archi tectura 1
tple~se specify)
Electrical
Cop\'Ti!!nl 1964, 1969. 19'79. @1986 0\' The: Amen= In!l1itUle: of ATchneru. 1735 N~' )'ori; Avenue. I\.~'.. ~'ashmg'
tOf.. D.C. 20006. ReorociuClIon of me: m:ner~1 nerc:m or suos=~1 quot:lllon of tiS oro\'ISJom ",'ithOUI "'''rmen pennlss1o:-.
of the: AlA \'Ioi:nc:s the: co!wn;:h: 1:I""s of the Unnec ~l:IlC:S ane will be: subJect 10 ic:~ orose:cullon.
A!~. CCCU~EN'7 A.30~ . CO~"TR...C!OR'< QUALlFICAT10l\ ~TATEME'" . 1'I1l\) EDITIOr--. All.' . ISll'J"".
THE AMERICAI' IN~TrTLTE Or ARCHITECTS, j"~'i NE'" YOR~ AVEI.alE 1\.\1:.. \\'...SHII'GTOI\. D.l:. 21"""
t.305 -1986
,~ ORGANtZA TlON
1.1 Ho": many yClI'S has your or~tion been in business 2S ~ ContraCtor?
fourteen (14)
1:2 How many yClI'S has your orpni7.2tiOn been in business under its present business name?
Twelve (12)
1:2.1 Under ",'hat other or former ~mes has your orpniz:ltion oper:ned?
McAnallen-Porter Constructors, Inc.
1.3 If your organization is:;I corpof2tion. :.mswer the follov,'ing:
1.3.1 D:.ne of incorpOf2tion: September 1977
1.3:2 Sute of inCorpof2tion: F1 ori da
1.35 President's name: Gary A. Loer
1.3.4 vice-presic1ent's name(s): C. Marshall White
1.3,5
1.3.6
Secreury's name:
Tre2Surer's name:
Paulette Jewell
Paulette Jewell
1.4 If your organiZltiOn is 2 partnership, answer the follov,'mg:
1.4.1 Date of organiz:ation:
1..4.2 Type of partnersiup (i: :applicable): .-
1.4.3 N:ame(s) of general partner(s):
NA
1.5
If your organiz:.mon i~ individually o~med. :m~~"er the follo~'mg:
1. 5.1 D:nt of or;:an:::2tior::
1~5.2 )~:ame of o~mer: NA
----
AI,~ OOCUMEW'j" AJDS' (;O~'TIl...CTOF"~ qUAL.IFICATIO:-; ST."TE~lD': . 1""" EDn'JO'" AI~" . (;.."""",
_ 'TH:c-AMERICAK tl':,,-:Tl'TE OF ARCHITECTS, j-~~ I':E\" YOR" ,WEKll!., K"', \,'ASH1N(';TOK. D,C :?lMM)(,_
t..305-'986
1.6 If the form of your Orpru22tion is other than those lIsted abOve, describe it and nmle the pnna~.
HA
2. LICENSING
1.1 List jurisdictions and trade aue~ories in ~..hich your o~aniZ2tiOn is le~ly qualified to do business.
and indiaue r~tration or license numbers, if :l.ppIiCible.
General Contractor: Florida - CG C051066
North Carolina - 16653
'I 'I List jurisdiCtions in which your orpniZ211on's pannership or t:ade name is filed.
NA
3. EXPERIENCE
3.1 l.15t the anegories of ~'ork t.~t your ort:aniZ2tiOn normally performs ~'ith its o~.-n forces.
A. Concret~ . (Form &. Pout)'-
B. Masonry (Labor Only)
C. Carpentry (Rough &. Finish)
D. Landscape (Labor Only)
E. Cl ean-up
F. Supervision
3.2 Ciairns and Suits. (If the an5"t1.'er to any of me questions below is yes, ple2.se ar~ch ciet2.i~.'
S.2.1 P.2~ VOUi or~a~tion e"'e: failed to complete an;' "tI.'ork :l"tl.'arcied to it?
ftO
:. 'I 'I
.J____
Are there any Judgments, claIms. a:bir:;lUon proceecimgs or SUIts pencimg or m;:.s~nc:
agams\ your orgaruz;uion or its offlcersi
No
H:lS your orp.n:zatiOn fliec an" l;l"t\. SUl!.5 or requestec'. :arbitration "tI.'ith reg:!rd to canst,
- tioh contractS"withm the 12s\ five ~'e:J.rsi
~.~.~
No
3.3 Within the l2..st five years. h2s any offJcer or principaJ of your orga~tion c,'er been ar: office:
pnncipal of another orgaruZ2lion ~'hen It faiied to complete :1 construCUOn com:act? (If the ans"tl..~
yes, pi ease at~ch de~ils.) No
All, DOCUMENT 1.305 . COJ"o,"TK.~CTO,,'~ QUAL1!-"lCA710J"o, STATE~!::J"o,; . 1%;, :;:;:7:("):, . :.t:' . e"u~"
"'";-:': A.:.~::\(ICf," 1",-:-:-;-':,:: 0; A,EC!-:;'::C,:, :~'= ,,::,:' YO",; A\':'''i.':: "'\ "".fSHIN"TO;' D,C 2(1(1('\'
A3D5-19S
3.4 On :I separate sheet, hst malor construCtion proJeCtS your orpruzatlon ha.~ m prop-ess, ~1\"inf the
n2tfle of proJeCt, o",rner, :lrchiteCt, contr2Ct amount, percent complete :and scheduled completion
ci2tc.
3.4.1 St2te total wonh of work in pr~:and under contr2Ct:
See Attached
3.5 On:l separ2te sheet, list the major projeCtS your org:aniZ.ation ha.~ completed in the past five ycus,
giving the n2tfle of project, o",rner, architeCt, contr2Ct amount, ci2te of compleuon:and perccot2ge of
the COSt of the work performed with your own forces.
3.5.1 St2te 2Vef2ge :mnU2l amount of construction work performed during the past five ycus:
$10,000,000
3.6 On :l separ:ne sheet, list the construCtion o..-perience 2rId present commitments of the key indi\'id-
uals of your org:miz.:nion.
See Attached
4. REFERENCES
4.1 Tr2de References:
Leeds(Wickes) Lumber, P.O. Box 1181, Bradenton, FL
Stottlemyer & Shoemaker, P. O. Box 3559, Sarasota, FL
Power Air Conditioning, P. O. Box 49106, Sarasota, FL
LaGasse Plumbing, 4240 Derek Way, Sarasota, FL
Cole Electric, Inc., 737 N. Lime Avenue, Sarasota, FL
813-746-
813-365-
813-957-
813-924-
813-377-
4.2 Bank References:
SunBank of Sarasota County, NA
1599 Ringling Blvd.
Sarasota, FL 34236
813-951-3113
ATT: Stephen J. Putnam
4.3 Surety:
4.3.1 Name of boncimg company:
Bankers Insurance Co.
4.;.2 Name :me. :lciciress of agent: Merl in Redfi e 1 d
Roger Bouchard Ins., Inc.
P. O. Box 6090
Clearwater, FL 34618-6090
"Il.. DOCUMEm '-305 . CC~"TRACTOt:'~ QUAL1!'ICAT10t-.. ~ATEME"'" . 19t;o EDlTIO'" . AI...' . (Oil";;",
THE AM::RICAl" ll"rr"L"T:: 0= ARCHITECTS. 1~~~ N::\l:' YORK AV::l':lJL N\l:., WASHII':CTOK. D.C. ;?IKKK'
t..305 -'986
3.~ and 3.~1 On a separate sheet, list major construction
projects ~our organization has in process, ~iving the name of the
prOject, owner, architect, contract amount, and scheduled
completion.
PROJECT:
OWNER:
ARCHITECT:
CONTRACT AMT:
COMPLETION:
PROJECT:
OWNER:
ARCHITECT:
. CONTRACT AMT:
COMPLETION:
PROJECT:
OWNER:
ARCHITECT:
CONTRACT AMT:
COi'IPLET 1 ON :
PROJECT:
OWNER:
ARCHITECT:
CONTRACT AMT:
CDr1PLETl ON:
PRDJECT:
OWNER:
ARCHITECT:
CONTRACT AMT:
C0l1PLET I ON:
PFOJECT:
OWNER:
ARCHITECT:
CONTRACT AMT:
COMPLETION:
Resident Services Building
Pines of Sarasota
Barger 8: Dean
$7IfS,OOO
Jul~ 1991
East Naples Fire Station
E. Naples Fire Control 8: Rescue District
Johnson, Peterson, Holliday
5S80,000
October 1991
NCNB National Bank, Englewood
NCNB National Bank, Tampa
Shepard Legan Aldrian, Ltd
$320,lS0
June 1991
Student Services Center
Florida Keys Community College
Gonzalez 8: Associates
$1,339,300
February 1952
Glasses RX Tenant Buildout
Dr. David W. Shoemaker, M.D. P.A
Cooper Johnson Smith Architects, Inc.
$62,000
August .1991
Stock Island Plant Eloc. Addition
Cit~ Electric
Cit~ Electric Engineering
=598,~SO
Januark) 19S2
1100 Gillespie Avenue. Sarasota. Flonda ?-4:::'6 ~ (~}?>'\ 36:';-1522 · Fax (~13') 36)-lS(J)
3.Ei On separate sheet, list the constructin experience of the
keu individuals of Uour organization.
Garu A. Loer - President
S Years
c. Marshall White - Vice President
15 Years
D. Craig Hollidau - Regional Vice President
10 Years
Secretaru/Treasurer - Paulette Jewell
7 Years
1100 Gillespie Avenue. Sarasot::.. Florida 34236. (8131365-1522. Fax (813'1365-1805
s. FlNANClNCi
5.1. Financ:i2l Statement.
5.1.1 Att2.ch a fin2nci2l st2tement, prefer2bly ~udited, induding your organiZ2tion's latest
balance sheet and income statement showmg the followmg Items:
current AsSets (e.g., osh, jOint venrure acCOunts, accounts receiV2ble, notes
receivable, accrued income, depoSits, materials mventory and prepaId
expenses);
Net Fixed AsSets;
Other AsSets;
Current Liabilities (e.g.. accounts payable, notes payable. accrued expenses, pro-
VISion for income taXes. ad,'ances. accrued sal2ries md accrued payroll taXes);
Other Liabiliues (e.g., cpital. cpital stOck, authorized md outstanding shares
par values, ezned surplus and ret:llned earrungs).
5.1.2
Name and address of firm preparing attached fmancial statement, and date thereof:
Damratoski & Company - Corporate One West~ Suite 350
1195 Uashington Pike~ Bridgeville~ PA 15017 .
Is the 3t"Wlched financial statement for the identical orpniZation O2ITled on page one?
Yes
5.1.3
5.1.4
If not, explain the relationship md flO:lncial responsibility of the orgmiZation whose
fInancial statement is provided (e.g., parent-subsidiary).
5.2 Will the org:uUz:iltion whose fInancial statement is :lnached act as gua.~ntor of the contract for con-
srruction?
Yes
AlA [IOCUMENT A305 . COt\iKACTUR ~ Q,-'AL.lFICAT10t\ .',ATDIE". . I'JMD EDl,ION . ....1... . ,f) I'....'
,HE "MERICA:" l:'-iS",___"7E 0, .~RCHl;oC-:< ...,,. '1:"<':' Y0~K .~vE"'CE. ;\~. WASHIT'GTOK. D.C. 2(XXI<>
A305 -1 SSG
'.
...
6. SIGNATURE
6.1
Dated at Sarasota, FL this
August
16th
d2y of
By:
D.L. PORTER CONSTRUCTION,
c;.lOJlcl
19 91
INC.
N:une of Organization:
C. Marshall White
Tille: Vi ce Presi dent
6.2
M I'" C. Marshall Whi te bemg
duly sworn deposes and S2yS that the infortn2tion provided herein is true and suffic.iently complete so as no: to be
misleadmg.
Subscribed and sworn before me this
August
Nmary Public: A-
My Commission ll"'Pires:
16th
ci2y of
19 91
~tiry Publi', State 01 Roriela at I.1rge
M~ llQmm~ioll ~plrl$ July 16. 1992
-
All. OOCUMEPlT A305. C:()~"TIV.CT()R, QlIAl.IFICATI()~ STATEME",' I';";" E:-:;,IO'" ...1;> . r;:'l'l""
THE AMERICA" INSTITI'TE OF MICHITECTS. 1"'-I~ N1''' YOIl;.. AVENI!:'. ,,\1;.. "ASIiI":;l 0". D.C -''''."'
;"305-1986 E
ENCLOSURE PLANTATION KEY COURTHOUSE ATRIUM AND
RENOVATION OF EXISTING OFFICE SPACES (BOTH LEVELS)
AND
EMERGENCY GENERATOR
--------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------
BID DOCUMENTS FOR BID PACKAGES
(volume I)
NO.1
NO.2
NO. 3
NO. ..
CIVIL/STRUCTURAL
ARCHITECTURAL
MECHANICAL
ELECTRICAL
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER
MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS
ARCHITECT/ENGINEER
POST, BUCKLEY, SCHUH' JERNIGAN, INC.
AUGUST 1, 1991
TABLB OP CONTBNTS
(Volume I)
1. Eliddinq DOCWDents (Volume I)
section 00030
section 00100
section 00110
Section 00111
Section 00112
section 00120
section 00121
section 00122
section 00130
section 00131
section 00132
section 00140
section 00141
section 00142
Notice of Calling for Bids
Instructions to Bidders
Bid Package No. 1 - Civil/Structural:
Proposal Form
Scope of Work
Schedule of Unit Prices
Bid Package No. 2 - Architectural:
Proposal Form
Scope of Work
Schedule of Unit Prices
Bid Package No. 3 - Mechanical:
Proposal Form
Scope of Work
Schedule of Unit Prices
Bid Package No. 4 - Electrical:
Proposal Form
Scope of Work
Schedule of Unit Prices
section 00163 Pre-Bid Substitutions
section 00350 Milestone Schedule
section 00410 Bid Bond - AlA Document A310, February
1970 edition
section 00420 Sworn Statement on Public Entity Crimes
Section 00425 Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause
section 00430 Non-Collusion Affidavit
section 00440 Proposed Subcontractor Listing
section 00450 Contractor's Qualification statement
07/31/91
00001 - 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2. contract Documents (Volume I)
Section 00500 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner
and Contractor - AlA Document A101/CM,
June 1980 edition
section 00600 Performance Bond - AlA Document A311/CM,
June 1980 edition
section 00610 Public Construction Bond
3. Conditions (Volume I)
Section 00750 General Conditions, AlA Document
A201/CM, June 1980 edition
section 00805 Supplementary General Conditions
Section 00900 Application & certificate for Payment -
AlA Document G702/G703
section 00905 Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of
Debts and Claims
section 00908 Contractor's Affidavit of Release of
Liens
Section 00910 Consent of Surety to Final Payment - AlA
Document G707, April 1970 edition
section 00970 Project Safety and Health Plan
Section 00980 Contractor Quality Control Plan
.. . Drawings
section 00990 Schedule of Drawings
07/31/91
TABLE OF CONTENTS
00001 - 2
5. (;eneral Requirements (Volume I)
Section 01020
section 01027
Section 01028
section 01200
section 01220
Section 01301
section 01310
section 01370
Section 01385
Section 01395
section 01410
section 01510
Section 01520
section 01595
section 01600
section 01630
section 01650
Section 01670
Section 01700
section 01710
Section 01720
Section 01730
Allowances
Application for Payment
Change Order Procedures
project Meetings
Work Hours
Submittals
Progress Schedules
Schedule of Values
Daily Construction Reports
Document Clarification Requests
Testing Laboratory Services
Temporary utilities
Construction Aids
Construction Cleaning
Material and Equipment
Post-Bid Substitutions
starting of Systems
Systems Demonstrations
Contract Closeout
Final Cleaning
Project Record Documents
Operation and Maintenance Data
07/31/91
00001 - 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
6. Technical specifications (Volume II, PBS'J, dated Kay 1991)
DIVISION 2- SITEWORK
Section 02220 structure Excavation and Backfill
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETB
section 03100 Concrete Formwork
section 03200 Concrete Reinforcing
section 03250 Concrete Accessories
Section 03300 cast-in-Place Concrete
Section 03600 Grout
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
section 04000 Unit Masonry
DIVISION 5 - METALS
Section 05120 structural Steel
section 05500 Miscellaneous Metal
DIVISION 6 - WOODS AND PLASTIC
Section 06100
Section 06200
Section 06410
Rough Carpentry
Finish Carpentry and Millwork
Cabinetwork
DIVISION 7 - MOISTURE PROTECTION
section 07210
Section 07250
section 07920
Building Insulation
Fireproofing
Caulking and Sealants
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
section 08110
Section 08210
Section 08410
section 08520
Section 08710
section 08800
Hollow Metal Work
Wood Doors
Aluminum Entrance and storefront
Aluminum Windows
Finish Hardware
Glass and Glazing
07/31/91
TABLE OF CONTENTS
00001 - 4
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
section 09110
section 09200
section 09250
Section 09510
section 09650
section 09680
Section 09901
Metal Stud Partitions
Plaster and stucco
Gypsum Wallboard
Acoustical Tile
Resilient Flooring
carpeting
Painting (Architectural Coatings)
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
section 10520 Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets
DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS
section 12621 Office Furniture
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
section 15010
section 15100
Section 15180
section 15482
section 15760
Section 15890
section 15936
Section 15990
General Mechanical Requirements
Piping and Specialties
Insulation
Underground Fuel Storage Tank
HVAC Equipment
Ductwork
Air Distribution Devices
Testing and Balancing of HVAC Systems
DIVISION - 16 ELECTRICAL
Section 16010
section 16110
Section 16115
section 16120
section 16130
section 16140
Section 16150
section 16155
section 16160
section 16170
section 16180
section 16250
section 16450
section 16510
Section 16620
section 16740
Basic Electrical Requirements
Raceways
Empty Conduit System
Wires, Cables and Connectors
Outlet, Pull and Junction Boxes
Switches and Receptacles
Motors Auxiliaries
Individually Mounted Motor Starters
Panel Boards
Disconnects
Overcurrent Protective Devices
Automatic Transfer Switches
Grounding
Interior Lighting
Standby Power Generator System
Telephone System
07/31/91
00001 - 5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 00030
NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS
NOTICE: IS HEREBY GIVEN TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN that on Monday,
August. 19, 1991 at 10:05 AM a Committee consisting of the Clerk of
Courts., the County Administrator, the County Attorney, and the
County's Construction Manager, will meet and open sealed bids at
the Monroe County Clerk's Office, 500 Whitehead Street, Key West,
Florida, for the following Bid Packages for the Atrium Enclosure,
OfficE! Renovation, Emergency Generator and Security Enclosure for
the Plantation Key Courthouse, Plantation Key, Florida:
ENl~LOSURE PLANTATION KEY ATRIUM AND RENOVATION OF EXISTING
OFFICE SPACES (BOTH LEVELS), EMERGENCY GENERATOR
AND SECURITY ENCLOSURE
Bid package No.1.
Bid Package No.2.
Bid package No.3.
Bid Package No. 4
. . Civil/structural
. . Architectural
. . Mechanical
. Electrical
All bids must be received at the Clerk of Courts Office, 500
Whitehead Street, Key West, Florida, on or before 10:00 AM on
Monday, August 19, 1991. No Bids will be received after 10:00 AM.
All bids, together with the recommendati,Q.n. of the
Administrator, will be presented to the Board of
Commissioners of Monroe County, Florida, in a future BOCC
for final awarding or otherwise.
County
County
Meeting
All Bids are to be submitted in sealed envelopes marked on the
outside, "Sealed Bid for Plantation Key Courthouse Atrium Renovation
Project, Bid Package No._, ," with the
appropriate bid package number and title. Five (5) complete copies
of thE~ Bid shall be submitted with original signatures on each
copy.
Drawings and specifications can be examined and picked-Up at the
office of the Construction Manager, Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, 5090
Junior College Road, Stock Island, Key West, Florida 33040, (305)
292-7845, in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. Drawings
and specifications may be obtained upon the refundable deposit sum
of fifty dollars ($50.00). Checks are to be made payable to Monroe
County Board of County Commissioners.
07/31/91
NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS
00030 - 1
A mandatory pre-Bid Conference will be held at Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits' office on stock Island at 10:00 AM on August 12,
1991. Any questions concerning the Bid Documents shall be directed
to the Construction Manager, Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits.
Monroe County will automatically reject the proposal of any person
or affilliate who appears on the convicted vendor list prepared by
the Department of General Services, State of Florida under Sec.
287.133(d), Fla. stat. (1989).
Bid Security payable to Monroe County Board of County Commissioners
in the amount of five percent (5%) of the Bid must accompany each
Bid in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. The Bidder
awarded a contract in accordance with this notice shall post a
performance bond and public construction bond guaranteeing
completion and quality of the work under the drawings and
specifications.
The successful Bidder shall be properly licensed.
Each Bid shall constitute an offer to the County as outlined herein
and shall be irrevocable after the time announced for the opening
thereof. No bidder may withdraw his bid within sixty (60) calendar
days after Bid opening.
.'. M'onroe County,' Florida, reserves the right to rej ect any or all
proposals, to waive irregularities and informalities in any or all
proposals, and to re-advertise for proposals.
The Board also reserves the right to separately accept or reject
any item or items of a proposal which it deems to be in the best
interest of the County.
DATED at Key West, Florida, this ____ day of
, 1991.
DANNY L. KOLHAGE
Clerk of the Circuit Court of
Monroe County, Florida, and ex
officio Clerk of the Board of
County Commissioners of Monroe
County, Florida.
(SEAL)
07/31/91
NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS
00030 - 2
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
To be: considered, Bids must be made in accordance with these
Instructions to Bidders.
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
1.1 'rerms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined
in the General Conditions shall have the same meanings or
definitions as assigned to them in the General Conditions.
1.2 lBidding Documents include the Advertisement to Bid,
Instructions to Bidders, Proposal Form and Unit Price
Documents, Bid Package Scope of Work and Schedule, Contractor
lEvaluation Form, other sample bidding and contract forms and
'the proposed Contract Documents including any addenda issued
prior to receipt of Bids. The Contract Documents proposed for
'the Work consist of the Standard Form of Agreement, General
Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, General
lRequirements, Project Safety and Health Program, Quality
Control Program, Technical Specifications, Drawings, and other
sample contract forms.
1. 3 ;~ddenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the
;~rchitect/Engineer through the Construction Manager prior to
'the receipt of Bids which modify or interpret the Bidding
Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications, or
corrections.
1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly signed proposal to do the
1Nork for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance
with the Bidding Documents.
1.5 'rhe Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder
offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents
as the base, to which may be added or from which Work may be
deleted for sums stated in Alternate Bids.
1.6 An Alternate Bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the Bid
to be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base Bid if
'the corresponding change in the Work, as described in the
Bidding Documents, is accepted.
1.7 An Owner Option Bid (or option) is an amount stated ln the
07/25/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 1
Bid, which can be exercised by the Owner through the
Construction Manager, for the corresponding change in the work
as described in the Bidding Documents. This Owner option can
be exercised at any time during the contract duration.
The Owner is tax exempt and reserves his right to purchase
directly various construction materials and equipment that may
be a part of the Contract. If the Owner option is exercised,
the Construction Manager will act as a purchasing agent for
the Owner. The Owner will, via his Purchase Orders, purchase
the materials and equipment, and each Trade Contractor
contracting with the Construction Manager shall assist the
Construction Manager in the preparation of these Purchase
Orders. The materials and equipment shall be purchased from
the vendors/suppliers selected by the Trade Contractor.
The Contract amount shall be reduced by the amount of the
Purchase Orders, plus all the applicable sales taxes.
Issuance of the Purchase Orders by the Owner shall not relieve
the Contractor of any of his responsibilites regarding
material or equipment purchases or installation, with the
exception of the payments for these materials. The Contractor
shall be fully responsible for coordination, submittals,
protection, scheduling, expediting, receiving, and all
applicable warranties.
The Contractor shall be responsible for paying for all
materials over and above the purchase order quantities. For
example, if the Bidder's calculated quantity on the proposal
form is 50 cy of concrete, and if the Owner so chooses, shall
process a purchase order for 50 cy at the Bidder's stated unit
price. During the course of construction, the 50 cy of
concrete has been incorporated into the work, and more is
needed for that Contractor's work, then the Contractor shall
be responsible for paying for all additional concrete.
1.8 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per
unit of measurement for materials or services as described in
the Bidding Documents or in the proposed Contract Documents.
Unit prices shall apply to add and deduct change orders and
shall include all overhead and profit.
1.9 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid.
1.10 A Sub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a
Bidder for materials or labor for a portion of the Work.
1.11 An Allowance is a given amount to be included in the bidders
proposal. From this Allowance, payments will be made by the
contractor to the vendor for the specified service or product.
The contractor will be reimbursed for the vendor payments via
presentation of invoices in his monthly payment application,
07/25/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 2
along with a stipulated mark-up percentage.
ARTICLE 2
COPIES OF BIDDING DOCOMENTS
2.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from
t~he issuing office designated in the Notice of Calling for
Bids, for the deposit sum of $50.00 per set. Deposits should
be made payable to Monroe County, Florida. Bidders who submit
al bonafide bid and return the Bidding Documents in good
condition within (20) calendar days after receipt of bids,
\l,1ill be refunded the deposit sum. If pages are written on,
drawings are torn, or if the issuing office considers the
Bidding Documents unusable, then the deposit will be
forfeited.
2.2 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in
preparing Bids. Neither the Owner nor the Construction
l'lanager, nor the Architect/Engineer assume any responsibility
for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of
incomplete sets of Bidding Documents.
ARTICLE 3
EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS AND SITE
3.1 Before Submitting a Bid:
3.1.1
Each Bidder shall thoroughly examine all the Bidding
Documents.
3.1.2
Each Bidder shall visit the site to familiarize
himself with local conditions that may in any manner
affect the cost, progress, or performance of the
Work.
3.2 ~rhe lands upon which the Work is to be performed, right-of-
~~ays for access thereto and other lands designated for use by
1:he Contractors in performing the Work are identified in the
General Requirements or Drawings.
3.3 Each Bidder shall study and carefully correlate his
observations with the Contract Documents.
3.4
The submission
representation
requirement of
sufficient in
of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible
by the Bidder that he has complied with every
Article 3 and that the Contract Documents are
scope and detail to indicate and convey
07/25/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 3
understanding of' all terms and conditions for performance of
the Work.
ARTICLE ..
INTERPRETATION AND CORRECTION OP BIDDING DOCUMENTS
4. 1 Bidders and Sub-bidders shall promptly notify the Construction
Manager of any ambiguity, inconsistency or error which they
may discover upon examination of the Bidding Documents or of
the site and local conditions.
4.2 Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarification or
interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall submit their
questions in writing to the Construction Manager no later than
ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Any
interpretation, correction or change of the Bidding Documents
will be accomplished by Addenda mailed or delivered to all
parties recorded as having received plans. Copies of Addenda
will also be made available for inspection wherever Bidding
Documents are on file for that purpose. Interpretations,
corrections, or changes of the Bidding Documents made in any
other manner will not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely
upon such interpretations, corrections, and changes. Oral and
other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal
effect.
ARTICLE 5
"DELETED"
ARTICLE 6
CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS/CERTIFICATIONS
6.1 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Bidders must submit as a part of their bid proposal, a
properly filled out, and executed Contractor's
Qualification Statement.
6.2
Each bidder must submit, as a part of his bid proposal,
an executed "Sworn Statement on Public Entity Crimes."
6.3
Each bidder must submit, as a part of his bid proposal,
an executed "Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause."
6.4
Each bidder must submit, as a part of his bid proposal,
07/25/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 4
an executed "Non-Collusion Affidavit."
ARTICLE 7
7.1.1
7.1 FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS
BIDDING PROCEDURE
7.1.2
7.1.3
7.1.4
7.1.5
7.1.6
7.1.7
7.1.8
7 . 2 }i~DDENDA
7.2.1
7.2.2
Bids shall be submitted on the forms included in
the Bidding Documents.
.1 Bidders shall photocopy documents included in
the 'Bid Package' required for submission of
Bids. Pages shall not be removed from the 'Bid
Package' documents for purposes of submitting
bids. The return of Bidding Documents from
which pages have been removed, shall result in
forfeiture of the Bidding Document deposit.
All blanks on the Bid Form shall be filled in with
ink or by typewriter.
Where so indicated on the Bid Form, sums shall be
expressed in both words and figures, and in case of
discrepancy between the two, the amount written in
words shall govern.
Any interlineation, alteration, or erasure must be
initialed by the signer of the Bid.
All requested Alternates shall be bid. If no change
in the Base Bid is required, enter "No Change".
All requested Allowances shall be bid.
All requested Owner Options shall be bid.
Any Bidder may sulJmi t Bids on more than one Bid
Package; however each Bid Package will be reviewed
separately and award of contract for each Bid
Package will be made to the most qualified
responsible and responsive, lowest priced bidder.
Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting his
Bid that he has received all Addenda issued, and he
shall acknowledge their receipt in his Bid.
No Addenda will be issued later than four days prior
07/25/91
00100 - 5
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
7.2.3
to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum
withdrawing the request for Bids or one which
includes postponement of the date for receipt of
Bids.
copies of Addenda will be made available for
inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file
for that purpose.
7.3 BID SECURITY
7.3.1
7.3.2
7.3.3
Each Bid shall be accompanied by a Bid Security made
payable to Monroe County, in the amount of five
percent of the Bidder's maximum Bid price. The Bid
Security shall be in the form of a certified check,
cashiers check or a Bid Bond issued by a surety
meeting the requirements of Paragraph 7.5 of the
General Conditions. If a Bid Bond is submitted as
Bid Security, the attorney-in-fact who executes the
bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the Bond
a certified and current copy of his power of
attorney.
The bid surety constitutes a pledge by the Bidder
that he will enter into a Contract with the Owner
on the terms stated in his Bid and will furnish the
required Performance Bond and Labor and Material
PaYment Bond, as described in Paragraph 7.4 of this
Instructions to Bidders and in the General and
supplementary Conditions. The Bid Security of the
successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder
has entered into a Contract with the Owner and
furnished the required Performance Bond and Labor
and Material Payment Bond, whereupon it will be
returned. If the successful Bidder fails to execute
and deliver the Contract and furnish the required
Bonds, the Owner may annul the Notice of Award and
the amount of the bid security of that Bidder shall
be forfeited to the Owner not as a penalty, but as
liquidated damages.
The bid security of any Bidder whom the Owner
believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving
the award may be retained by the Owner until either
(a) the Contract has been executed and the required
Bonds have been furnished, or (b) the sixty-first
day after the Bid opening, or (c) all Bids have been
rejected. The bid security of the other Bidders
will be returned within (14) days of the Bid
opening.
07/25/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 6
7.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND
7.4.1
7.4.2
The Owner shall have the right to require the
successful Bidder to furnish a standard Performance
Bond and Standard Labor and Material Payment Bond,
or Public Construction Bond, as guarantee for the
faithful performance of the contract (including
guarantee and maintenance provisions) and the
payment of all persons who have, and fulfill,
contracts which are directly with the successful
Bidder.
In the event that bonds are required, the successful
Bidder shall deliver them to the Owner not later
than the date of execution of the Contract, or if
the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in
response to a letter of intent, the bidder shall,
prior to Commencement of the Work, submit evidence
satisfactory to the Owner that such Bonds will be
furnished.
7.5 SCHEDULING, MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS, AND PERMITS
7.5.1
7.5.2
7.5.3
The overall schedule for construction is shown in
the Bidding Documents "Milestone Schedule."
The Contractor will be required to man the project,
in the event of award, in order to meet the schedule.
The Bidders shall determine all permits, inspections
and surveys, (and fees required by same), required
by Federal, State, County or Municipal bodies having
jurisdiction over the project and shall include in
his bid proposal the cost of all such permits,
inspections and surveys. The Contractor shall be
required to take out and pay for all such permits,
inspections and surveys required for the execution
of this Contract.
7.6.1
7.6 SUBCONTRACTOR
7.6.2
Each Bidder shall submit along with his Bid the
names of all subcontractor(s) and/or entities
(including those who are to furnish materials or
equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed
for each of the principal portions of the Work.
If either the Owner or the Construction Manager,
after due investigation, has reasonable objection
to any proposed subcontractor, or entity, the
Construction Manager will so notify the Bidder
07/25/91
00100 - 7
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
before giving Notice of Award and will request the
bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without
an increase in Bid Price. If the Bidder declined
to make any such substitution, the Contract shall
not be awarded to him, but his declining to make
any substitution will not result in the forfeiture
of his Bid security.
7.7 SUBMISSION OF BIDS
7.7.1
Bids shall be submitted to Monroe County at the
designated location not later than the time and date
for receipt of Bids indicated in the Notice of
Calling for Bids, or any extension thereof made by
Addendum. Bids received after the time and date for
receipt of Bids will be returned unopened.
7.7.2
One (1) original of all bidding documents, and four
(4) copies of the bidding documents are to be
submitted. Place the bid security in its own
separate envelope, marking on the outside 'Bid
security', and place all other bidding documents in
another envelope, marking on the outside 'Proposal
Documents'. Both envelopes are to be inserted in
one larger envelope. If the Bid is hand-delivered,
the envelope shall be filled out as follows:
1. In the upper left hand corner, place the
Bidder's name and address.
2. In the center of the envelope, put the
following:
Monroe County Clerk of Courts
500 Whitehead Street
Key West, FL 33040
3. In the lower left hand corner, put the
following:
Bid for: Bid Package No.
Bid Package Description:
Project: Plantation Key Atrium Enclosure
To be opened:
(Date)
(Time)
In item 3. above, fill in the Bid Package Number and
Bid Package Description. In addition, fill in the
date and time for opening of the bids, in order that
you may remind yourself of the deadline.
07/25/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 8
7.7.3
7.7.4
If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope
shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope
with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face
thereof. And then address the mailing envelope in
the conventional manner.
The Bidder shall assume full responsibility
timely delivery at the location designated
receipt of Bids.
for
for
Oral, telephonic, or telegraphic Bids are invalid
and will not receive consideration.
7.8 l-IODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
7.8.1
7.8.2
7.8.3
7.8.4
7.8.5
A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn, or cancelled
by the Bidder during the stipulated time period
following the time and date designated for the
receipt of Bids, except as provided in Paragraph
7.9 Right to Claim Error in Bid, and each Bidder so
agrees in submitting his Bid.
Prior to the time and date designated for receipt
of Bids, any Bid submitted may be modified or
withdrawn by notice to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits at
the place designated for rec'eipt of Bids. Such
notice shall be in writing over the signature of
the bidder or by telegram. If by telegram, written
confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall
be mailed and postmarked on or before the date and
time set for receipt of Bids, and it shall be so
worded as not to reveal the amount of the original
Bid.
Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time
designated for the receipt of Bids provided that
they are then fully in conformance with these
Instructions to Bidders.
Bid Security shall be in an amount sufficient for
the Bid as modified or resubmitted.
No conditional, modified, or qualified bids will be
accepted. Bidders are to comply with the
instructions on the bid forms, and not make any
changes thereto.
7.9 HIGHT TO CLAIM ERROR IN BID
7.9.1
Each Bidder's original work papers, documents, and
07/25/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 9
materials used in preparation of the bid shall be
enclosed in an envelope and marked clearly as to
contents, must be received by Monroe County Clerk
of Courts, not later than 24 hours after the time
and date for receipt of Bids, or any extension
thereof made by Addendum. A photocopy of all
materials is to be received by Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerri ts, not later than (24) hours after the
time and date for receipt of Bids. Bidders who fail
to submit their original work papers, documents, and
materials used in the preparation of the bid, as
provided herein, waive all rights to claim error in
the Bid.
ARTICLE 8
CONSIDERATION OF BIDS
8.1 OPENING OF BIDS
8.1.1
8.1.2
The properly identified Bids received on time will
be opened at Monroe County Clerk of Courts' office.
Any Bid not submitted on or before the deadline for
receipt of bids designated in the Notice of calling
for Bids, will be returned unopened.
8.2 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN
8.2.1 All Bids shall remain open for sixty days after the
date designated for receipt of Bids.
8.2.2 The Owner may, at his sole discretion, release any
Bid Proposal and return the Bid Security before the
sixty days has elapsed.
8.3 AWARD OF CONTRACT
8.3.1
8.3.2
8.3.3
The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all
Bids or any part of a Bid, to waive the right to
disregard all nonconforming, non-responsive or
conditional Bids.
In evaluating Bids, the Owner shall consider the
qualifications of the bidders, whether or not the
Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and
alternates and unit prices if requested in the Bid
Forms.
The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates
07/25/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 10
13.3.4
13.3.5
8.3.6
13.3.7
8.3.8
in any order or combination and to determine the low
Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and
the Alternates accepted.
The Owner may consider the qualifications and
experience of subcontractors and/or other entities
(including those who are to furnish materials, or
equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed
for each of the principal portions of the Work as
identified in the Bid. Operating costs, maintenance
considerations, performance data and guarantees of
materials and equipment may also be considered.
The Owner may conduct such investigations as he
deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any
Bid and to establish to responsibility,
qualifications, and financial ability of the
Bidders, proposed subcontractors, and other persons
or organizations to do the Work in accordance with
the Contract Documents to the Owner's satisfaction
within the prescribed time. The Owner has the right
to conduct Bid Clarification meetings with any
bidder, to determine if bidder has bid the scope of
work in its entirety. Bidder shall be required to
attend bid clarification meetings, as necessary.
The Owner reserves the right to reject the Bid of
any Bidder who does not pass any such evaluation to
their satisfaction.
If the Contract is awarded, it will be awarded to
the Bidder whose evaluation by the Owner shows him
to be responsible and has indicated to the Owner
that the award will be in the best interests of the
Project.
If the Contract is to be awarded, the Construction
Manager will issue the Notice of Award to the
successful Bidder within sixty days after the date
of receipt of bids. The Owner reserves the right
to return all Bids, not make any awards, and cancel
the Project.
8.4 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
8.4.1
The Notice of Award to the successful Bidder will
be accompanied by four copies of the Trade Contract
Agreement and all other Contract Documents. The
Contractor shall sign and deliver all four copies
of the Trade Contract Agreement to the Construction
Manager, with all other Contract Documents attached
07/25/91
00100 - 11
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
9.1
within five days after receipt of Notice of Award.
The Construction Manager will return one fully
executed copy of the Trade Contract Agreement to the
Contractor with all other contract Documents
attached within three weeks thereafter.
ARTICLE 9
SPECIAL LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
Each Bidder, before submitting his Bid, shall familiarize
himself with all Federal, state, and local laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations that may apply to the
Work or that may in any manner affect the cost, progress,
or performance of the Work.
07/25/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 12
SECTION 00110
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 1
Civil/structural
1.1
1.2
1. 2.1
GENERAL SCOPE
The Scope of Work shall include, but not be limited to,
the following items of work. The Contractor is required
to provide a complete job as contemplated by the drawings
and specifications, which are a part of this bid package.
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, construction equipment, transportation,
inspection, and proper execution and completion of all
Work specified on the drawings, and in the following
sections of the Specifications; including, but not
limited to:
SECTIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS
02220
03100
03200
03250
03300
03600
04000
05120
05500
07920
09901
Structure Excavation and Backfill
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcing
Concrete Accessories
Cast-in-Place Concrete
Grout
Unit Masonry
Structural Steel
Miscellaneous Metals'
Caulking and Sealants
Painting
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change,
add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
The Work under this Bid Package shall include all related
Work specified here and described elsewhere. The
Contractor shall review all sections of the
Specifications and all Drawings and shall furnish all
labor and material for related Work here and described
Work specified therein as being a part of the Work. The
Work under this Bid Package shall include all necessary
equipment and materials to furnish and install structural
07/31/91
00110 - 1
SCOPE OF WORK
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.2.5
1.2.6
1.2.7
1.2.8
1.2.9
1. 2.10
1. 2.11
1.2.12
1. 2 .13
steel beams; channels, supports and stiffeners, concrete
slabs on grade including expansion and control joints,
elevated concrete slabs, reinforcing steel, ladders, pipe
railing, spread footings, CMU infills and CMU foundation
walls and piers.
Remove debris, dispose of off-site and backfill clean
material into existing atrium planter area.
Backfill clean material below the new emergency generator
slab.
Remove the second floor atrium parapet wall and dispose
of off-site.
Remove the second floor atrium parapet wall handrail and
the handrail @ the proposed first floor CMU wall infill
along the north wall and dispose of off-site.
Remove and dispose of louvers from the existing generator
room.
Provide shop coating of paint and any required touch-
ups for structural steel and miscellaneous metals.
Procure all necessary permits and licenses required for
the work in this Bid Package No.1, civil/structural.
Insure all required field quality control testing, on the
work of this Bid Package No.1, Civil/Structural is
adequately and sufficiently being performed.
All exposed newly poured concrete is to be properly
prepared to accept painting. All voids are to be filled.
Install footings and CMU piers for new security corridor
and coordinate layout and placement of anchors by others.
Pour in place 4" concrete slab with thickened edges at
new security corridor stairs including 5" pad for stair
support.
Remove (1) guy-wire concrete anchor, or chip down and cut
rebar, in order to avoid footings for emergency
generator.
1.2.14 The phasinq plan as denoted on the drawings, is to be
disregarded.
07/31/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00110 - 2
~li
1.3
1.3.1
1.3.2
BY OTHERS
Mechanical and electrical appurtenances within the atrium
area, concrete embeds including conduits to support other
trades.
Excavation, reinforcement, concrete, pea gravel, and
backfill for the emergency generator fuel oil tank.
07/31/91
00110 - 3
SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 00111
PROPOSAL FORK
Bid Package No. 1
Civil/structural
BID TO : MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
500 WHITEHEAD STREET
KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No.1, Civil/structural
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized
himself with material availability, Federal, state, and Local laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the
Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics,
superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation
services, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete
said 'Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman-like manner, in
conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract
Documents including Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected
the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together
with the local sources of supply and that he understands the
conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful
bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays
arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent
physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by
reference to documentary information provided and made available,
and from inspection and examination of the site.
6/14/91
PROPOSAL FORM
00111-1
1.
l"lobilization
$
$
$
$
2 .
General Conditions
$
$
$
$
$
3 .
Permits
$
4.
Bonds
----------
----------
TOTAL BID, (words)
DOLLARS
6/14/91
PROPOSAL FORM
5.
Demolition and Removal of all materials within
scope
6.
Second floor erection including all associated
costs including structural steel
7.
First floor erection
8.
Emergency generator foundation
9.
Security corridor foundation
TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 9 (figures)
00111-2
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1 through 3 of the Proposal Form , and
attached the required Bid Security ,unit Price Schedule ,
Contractor Evaluation Form____, Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause ,Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes ,Non-
Collusion Affidavit____, and proposed Subcontractor listing____.
(Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
Witness:
(Seal)
6/14/91
PROPOSAL FORM
00111-3
SECTION 00112
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
Bid Package No. 1
civil/structural
The following unit prices shall govern, where applicable, for
additi.ons or deductions from the requirements of this contract.
Description
unit
unit Price
1.
Carpenter, fully burdened, $/Hr.
incl. profit and overhead.
$
2 .
Laborer, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr.
profit and overhead.
$
3.
Concrete, 4000 psi, material cost $/cy
only, delivered, not including tax
$
4.
eMU, 8"x8"x16" standards, material $/ea.
only, not including tax, delivered
$
07/31/91
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
00112 - 1
SECTlOII 00120
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Packaqe 110. 2
Architectural
1.1 GENERAL SCOPE
The Scope of Work shall include, but not be limited to,
the following items of work. The Contractor is required
to provide a complete job as contemplated by the drawings
and specifications, which are a part of this bid package.
Provide all labor, supervl.sl.on, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, construction equipment, transportation,
inspection, and proper execution and completion of all
Work specified on the drawings, and in the following
sections of the Specifications; including, but not
limited to:
SECTIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS
04000
06100
06200
06410
07210
07250
07920
08110
08210
08410
08520
08710
08800
09110
09200
09250
09510
09650
09680
09901
10520
12621
Unit Masonry
Rough Carpentry
Finish Carpentry and Millwork
Cabinetwork
Building Insulation
Fireproofing
caulking and Sealants
Hollow Metal Work
Wood Doors
Aluminum Entrance and Storefront
Aluminum Windows
Finish Hardware
Glass and Glazing
Metal Stud Partitions
Plaster and stucco
Gypsum Wallboard
Acoustical Tile
Resilient Flooring
carpeting
Painting
Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets,
Accessories
Office Furniture
Hose
and
08/01/91
00120 - 1
SCOPE OF WORK
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.2.5
1.2.6
1.2.7
1.2.8
1.2.9
1. 2.10
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change,
add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
The Work under this Bid Package shall include all related
Work specified here and described elsewhere. The
Contractor shall review all sections of the
specifications and all Drawings and shall furnish all
labor and material for related Work here and described
Work specified therein as being a part of the Work. The
Work under this Bid Package shall include all necessary
equipment and materials to furnish and install all
cabinet, casework and shelving, batt insulation, sprayed
on fireproofing, caulking and sealants as required for
each system listed in this bid package, hollow metal
doors and frames, aluminum doors and frames, solid core
and flush wood doors, door hardware, all glass and
glazing, partition wall framing and gypsum board, all
plaster and stucco, acoustical tile ceiling systems,
resilient flooring including base, carpeting including
base, all painting and fire extinguisher cabinets and
extinguishers.
Provide and install open shelf files.
Provide and install aluminum thresholds.
Provide and install all materials and labor to satisfy
the requirement of rough carpentry.
Demolition and disposal of all partition walls, doors,
door frames, casework, shelving, existing flooring and
base, and existing acoustical tile.
Provide and install electric strike for door 202.
Remove and dispose of existing acoustic ceiling system
as indicated.
Provide and install temporary sound retention walls
including doors and subsequent removal and disposal.
Demolition and disposal of the clerestory aluminum
windows as indicated.
Procure all necessary permits and licenses required for
the work in this Bid Package No.2, Architectural.
08/01/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00120 - 2
1. 2.11
1.2.12:
1.2.13
1. 2 . 14
1.2.1:;
1. 2.16
1. 2.17
1.2.18:
1.2.19
Insure th~t all field quality control testing on the work
of this Bid Package No.2, Architectural, is adequately
and sufficiently being performed.
Perform all field layout necessary for installation of
work in this Bid Package NO.2, Architectural.
Paint underside of 2nd floor slab, and adjacent surfaces
in the building lobby.
Provide and install all necessary labor and materials to
erect new security corridor to courtroom B, excluding
placement of footings and piers, all electrical work and
mechanical work. This shall include any necessary tree
pruning to be coordinated through the County Biologist's
office. And also including, but not limited to any
rework necessary at the tie-in point to the existing
building, including CMU rework and relocation of door and
new door installation, all framing, insulation, interior
and exterior finishes, roofing, gutters, rain leaders,
splash blocks, doors, windows, stairs, tie-down straps,
embedded anchors, and A/C duct enclosures.
Provide and install carpet to carpet expansion joints per
detail 26 on drawing A/6.
The Dhasinq Dlan as denoted on the drawings, is to be
disregarded.
Owner's Option No. 2-01:
An access stairs with an attached 8' x 6' prisoner
deshackling room at the southeast door of Courtroom "B".
Interior and exterior finishes to match the new Security
Corridor as depicted on drawing A/9. Foundation and
lighting to be similar also. An exterior door similar
to door 303 including hardware except not hooked up to
intrusion alarm system. No HVAC. Submittal shop
drawings required for approval prior to commencement of
work.
Owner's Option No. 2-02:
Approximately 38' of security fence to match existing
fence that separates the Public Work's yard from the
remainder of the County-owned property. To extend in a
north/south direction from the southeast corner of
Courtroom "B" to the aforementioned fence. Submi ttal
shop drawings required for approval prior to commencement
of work.
Owner's Option No. 2-03:
Same as Item 2a except to include 2 (two) 10' swing gates
08/01/91
00120 - 3
SCOPE OF WORK
1.2.20
1.2.21
1.3
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.3.3
including all required accessories.
located.
Gates to be field
Ownerls option No. 2-04:
A blockout of the security corridor interior finish
around the existing northwest door of Courtroom "B" so
that future access can be easily obtained. Include all
necessary trim work.
Ownerls option No. 2-05:
Doors for Courtroom "A" main entrance for the intent of
creating a sound vestibule. New door to match existing
doors. Existing rough opening is approximately 6 I .
Existing solid core wood doors are approximately 21-9"
x 81. Door hardware to match existing also. Submittal
shop drawings required for approval prior to commencement
of work.
BY OTHERS
Shop coat primer paint of structural steel and
miscellaneous metals.
All painting associated with the emergency
fuel oil tank systems including the
enclosure except for the requirements for
generator room once repairs are made.
generator or
weatherproof
the existing
All touch-up painting associated with structural steel,
mechanical or electrical equipment.
08/01/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00120 - 4
SECTION 00121
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Packaqe No. 2
Architectural
BID TO
.
.
MONROB COUNTY - CLBlUt OF COURTS
500 WHITBBBAD STREBT
KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contra.ct Documents for the construction of:
Bid Packaqe NO.2, Architectural
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
perfoI~ed, having become familiar with all local conditions
includling labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized
himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the
Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics,
superi.ntendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation
services, and all incidentals necessary to perfo~ and complete
said W'ork and work incidental hereto, in a workman-l ike manner, in
confOlnance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract
Documents including Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected
the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together
wi th 'the local sources of supply and that he understands the
condit:ions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful
bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays
arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent
physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by
refere~nce to documentary information provided and made available,
and from inspection and examination of the site.
08/01/91
PROPOSAL FORM
00121-1
5.
Demolition and removal of all materials within
scope
$
$
$
$
$
1.
Mobilization
2 .
General Conditions
3.
Permits
4 .
Bonds
6.
Erection of all partition wall excluding
security corridor
$
7.
Installation of doors and windows and all
associated hardware excluding security corridor
$
8.
Erection of security corridor, Complete
$
9. All costs associated with room finishes excluding $
security corridor
10. Owner option No. 2-01: Deshackling room and $
stairs to southeast door of Courtroom "B".
11. Owner option No. 2-02: Security fence behind $
Courtroom "B".
12.
Owner option No. 2-03:
gates behind Courtroom
Security fence with swing $
"B".
13. Owner option No. 2-04: security Corridor interiorS
blockout around Courtroom "B" northwest door.
14. Owner option No. 2-05: Sound deadening vestibule $
doors at main entrance to Courtroom "A".
TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 9 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL BID, (words)
DOLLARS
08/01/91
PROPOSAL FORM
00121-2
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I hav,e included pages 1 through 3 of the Proposal Form , and
attached the required Bid Security_, Unit Price Schedule_,
Contractor Evaluation Form , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clausla , Sworn statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non-
Collusion Affidavit_, and proposed Subcontractor listing_.
(Check mark items above. as a reminder that thev are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
witness:
(Seal)
08/01/91
PROPOSAL FORM
00121-3
SECTION 00122
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
Bid packaqe No. 2
Architectural
The following unit prices shall govern, where applicable, for
additions or deductions from the requirements of this contract.
Description
unit
Unit Price
1.
Carpenter, fully burdened,
incl. profit and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
2.
Laborer, fully burdened, incl.
profit and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
3.
eMU, 8"x8"x16" Standards, material $/ea.
cost only, not including tax,
delivered.
$
06/14/91
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
00122-1
SECTION 00130
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Packaqe No. 3
Mechanical
1.1
1.2
1.2.1
GENERAL SCOPE
The Scope of Work shall include, but not be limited to,
the following items of work. The Contractor is required
to provide a complete job as contemplated by the drawings
and specifications, which are a part of this bid package.
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, construction equipment, transportation,
inspection, and proper execution and completion of all
Work specified on the drawings, and in the following
sections of the Specifications; including, but not
limited to:
SECTIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS
02220
03200
03300
15010
15100
15180
15482
15760
15890
15936
15990
07250
07920
09901
Structure Excavation and Backfill
Concrete Reinforcing
Cast-in-Place Concrete
General Mechanical Requirements
Piping and Specialties
Insulation
Underground Fuel Storage Tank
HVAC Equipment
Ductwork
Air Distribution Devices
Testing and Balancing of HVAC Systems
Fireproofing
Caulking and Sealants
Painting
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change,
add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
The Work under this Bid Package shall include all related
Work specified here and described elsewhere. The
Contractor shall review all sections of the
Specifications and all Drawings and shall furnish all
labor and material for related Work here and described
07/31/91
00130 - 1
SCOPE OF WORK
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.2.5
1.2.6
1.2.7
1.2.8
'1 . 2 . 9
1.2.10
1. 2 . 11
1. 2 .12
1. 2.13
Work specified therein as being a part of the Work. The
Work under this Bid Package shall include all necessary
equipment and materials to furnish and install the
upgrade of the entire air conditioning systems including
piping, equipment, control wiring, ductwork, distribution
devices and testing and balancing the system, and
concrete support pads.
Perform all excavation, trenching and backfill associated
with the work in this Bid Package No.3, Mechanical.
Procure all necessary permits and licenses required for
the work in this Bid Package No.3, site Mechanical.
Perform all field layout necessary for installation of
work in this Bid Package No.3, site Mechanical.
Provide and install emergency generator fuel oil tank
including all associated piping required to supply fuel
to the generator day tank including the fuel oil pump,
the vents, monitoring well, manhole, tank level gauge,
tank filler, leak detection system, tie-downs and
supports including the concrete ballast, pea gravel
backfill and concrete topping slab.
Remove existing hose bib and cap in the Atrium planter
area.
Remove existing clean out and replace as shown on plans.
Tie new ductwork into existing HVAC system and utilize
existing air distribution devices as indicated.
Install dry-well for A/C condensate line.
Provide and install fire safing and sealants at all
piping or ductwork thru-wall penetrations as required.
Remove and dispose of existing generator fuel tank and
all associated piping, etc. indicated for such.
Paint all pertinent items per specs and plans, including
touch-up of all materials required under this scope.
Contractor shall be responsible for paint touch-up on the
work of any other contractor, should it be damaged by
this contractor.
Insure all required quality control testing on the work
of this Bid Package No.3, is adequately and sufficiently
performed.
07/31/91
00130 - 2
SCOPE OF WORK
1.2.14
1.2.1!5
1.3
1.3.1
1.3.2
supply and install ne~J
mounted A/C unit (AC-l),
all noted changes to
distribution devices per
louver, exhaust fan and wall
and relocate existing ABU and
existing ductwork and air
sheet M/S.
The phasing plan as denoted on the drawings, is to be
disregarded.
.BY OTHERS
Power supply wiring to A/e units.
wiring to fuel pump.
07/31/91
00130 - 3
SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 00131
PROPOSAL FORK
Bid Package No. 3
Mechanical
BID TO
.
.
MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
500 WHITEHEAD STREET
KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package NO.3, Mechanical
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized
himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations affect ing performance of the
Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics,
superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation
services, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete
said l~ork and work incidental hereto, in a workman-like manner, in
conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract
Documlents including Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected
the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together
wi th the local sources of supply and that he understands the
condi"tions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful
bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays
arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent
physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by
refen=nce to documentary information provided and made a';ailable,
and from inspection and examination of the site.
06/14/91
PROPOSAL FORM
00131-1
1.
Mobilization
$
$
$
$
$
2 .
General Conditions
$
3.
Permits
$
4.
Bonds
----------
----------
TOTAL BID, (words)
DOLLARS
06/14/91
PROPOSAL FORM
5.
Installation of underground fuel storage tank &
all associated piping, etc.
6.
HVAC systems
TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 6 (figures)
00131-2
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1 through 3 of the Proposal Form I and
attached the required Bid Security I Unit Price Schedule I
Contractor Evaluation Form____, Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause I Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes I Non-
Collusion Affidavit____, and proposed Subcontractor listing____"
(Che(~k mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
PhonE~ Number:
Date:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
Witness:
(Seal)
06/14/91
PROPOSAL FORM
00131-3
SECTION 00132
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
Bid package No. 3
Mechanical
The following unit prices shall govern, where applicable, for
additi.ons or deductions from the requirements of this contract.
Description
Unit
Unit Price
1.
Plumber/Pipefitter, fully $/Hr.
burdened, incl. profit
and overhead.
$
2 .
Sheetmetal worker, fully $/Hr.
burdened, including profit
and overhead.
$
3.
Helper, fully burdened, including $/Hr.
profit and overhead.
$
6/18/91
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
00132-1
S~CTION 00140
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 4
Electrical
1.1
GENERAL SCOPE
The Scope of Work shall include, but not be limited to,
the following items of work. The Contractor is required
to provide a complete job as contemplated by the drawings
and specifications, which are a part of this bid package.
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, construction equipment, transportation,
inspection, and proper execution and completion of all
Work specified on the drawings, and in the following
sections of the Specifications: including, but not
limited to:
SECTIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS
16010
16110
16115
16120
16130
16140
16150
16155
16160
16170
16180
16250
16450
16510
16620
16740
07250
07920
09901
Basic Electrical Requirements
Raceways
Empty Conduit System
Wires, Cables and Connectors
Outlet, Pull and Junction Boxes
Switches and Receptacles
Motors, Auxiliaries
Individually Mounted Motor Starter
Panel Boards
Disconnects
Overcurrent Protective Devices
Automatic Transfer switches
Grounding
Interior Lighting
Standby Power Generator System
Telephone System
Fireproofing
Caulking and Sealants
Painting
07/31/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00140 - 1
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.2.5
1.2.6
1.2.7
1.2.8
1. 2.9
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change,
add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
The Work under this Bid Package shall include all related
Work specified here and described elsewhere. The
Contractor shall review all sections of the
Specifications and all Drawings and shall furnish all
labor and material for related Work here and described
Work specified therein as being a part of the Work. The
Work under this Bid Package shall include all necessary
equipment and materials to furnish and install all
electrical work required.
Power services for the HVAC system including safety
disconnect switches and final connection. This includes
any rerouting or hook-up necessary due to the relocation
of the AHU as shown on drawing E/8 and also includes
services to AC-1 in the secured corridor.
Provide and install fire safing and sealants at all
electrical thru-wall penetrations as required.
Remove and dispose of existing generator and
associated parts including wiring, etc. which
indicated for such.
all
are
Provide and install all power wiring and lighting
including panel boards, receptacles and switches to
complete the system. This includes all the associated
work as depicted on drawing E/8.
Provide and install power and
excluding the electric strikes
mechanism for door 202.
the complete
for the door
system
release
Provide and install exhaust fan on roof of existing
generator room.
Provide and install empty conduits with pull wire as
indicated and outlets for the telephone and digital
controller system.
Provide and install new emergency generator and all
required power supplies as indicated including new
distribution panels, raceways, etc. (Generator housing
is also included.) Provide for FKEC Allowance per
General Requirements Section 01020 Allowances. The Owner
07/31/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00140 - 2
1.2.10
1.2.11
1.2.12
1.2.13
1.2.14
1.2.15
1.2.16
1.2.17
1.3
1 . 3 . 1
1.3.2
has the option of direct purchasing this equipment.
Paint all electrically supplied and installed materials
as required as per spec section 09901, including touch-
up as needed.
Provide and install complete intrusion alarm system for
doors 108, 302, and 303 including keypad annunciator,
control panel, magnetic contacts, conduit and all
associated wiring.
Provide power to new exhaust fan located in the elevator
machine room.
Provide and install emergency lighting with battery pack
system as shown on drawings Ell, E/2 and E/8.
Provide and install emergency exit light.
Provide and install fire alarm system including all horns
and pull stations and wiring to existing panel.
Provide, hook-up and maintain a temporary portable
generator to replace the existing emergency generator
during the construction phase. This will be required
from the time the existing generator room will be needed
to occupy the new electrical panels, etc., until the new
emergency is installed, to limit the down time that the
system will not be protected with an emergency generator.
The phasinq plan as denoted on the drawings, is to be
disregarded.
BY OTHERS
All control wiring for the Ale units.
All demolition and disposal not deemed as an existing
electrical item.
07/31/91
00140 - 3
SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 00141
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 4
Electrical
BID TO
.
.
MONROB COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
500 WHITEHEAD STREET
KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package NO.4, Electrical
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized
himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the
Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics,
superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation
services, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete
said 'york and work incidental hereto, in a workman-like manner, in
conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract
Documents including Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected
the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together
wi th the local sources of supply and that he understands the
condi.tions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful
bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays
arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent
physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by
refenmce to documentary information provided and made available,
and from inspection and examination of the site.
6/14/91
PROPOSAL FORM
00141-1
1.
:Mobil ization
$
$
$
$
$
$
2 .
General Conditions
$
3.
Permits
$
4.
Bonds
$
$
----------
----------
TOTAL BID, (words)
DOLLARS
6/14/91
5.
FKEC Allowance
6.
Installation of Emergency Generator and
associated wiring, etc.
PROPOSAL FORM
7.
Demolition and removal of all material within
scope.
8.
Installation of all power and lighting systems
except for HVAC systems.
9.
Installation of wiring for HVAC systems.
TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 9 (figures)
00141-2
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No. (s)
I have included pages 1 through 3 of the Proposal Form , and
attached the required Bid Security , Unit Price Schedule ,
Contractor Evaluation Form____, Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non-
Collusion Affidavit____, and proposed Subcontractor listing____.
(Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
witness:
(Seal)
6/14/91
PROPOSAL FORM
00141-3
SECTION 00142
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
Bid Packaqe No. 4
Electrical
The following unit prices shall govern, where applicable, for
additions or deductions from the requirements of this contract.
j)escription
unit
Unit Price
1.
Electrician, fully burdened,
incl. profit and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
2.
Helper, fully burdened, incl.
profit and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
06/14/91
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
00142-1
SECTION 00163
SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Document includes
;~. Pre-Bid Substitutions
1. 2 BIDDER'S OPTIONS
A. For products specified only by reference standard, select
product meeting that standard, by any manufacturer.
B. For products specified by naming several products or
manufacturers, select one of products and manufacturers
named which complies with the technical Specifications.
C. For Products specified by naming several products or
manufacturers and stating "or equivalent.., "or equal",
or "or Architect approved equivalent", or similar
wording, submit a request as for substitutions, for any
product or manufacturer which is not specifically named
for review and approval by the Architect.
D.
For products specified by
product/manufacturer, there is
substitution will be allowed.
naming only one
no option and no
1.3 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Base Bid shall be in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
1. Substitutions for products may be made during the
bidding prior by submitting completed substitution
request form and substantiating product
data/literature a minimum of ten calendar days prior
to the Bid Date to : MK/Gerrits.
2. The Architect will consider requests utilizing this
section from the Bidder for substitution of products
in place of those specified.
3. Those submitted 10 calendar days prior to Bid Date
will be included in the addendum if acceptable.
4. Substitution requests may be submitted utilizing a
facsimile machine (FAX) if substitution request
forms and substantiating data are submitted.
B. Submit separate request for each substitution. Support
06/18/91 SUBSTITUTIONS 00163 - 1
each request' with:
1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed
substitution with requirements stated in Contract
Documents:
a. Product identification, including
manufacturer's name and address.
b. Manufacturer's literature, identifying:
1) Product description.
2) Reference standards.
3) Performance and test data.
c. Samples, as applicable.
d. Name and address of similar projects on which
product has been used and date of each
installation.
2. Itemized comparison of the proposed substitution
with product specified, listing significant
variations.
3. Data relating to changes in construction schedule.
4. All effects of substitution on separate contracts.
5. List of changes required in other work or products.
6. Designation of required license fees or royalties.
7. Designation of availability of maintenance services,
sources of replacement materials.
C. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance when:
1. Acceptance will require substantial revision of
Contract Documents.
2. In judgement of Construction Manager or Architect,
do not include adequate information necessary for
a complete evaluation.
D. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed
substitutions.
1.4 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATION
A. In making formal request for substitution the Bidder
represents that:
1. He has investigated proposed product and has
determined that it is equivalent to, or superior in
all respects to that specified.
2. He will provide same warranties or bonds for
substitution as for product specified.
3. He will coordinate installation of accepted
substitution into the Work, and will make such
changes as may be required for the Work to be
complete in all respects.
4. He waives claims for additional costs caused by
substitution which may subsequently become apparent.
5. Cost data is complete and includes related costs
under his Contract, but not:
06/18/91
SUBSTITUTIONS
00163 - 2
a. Costs under separate contracts.
b. Architect's costs for redesign or revision of
Contract Documents.
6. Cost data need not be submitted, if request is for
inclusion in addendum.
1. 5 ,~CHITECT 's DUTIES
,A.. Review requests for substitutions with reasonable
promptness.
B. Issue an addendum through the Construction Manager to
identify accepted substitutions.
C. Substitution requests that are not approved will be
returned to the party submitting the request.
1.6 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM
.A. The form is attached to this section.
B. Substitutions will be considered only when the attached
form is completed and included with the submittal with
back-up data.
06/18/91
SUBSTITUTIONS
00163 - 3
TO: Project Architect
c/o Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
P.O. Box 5283 5090 Jr. College Road, Key West, Fl. 33040
(305)292-7845 FAX (305)292-9697
We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instl 0:
the specified item for the above project:
DRAWING NO.
DRAWING NAME
SPEC. SEC.
SPEC. NAME
PARAGRAPH
SPECIFIED ITEM
proposed Substitution:
Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or specification:
which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation.
Submit with request necessary samples and substantiating data to prov.
equal quality and performance to that which is specified. Clearly mar.
manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance.
The undersigned certifies that the function, appearance and quality ar
of equal performance and assumes liability for equal performance, equa
design and compatibility with adjacent materials.
Submitted By:
signature
Title
Firm
Address
Telephone
Date
signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind his firE t
the above terms. Failure to provide legally binding signature will resul
in retraction of approval.
For use by the Architect:
Recommended Recommended as noted
- -
For use by the Owner:
_Approved
_Not Recommended _Received too late
_Not Approved
_Insufficient data received
_Approved as noted
By
By
Date
Date
nc:.::0/0'1
SUB<::TTTUTIONS
,-.. {"\ '"1 r: ~ - ~
r,....".Oi,l..._ "lll-RA~.-
Fill in Blanks Below:
A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings?
Yes
No
If yes, clearly indicate changes.
B. will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design,
including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requestec
substitution?
Yes
No
If no, fully explain:
C. What effect does substitution have on other Contracts or othel
trades?
D. What effect does substitution have on construction schedule?
E. M[anufacturer' s warranties of the proposed and specified i terns are:
Same
Different. Explain:
F. Reason for Request:
G.
Itemized comparison of specified item(s)
substitution; list significant variations:
with the propo~e~
H. Designation of maintenance services and sources:
(Attach additional sheets if required.)
****************
END OF DOCUMENT 00163
- '" / J 0
SUBSTITPT:rr"Tc
onl6' - :::-
.,..",lO-;
SBCTIO. 00350
KILBSTOBB SCHEDULB
~rhis section contains the project schedule. Each contractor
is to study the applicable parts, or milestones, in order to
determine his proposed scheduling for the project.
Coordinate construction scheduling and operations with the
Construction Manager so as to meet the milestone and
c:ompletion dates as outl ined.
~rhe Contractors are to note the following special items.
a.
Bid Due Date .
. . . 08/19/91
. . . 08/28/91
b.
Award Date (Anticipated)
c. Notice to Proceed (Anticipated). . . . .08/29/91
d. Bid Package No. 1 - Civil/Structural:
The Work shall be substantially complete 53 calendar
days after the commencement date established in the
Notice to Proceed.
Ie. Bid Package No. 2 - Architectural:
The Work shall be substantially complete 111
calendar days after the commencement date
established in the Notice to Proceed.
f. Bid Package No. 3 - Mechanical:
The Work shall be substantially complete 97 calendar
days after the commencement date established in the
Notice to Proceed.
g. Bid Package No. 4 - Electrical:
The Work shall be substantially complete 97 calendar
days after the commencement date established in the
Notice to Proceed.
07/31/91
MILESTONE SCHEDULE
00350 - 1
'"
c
'"
E
'"
'-
::J
0-
~-
'"
L
'"
C
'"
<!l
>-I
....Jen
a:-
..:z
w-
w...
. ..
>-1-
....Ja:
a:<t
"I-
u_Hn
en en en
:z <!l <!l
:::> :::> :::>
J<("
<D <D en
ru
DO
o = ~D D
- ...,
u
~t
I '
o
J~
-1~
en en en
<!l CL <!l
:::> LLJ :::>
.. U) ..
CD <D en
ru ru
I
en en
''''' <!l
:=' ~
.", <(
N
n.l ru
i CTJI 01 01 en en en 01 01
I Z'L.;) ~ 1.,::J t..=I <-=l c..:> C.!:l
~ :::J :::=l :~ :J :::=l :::=l ::l
-:l<(...c[.cx:<c(CC.....
to......01c:::>ruCOO"'JO'l
('\J n.J(\J('\JC"\JN
:La:
w:::>
a: CO
"'a:
-:::>
~Cl
z
o
>--
:.:~
;::
I-
'-..J
""
o ru
'"
'"
L
'"
>
'0
<<
a
.,jo..,lOJcn>
'" '"
OJ II
>
'D
> ...,
o '-
L '" '"
a.. :> u I'tl
GOQJ-'
.. i <( I a: I_~
~~ ,~I rc
I
'"
S:::I-!O a
(\J ....... c"\J
ru
I
I I
I
0'
C
'0 '0
'0 L
.. '"
3:
'" <<
'D
C U
'" U
0' CJ
<< CD
E
.0
::01
V11
..., '-
u U1 0 ....
'" c u
C- CJ c.... OJ
u '"
c:: '" a
o '- c '-
,:-) a. 0..
i
...........,10 c
__ '"'J ~
~,~!~
en en
u u
LLJ w
CO CJ
CD CD
o '"
o
:z:
OJ
en
'"
;:><
u
'"
CL
'0
OJ
o
DoDoo
o
OlOlO101CJ1O"lCl
a.. Q.. a... a.... a.. a... a...
u...JWWUJUJLLJW
(j)tnU1U)lf)Cf)U)
\D('TlQ{T'j(T')OO
(\.J (\J (\J (T) r:
I
,~
OlmOlO!
C) a... 0... c....
=:J w W L.J
< -ex: Ul c.n c.n
o a Q) r---. ,......
'" '"
ID '" 0
,
l.!islsUJI.l')Ln
""
:~l
iE
.0
::>
U)
'"
'"
OJ
+J E
en .0
::>
en
'" '"
'- '" L
::> ::>
+J '" +J
~~I~ ~ ~
a ...,
u V1 U
?G ~ ;;J
>-
L
'"
>
Q)
CO
""
c
o E
::J
+J
'" '-
u
..
'-
.wi
'" u
LL '"
a
E
cu a
OJ u
+J
en '"
ID ID
'"
~: ~i ~
~II~!~
cu,
L Q.: -:.....
o +-" c:
o tnj--=
LL
- '0
c::
".I
u
a
E '-
~,ln
"'j'"
_1-
g'1~
u....;' L-.
tnl (.'".l
""","
ru I C"...,
~I+
I
1
.01
~I
I
I
I
cl
;:1
: oi
~I
Il.f'l
",I :5 .0
C - '"
a ...,
'" U)
'0
~ ~
LL
'0
C ...,
ru '"
'0
C
:::-1' ~ 5 ..,
-' '- -' U1
V1 C rc
...........10 '-
2:'1;:: Q.' 2:'
~I '-
:'.-)i C
.. ....J
'"
- ;,ijl ~
~I~ ~
1
!
~I~
en cn
I- I-
U U
o 0
r,
lru
en en
I- I-
U U
0'"
ID
tn ID
tn ID
~I
~ ~I
i~1
I
ele
f""-... ~
1I1 '"
D~DD
'"
L
::>
u
cu
-::;
.c
u
'-
..
ru
a
:z:
OJ
en
'"
-><
u
'"
CL
'0
OJ
OOD
DoDD
DO
, I ,
i___l........i~I.......!....,
01 OliO"'! (J'"li01
0... Cl.... a. a...
~~t?5~;SC5
('T") 0 (l'j (T)
("\J (\.J (\J
O1O'1OJcnmCTlC'1
(,!) c.!:) c..:> (.!)
::J:J:=>::::JU
...:(-c:[<(<o
oooom
('T") (T1 ("I'j ["T")
I
I
I
..~ ';;1' ';;
ro f'O E :z 3r::
+J ..., '"
~ i U1 ro ~ ~I ~ '-
~ ::I rt) ~ a u... l.L.. 0
en U1 ~ -' -0 0
~ t,~:~ u...
8i
o ID 0
-1-
o ID 0 212
I
I
'" '"
'-
OJ
,"""'
'"
, ::E:
I~
I ~
00
o ID 0 "'11I1 ~I
I
~,~
-IN
,
en 01 01
_1-1-
U U U
000
\\.J (\.J C1
(\J (\J r-.,;
.....-;! u.I
211D
u:J _J
i ~i ~ ~:
I ~I ~ ~
!LL' u
1,-1':: 5i
! gj ~ g
~I: ~
o '" a
-g ~I-g
3: . 3:
=
i~
= i ru
<<> -><
~I SI ~ L
"0 ........... CJ.) :)
~!~l~ly ~ ~ G ~ ~
o
-,.- L.'!
-~ (\J
0101
~I~ -
o 0 e
-, ~ ~ ~
0; I' 0; 01
I- :> :>
u a 0
co :z: :z:
01 1I1 ru
ru
c, (")1 U1) LC1
j I
en I
>- '0
--,)~
31
~
.>I
,
~
c
u
'"
~a;
-"-"
:::>:::>
-,<
"'-
'"
~
iuiU
"'"'
DO
'"
.,
..c
'"
"'~
_0
",-
OC>..
U)
---'
C Q..)
Q..) c....
E ::::J
Q..) (Jl
:> Cl
a
c.... u
0... C
EW
Q..)
~
D
Q..)
E..c
~ u
(J)
'-0
---' c....
cn
:>
o
:z
CD
....., C
.:::L -<( a
cD
u >----'
Q..) u
>-:0.::: ::::J
---' c....
c c ---'
::::J a (Jl
CJ C
U ---' Cl
cD U
Q..) ---'
a c
c.... CD
c
c ~
::L
0-
"''''
a:u
a....w
<0
"' <D
.....~
L __
"'C
:...;,:......
! !I
00
d::d:
c c'
'"
'"
w... I..L..
~I ~
~
.'0..... oa
~. =
oS
~
'"
-..;
~
~.
l~i
>-~
c::z
<(-
""',-,-
>-~
:::'4:
<-
l..J.... ~,'l
:>:::0
e....::J
C::O
"'a:
-::J
go
_Cl.
:>-
_a:
-u
UOf)
<(u.J
Cl
[j[JOOOO
'"
L
::l
u
'"
.c
u
L
<I
'"
o
z
OJ
0'
'"
."'-
U
'"
Cl.
"0
CD
'" '" '"
:> :> :>
COD
2 55 ~
'"
> > ~ ~;
? z:z:
m G',
CTl en 01
:> ::> U
c> 0 W
:Z :z: 0
LO Lo."1 -.:'J"
('J '"
_- llJ ..) lIi Li,-;
ODD
o
'" '" '"
U U U
Li.J W u..J
Cl Cl
"<J"
m m
:> :>
Cl co
~ ~
C...J
'"
u
""'
~I~
m m ::;;'10:;
>LJ~W
~~~~
C\J
C.'llCl
.... ..rI l.!1 III uJ Ul U) I,.(") Lf1 l.!l
....; tn
co
~
'=:-
i :='
~ ~ ~I
1=
-:
C 2 ,s:
o ol:=-
-2:;;;;:::
"0
:"1
cni
~ ~I
'i 1
""
L "" ""
o
~ '" '"
OJ c... c...
'" a 0
'" 0 0
':....J,o 0
~ ~ ~I~
-'-i~ L.t.....
~I~
:;;1
,~') i./'l
~ ~
co 0
"0
C C
en
OJ
-I
~ ~I
c::
OJ ,
0.,
01
""i
I
I
I
I
--,I ___ - :...
SI' SI01'~1
~ ~ ""1-'
0'1
L L ~ cl
o a c1;l ..-
~,.':: ~ =1
~ .-~ 31 ~I
-: ''-
,:.... -; 01 0
o 0'
3< 3<
1
1 ""
is
~I~
~I~
~! ~I :
...., Si~l~
_ i...J- ,~.J'...........
3S'~ ~
""" '"
DO
~
o
'"
u
C
'"
.c
u
OJ
:::L
rT"l
o
z
'"
0>
'"
."'-
U
'"
Cl.
"0
CD
ODD
001
I
1
I
00
~I'~ ~ ~I~ ~ ~ gi~
wUUUDUOOLU
~ 0 0 a :z: 0 Z Z 0
~i~ ~'~I~ ~ ~ ~ v
-,--1--1---
~I~ 21~ ~ ~'~I~ ~
~l~ sil'~~I~ ~I~ ~
is:~'~IS 21~ co ~ _.
I, I
w
,
DODD
~ i~
~ I~
o
~
"""
--''''
;;;;~
"'-
co
'0
N
~ ~
"''''
00
'"
u
~
6i
"'~
~~
0<>'
c...
~
u
'"
o
z
'"
0'
'"
Ul
---'
C OJ
OJ "-
E :::J
OJ Ul
:> Cl
Cl
L u
0. C
E LU D
Q.J
EJ::
~ u
u;
u
'"
Cl.
"0
Q)
::J
o lCl
I I
~I' E
'" u
~ 0
...., Cl
EI llJ
.c ~
= '"
- u
<
2
c
r: (\J ~
S2l.DCUll.!1
'"
C
'"
-
'"
u U
<(
co :>
'" :r:
.c:
u .c
OJ '" U
:::L <(
EI-=~~~
a '-::I: I
- c... 0
Li...OCl'-'-
Dr....... 0 0
'- ~t Li... 0 C
~i ~I, :;;1=1'::
I le:..--< D ~
II r ~i ~ i ~
......: w ~I c; c
~I~ d C:iC:
! I I
I ,
='10:
o
(l)
o
Ie....
2'1':::
(l) ~
<..!) c:
:::J
>-
'-'f~
c:i<
~!~
"'""'": .....li::-.
<D
---' L
---' C
0.<1: 0
<D
U
2S12S
SI~
I~
-1-
~12
:::J U
<(10
~laJ
~l U1 ::: ::=: '"
CUI
c:~1 ~..,'
I
I
>-- ---'
Q.J U
>-- ~ ::J
---' L
C C ---'
:::; 0 Ul
:= c:
U 0
<D C
-, ~
~1~
_ v > >.
~ ~ '~ z
-'" C:-J ,~ >t
'JJ
:::
o Ul 1.,1,)
:.:..... ,L:'
c
o
= ..."
I
olLn lD
-I
L
co-
9:' ;:;
Ci.::J
~a
"' on
~"'
~~
:n.:
'3
len
,~ ~
'" '"
~
'"
u
-,
wi
,
,
, ,
I~I~I' ~i
~i~1 ~ ~I
':'w ~ Q.)~
000
ctt5::
uu
~~
I~
'"
~ -
'"
c:
......
L
:1; 0
....,
'"
L
(l)
c:
'"
'"
~I' ~
'0 OJ
c: ~
"- -
, , E
c...
L
'"
~
l~
i '0 >--
vue
'- I ~;
-0 1-
'- =I~
c...
c ~,
u
~:
c
a>
0'
c ~
\F.;
-,
~
~ ,
--.' E
.........;i~ .~
- I G 'gl ~ I ~ i
~i~, C:,
-- ~
:.ib~
~ -
~~~,
, i
;.
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
I
AlA Document AJ10
Bid Bond
KNOVI All MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,
th~t we
!Heft "'~" full Nmc Mtd Iddr." 1M ..... lille 01 COftlrKtorl
IS Princ:ipal, hereinafter called the Principal, and
!Her. in~" full N_ .nd Iddrftl or lep' Iille 01 Suretyl
a corpclitation duly organized under the laws of the State of
as Sure1ty, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
!Her. ,n~" full NIftC .nd Iddren or lep' hlle 0' Owner.
as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of
Dollars ($ ),
for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind
ourseh'4~s, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by
these presents.
W HER E AS, the Principal has submitted a- bid for
(He'. ,niC" full n._, .dclten .nd dew:rophon 0' PIOIKIl
NOW, l'HERUORE, if the Oblilee s~1I ICCept the bid of the Princl~1 and the PrinCip.1 s~1I enter into I Contract
with the Oblilee In .ccord.ncr with the terms of such bid, .nd live such bond or bonds IS m.y be ~clfied in the biddinl
or Contrllct Documents wilh lood .nd suffICient surety for lhe f.ithful perform.nce of such Conlract .nd for the prompt
~yment of I.bor .nd m.teri.' furnished In the pros<<utlon thereof. or In the ~nt of the f.ilure of the Princi~1 to enter
such Contr.ct .nd live such bond or bonds, if the Princi~I sh.1I ~y to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty
hereof b4~tween the .mount specified In ~id bid .nd such larler amount for which the Ob/ilee INY in &ood 'aith contrlct
with .nother p.rty to perform the Work covered by uid bid, then this oblig.tlon sh.1I be null .nd void. otherwise to relNin
in full fOl'ce and effect.
Signed and sealed this
day of
19
(Witness)
I
(Tlue)
('rincip.1J
(~~/)
(Witness)
I
(Surety)
(~.I)
(Tiar)
A'A DOCUMENT A310 . 810 BOND. AlA 8 . FEBRUARY 1970 (0 . THE ^o..\f1tlCAN
INSTITUTE Of ARCHITECTS. 1735 NY ^Y(, NW., W^5HINGTON, 0 C lClOO6
1
SWORN STATEMENT UNDER SECTION 287.133(3) (a),
FLORIDA STATUTES, ON PUBLIC BNTITY CRIMES
THIS FORK HUST BB SIGHED IN THB PRESBNCB OF A NOTARY PUBLIC OR
OTHER OFFICER AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTBR OATHS.
1 . 'l~his sworn statement is submitted wi th Bid, Proposal or
Contract
No.
for
2 . 'l~his sworn statement is submi tted by
(Name of entity submitting sworn statement)
whose business address is
and (if
applicable) its Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN)
is
(If the entity has no FEIN, include the Social Security Number
c)f the individual signing this sworn statement:
. )
3. l-Iy name is and my
relationship to the entity named above is
4. I understand that a "public entity crime" as defined in
Paragraph 287.133(1) (g), Florida Statutes, means a violation
of any state or federal law by a person with respect to and
directly related to the transaction of business with any
public entity or with an agency or political subdivision of
any other state or with the United States, including, but not
limited to, and bid or contract for goods or services to be
provided to any public entity or an agency or political
subdivision of any other state or of the United States and
involving antitrust, fraud, theft, bribery, collusion,
racketeering, conspiracy, or material misrepresentation.
5. I understand that "convicted" or "conviction" as defined in
Paragraph 287.133(1) (b), Florida Statutes, means a finding of
9uilt or a conviction of a public entity crime, with or
""ithout an adjudication of guilt, in any federal or state
trial court of record relating to charges brought by
indictment or information after July 1, 1989, as a result of
04/30/91
PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
00420-1
a jury verdict, nonjury verdict, nonjury trial, or entry of
a plea of guilty or nolo contendere.
6. I understand that an "affiliate" as defined in Paragraph
287.133(1) (a), Florida statutes, means:
1. A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a
public entity crime: or
2. An entity under the control of any natural person who is
active in the management of the entity and who has been
convicted of a public entity crime. The term "affiliate"
includes those officers, directors, executives, partners,
shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are
active in the management of an affiliate. The ownership
by one person of shares constituting a controlling
interest in another person, or a pooling of equipment or
income among persons when not for fair market value under
an arm's length agreement, shall be a prima facie case
that one person controls another person. A person who
knowingly enters into a joint venture with a person who
has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida
during the preceding 36 months shall be considered an
affiliate.
7. I understand that a "person" as defined in Paragraph
287.133(1) (a), Florida statutes, means any natural person or
entity organized under the laws of any state or of the United
states with the legal power to enter into a binding contract
and which bids or applies to bid on contracts for the
provision of goods or services let by a public entity, or
which otherwise transacts or applies to transact business with
a public entity. The term "Person" includes those officers,
directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees,
members, and agents who are active in management of an entity.
8. Based on informatio~ and belief, the statement which I have
marked below is true in relation to the entity submitting this
sworn statement. [Please indicate which statement applies.]
Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement, nor
any officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders,
employees, members, or agents who are active in management of
the entity, nor any affiliate of the entity have been charged
with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July
1, 1989.
The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or
04/30/91
PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
00420-2
more of the officers, directors, executives, partners,
shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in
management of the entity, or an affiliate of the entity has
been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime
subsequent to July 1, 1989, AND [Please indicate which
additional statement applies.]
There has been a proceeding concerning the
conviction before a hearing officer of the State of
Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings. The final
order entered by the hearing officer did not place the
person or affiliate in the convicted vendor list. [Please
attach a copy of the final order.]
The person or affiliate was placed on the convicted
vendor 1 ist. there has been a subsequent proceeding
before a hearing officer of the State of Florida,
Division of Administrative Hearings. The final order
entered by the hearing officer determined that it was in
the public interest to remove the person or affiliate
from the convicted vendor list. [Please attach a copy of
the final order.]
The person or affiliate has not been placed on the
convicted vendor list. [Please describe any action taken
by or pending with the Department of General Services.]
[Signature]
Date:
STATE OF
COUNTY OF
PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority,
who, after first being sworn by me,
[name of individual signing]
affixed hiS/her signature in the space provided above on this
day of , 19
NOTARY PUBLIC
My co:mmission expires:
Form PUR 7068 (Rev. 11/89)
04/30/91
PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
00420-3
LOBBYING AHD CODLIC'l' OJ' III'l'BRBST CLAUSB
SWORN STATEMENT UNDBR ORDINANCB NO. 010-1990
MONROE COUNTY. J'LORIDA
"
"
(company)
" warrants that it has not employed, retained or otherwise had
act em its behalf any former County officer or employee subject to
the prohibition of Section 2 of Ordinance No. 010-1990 or any
Coun't:y officer or employee in violation of Section 3 of Ordinance
No. 010-1990. For breach or violation of this provision the County
may, in its discretion, terminate this contract without liability
and may also, in its discretion, deduct from the contract or
purchase price, or otherwise recover, the full amount of any fee,
commission, percentage, gift, or consideration paid to the former
Count:y officer or employee".
(Signature)
Date:
STATE OF
COuwry OF
PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority,
who, after first being sworn by me, affixed
his/her signature (name of individual signing) in the space
provided above on this day of , 19
NOTARY PUBLIC
My commission expires:
07/25/91 LOBBYING AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST CLAUSE
00425 - 1
NON-OOLLU8XON AFFXDAVXT
I, of the city of
according to law on my oath, and under penalty of perjury, depose
and :say that;
1 . ) I am
of the firm of
, the bidder making the Proposal for the
notice for calling for bids for
that I executed the said proposal with
project described in the
, and
full authority to do so;
2.) the prices in this bid have been arrived at independently
without collusion, consultation, communication or agreement for the
purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to
such proces with any other bidder or with any competitor;
3.) unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have
been quoted in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed by the
bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder and will
not be knowingly disclosed by the bidder prior to bid opening,
directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or to any competitor;
and
4.) no attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder
to induce any other person, partnership or corporation to submit,
or not to submit, a bid for the purpose of restricting competition;
5.)
correct,
upon the
awarding
the statements contained in this affidavit are true and
and made with full knowledge that Monroe County relies
truth of the statements contained in this affidavit in
contracts for said project.
(Signature of Bidder)
STA'I'E OF
COUNTY OF
DATE
(naLme of individual signing)
PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority,
who, after first being sworn by me,
affi.xed his/her signature in the space provided above on this
day of , 19
NOTARY PUBLIC
My commission expires:
02/20/90
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
00430-1
SECTION 00440
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING
1. Subcontractor:
Address:
Phone:
Contact:
Portion of Work:
Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as
delineated on Proposal Form: %.
2. Subcontractor:
Address:
Phone:
Contact:
Portion of Work:
Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as
delineated on Proposal Form: %.
3. Subcontractor:
Address:
Phone:
Contact:
Portion of Work:
Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as
delineated on Proposal Form: %.
4. Subcontractor:
Address:
Phone:
Contact:
Portion of Work:
Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as
delineated on Proposal Form: %.
OS/20/91
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING
00440-1
T H E A M E I C A N N S T T U T E 0 F A I C H T ! C
=
if
AlA Document A305
Contractor's Qualification Statement
1988 EDITION
T/.lis form is appnwed (111(1 rf!commellded ~l' TI:>e Ameri"l1l Institute of Arcbitects
(AlA) and T/.ll' Assodatl!d General Contractors of America (AGC)for lise ill e/'a/uat-
/11)< the '/lwlif/catiol1s of ((mtradurs So el1dorsement (if tbe suhmittillg partr or
l'ertficatirJ// (if tbe infurmatiwI is made by tbe AlA or AGe
The L'ndersigned certifies under oath that the information provided herein is true and suffi-
cien1:ly complete so as not to be misleading.
Sl'B~"'ITTED TO:
ADDRESS,
Sl'B~.IITTED BY,
Corporation
c:
:\A~1E
Partnership
ADDRESS:
InJi\'iJUJI
PRI:-'CIPAL OFFICE:
JOIl1! \'cntufc
( )( hn
'\,-\\1 F (n: PI\( ).II-:C1' (II .Ippllt.lhkl
TYPE OF \\ORK (filL' "L'p.lLIIL' form f(lf L'.lL'h CI.t,,'lfil:I(Hl11 ()I \\ ork)
__ (JL'f)L'rJI (.(II1,trUl!!()!1
___H\.-\C
__ PlllmhlO~
__ ()lhcr
Eln t f1l.t!
, i'k.I'l' "peL'ifY)
:....:: 1 ~ Jj" I II , )..., I' \ \! h: \.n ~t.. r:l .,: !:,":
;,'1; [l( ~"~IIIl) H.t..'i'rl,\.hll..ll\J;)lj!!~, ,:(~~.I::,l"~:11"r"',I!-'''':.j:1!!.L
,'lllJl-\l\ .,I',:.JI\....ll1l. l,,!,\rl;...:JlI LI\'.~ ",\ I ::;:ll..l 't,I:\" .i"',: ',\
. ~~\..l'jll'l r..., 1-.....;, "\t'\\ ,,\ ,['" \\ It-d:~ ,,\\
'\ .1": : ~ ....:
~ ., '! 1"1, '\ I: ',' ~:: It j1
.~... "u j, ll" :
AlA DOCUMENT A30S-\ ()'\.,lk.l,,1 1,)k"'l,iI \illll \111)'\."I\:I"\I'\.,\_I"Ioo",llil:II)'\.,. \\-\0.
ill -\\\rHlt A'\ 1'\.,"'111\ lr t)~ -\k\jillF('l' l-l,;'\.,r\\. )\lK~ \\1'\.,11 -'.\\ \\'''-fl!'(r]ll, ]11
A305-1986 1
1. ORGANIZA nON
1.1 How many vears has vour or~am:utlon been In bU~lness .s a Cont.-actor'
\ ) HI lW mam. \l:ar~ hJS \llUr \)r~anI7.;ltlUn heen In huslness under ItS present hU~lne"s name;
1.2.1 Under what other or former names has your organi:ution operated'
~ If your organization is a corporation. answer the following:
1.~.1 Date of incorporation:
1 .'>2 State of Incorporatlun:
1.3.3 President's name:
1.3."1 Vice-president's name(s):
.. ..
I .'>~
13.6
Secretary's name:
Treasurer's name:
I -j If vour urganlzatlon is J partnership. answer the fn'tlowlng
1.1.1 Date of urgani:utlon
1-1.2 Type of partnership (if appllCJhkl
1.1 .'> ~Jme(s) of general partner(s)
.::, 11 \ l Jtlr '.:~.Inl/Jti\ III 1'" lllLlI\ :c_:u.dh 1\\ Ilvd .1 n.... \\ l:r rill' fi 111 ),,-in~
~ I l ).Ic, :, ,rl.:.l: 11/.111, 111
~ .2 '\.1111\' '\1 ,)\\ 11l'1
AlA DOCUMENT A30S. ( \ J'\.: k~\ 1\ It-:.. ',:.1 \llt It \1111"\ '1-\lt\It\.1 . :.1....... II';: j.." . -\1\.
.it \'11 KIt ,,"\ 1.....'1111 ii (Jr \....\ ltllH 1.... 1--l,';"'"f-\). "llH"'- -\\~'l ~ '\\\ \l\....I~l't,ll)' I
A305-1986 2
I () If (he form of \'our'orgaruulIon is other thw those listed abo\'e. descnbe It wd Il2lTlC the prinC1~l<;
2. UCENSING
2.1 List jurisdictions ;;and trade categories in which your organiution is legally qualified to do business.
and indicte registr.ltion or license numbers, if applicble.
2.2 List jurisdictions in which your organization's partnership or tr.lde name is filed.
3. EXPERtENCE
3 1 List the ca.egories oJ work that your organization normally performs with its own forces.
J., 2 ClJlms and Suns \ If the answer to am' of the questions below is \'(~s. please attach details I
J., .2 I
lhs "our orgJnlZJ(Jul1 n'er fJiled to complete In\' work awarded to n'
.J., 22
Arc rhnc an\' iudgmem~. cIJims, ;HbllratHJll pfll<.:enlings or SUits pending I)r . Jut-undme
JgJIT1.< \ ()ur orgJnIution or 11- "ffin:r.;'
1 .; H~l'" \ lll!: l Ir!!.inll.ltl\ In flk'd Jll'" la\\ ...Ult.... \ lr rl'q~;l....tl.J Jrhl: ~.l; I" ~Jth rl)':Jr(~ i() II -..'
II<1I1l(ll~[r.Jct' \'\'llhlI1 the IJsl Il\'e \CJr"
..; \\ uhin thl' IJ....;t fi\l" \l"Jr"-. h:l~ Jny t lffit.'cr I if pnn.....lpJl ut y~ IU: IlrgJIllz..ltl\ ll1 eycr hCl'n In (J(fil..-l'~ '
prinCipal of Jl1ulher urgJl1lzJ(JUI1 w hen it fJlled to cumplete J UJnstructlun nJnTrJCl' (It the .i:l'\\c[ .'
\l", pkJse atlJch deL,lIls )
AlA OOCUMENT A30S . CO~TR.~CTOR ' ')1 ~1I11( ~ TI. " '1 \Tf", , T . 1')"<' H)ITI()~ ...IA' . : 1')>1(\
l\1~ \\~tk: ',.' .,! 1\1 \1- -"'1-'>. 'l()Kf\.\\t.\'ll:..'\'.j. \\-\"-HI'\l,T()', ')( ,2'M""\
A30S-1986 3
" ~ t)n J St"pJrJte sh<;el. l1~t Ol;,LI\Jr l.'on~trudlon projects your org;ml~lIon h;c, In pn~es..". g1\'IO~ tt'c
nJOle of protect. ow'ner. Jrchltect. contrJct amount, percent l.'omplete Jnd ...cheduled complt'II<"
dlle
.' ~ SIJte tot;ll wurth of work 10 pro~re..." Jnd under contract
5 :; On J separate sheet. list the mJ10f proJects your organization has completed 10 the past five yean
gIving the name of project. owner. architect. contract amount. date of completion and percentage of
the cost of the work performed with your own forces.
,~ ';.1 State average annual amount of construction work performed during the past five year;
5.6 On a separate sheet. list the construction expc:rience and present commitments of the key md.i\'ld.
uals of your organization.
4. REFERENCES
~.I Trade Reference...
~2 Bank Reference...
~ .' "url'!\'
~..' I
~ame of h( 'l1dll1g l,,'lllpJIl\
-1' 2
\Jme Jnd JdJre"" l)f Jgent
AlA DOCUMENT A30S. l ,''\1'''' l. 'R' ,: 1'1< \1]. .~'TD1E'-.T. I')I'!<., EDI110'-.. H~' . ,1'>>'"
\', '''''''li1! 1t (H -\ki Hll~\ :-,,:,, '\.1\\ ;..,'"" \\f-'\.1 F '\'X' 'X",,"'Hl,\C,T()'
A305.1986 4
5. FINANCING
<; 1 Fin;mci;d Statement
<; ] I Attach .. linanc~1 sutement, preferably audited, Including \our or~nI7.d1l()n, IJtl';
balance sheet and Income statement shoWIng the following Items
Current .~sets (e.g.. cash. joint venture accounts. accounts reL'cl\'ahit'. nott"
receivable. accrued income, deposits. matenals inventory and prepaJ":
expen..o:.es ):
Net Fixed Assets;
Other Assets;
Current Liabilities (e.g., accounts payable, notes payable. accrued expenses. pro.
vision for income taxes. advances. accrued salaries and accrued payroll taxes I:
Other Liabilities (e.g., capital. capital stock. authorized and outstandin~ share<;
par values. earned surplus and retained earnings).
'5.1.2 Name and address of firm preparing attached financial statement. and cUte thert'()f
5.1.3 Is the attached financial statement for the identical organization named on page one?
5.1.4 If not, explain the relationship and financial responsibility of the organization who~
financial statement is provided (eg.. parent-subsidiary).
'52 Will the organization whose financial statement is attached aCI as guarantor of the e<;:>ntracI for co!.
struction'
AlA DOCUMENT A305. CO:o.;TR.~CTOR', Ql'.-..UHLHI'" .THnlE'T. J'n," EDIT!I),. ..I..... I""',
~ iil 1.\:f~11 \'\: 1:'\....Tl1"1 TF (H- ~l<( iit"!f( T.... I-~; "\f-\\ ':\),,1\. ,.i,,\E'\l r.:'\\;I. \\-\:-.IiJ'\(.lU:'\ DC .21!ill(l(,
A305.1986 5
t. SIGNA TURE
i'l
Dated at
thl.,
19
'.;ame of Organization
B\"
Title:
62
~I
duly "",urn deposes and sa\"" that the information prm"ided herein IS true and sufficief1l1\"
ml"leadmg"
Subscribed and sworn before me this
day of
It)
'.;otarv Public
My Commission Expires
.~..
J.J\ ,J
tx-IO g
complete so J.' not tp he
AlA DOCUMENT .4.305 . , I "I K \( 1 ( If; , ,
: j~; \\\H{!< -\'\ I "\......T 1 1 ' l.kt l!
\ ill'\, '1-\"11-\11 '\.1 . ";.....1 Ulllltl'\. -\1-\.. ;')1"\.t,
. ,\ '1! i k" \ \ I ". i '\ \\ \\ \" I j I '\.: 1 ( ,'. !" ' \I III(,
A30S -1986 6
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
.
).IA Document A101/CM
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION
Standard Form of Agreement Between
Owner and Contractor
where the basis of payment is .
ST/PULA TED SUM
1980 EDITION
THIS DOCUMENT HIlS IMPOR.TANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH
AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED.
This document is intended to be used in conjunction with AlA Documents
Al01/CM. 1980; 8141/CM, 1980; and 8801, 1980.
AGRI:EMENT
made as - of the
Hundred and
day of
. in the year of Nineteen
BETVt/EEN the Owner:
and the Contractor:
the Project:
the Construction Manager:
the Architect:
The Owner and the Contractor agree as set forth below.
Copyright 1975, \C) 1980 by Th~ ^m~"c.n Instjtul~ of Archil~clS, 1735 N~w York ^\~nu~, NW., Washinglon, DC 20006. R~-
production of Ihe male".' herein or subslanl'.' quot.lion of its provIsions w,lhoul '''''lien p~rmlsslon of Ih~ AlA v,olales th~
cop, right laws of Ihe United 51.les .nd will b~ subi~cl to I~gal prosecullon.
AlA DOCUME"lT Al01/CM . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEME~T ED!~!O" . JL'-;E 1980 EDITION. AlAe. @1980 . THE A~'ERICAN
'. ,""--' ...~ '-',r ...;- .-;r-~
- ',r" .', '."~ ~ y" 1'"
~...-~ ,....., - "'~
!1nl'rl.A_1Qlln 1
M1ICII1
1HE CONTIACT DOCUMEN1S
The Contract Documents consist of this Alreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementar, _.d
other Conditions), the Dr~winlS, the Spedfiations, ~II A~ issued prior to ~nd all Modifications issued after
execution of this Asreement These form the Contr~ct, and all are as fully ~ part of the Contract as if alt.ached to this
Agreement or ~ted herein. An enumeration of the Contract Documents ~rs in Artide 7.
Alna.E 2
THE woa
The Contractor iNlI perform ~II the work required by the Contract Documents for
~ /Nett ... aptiofl decllpCM 01 file wort .. lIWIl on __ Conll'aCl ~.,
ARncu 3
nME OF COMMENCEMENT AND suaST ANnAL COMPLETION
The Work to be performed under this Contract sh~1I be commenced
and, subject to authorized adjustments, Substantial Completion of the Wone shall be ~chieved not later ttw1
(~~ j"~rt Mf'( JPKIM provISions lor "quid.'.d d.im..rs rrl~li"c 10 '.i/ur~ /0 compl~1r on Ii"...)
AlA DOC\)MENT AltllCM . OWNER-CONTRAClOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUClION
MANAGEMENT EDIlIOS . JUSE 1900 EDITION . AI"'- . ~198ll . THE AMERI<=^N
INSTITUTE Of ."-~CHITfC1S. 1735 NEy" ~ORK ."-VE., N W. WASHINGTO'" 0 C :><DJb
A101/CM -1980 2
AJt11CLE .
CONTRACT SUM
The Owner shAll p~y the Contractor in current funds for the perfonNnce of the Wort, subject to ~dditions and
deductions by Ch~nge Order ~s provided in the Contract Documents, the Contract Sum of
The CClntr~ct Sum is determined as follows:
(SUI~ h~,~ Ill. ... bid Of 0fJt~, lump JUm _t. KC.pt<<l M'.'n.,~s .nd unil pric... as w/icabI..'
ARTICLE 5
PROGRESS PAYMENTS
B~sed upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Construction Manager by the Contractor and Project Certificates
for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the
Contrtll4:tor as provided in the Contract Documents for the period ending the day of each
month as follows:
Not later th~n days following the end of the period covered by the Application for P~yment,
percent ( %) of the portion of the Contr~ct Sum properly allocable to I~bor, materi~ls and
equipment incorporated in the Work ~nd percent ( %) of the portion of the Contract
Sum properly allocable to materi~ls ~nd equipment suitably stored at the site or at some other location agreed upon
in writing, for the period covered by the Application for Payment, less the aggregate of previous payments m~de by
the Owner; and upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increue the total p~yments to
percent ( %) of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for
all incomplete Work and unsettled claims as provided in the Contract Documents.
(1/ nol co,,~,Pd .I-",~,~ in 1#1. COIllfld OocuIllftlCS. he,. ins." My p,avision ,,,, /i"'ilin. Of ,Pduc,n. ~ .mounl '~I.inPd ."., 1#1. Work ,~Kh~s . c~rt.1jll
s,..~ at c,omp/~lion.J
Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate
entered below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing at the place of the Project.
(H.,~ in.~'( ony rif. 01 inr~r~'1 .Blr~ upon.)
(U'ury 10M" ond 'Pqui'.m~nlS und~, I1>r f~d.f.1 T,ul#l in L~ndin, Ad. .imli., ".1. .nd loc./ con.u_, c,~dil f.ws ond olh., '~,ufllionJ .1 11>~ Own~",
.nd Contr.uto,', p"ncip.1 pl.cr, ot b.",nr... 11>. loe.tion 01 Ih. "'O;.CI .nd rl,~....h.,. m.y .Hrcr Ill. >.I.dity 01 rh" prOVISion S~cifjc I~,., .d>.c~ ,hould
~ obt~;nf.d with rrJprct fO drJrrion, modd,c~tion 0' oUt~, '~qujff!mf!nl5 Jue" .15 wfltr~n diJdoJUf~5 or lItt~r""~f5.)
"." OOClJME"lT "'01104 . OWNER.CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CO"lSlRUCTION
MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1geO EDITION . AlA. . ~1980 . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE Of ARCHITECTS. 173S NEW YORK AVE. N W. WASHINGTO"l. O.c. ~
A101/CM -1980 3
AaTICLE ,
fiNAl PAYMENT
Final ~yment, constituting the entire un~id balance 01 the Contract Sum, shall be paid by the Owner to
Contractor when the Work has been completed, the Contract fully performed, and the Architect has issued a Project
Certifiate for Payment which approves the fiNI payment due the Contractor.
ARTIClE 7
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
7.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the Conditions of the Contract shall hive the meininp
designated in those Conditions.
7:J The Contract Documents, which constitute the entire agreement between the Owner ind the Contractor, are listed
in Article 1 and, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement. are enumerated as follows:
(UIl bel_ rile AlrHfMnl. 1M Condiliolll 01 rh. COIltrad (G.Mral. SuppI.lMnlary and odo.r COItdiliolu/. rile Ot_inp, rile Sp<<iliatiolll, and any AddMdI
and acaplftl all_I'" showin, 1M'. or sh.el /lUmbom in all CUfl and clal.. ...n.,. applicable.'
- .
.,.#
AlA OOC\JMENT AII1/CM . OV,iNER.COl'<TRACTOR AGREEMENT' CONSTIlUGION
MANAGEMENT EDITION' JUNE 1980 EDITION' AlAe . ~191lO · THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE Of ARCHITEGS, 1735 P-OEW YORK AVE., NW, WASHINGTON, D.C 2OOJ6
A101/CM - 1980 4
7.3 Tellnporary facilities and serviC8S:
~ w.rc 11111II1 -r IacllIUeI Md ..me. wINdt - iii".,.,., "- ., ill add;,;_ .. ..... ~ .,._~.. ill 1M c.... ~J
7.4 Wc)rking Conditions:
(He,. Usc .IIlY 'l><<i., conditlOllS '''K1in,lhe ConlrKt.'
--~.
This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above.
OWNER
CONTRACTOR
AlA DOCUMENT A101/CM . OWNER.CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CGNSTRUCTIO'l
M'''AGE.MENT EDITIO'l . JUNE 1980 EDITION. AlA- . ~1980 . THE AMERICAN
I"'~.ITL:H Or.RCHilECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, DC. ]0006
A 101/CM -1980 5
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
.
"'/'" Document },311/CM
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION
Performance Bond
KNOW All MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(Here insert lull Nlme .nd .dclress or lepl tille 01 Conlractor)
as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor, and,
(Here insert full NlII\e .nd .delr.SI or I.pl lill. of Surety)
as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
(Here insert full n.me and .delr." or lepl lill. of Owner)
as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of
Dollars <$
) ,
for the paymEmt whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS,
Contractor has by written agreement dated
(Here .n..n full name, addr.., and desCllpl'on 01 project)
,19
, entered into a contract with Owner for
in aCJ:ordance 'Nith Drawings and Specifications prepared by
(Here ,n..,n full name and .dd.... or lepl tille of Arcj"lect)
which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract.
AlA DOCUMENT AJ11/CM . PERFORMANCE 8ONO AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT 80ND . CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION
JUNE 1980 EDITION . ",.0,<< . THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, l~)S NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
1 of 4
PERFORMANCE BOND
NCNI, THEllFOU. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such thit, if Contrictor shill promptly ind fiithfully perform said
Contract, then this obligation shall be null ind void; otherwise it ~II remain in full force ind effect.
The Surety hereby waives notice of any alterition or
extension of time mide by the Owner.
Whenever Contractor shill be and declued by Owner
to be in defaullt under the Contrict, the Owner having
performed Owner's obligitions thereunder, the Surety
may promptly r1emedy the default, or shill promptly
1) Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms
ind conditions, or
2) Obuin i bid or bids for completing the Contract in
accordance with its terms ind conditions, and upon deter-
minition by Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, or, if
the Owner ele(:ts, upon determination by the Owner ind
the Surety jointly of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange
for a contract between such bidder ind Owner, and make
availible as Work progresses (even though there should
be a default or a succession of defaults under the contract
or contracts of completion arranged under this paragraph)
Signed and slealed this
day of
sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the ~I-
ance of the contract price; but not exceedins, including
other costs and damages for which the Surety miy be
liable hereunder, the amount set forth in the first para-
graph hereof: The term "balance of the contract price:' as
used in this piragriph, shall mein the toul amount piy-
able by Owner to Contractor under the Contract and any
amendments thereto, less the amount properly piid by
Owner to Contractor.
Any suit under this bond must be Instituted before the
expiration of two (2) yeirs from the date on which final
payment under the Contract falls due or before the expira-
tion of one (1) yeir from the Date of Subsuntial Comple-
tion of the Project, whichever is later.
No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for
the use of any person or corporation other than the
Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, administra-
tors or successors of the Owner.
,19
I (Princlp./) (Se.1)
(WilneH)
(Tille)
I 5 lJ(E' {~ (Se.I)
(WillleH)
(Title)
AlA DOCI,IMENT A311/CM . PERFORMA~CE 80ND A~D L"80R AND MATERiAL PAy,-,\[...T 80NO . CO:-.STRUCTIO... MANAGEMENT EDITION
JLNE 1980 EDITION. "!A. . THE AMERICAN INSTITLH Of ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, NW , I'.ASHINGTON, 0,(' 2(XXlf>
2 of 4
......
PO~LIC OONSTRUCTIOB BOND
BY THIS BOND, We , as Principal and
, a corporation, as Surety, are bound to
herein called Owner, in the sum of $
which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal
successors, and assigns, jointly and severally.
THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal:
,
for payment of
representatives,
1. Performs the contract dated 19_, between
Principal and Owner for construction of ,
the cl::>ntract being made a part of this bond by reference, at the
times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and
2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in section
255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Principal with labor,
materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Principal
in th,e prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and
3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney IS
fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because
of a default by Principal under the contract; and
4. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished
under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then
this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force.
Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance with
any formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not
affect Surety's obligation under this bond.
DATE ON 19___
(NAME OF PRINCIPAL)
BY
(AS ATTORNEY IN FACT)
(NAME OF SURETY)
07/26/91
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND
00610 - 1
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
.
AlA Document Al01/CM
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION
General Conditions of the Contract
for Construction
THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORT....NT LEC....L CONSEQUENCES; CONSULT....TlON
WITH....N ....TTORNEy IS ENCOU/U,CED.
1980 EDITION
TABLE OF ARTICLES
1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
2. ADMINISTRATION OF THE
CONTRACT
8. TIME
9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND
PROPERTY
3. OWNER
4. CONTRACTOR
5. SUBCONTRACTORS
11. INSURANCE
6. \-VORK BY OWNER OR BY
SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
12. CHANGES IN THE WORK
13. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION
OF WORK
7. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
14. TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT
CG;J.r,ghl 1975. <<l 1980. b, The "'merlc~n I"'~",'e c' Architects. 1735 ."ew York A'ecce. ".W W~shlcg!o'" D C ~'XlO6.
"~r":.;c: on of :"e - J:erldl herein or subStd"'I,~1 quotdllon of ils prO\lSIOns wlthoul "" ':e~ permiSSion c: "e . A, "oldIes
tne (en right IdWS of the United Sl~tes ~nd will be subJect to leg~1 prosecutIon.
AlA OOCUME"T ,'2llT/CM . GE"E RA,L CO"OITlONS OF THE CO" TRAO FOR CO"STRUCTION
CONSTRL'OIO" /.\.A,NAGEMENT WITIOs . JUNE 1980 EDITION . A'A- . @ 1980 . THE
..,.[RICA" !'-'7 'l TE Of .A,RCHITECTS "j; "EIV YORK AVE ,\\ WASH"'GTON. 0 C 2OC06
A201/CM - 1980 1
Acc~pt~nc~ of DefKtlv~ of Non.Conformlng Work. .6.2.2, 13.3
Acc~pt~nc~ of Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95.5, 9.15.1. 99.1, 9.9.3
Access to Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.3.6. 6.2.1
ACCld~nt Pr~v~ntlon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.3.5, 10
Acts ~nd Omissions............. .4.18.3. 74, 7.6.2.8.3.1, 10.5
Add~nd~. D~finillon of ...............................1.1.'
Addihon~J Costs, CI~ims for ...........................12.3
ADMINISTlA TlON OF THE CONTRACT ..............2, ".3.3
Agreement, Ext~nt of ...............................1.1,'.2
All Risk Insur~nc~ . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .., ..11.3.1
Allo.....~nc~s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.8
Appliullons for P~ym~nt. Contractor's . ..... .2.3.8. 9.2.1, 9.3.1,
9.3.3.,9.5.3,9.7.1,9.8.2,9.9.1,9.9.3,9.9.5, 11.3.1, 14.2.2
Appliutlons for P~yment.
Proj~ct ................ .2.3.8,2.3.9,9.3.1,9.4,9.6.1,9.7.1
Approv~Js ..................... .2.3.18, 3.4, 4.3.3. 4.5, 4.12.4.
4.12.5,4.12.6,4.12.8,4.13.2.7.7,9.3.2
Arbitr~tion ....... .2.3.15,2.3.23,6.2.5, 7.9,8.3.1. 11.3.7, 11.3.3
Architect. Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.1
Architect, Extent of Authority. . . . . . . .2.3. 3.4, 4.12.8. 5.2. 7.7.2,
8.1.3,8.1.4,8.3.1,9.2.9.3.1.9.4,9.5.3,9.6,9.8, 9.9.1, 9.9.3.
12.1.1,12.1.4,12.3.1,12.4.1.13.1,13.2.1,13.2.5,14.2
Architect. Limltalions of AuthOrity and Responsibility.... .2.3.2
through 2.3.5. 2.313 through 2.3.18, 2.3.22, 4.12.b.
5.2.1,9.4.2.9.5.4.9.5.5,12.4
Architect's Addltlon~1 Services.. .3.4,7.7.2,13.2.1.13.2.5,14.2.2
Architect's Approv~ls ..... .2.3.18,3.4.4.5,4.12.6,4.12.8,4.18.3
Archit~ct's AuthOrity to ReJ~ct Work... .2.3.16, 4.5,13.1.2,13.2
Archit~ct's Copyright. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. .. ... .. . . .1.3
Architect's Decisions. ....... ..... .2.3.10 through 2.3.16, 7.7.2.
7.9.1,9.2,9.4,9.6.2,9.8.1.12.1.4,12.3.1
Archit~ct's InspectIons. . . . . . . . .23.16. 2.3.21, 94.2. 9.8.1,9.9.1
Architect's Instructions.. 2.3.16,2.3.19,7.7.2. 12.4. 13.~
Architect's Interpretations . . . .23.10 through 2313.12.32
ArchItects On-Sill' Observations .......2.3.4. 2.3.6. 2.3.9. 7.7.1.
7.74.9.4.2.9.6.1.9.91
Architect's Relallonshlp With Contractor...... 1.1.2,2.3.5,2.3.6,
2.3.13,2.3.16,03,4.5,4.7.3,4.126.418.11.3.6
Architect's R~lationship .....Ith
Subcontractors. ........... . .....112. 2.316.95.3.3.5.4
Arch,lect's Representations . . .942. 96.1. 991
Artistic EHect .............. .......1.2.3,2.3.14,23.15.7.9.1
Attorneys' fees ......... .. ..... .4.18.1,6.2.5,9.9.2
Award of Separate Contracts ............... ..... .6.1.1
Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for
Portions of the Work . . . . .52
Boiler and Machinery Insurance ...113.2
Bonds. lien ..... _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .933, 992
Bonds. Performance, labor and\I,jleflal Payment. .. .7.5,9.9.3
Building Permit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.7
Certificate of Sub~tantlal Completion 981.982,983.98.4
Cerllf,cates of InspectIon. TestIng or Approval.... .. .7.7.3
Certificates of Insurance ........ .932,11.1.4
Certificates for Payment. Project " .2.3.9. 2321 94.951,
95.5,961,9.7.1, 9 ~:' Q Q 1,993,12.1.4,1411,1422
C~.c'.e Orders . ~ 1, 2.3.19, 3.4, 4.82.3, 4.1'.1,
. 5.2.3,7.7.2,831.97 993,113.1,11.3.5.113.7
121.1221.1231,1312.13 2S. 133 1
Change Orders Dein I,.'" 01 ... .121.1
CHANGES IN THE ",ORK :' ] 19, 4111 12
INDEX
a~ims for Addltlon~1 Cost or Time. . .. .83.2. 8.3.3.122.1,123
CJ~lms for D~m~ges . '" . . .. .. .... .6.1.1. 6.2.5, 7.4, 8.3, 9611
CI~lms ~nd Disputes Between Contractor
and Owner............. .2.3.12,2.3.15,23.23,4.18.2.79
Cleaning Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.15. IU
Commenc~m~nt of the Work, Conditions R~I~ling to .3.2.', 'oZ,
4.7.1. ".10.5.2.1,6.2.2,7.5, 9.2, ~j.1, 11.34
CommuniC~lIons ..................... .2.3.2,3.2.6.4.9.1,4.16
Compl~lion,
Conditions Relating to " .2.::;.J1. 4.11. 4.15. 9.4.2,9.9, 13.u
COMPUTION, rAYMENTS AND.... . . . . . ........ ... ......,
Compl~lion of the Project. Subst~nti~1 ...... .8.1.4. 9.8.3, 9.8.4.
9.9.4,9.9.5,9.9.6, 13.2.1, 13.2.2
Completion of the Work, Subst~ntl~1 ....... .2.3.21, 8.1.1. 8. U.
8.2.2,9.8.9.42.9.93,11.3.9
Compli~nce with uws . . . . . . . . . . . .1.3,2.1.1,4.6, ".7. 4.13, 7.1.
7.6.1,7.7.1.10.2.2.1421
Conc~~led Conditions............................ ... ..121
Cons~nt, Wrillen ....................2.3.22, ".14.2,7.2,7.6.2.
9.8.1.9.9.2,9.9.3,11.3.9
Construction M.an~ger, Definition of .................... .2.2
Construction M~n~ger's Approv~1 .............. .4.10.1, ".13.2
Construction M~~ger's
Addition~1 Servic~s ........ .3.4. 7.7.2.13.2.1,132.5.14.22
Construction Man.ager's Authority and R~sponsibility . . . . .2.3.3.
2..3.5,2.3.16,2.3.10.2.3.22,4.8.1. ".17.1, ".18.3,
7.7....9.2.10.2.5,'1.3.6,12.1.4,14.1.1
Construction M.an.ager's Confirm.allon ...................9.9.3
Construction M.an~ger's Consuhilion with the Architect . ')
2.3.16,2.3.19,2.3.21,34.1,9.6.1.9.8.1.12.1.4,12.3.1.
Construction Manigers Coordin.allon .and Schedul'"g ....2.3..'.
2.3.17,4.3.1,4.10.1. ".12.4
Construction M.an.ag~r's DeCISIOns ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.3. 831
Construction M.an.ag~r's Determ,",JlIons . .2.3.3,6.3.1,7.7.2, 8.31
ConstructIon Man.ager's Inter~sts ................11.3.1. 11.3.2
Construction M.anager's Recommendilions . . . .2.38.2.39.9.3.1.
9.4.1.9.7.1,9.9.1.12.11
Construc\lon M.anager's Rel.atlonshlp "
witli Archttpct ................. .11.2,231.2.33.2321
Construction Man.ager's RelatIonshIp WIth Contrictor .... .1.1.2.
2.3.15.2.3.16, 32b. 4.2.1. 4 33. 45, 4.7.3, 4.11.1, 412.4. 412.6
".16.1,4.17.1.418,5.2,6.2.1,62.2,7.6.2,7.7,791,792.
8.3.1,8.32.941.954 9.8.1,9.9.1,10.2.6.1114.113.6
Construction M.anager's RelatIonshIp
Wllh Subcontractors. . . . ..... . . . ...1.12,2.3.16, S3 1
Construction Minae:ers Review. . . . . . . . . . . . .23.8, 2 3.17, 5.2.1
Construction Schedule, Contractors . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.10
Conlract, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 1 2
Contract Adm'n1strillon .... . . . . . . . . . . .. 23, 4.3 3
Contract AWird and Execution.
Conditions RelatIng to . . .. 4.7 1. 4 10, 5.2. 75. 11.1, 1134
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Contrict DocumenlS.
Copies furnIshed and Use of
Contrict Documen!' Def,"illon of
Contract 'lodd'cal"~~s
Contract Sum. De(,nlt,on of
Contract Termination
Contract Time, Dei,nd,on of
CONTRACTOR
Contrictor. Deflnlt,oC' or
(ontractor s Con~l'~ :.". Schedule
. . . . 1 3. 32 5, 5 3
....1.1.1
11.1,12
9.91
. .14
.8.1.1
.............4
41.6.1.2
'" .4.--
2 A201/CM-1980
...1... DOCUME","T ...1011(M . GENERAL (0,",0ITI0,",5 Of THE CO.dR....CT fOR CC,",5TRUCTI0"
CO"5TRli(TIO" ""''''''CE'H''-IT EDITION. Il'"'E 1980 EoITIO"," . ..:.... . :[ 1980 . THE
....MERIC....... IN5TITL 1E Of "RCHITECTS. l~J; 'E" ,OR. "'E 'w ""'5~I'CTO" 0 C ]00Jt,
ContriCtor's Employees..... .4.3.2,4.4.2.4.8.1,4.9.4.18. 10.2.1
through 10.2.4,10.2.6,10.3,11.1.1
Contractor's liibility Insurance.. . . . . . ... . .. ..... ., . . . . . "11.1
Contrictor's Relationship with ArchItect..... .1.1.2.2.3.5.2.3.&,
2.3.13.2.3.16,4.3.3,4.5.4.7.3,4.12.6.4.18.11.3.6
Contractor's Il:elationship with Construction Minager . .. . .1.1.2.
2.3.115.2.3.16.3.2.6,4.2.1.4.3.3,4.5.4.7.2,4.11.1,4.12.4.
4.12.6.4.16.1.4.17.1,4.18,5.2.6.2.1,6.2.2,7.6.2, 7.7, 7.9.1,
7.9.2.8.3.1.8.3.2,9.4.1.9.5.4,9.8.1,9.9.1, 10.2.6, 11.1.4, 11.3.6
Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contracton
and Owner's Forces. . .. . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .3.2.7, 6
Contrictor'S R:elationship with
Subcontr,lctors .......,..1.2.4.5.2.5.3.9.5.2,11.3.3.11.3.6
Contractor's ~lepresentilions ...........1.2.2. 4.5, 4.12.5, 9.3.3
Contractor's R,esponsibility for Those
Perfo.ming the Work.... . ... .... ., . ... .. .4.3.2. 4.18, 10
~ontractor's Il:eview of Contract Documents ....1.2.2. 4.2, 4.7.3
Contrictor's ~:ight to Stop the Work .....................9.7
Contrictor's Il:ight to Termlnite the Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . .14.1
Contrictor's Submittils .............. .2.3.18.4.10.4.12,5.2.1.
5.2.3.9.2.9.3.1,9.8.1.9.9.2,9.9.3
Contrictor's Superintendent.. . . . .. . . .. . . . ., . .. .. . .4.9.10.2.6
Contrictor's Supervision ind
Construcltion Procedures. .. ...... .1.2.4, 2.3.5, 4.3, 4.4, 10
Contrictuil liibility Insurince ........................11.1.3
Coordinition ind Correlition . . . . . . . . .1.2.2. 1.2.4, 4.3.1, 4.10.1.
4.12.5,6.1.3,6.2.1
Copies Furnished of Driwings ind Specificitions . .1.3, 3.2.5, 5.3
Correction of Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.3. 3.4. 10.2.5. 13 2
Cost, DefinitllJn of ..................................12.1.4
Costs...... .3.4, 4.8.2. 4.15.2,5.2.3,6.1.1,6.2.3.6.2.5.6.3.7.7.1.
7.7.2.9.7, '11.3.1. 11.3.5. 12.1.3. 12.1.4. 12.3. 13.1.2, 13.2. 14.2.2
Cutting and Patching 01 Work... . ..................... .4.14
Dimige to the Work........... ....14.2.10.2.1.2.10.2.7,11.3.1
Dimige to Work............ .4.14.2, 4.18.1, 6.2.... 6.2.5, 9.6.15,
10.2.1.3.10.2.2.10.2.5.10.3.13.2.6
Dimiges. C1iims for........... ..... .6.1.1,6.2.5,7.4.9.6.1.2
Dimiges tor Delay...... . .................. .6.1.1.83.4.9]
Day. Def,nlllon ot ..........,........................ .8.1.5
DeciSions of the Arcl'lltect . . . . . . . . .2.3.10 through 2.3.16, 7.7.2.
7.9.1,9.2.9.4,9.6.1.9.8.1.12.1.4,12.3.1
DeciSIOns of the ConSlructlon Miniger . . .. . . . . . .. . . .6.3.8.3.1
Defective or ~'on.Conformlng Work. Acceptance.
Rejectlor and Correction of .. . . . .2.3.4, 2.3.16. 3.3. 3.4. 4.5.
62.2. 623. 961 1. 9.9.4.2, 13
Defllllllons ...............1.1.2.1.2.2,3.1,4.1,4.121 through
4.12.3.5.1.612.8.1.9.1.1.12.1.1,12.1.4
Delays ind htensions of Time ..........................8.3
Disputes................ .2312.2315.2.3.23.625.6.3.7.9.1
Documents al,d Samples at the Slle .......... .... ....11
Driwlngs and SpecillCatlOns.
Use and Ownership of ..... .. .........13.32.5.4.11.5.3
Easements. . . . . . . . . . .. . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32.3
EmergenCle~ . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.3
Employees. Contractor's ......432,444,481.49.4.18.
1021 through 102.4. 1026, 1U3. 11.1.1
Equlpr-.(-~' [<lbor. 'Iaterla!s and...... 111.44 45.412.4.13.
4.151.621,932.933 Q613 '192.
102.1.2.1131.12.1.4.13::.1325.14
Execution and Progress of the Work .........1.1.3, 1.2.3, 2.3.4,
2.3.5.2.3.11,4.2,4.4.1.4.5,4.7.1,6.2.2,7.9.3,
8.2.2.8.3.1.8.3.2.9.6.1,102.3.10.2.4,14.2
Execution. Correlation and Intent of
the Contract Documents...................... 1.2. 41.;.1
Extensions of Time....................... .8.3,12.1.1,12.1.2
Fiilure of Piyment by Owner.. ., . ........ .... .. .. . .9.7,14.1
hilure of Payment of Subcontrictors ..... .9.6.1.3,9.9.2,14.2.1
Failure to Carry out the Work. . . . .. . . ... . . ..... .. . .... .2.3.5
Final Completion ind Final Piyment .. .2.3.15, 2.3.21, 9.9, 13.3.1
Finincial Arrangements. Owner's. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..3.2.1
Fire ind Extended Coverage Insurince ................ .11.3.1
GoverninR law. . . . . . . . .. . . . ... . . . . .. .. . . . . . .. . . ..... . .7.1
Indemnificition . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . .4.17.4.18.6.2.5,9.9.2
Identification of Contract Documents. .. . . . . .. . . .. . .... .1.2.1
Identificition of Subcontrictors and Suppliers. . . . . . . . . . . .5.2.1
Informition ind Services Required of
the Owner. . . . . . . .. . .. .. .. . . . . .. . . .3.2. 6.1, 9, 11.2, 11.3
Inspections............ . .2.3.16,2.3.21.4.3.3,7.7,12.1.2.9.9.1
InstructIons to Bidders. . ........ ... .... .. ............ .1.1.1
Instructions to the Contractor......... .2.3.2.3.2.6,4.8.1,7.7.2,
12.1.2,12.1.4
INSURANCf ..................................... .9.8.1, 11
lnsurince, Contractor's liability....................... .11.1
Insurince, loss of Use .... ... ... . . . . .. . , . . . . . . . . ...... .11.4
Insurince. Owner's liibility . " .. . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . .. ..... .11.2
Insurince, Property .................................. .11.3
Insurince, Boiler and Michinery ......................11.3.2
Insurince, SpeCial Huuds .......................... .11.3.5
lnsurince. Stored MaterIals..................... .9.3.2,11.3.1
Insurance Compin.es. Conselltto Pirtlil Occupancy. . . . .11.3.9
Insurince Compinles, Settlement With .... . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.3.8
Intent of the Contract . .
Documents. . . . . . . . . " .. :~.)3. 2.3.10. 23.13, 2.3.1<4. 12.4
Interest .................................. 7 8
Interpretatlom. Wrlllen " ......111.23.11. 2.i'1'i.'i.i:ij: ;2:4
labor. Malerlals and Equipment....... 1.1.3,4.4.4.5. 4.12. ~ 13.
4.15 1. 6.2.1. 9.3.2, 9.3.3. 9.6.1.3. 9.2.2, 10.2.1.2,
11.3.1.12.1.4.132.2.13.2.5.1"
labor and Material Pi) ment Bond .......................7.5
labor DIsputes. . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .8.3.1
laws and Regulations....... ..13 2.1.1,4.6.4.7. ".13, 7.1,
7.6.1,7.7.1,10.2.2,14
liens. . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . ... .. . . . . .. ....9.3.3, 9.9.2. 9.9....1
llmllitlonS 01 AuthorIty ........... .... .2.3.2. 11.3.8, 12.4.1
limitations of llabtllty .......... .2.313.23.16.2.3.18.3.3, ".2.
47.3.4126.41;0.4.18.62.2.7.6.2,9.4.2.
954.9.9.4.995,1025.11.1.2, '1.3.6
limitations of Time Ce~E"al " .23.11.2.3.18.3.2.1.3.2.4,
4.2,4.7.1.473,4124.4 '51, 5.2.1. 52.3, 6.2.2, 7.4,
7.7,7.92.8.2,9:;: :- - . 9.8.9.9,11.3.1.11.3..1,
113.9. 1~.14, . _ 4, 132.1. 1322.13.2.5
limitatiOns of Time. SpecifIC. . 34. 410. 7.92, 82, 832,
833 92 931.941 951.9.7,11.1.4,11.3.8.
1:':' 1:'31 13~2.13.2.7.14.1.14.2.1
. . .7.9.2. 13.2.2, 132.7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.4
L....--;td~lons, Statutes 0:
lo>> 01 Use 'n~u'a~(e
4'4 DOCU~Oa A201/CM . Cl'lRAl CO'DITIO"S Of '>'[ CO'-TR"Cl fOR CO,",STRL'C1IO!';
CO!';SIRL'ClIO';'I"""'Cl'\E"l EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDI1 0' . AIA~ . If 1980 . lHE
AMERIC..." :-'STiTL 1l OF ARCHIHC1S. ,-); ,[\\ ~O~K AoV[ ,,\\ \\ "SH"CTO" DC "'X'()t,
A201/CM-1980 3
Moltenoll~, labor and Equipment....... 1.1.3,4.4,4.5,4.12,4.13,
4.15.1,62.1,9.32,9.3.3,961.3,9.9.:!.
10.2.1.2,11.31,12.14,13.2.2,13.2.5,14
Moltenal Suppiler~ ....................... .4.121,5.2.1,9.3.3
Meolns, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and
olnd Procedures of Construction .., . . . . . .2.3.5, 4.3.1. 9.42
Minor Cholnges in the Work................ 1.1.1,2.3.19,12.4
MlSCULANEOUS PROVISIONS ...........................7
MocMiutions, Definition of ...........................1.1.1
Modifiutions to the Controlct ........1.1.1, 1.1.2, 2.3.2, 2.3.22,
411.1,4.7.3,11
Mutuoll Responsibility.... ... . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. ..... .... .. .6.2
Non-Conforming Work, Acceptance of Defective or .......13.3
"/otlce, Wntten ...... .... .2.3.11,2.3.15,4.2,4.7.3.4.7.4,4.9,
4.12.6,4.12.7,5.2.1,7.3,7.4,7.9.2,8.1.2,8.3.2,8.3.3,
9.4.1,9.6.1,97,99.1,995,10.2.6,11.1.4,11.3.1,
11.3.5,11.3.7,11.3.8,12.2,12.3,13.2.2,13.2.5, ,.
Notices, Permits, Fees and..... .. ..... .2.3.2, 4.7, 4.13.1, 10.2.1
NotiCe of Testing and Inspections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . ., . .7.7
Nollce to Proceed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.1.2
Observations, Contractor's .......................1.22, 4.7.3
Occupolncy ........................ .8.1.3,8.14,95.5,11.3.9
On-Site Inspections
by the Architect.......... .2.3.16, 23.21,9.4.2,9.8.1,9.9.1
On-Site Observations by the Architect. . . . . . . .2.34, 2.36, 2.3.9,
7.7.1,7.7.4,9.4.2,9.61,9.9.1
Orden, Wrlllen ................. .3.3, 4.9, 12.1.4, 12.4.1, 13 I
OWNER ...............................................3
O""ner, Definition.................................... .3.1
O""ner. Information and Serv.ces
Required of the......... .32, 471, 613. 62. 9. 11 2, 113
Owner'~ Authonty .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.3.21, 7.7.2,9.3.1, 9.3.2,
9.81,11.3.8,121.2.12.1.4
Owner's Financial Capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.2.1
Owner's Llabllll)' Insurance ..' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.2
Owner's Relationship wllh Subcontractors ....1.1.2,9.5.4
Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work............. .3.4, 13.2.4
Owner's Right to Clean Up " . . . . . . . . . .4152, 6.3
Ownen RIght to Perform W<... k and to
Award Separate ControlctS . .... .. .............. .61
Owner's Right to Terminate the CuntrJCI ........... .... .14.2
Owner'~ Right to Stop the Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.3
Ownership and Use of Documents ..............13, 32 5. 5.3
Patching of Work, Culling and ........................ .4.14
Patents, Royalties and. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.17.1
Payment Bor.d. Labor and Material ..... .7.5
Pol' ment, Contractor's ApplicatiOns lur 2 38 92 93. 9.4.
9.5.3,9.6.1,9.7.1,982.991.995.1422
Payment, Prolect Certificates for....... .2.3.9.2.3.21.94.95.1,
955.961,97.1. a 8 2.991.993.1214 14 11,142.2
Payment. fa>lure of ....952.9613.97,9.9.2,14
Payment, Final........ 23.15, 2321.99.13.31
Payments. Progress........ 78.793.955.982,993,12.1.4
PAYME""T5 AND COMPLETION .............9
Payments to Subcontractors .952.953.954 961.3,
1133.1421
. .9 G
Pa~".~."ts V,'lthheld ..........
Performance Bond and labor and ."",atenal Payment Bond. . .7.5
Permits, Fees and NotICes ..............3.2.3, 4.7, 4.13, 10.2.2
PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION Of ............. .10
Product Dolta, DefJrlitlon 01 ..........................14.2.2
Product Dolt., Shop Drolwings, Samples olnd .. .2.3.18, 4.2.1,4.12
Progress olnd Completion ....................2.3.4, 7.9.3, 8.2
Progress Polyments ... . . . . . . . i.8, 7.9.3,9.5.5,1).82.9.9.3, 12.1.4
Project, Definition of ............................... .1.1.4
Project Construction Schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.10
Property Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . .11.3
PROTECTION Of PERSONS AND PROPERTY ............. .10
Record Documents.............................. .... .4.11
Reguloltions and laws .............. .1.3, 2.1.1,4.6, 4J, 4.13.1,
i.1, 10.2.2, 14
Relectlon of Work.. . ... ................. .2.3.16. 4.5.1, 13.2
Releolses of Waivers and liens .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.92, 9.9.4
Representations..... . ......12.2,4.5,4.12.5,9.4.2,9.6.1,9.9.1
Representoltives .., .2.1, 2.2,2.3.2,2.3.22,3.1,4.1,4.9,5.1,9.3.3
ResponSibility for Those Performing the Work.. . . .2.3.5, 4.3.2,
6.13,6.2,9.8.1
Retolinolge ..................... .93.1. 95.2,98.2,992,9.9.3
Review oi Contract Documents by the ControlCtor .......1.2.2,
4.2, 4.7.3
ReViews of Contractor's Submlllils by Owner and
Architect.............. .2318,4.10,4.12,5.2.1,5.2.3,9.2
RIghts and Remedies. . ... ........1.1.2,2.3.15, 2.3.16, ).~, 3.4
5.3,6.1,6.3,7.6,79,8.3.1,9.6.1,9.i
10.3,12.1.2,122,132.2,14
Royolltles and Patents ................................ .4.17
Safety oi Persons and Property ... . . . . . . . . . .10.2
Saiety PreCiullons olnd Programs . . . .2.35, 10.1
Samples, Defmillon oi ............... ....... .4.12.3
Sampl.es, Shop DrawlOgs. Product Oat. ind .... .2317,2.3.18,
. , 42,4.12
Samples at the Site, Documents ind ........... ... .4.11
Schedule. Contractor s Construction.......... . .4.10
Schedule, Project Construction........................ .4.10
Schedule oi Values . . .. .................9.2
Separite Contracts olnd Contrictors .... .4.14.2, 6.11.3.6,13.1.2
Shop DrawlOgs, DeflOltlon .. . . .4.12.1
Shop DraWings, Product Data and Samples. . . . . .2.3.17,
2318,42,4.12
.. .. .. .. .. . 413. 62. ~
.122.234.2.3.21 -.7,981,9.9.1
2.3.4,236.239.7.7.1,
7.7.4,9.42,9.6.1,99.1
2316, 7.7
. .11.3.5
......... .11.1,1.2.4,1.3
792. 132.2, 13.2.7
..... .33. 971.103.14.1
. .621. 932.10212.113.1,13.2.5
...........5
5 1.1
1 2 -I : 3 5. -I 31. -I 32
.53
23'S 410. 412. 5~1. 523.
9> 9 31. 9.8.1, 9.91, 99'
':>Ite, Use oi . . .
Site Inspections
Site Visits, Architects
SpeCial Inspection and Tesl,ng
Speclol' Hazards Insu r a nce
Specifications. . . . . .
Statutes oj Limitations
StoppIng the Work
Stored ."",alerlals
SUBCONTRAClORS
C Jbcontractors. Deilnltlon oi
Subcontractors. \\ ork b,
Subcontractual Relations
Submittal'
4 A201/CM-1980
~I~ DOCUME'.T A201'CM . CE"'ER~l (0"':'.110'0', Of TH CO...-",(' fOR CO""TRLCTIO'"
CO...QRl.'C1!O'" MA"',Cb1E"'T [:)1110'" . IU"'[ 1980 [DITIO'" . ""~~ . 1 1980 . THE
A\HRIC^' :.....~T1TL'1E OF .....RCH'lE.C1S '-)5 ......E.\\ '"OR.... 4.\E. ...... \.\ \\ ....S- ..,.=.~(:r.... :-) C :.'C(X)t,
Subros~tlon, W~lver of ..............................11.3.6
Subst~ntlil Clompletion of the ProJect. . . . . . . .8.1.4. 9.8.3, 9.8.4,
9.9....9.9.5.9.9.6. 13.2.1, 13.2.2
Substinllil Completion of the ProJect. Definition of ......8.1.4
Subst~nllil Completion of the Work....... .2.3.21. 8.1.1. 8.1.3.
8.2.2.9....2, 9.8, 9.9.3, 11.3.9
Subsuntiil Completion of the Work. Definition of ....... .8.1.3
Substitution (If Subcontr~ctors ....................5.2.3, 5.2,4
Substitution Ilf the Architect .............. . . . . . . . . . . . .2.3.23
Substitution ,of the Construction Miniger ..............2.3.23
Substitutions of Miteriils ....................... ....5. 12.1."
Sub-subcontr~ctors, Definition of .................... . . .5.1.2
Subsurlice Conditions .............................. .12.1.1
Successors i"d Assigns .................................7.2
Supervision .Ind Construction Procedures ..........1.2.... 2.3.:;.
...3.4....10
Supenntende'nt. Contrictor's ......................4.9. 10.2.6
Surety, Conslent of ..............................9.9.2, 9.9.3
Surveys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.2.2, ".18.3
Tixes ............................................... ....6
Termlnition by the Contrutor .........................1...1
Termlllitlon by the Owner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..1".2
Termlllition of the Architect........................ .2.3.23
Termlllitlon of the Construction Miniger ............. .2.3.23
TERMINATION Of THE CONTRACT..... . . . .. . . . . . .. . . .. .14
Tests..................... .......... .2.3.16, 4.3.3, 7.7,9....2
TIMf ...................................................
Time. Defllllllon of ................................... .8.1
Time, Deliy! ind ExtenSions of ..........8.3. 12.1, 12.3. 13.2.7
Time Limits, Specific. . . . . . ... . . . . . .3.", ".10, 7.9.2, 8.2, 8.3.2,
8.3.3.9.2.9.3.1,9....1, 9.5.1, 9.7,11.1.4,
11.3.8,12.2.12.3.1,13.2.2.13.2.7,1".1,1".2.1
Title to Work ..................................9.3.2. 9.3.3
UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WOIK ..... . . . . . . . .13
Uncovering of Work. . . . . . . . . . . .. " . . .. .............. .13.1
Unforseen Conditions. . . . . ... ..... . . .. ......... ..8.3.1.12.2
Unit Prices ................................ .12.1.3.2. 12.1.5
Use of Documents. . . .. .. . .. ........ ..........1.3,3.2.5.5.3
Use of Site .................................... ....13. 6.2.1
V~lues, Schedule of ....................................9.2
Wiiver of Cliims by the Contrictor ... .7.6.2,8.3.2.9.9.5,11.3.6
Wiiver of Cliims by the Owner..... .7.62. 9.9...,11.3.6,11....1
Wiiver of liens ......................................9.9.2
Wurinty ~nd Wirrinties ............. .2.3.21. ".5, 9.3.3. 9.8....
9.9.", 13.2.2. 13.2.7
Wuther DeliYs .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.3.1
Words, Recognized Muning of ........................1.2.3
Work, Definition of ................................ ..1.1.3
WORK IV OWNER OR IV SEPARATE CONTRACTORS........
Written Consent.... . ... . .2.3.22. 4.14.2. 7.2. 7.6.2, 9.8.1. 9.9.3
Written Interpretitions .................. .1.1.1.2.3.11.12.3.2
Written Notice...... .2.3.11,2.3.15.4.2, ".7.3, ".7.", ".9. ".12.6.
4.12.7,5.2.1,7.3,7.",7.7.2.7.9.2.8.1.2.8.3.2, 8.3.3, 9....1.
9.6.1,9.7,9.9.1,10.2.6.11.1....11.3.1,11.3.5.11.3.7,
11.3.8.12.2.12.3,13.2.2,13.2.5,1"
Written Orders....... ........... .3.3, ".9, 12.1.", 12....1. 13.1
AlA DOCU"H!~T A201/CM . CEN[R-'l CO...OITIONS Of TH[ CONTRACT fOR CO"'S1RUCTION
CO...S1RUCTI()" "~"'~CE"E"'T [DI1IO'" . JUN[ 1980 [DI110,," . AlAe. <&;'1980 . THE
~"[~iC",,'" '....;TITL H Of A~CHIHCT5 '~3S ...[W YORK AVE. N W W""SHI...CTON. DC 2an
A201/CM-1980 5
GENERAL CONDITIO'NS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
ARTICLE 1
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.1 DEFINITIONS
1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents consist ot the Owner-Contractor
Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Sup-
plementary and other Conditions), the Drawings, the
Specifications, and all Addenda issued prior to and all
Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A
Modification IS (1) a written amendment to the Contract
signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a written
interpretation issued by the Architect pursuant to Sub-
paragraph 2.3.11. or (41 a written order for a minor
change in the Work Issued by the Architect pursuant to
Paragraph 12.4. The Contract Documents do not include
Bidding Documents such as the Advertisement or Invita-
tion to Bid. the Instructions to Bidders. sample forms, the
Contractor's Bid or portions of Addenda relating to any
of these. or any other documents unless specifically enu-
merated in the Owner-Contractor Agreement.
1.1.2 THE CONTRACT
The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construc-
tion. This Contract represents the entire and integrated
agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all
prior negotiations, representations or agreements. either
written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modi-
fied only by a Modification as defined in Subparagraph
1.1.1. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to
create any contractual relationship of anv kind between
the Architect and the Contractor, between the Construc-
tion Manager and the Contractor or between the ArchI-
tect and the Construction ,....1anager. but the Archilect and
the Construction Manager shall be entitled to perform-
ance of the obligations of the Contractor Intended for
their benefit and io' enforcement thereof ~othlOg con-
tained In the Contract Documents shall create any con-
tractual relatIonship between the Owner. the Construc-
Ilonl.,,1Jnager or the Architect and anv Subcontractor or
Sub-subcont r actor.
1.1.3 THE WORK
The Work comprises the completed construction required
of the Contractor by the Contract Documents. and in-
cludes all labor necessary to produce such construction,
and all materials and equipment Incorporated or to be
Incorporated In such construction
1.1.4 THE PRO/ECT
The Proiect as defined In the Owner-Contractor Agree-
ment. IS the tOld! con,tructlon of "hlch the \\'ork per-
formed under the Contract Documents IS a part
1.2 EXECUTION. CORRHA liON AND INTENT
1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be Signed In not
less than quadruplicate bv the O.....ner and the Contractor.
If eil~<:" ".\ner or the Contractor or both do not sign
the Conoil.~.r;, 01 the Contract. Ora" In~' SpecificatiOns
or any of the other Contract Documents. the Architect
shall identify such Documents.
1.2.2 Execution of the Contract bv the Contractor IS a
representation that the Contractor has Visited the site. be-
come famlhar With the local conditions under which the
Work is to be pedormed. and has correlated personal
observations With the requirements of the Contract Docu-
ments.
1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include
all items necessary for the proper execullon and comple-
tion of the Work. The Contract Documents are comple-
mentary, and what is required by anyone shall be as
blOdlng as If reqUired by all. Work not co\'ered in the
Contract Documents will not be requ;red unless it is con-
sIstent therewith and IS reasonably inferable therefrom as
being necessary to produce the intended results. Words
and abbreviations which have well-known technical or
trade meanings are used in the Contract Documents in
accordance With such recognized meanlOgs.
1.2.4 The organization of the Specifications into divi-
sions. sections and articles. and the arrangement of Draw-
lOgs shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work
among Subcontractors or In establishing the extent of
Work to be performed by any trade.
1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS
1.3.1 All Drawings. Specifications and copies thereof
furnIshed by the. Architect are and sh 111 remain the pre
erty of the ArchItect. Thev are to be used onlv with r
spect to this Project and are not to be used onanv oth~r
pro/eel. With the exceptIon of one contract set for each
partv to the Contract. such documents are to be returned
or SUitably accounted for to the Architect on reque,t at
the completIon of the Work SubmiSSIOn or distribution
to meet official regulator.. reqUirements or lor other pur-
poses In' connectIon WIth the Prorect IS not to be con-
strued as publicatIon In derogatIon of the Architect's
common law copvm:ht or other re<e" ed nehts
ARTICLE 2
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
2.1 THE ARCHITECT
2.1.1 The .A.rch,tect IS the per~on la.....fulh licensed to
practice architecture. or an entlt\' lawiullv practicing ar-
chitecture. Identified as such in the Owner-Contractor
Agreement. The term Archilect means the Architect or
the Architect's authorlled repre<cntall\e
2.2 THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER
2.2.1 The Construclton .\1anager " 'he person or entity
identified as such In the O\\ner-Contractor ~g'E'ef'T1ent
The term Construction Manager means the Co:",, .rton
"',1anager or the Con<lructlon '1anager's authorlled
representative
2.3 ADMI....'STRATIO.. OF THE eo.... 'R 4.CT
2.3.1 The Archdect and the Con"ructlon '~anager WI
AlA DOCLlMENT A201/CM . CE....ERAl CO....DIIIO....S Of THE CO....TRACT fOR COsSTRl.CTIO....
CO....STRL:CTIO....~\A....ACE~\E...T E['ITIO" . )l.'''E 1980 EDITION. AlA- . 1) 1980 . THE
^\\ERICA'" I...." TL Tf Of ~RCHITEC" '-J; ....E\\ 'OR, ~VE ... IV WASHI"'CTO'" D C ~iXXl'o
.""".._,.,.,,,,",,,,,,,u;,,,,,,';",,,_,__;,~,",,,,,,,,,,,,_.~~_~~_,,,,"""'-'~""
A201/CM - 1980 6
provide .dministration of the Contract as hereinafter
described.
2.3.2 Tile! Arcllllect .nd the Constrl!ction ~n.ger will
be tile Owner's repre~ntatives during construction and
until final payment to all contractors is due. The Archi-
lect and tile Construction Manager will advise and con-
sult wllh Ihe Owner. All Instrucllons to the Conlractor
shall be forwarded through the Construction Manager.
The Architect and the Construction Manager will have
authority to act on behalf.of the ()wner only to the extent
provided in the Contract Documents. unless otherwise
modified by written instrument in accordance with Sub-
paragraph 2.3.22.
2.3.3 ThE' ConstructiOA Manager will determine in gen-
eral that the Work of the Contractor is being performed
in accordance with the Contract Documents, and will en-
deavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficien-
cies in the Work of the Contractor.
2.3.4 The Architect will visit the sile at intervals appro-
praate 10 tile stage of construction to become generally
familiar witll tile progress and quality of the Work and to
determine in general if tile Work is proceeding in accord-
ance with Ihe Contract Documenls. However. tile Archi-
lect will riot be required to make exhaustive or con-
linuous on-site inspections to check the quality or qUOIn-
tily of the Work. On the basis of on-site observations as
an architect. the Archilect will keep the Owner informed
of the progress of the Work. and will endeavor to guard
the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work
of the Conlractor.
2.3.5 Neither the Architect nor the Construction Man-
ager will be responsible for or have control or charge of
construction means, methods. techniques. sequences or
procedures. or for safety precatlli~ and programs in
connection with the Work. and neither will be respon-
sible for Ihe Contractor's failure to carry oul the Work in
accordance with the Conlract Documents. Neilher the
Archilect nor the Construction Manager will be respon.
sible for or have control or charge over the acts or omis-
sions of the Contractor. Subcontractors. or any of their
agents or employees. or any other persons perlormmg anv
of the Work.
2.3.6 The Architect and the Construction Manager shall
al all time~; have access to Ihe Work wherever It is in
preparation and progress. The Conlractor shall provide
facilities for such access so that the Archllect and the
Construction Manager mav perform their functions under
the Contrao Documents.
2.3.7 The Construction Manager will schedule and coor-
dinate the Work of all contractors on the Project includ-
ing their use of the site. The Construction Manager will
keep the Contractor informed of the Project Construction
Schedule to enable the Contractor to plan and perform
the Work properly.
2.3.8 The Construction Manager will review all Applica-
tions (or Payment by the Contractor. including final pay-
ment, and... ill assemble them with similar applications
from other contractors on the Project into a combined
Project Application (or Payment. The Construction Man.
ai!er will then make recommendations to the Architect
for certification for payment.
2.3.9 Based on the Architect's observations, the recom-
mendations of the Construction ~nager and an eval~-
lion of the Project Application for Payment the Architect
will determine the amount owing to the Contractor and
will issue a Project Certificate for Payment incorporating
such amount. as prOVided m Paragraph 9.4.
2.3.10 The Architect will be the interpreter of the re-
quirements ot the Contract Documents and the judge ot
the performance thereunder by both the Owner and the
Contractor.
2.3.11 The Architect will render interpretations neces.
sary for the proper execution or progress of the Work.
with reasonable promptness and in accordance with
agreed upon time limits. Either party to the Contract may
make written request to the Architect for such interpret,,-
tions.
2.3.12 Claims, disputes and other matters in question
between the Contractor and the Owner relating to the
execution or progress of the Work Or the interpretation
of the Contract Documents shall be referred initially to
the Architect for decision. After consultation with the
Construction Manager, the Architect will render a deci-
sion in writing within a reasonable time.
2.3.13 All interpretations and decisions of the Architect
shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably in-
ferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writ-
ing or in graphic form. In this capacity as interpreter and
Judge. the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful per-
formance by both the Owner and the Contractor, will not
show partiality to either, and Will not be liable for the
result of any interpretation or decision rendered in good
faith in such capacity.
2.3.14 The Architect's decisions in matters relating to
artistic effect will be final if consistent with the intent of
the Contract Documents.
2.3.15 Any claim, dispute or other matter in question
bel\\een the Contractor and the Owner referred to the
Arch,tect through Ihe Construction Manager. except those
relating to artlst.c effect as provided in Subparagraph
2.3.14 and these which have been waived bv the making
or acceptance of fina: payment as prOVided in Subpara-
graphs 9.9.4 through 9.9.6. inclUSIve. shall be subject to
arbitratIon upon rhe written demand of either part\'.
However, no demand (or arbitratIon o( any such claim,
d,spute or other matter may be made until rhe earlier of
11 i the date on which the Architect has rendered a wnt.
ten deciSIon. or (2) rhe tenth day a(ler rhe parties have
presented their evidence to the Architect or have been
gIven a reasonable opportunity to do so. if the Architect
has not rendered a written deciSion by that date. When
such a written decision of the Architect states (1) that the
decision is final but subject to appeal. and (2l that any
demand for arbitration of a claim. dispute or orher matter
covered by such decision must be made within thirty days
after the date on which the party makmg '~e demand re-
ceives the written deCision. (ailure to demand arbitration
Within ~ald thirty day period will result in the Architect's
decl510n becoming flna' and binding upon the Owner
and the Contractor. If the Architect renders a decision
after arbitration proceedings have been initiated. such
deCISion may be entered as ev,dp,,(E' but ",II not 5uper-
sede any arbitration proceedings unless the decision is
acceptable to all partIes concerned.
7 A201/CM -1980
AlA DOCUMENT Alt1/CM . GE!'iERAl CO"lDITiO"lS OF THE CO....TRACT FOR CO"'STRUCTIO'i
CONSTRUCTIO... MANAGEMENT EDITiON . JU"E 1980 EDITiON . AlA. . ({) 1980 . THE
MAERIC..... I!'.STITl'TE OF "RCHIHCTS. 1735 '1EW YORK AVE. N W. WASHINGTON. DC 2C(XJ6
1.3.1' The Architect will h~ve luthonfy to reject Work
which does not conform to the Contrlct Documents. Ind
to require spec..1 Inspection or testing. but will tlke such
ICtion only Ifter consult~tion with the Construction M~n-
Iger. Subject to review by the Architect. the Construction
M.n.ger will h.ve the .uthorit,.. to reject Work which
does not conform to the Contr.ct Documents. Whenever.
In the Construction Manager's opinion, It IS considered
neCe5!Hlry or advis.ble for the implement.tion of the in-
tent of the Contract Documents. the Construction Man-
ager Will have .uthorlty to require speCIal inspection or
testing of the Work an .ccordance With Subpar.grlph
7.7.2 whether or not such Work be then fabriclted. in.
st. lied or completed. The foregoing authority of the Con-
~truction M.nager will be subject to the provisions of
Subp.r.gr.phs 2.3.10 through 2.3.16. inclusive. with re-
spect to interpretations and decisions of the Architect.
However. neither the Architect's nor the Construction
Manager's .uthorily to act under this Subparagraph 2.3.16.
nor any decision made by them in good faith either to
exercise or not to exercise such authority shall Kive rise
to anv duty or responsibility of the Architect or the Con-
slruction Mar.ager to the Contractor. any Subcontractor.
any of their agents or employees, or any other person
performing any of the Work.
2.3.17 The Construction Manager will receive from the
Contractor and review .11 Shop DraWings. Product Data
and Samples, coordinate them with Information contained
in related documents, and transmit to the ArchiLect those
recommended for approval.
2.3.1' The Architect will review .nd approve ,or take
other appropri.te Iction upon the Contractor's submittals
such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. but
only for conformance with the design concept of the
Work and the Information given in the Contract Docu-
ments Such action shall be taken With reasonable prompt-
ness so as to cause no delay. The Architect's approval of
a specific item shall not Indicate approval of an assembly
of which the item IS a component.
2.3.19 FollOWing consultation with the Construction
Manager, the Architect will take appropriate action on
Change Orders in accordance with Article 12. and will
have authOrity to order manor changes In the Work as
prOVided In Subparagraph 12.41.
2.3.20 The Construction Manager will maantain at the
Prolect site one record copy of all Contracts, Dra"- ings,
Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modi-
fICations pertaining to the Project, in good order and
marked currently to record all changes made during
construction, and approved Shop DraWings, Product
Data and Samples. These shall be available to the Archi-
tect and the Contractor, and shall be delivered to the
Architect for the Owner upon completion of the Project.
2.3.21 The Construction Manager will assist the Archi-
tect an conducting Inspections to determine the dates of
Substantial Completion and final completion, and will
receive and fOr\\iard to the Owner for the Owner's review
written warranties and related documents requJred by the
Contract and assembled by the Contractor The Architect
will Issue a final PrOject Cert,;,cate for Pa\ ment upon
compliance With the requirements oi P1'il'~' ,:' "9
2.1.22 The duties. responsibilities Ind limil1tions of
1uthority of the Architect ~nd the Construction M.n~aer
.s the Owner's represent1tives during construction IS ·
torth In the Contrlct Documents, will not be modified
extended without written consent of the Owner. the Con-
tr.ctor, the Architect 1nd the Construction M1nager,
which consent sh111 not be unreasonably withheld. F.i1ure
of the Contrlctor to respond Within ten days to a 'Millen
request shall constitute consent by the Contractor.
2.3.23 In case of the termination of the employment of
the Architect or the Construction Manager, the Owner
shall appoint an architect or a construction manager
against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objec-
tion and whose status under the Contrlct Documents
shall be thlt of the former Irchitect or construction man-
ager, respectively. Any dispute in connection with such
appointments shall be subject to arbitration.
ARTICLE 3
OWNER
3.1 DEFINITION
3.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as
such in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. The term
Owner means the Owner or the Owner's authorized
representative.
3.2 INfORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF
THE OWNER
3.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor,
at the time of execution of the Owner-Contractor Agree-
ment furnish to the Contrlctor reasonable evidence that
the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill t~
Owner's obligations under the Contract. Unless SUl
reasonable evidence is furnished. the Contractor is not
required to execute the Owner-Contractor Agreement or
to commence the Work
3.2.2 The Owner shall furnish all surveys describing the
phYSical charactenstlcs. legal limitations and UtJll1y loca-
tions for the site of the Project. and a legal description of
the site.
3.2.3 Except as prOVided in Subparagraph 4.7.1, the
Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals. ease-
ments. assessments and charges required for the construc-
tion, use or occupancy of permJnent structures or fOI
permanent changes In existing facilities
3.2.4 Information or services under Ihe Owners control
shall be furnished b, the Owner With reJsonable prompt-
ness to J\ Old delay In the order!, pro~ress of the Work
3.2.5 Unless otherWise provided In the Contract Docu-
ments, the Contractor '....ill be furnished. free of charge,
all copies of DraWings and Specdlcations reasonably nec.
essary for the execution of the Work
3.2.6 The Owner shall forward all instructions to the
Contractor through the Constructlon\\anager.\ :h Simul-
taneous notificatIOn to the Architect
3.2.7 The foregOing a'e In additIOn to other duties and
responSibilities of the O"-ner enumerated herein and es-
pecially those In respect to WC'~ Bv O....ner or B\ Sepa-
rate Contractor> PJ,ments anc Completion. and Insur-
ance In Articles 6 9 and 11. respe,,' ,ell.'
AlA DOCUMENT "leTICM . GENERAL CO....OITlO...s Of THE CO....TR..O fOR CO....sTRUOIOO";
CO,o,,;STRUCTIOI>i MANAGEl,\ENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDiTION . .0.1.0.- . ~ 1980 . THE
A.l,\[RIC...... I,,"S1ITUTE Of ARCHIHCTS 1:3S ....EW YORK ""E "" W \\ASHI....CTON. D.C XlOO6
A201/CM - 1980 8
"'" ,,'- ~ ."""~~.""... IV'
13 OWNII'S lIGHT TO STOP THE WC?K
U 1 If the ContriCtor f~ils to correct defective Work as
required by Pirigriph 13.2. or persistently fails to arry
out the Work in iccordince with the Contract Docu-
ments, the Owner, by i written order signed personilly or
by in igel'!t specificilly so empowered by the Owner in
writing, may order the Contrictor to stop the Work, or
iny portio,n thereof. until the C.Juse for such order has
been eliminated; however, thiS right of the Owner to stop
the Work ~sh~1I not gIve rise to any duty on the part of the
Owner to exercise thiS fight for the benefit of the Con-
tractor or ,my other person or entity, except to the extent
required by Subparigriph 6.1.3.
3.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CAllY OUT THE WORK
3.4.1. If the Contrictor defaults or neglects to carry out
the Work in accordance with the Contr~ct Documents,
and fails within seven days after receipt of written notice
from the Owner to commence ind continue correction of
such default or neglect with diligence and promptness,
the Owner may, after seven days following receipt by the
Contractor of an additional written notice and without
prejudice to any other remedy the Owner may have,
make good such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate
Change Order shall be issued deducting from the pay-
ments thel'! or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of
correcting such defiCiencies, including compensation for
the Architl~ct's and the Construction Manager's additional
services made necessary by such default, neglect or fail-
ure. Such action by the Owner and the imount charged
to the Contractor are both subject to the prior approval
of the Architect, after consultation with the Construction
Manager. If the payments then or thereafter due the Con-
tractor are not sufficient to cover such imounl. the Con-
tractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.
ARTICLE 4
CONTRACTOR
4.1 DEFINITION
4.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as
such in thE~ Owner-Contractor Agreement. The term Con-
tractor means the Contractor or the Contractor's author-
ized repre~,entitive.
4.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
4.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare
the Contract Documents and shall at once report to the
Architect and the Comtruction Manager any error, incon-
sistency 01 omiSSion tf- al may be discovered. The Con-
tractor shall not be liable to the Owner, the Architect or
the Construction Manager for any damage resulting from
any such errors, inconSistencies or omissions in the Con-
tracl Documents The Contractor shall perform no portion
of the Work at any lime without Contract Documents or,
where required. approved Shop Drawings, Product Data
or Sample~ for such portion of the Work
4.3 SUPIERVIStON AND CONSTRUCTION
PROCEDURES
4.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the
Work, uSIng the Contractor's best skill and attention. The
Contractor shall be solely responsible ror all construction
means, methods, techniques. sequences and procedures,
ind ,"'11 cOOtdiNte .11 portions of the Work under the
Contract. subj<<t to the over~1I coordin~tion of the Con-
struction MAN..r.
4.3.2 The Contractor sh~1I be responsible to the Ownef
for the acts ind omissions of the Contr~ctor's employees.
Subcontractors ~nd their igents ind employees, and i"t
other persons performing any of the Work under a co~
trict with the Contractor.
4.3.3 The Contr~ctor shall not be relieved from the
Contractor's obligations to perform the Work in accord-
ance with the Contract Documents either by the ~ctivities
or duties of the Construction Manager or the Architect
in their administration of the Contract. or by inspections,
tests or approvals required or performed under Paragraph
7.7 by persons other th~n the Contr~ctor.
4.4 LAlOR AND MATERIALS
4.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu-
ments, the Contr~ctor shall provide and pay for all I~bor.
materials, equipment. tools. construction equipment and
machinery, water, heat, utilities. transportation, and other
facilities and services necessary for the proper execution
and completion of the Work, whether temporiry or per-
manent and whether or not incorporated or to be incor-
porated '" the Work.
4.4.2 The Contractor sh~1l at all times enforce strict dis-
cjpline ind good order among the Contractor's em-
ployees and shall not employ on the Work any unfit per-
son or anyone not skilled in the task assigned them.
4.5 WARRANTY
4.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner. the Archi.
tect and the Construction Manager that all materials and
equipment furnished under this Contract will be new un-
less otherwise speCified. and that all Work will be of good
quality, free from faults and defects and in conformance
wllh the Contract Documents. All Work not conforming
to these requirements. including substitutions not prop-
erly approved and authorized, may be considered defec-
tive. If required by the Architect or the Construction Man-
ager, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as
to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. This
warranty is not limited by the provisions of Paragraph
132
4.6 TAXES
4.6.1 The Contractor shall pay .11/ sales, consumer, use
and other SImilar taxe, for the Work or portions thereot
prOVided by the Contractor which are legally enacted at
the time bids are received. whether or not ~'et effective.
4.7 PERMITS, fEES AND NOTICES
4.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu-
ments, the Owner shall secure and pay for the building
permll and the Contractor shall secure and pay for all
other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspec-
lions necessary for the proper execution and completion
of the Work which are customarih secured after execu-
tion or Ihe Contract and which are legallv reqUired at the
time bids are received,
4.7.2 The Contractor shall give all notICes and comply
Yolth all laVv$, ordinances, rules. regulations and lawful
orders of am r-:bi,( autho':\ bearing on the perform-
ance of the Work.
9 A201/CM - 1980
A'A DOCUMENT A201/CM . GE"ERAl CO"DITIOl';S OF THE CO..,TRACT FOR CO'<STRUCTIO"-
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . A'A. . <t> 1980 . THE
""'ERIC."'" I"'STITLJTE OF "RCHIHCTS. '~3S "EW YORK AVE. "w WASHI"'GTOo;. DC :COJh
4.7.3 It is not the responsibility of the ContractOr to
make certain that the Contrict Documents ire in accord-
ince with ~pplicible liWS. stitutes. building codes ind
regulations. If the Contractor observes tNt iny of the
Contract Documents ire it virlinCe therewith in iny re-
spect. the Contractor shill promptly notify the Architect
ind the Construction Manager In writing. and any neces-
sary changes shall be accomplished by appropriite
Modificition.
4.7.4 If the Contractor perlorms iny Work knowing it
to be contrary to such laws. ordlOinces. rules and reguli-
tlons, and without such notice to the Architect and the
Construction Manager, the Contrictor Shill issume full
responsibility therefor and Shill bear all costs attributable
thereto.
4.' AllOWANCES
4.'.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum
all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items
covered by these allowances shall be supplied for such
amounts and by such persons as the Construction Man-
ager may direct, but the Contractor will not be required
to employ persons against whom the Contractor makes a
reasonable objection.
4.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu-
ments:
.1 these allowances shall cover the cost to the
Contractor. less any applicable trade discount.
of the materiils and equipment required by the
allowance. delivered at the site. and .all appli-
cable taxes;
.2 the Contractor's costs for unloading and hin-
dling on the site. labor. installation costs. over-
head, profit and other expenses contemplated
for the origlOal allowance shall be included in
the Contract Sum and not in the allowance;
.3 whene....er the cost is more or less than the
allowance, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted
accordingly by Change Order, the amount of
which will recognize changes. if any, in han-
dling costs on the slle. labor. install..tion costs.
overhead. profit and oth.:r expenses.
4.9 SUPERINTENDENT
4.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superin-
tendent and necessary aSSIStants who shall be 10 a.:end-
ance at the Project site during th", progress of the Work.
The superintendent shall represent the Contractor and all
communications gl....en to the ~uperinlendent shall be as
binding as If given to the Contractor Important commu-
nications shall be confirmed 10 writing. Other communi-
cations shall be so confirmed on written request in each
case.
4.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
4.10.1 The Contractor. immediately after being awarded
the Contract. shall prepa'e and submit for the Construc-
tion Manager's approval a Contractor's COf'lstruction
Schedule for the Work which shall pro\ ,de for expedl'
tlOUS and practicable execution of the \^-lork This sch~.
ule shall be coordinated by the Con~tructlon Manager
With the Project Construction Scredule The Contractor's
ConstruClon Schedule shall be revised as required by the
conditions of the Worit ind the ProJKt, subject to the
Construction Mina""s appfO\'al.
4.11 OOCUHENn AND SAMPlES AT THE SIlt
4.11.1 The Contri.ctor Shill maintain at the Project s..~,
on a current biSls. one record copy of ill Driwings
Specifications, Addenda, Chinge Orders and other Modi~
flcatlons, in good order and marked currently to record
all changes made dunng construction. and approved Shop
Drawings. Product Dati ind Samples. These shall be
a~ailable to the Architect and the Construction Manager.
Toe Contractor shall ildvise the Construction Maniger on
a current biSis of ill chilnges in the Work mide durir.&
construction.
4.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND
SAMPLES
4.12.1 Shop Drawings ire drawings, diagrams, schedules
and other data speciilly prepared for the Work by the
Contra~tor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier
or dlstnbutor to Illustrate some portion of the Work.
4.12.2 Product DiU are illustrations. standard schedules,
performance charts, instructions, brochures. diagrams ind
other mformatlon furnished by the Contractor to illustrate
a material, product or system for some portion of the
Work.
4.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate
materials, equipment or workmanship, and establish
standards by which the Work will be judged.
4.12.4 The Contractor shall prep.ue, review, approve and
submit through the Construction Manager. with reason-
able promptness and in such sequence as to cause no de-
lay in the Work or in the work of the Owner or any se'
rate contractor, all Shop Drawings. Product Data ,
Samples required by the Contract Documents. The Con-
tractor shall cooperate with the Construction Manager in
the Construction Manager's coordination of the Contrac-
tor's Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples with
those of other separate contractors.
4.12.5 By preparing, approving and submitting Shop
Drawings. Product Data and Samples, the Contractor rep-
resents that the Contractor has determi.,ed and verified
all matenals. field measurements and field construction
Criteria related thereto, or will do so 't\lth reasonable
promptness. and has checked and coord,ndted the IOfor.
matlon contamed WlthlO such submlllals \\Ith the require-
ments of the Work. the Project and the Contract Docu-
m~nts.
4.12.6 The Contractor shall not be rel,e\ed of responSibil-
Ity for any deViation from the requirements oi the Con-
tract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop
Drawings, Product Data 0, Samples under Subparagraph
2.3.18. unless the Contractor has specifically informed the
Architect, and the Construction "~anager in Writing of
such deViation at the time of submission and the Archi-
tect has gIVen '^ rllten approval to the specdic de\ "..-
The Contractor sha" not be relieved from responSID' t\
for errors or omissions in the Shop Ora., ~;:s. Prod'.Jc
Data or Samples by the Architect' approval 01 them.
4.12.7 The Contractor shall direct specific attentIOn, In
writlOg or on re<ubmi!led Shop DraWings Product Data
or Samples, to 'e.' "\s other than those requested bv the
Architect on prey IOL.;' Submittals
AlA DOCUMENT A2tl/CM . GE"ERAL CO"DI110NS Of 1HE CO"TR"CT fOR CO"STR[,CTIO"
CO"STRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITIO.. . Ju..E 1980 EDITION . AlAe . ~ 1980 . THE
",,[RICA" ,NSTITUTE Of "RCHITECTS 1-35 "E\\' YORK "VE . .... W \\ "SHI"GTO'" D ( ~CO'l-.
A201lCM - 1980 10
4.12.1 No portion of the Work requiri~1 submission of I
Shop Drawing, Product Data or Sample sh.1I be com.
menced u;ntll the submittal has been approved by the
Architect ,as provided in Subparagraph 2.3.18. All such
portIons of the Work shall be In accordance with ap-
proved ~ubmittals.
4.13 USE OF StTE
4.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site
to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permIts and the
Contracl Documents. and shall not unreasonably encum-
ber the site with anv materials or equipment.
4.13.2 The Contractor shall coordinate all of the Contrac-
tor's operations with, and secure approval from, the Con.
struction Manager before using any portion of the site.
4.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING Of WORK
4.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting,
fitting or patching that may be required to complete the
Work or to make ilS several parts fll logether properly.
4.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger any
portion of the Work or the work of the Owner or any
separate contractors by cutting. patching or otherwise
altering any work, or by excavation. The Contractor shall
not cut or olherwise alter the work of the Owner or any
separate contractor excepl wilh the written consent of the
Owner and of such separate contractor. The Contractor
shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or any
separate contractor consent to cutting or otherwise alter-
ing the' Wo,rk. .
4.1S CLEANING UP
4.1S.1 The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises
free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish
caused by the Contractor's operations. At the completion
of the Work, the Contractor shall remove all the Contrac-
tor's waste materials and rubbish from and about the
Project as well as all Ihe Conlractor's tools, construction
equipment machinery and surplus materials.
4.15.2 Ii the Contractor fails to clean up al the comple-
tion of the Work, the Owner may do so as provided in
Paragraph 3.4 and the cost thereof shall be charged to the
Contractor.
4.16 COMMUNICA liONS
4.16.1 The Contractor shJl1 fOt\\Jrd all communication"
to the O.....l'ler and the Architect through the Construction
Manager.
4.17 RO\'4LTIES AND PATENTS
4.17.1 The Contractor shall PdY all royallles and license
lees. shall defend all suits or claims for inftlngement of
any patent rights and shall save the Owner and the Con-
structIOn Manager harmless from loss on account thereof,
except that the 0... nero or the Construction Manager as
the case may be. shall be responsible for all such loss
when a parlicular design. process or the product of a par-
ticular manufacturer or manufacturers IS selected by such
person or ~uch person's agent It the Contractor. or the
Cor,structlon Manager as the case may be, has reason to
believe thai the deSign. process or product selected is an
Infringement of a patent. that party shall be responsible
for such loss unless such Information is promDtl\ gl\en to
the others and also :0 the Architect.
4.1. IHDlMNIflCATION
4.11.1 To the fullest extent permitted by I.w, the Con-
triClor shill indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, the
Architect, the Construction Minager. and thetr agents ind
employees from and igiinst all claIms, dimages, los5e'S
and expenses, including, but not limited to, iltOrneys'
fees arising out of or resulting from the perlormince of
the Work, prOVided that any such claim, damage, loss or
expense (1) is iltributable to bodllv inJUry, sickness, dis-
ease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible
property (other than the Work Itself) including the loss ot
use resulting therefrom, and (2) IS caused in whole or in
part by any negligent act or omission of the Contractor.
any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed
by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them
may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused
In part by a party indemnified hereur.der. Such obligation
shall not be construed to negate, abridge or otherwise
reduce any other right or obligation of indemnity which
would otherwise exist u to any party Or person described
in this Paragraph 4.18.
4.18.2 In any and all claims against the Owner, the Archi.
tect. the Construction Manager or any of their agents or
employees by any employee of the Contractor. any Sub-
contractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any
of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be
liable, the indemnification obligation under this Para-
graph 4.18 shall not be limited in any way by any limita-
tion on the amount or type of damages, compensation or
benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Sub.
contractor under workers' or workmen's compensation
aCls. disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.
4.18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Para-
graph 4.18 shall not extend to the liability of the Architect
or Ihe Construction Manager, their agents or employees.
ariSing out of (1) the preparation or approval of maps,
drawings, opinions. reports, surveys. Change Orders, de-
Signs or specifICations. or f2l the Alving of or the failure to
give directions or instructions bv the Archllecr or the
Construction Manager, their agents or employees, pro-
Vided such giVing or failure to give i~ the pnmarv cause
of the ,njury or damage.
ARTICLE 5
SUBCONTRACTORS
5.1 DEFINITION
5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or ent'h who has a
d"ect contract \'ollh the Contractor to perlorm any of the
Work at the sIte. The term Subcontractor means a Sub-
cor'ltractor or a Subcontractor's authorized representative.
The term Subcontractor does not include an\,' separate
contractor or any separate contractor's ~ubcontractors.
5.1.2 A Sub-~ubcontractor is a person or entltv who has
a d/fect or Ind:rect contract with a Subcontractor to per-
form any of the \\ ark at the "Ie, The term Sub-subcon-
tractor means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized rep-
resentative thereof
5.2 AWARDS Of SUBCONTRACTS A/I;D OTHER
CONTRACTS fOR PORTIONS Of THE WORK
5.2.1 L'nless otherWise leqLllfed by the Conlract Docu-
11 A201 {eM - 1980
"I" DOCUMENT 420lICM . CE'>ER...l CO"OITlONS Of THE CO...TR...CT fOR CO"STRUCTIO,<
cO"'SnUCTIO... MAN...CEME...T EDITION . JUNE 198(, EDITION . ...,.... . ~ 1980 . THE
..."ERIC..... ''''STITl'H Of 4.RCHIHCTS '-33 "'EW YORio. 4.VE ... W \V4.SH""CTO..., 0 C. :?OOOb
ments or the Biddinl Documents, the ContraCtOr, .as soon
as practicable after the award of t~ C~~ract, ~II !ur-
nish to the Construetion MINier In wnlln. for revIeW
by the Owner, the Architect and :he Construction Man-
aler, the names of the persons or entities (includ~ng those
who are to fumish materials or equipment fabncated to
a special design) proposed for each of the principal por-
tions of the Work. The Construction Manager will
promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating
whether or not the Owner, the Architect or the Con-
struction Manager, after due investigation, has ~eason.able
objection to any such proposed person or entIty. FaIlure
of the Construction Manager to reply promptly shall con-
stitute notice of no reasonable objection.
5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with any such
proposed person or entity to whom the Owner, the Ar-
chitect or the Construction Manager has made reasonable
objection under the provisions of Subparagraph. S.2.1. The
Contractor shall not be required to contract With anyone
to whom the Contractor has a reasonable objection.
5.2.3 If the Owner, the Architect or the Construction
Manager has reasonable objection to any s~ch prop?sed
person or entity, the Contractor shall submit a subsht~te
to whom the Owner, the Architect and the Construction
Manager have no reasonable objection, and the Contra~t
Sum shall be increaSf'd or decreased by the difference In
cost occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate
Change Order shall be issued; however, no increase in
the Contract Sum shall be allowed for any such substitu-
tion unless the Contractor has acted promptly and re-
sponsively in submitting names as required by Subpara-
graph 5.2.1,
5.2.4 The Contractor shall make no substitution for any
Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the
Owner, the Architect or the Construction Manager makes
reasonable objection to such substitution.
5.3 SUBCONTRAaUAL RELATIONS
5.3.1 By an appropriate agreement, written where legally
required for validity, the Contractor shall require each
Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be perlo~med
by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by
the terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume to-
ward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibili-
ties which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes
toward the Owner, the Architect and the Construction
Manager. Said agreement shall preserve and protect the
nghts of the Own~r, the Architect and the Construction
Manager under the Contract Documents with respect to
the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that
the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights,
and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically
prOVided otherwise in tl'1e Contractor-Subcontractor
Agreement, the benefit of all rights. remedies and redress
against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the~e Docu-
ments, has against the Owner. Where appropriate. the
Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into
similar agreements witl'1 their Sub-subcontractors. The
Contractor shall make available to each proposed Sub-
contractor, prior to the execution of the Subcontract.
copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcon-
tractor wtll be bound by this Paragraph 53, and Identdy
',~ the Subcontractor any terms and conditions of the pro-
posed Subcontract whid\ fNy be at variance with ..
Contract Documents. Each SubcontradOr thllI IimiIaIty
rNke copies of such Documents avail~ to their ~
subcontractors.
ARTICLE ,
WORK IV OWNER OR IV
SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
6.1 OWNER'S liGHT TO PERfORM WOlK AND TO
AWAID SEPARATE CONTIACTS
6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform work re-
lated to the Project with the Owner's own forces, and to
award separate contracts in connection with other por-
tions of the Project or other work on the site under these
or similar Conditions of the Contract. If the Contractor
claims that delay, damale or additional cost is involved
because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall
make such claim as provided elsewhere in the Contract
Documents.
6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different
portions of the Project or other work on the site, the term
Contractor in the Contract Documents in each case shall
mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-
Contractor Agreement.
6.1.3 The Owner will provide for the coordination of the
work of the Owner's own forces and of each separate
contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall
cooperate therewith as provided in Paragraph 6.2.
6.2 MUTUAL RESPONStllUTY
6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner, the Cr
struction Manager and separate contractors reason.
opportunity for the introduction and storage of their mil-
terials and equipment and the execution of their work,
and shall connect and coordinate the Work with theirs
as required by the Contract Documents.
6.2.2 If any part of the Contractor's Work depends for
proper execution or results upon the work of the Owner
or any separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to
proceeding with the Work, vomptly report to the Con-
struction Manager any apparent discrepancies or defects
10 such other work Ihat render it unsuitable for such
proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so
10 report shall constitute an accertance of the Owner's
or separate contractor's work as fil and proper to receive
the Work, except as to defects which may subsequently
become apparent in such work by others.
6.2.3 Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work
shall be borne by the party responsible therefor.
6.2.4 Should the Contractor wrongfully cause damage to
the work or property of the Owner. or to other work or
properlY on the site. Ihe Contractor shall promptly rem-
edy such damage as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5.
6.2.5 Should the Contractor wrongfully delay or cause
damage to the 'hork or property of any separate contrac-
tor. the Contractor shall, upon due nolice. promptly at-
tempt to <ettle with such olhe' contractor bv agreement.
or otherv.ise to resohe the dl~pute. If such separate con-
tractor sues or initiates an arbitration proceeding against
the Owner on account of any delay or damage alleged'"
f-.l\e been caused bv the Contractor. the O'hner s'
AlA DOCUMENT A2tl/CM . GENEIV-L co~mlTlo"s Of THE COSTRACT FOR CO'<STRUCTIO"
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1960 EDITION . AlA- . ~ 1980 . THE
"'MERiCA', I',STITCH OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW 'fORK AilE, '" W, WASHI';CTON. DC 2cnJ6
A201/CM -1980 12
notify th~ Contrlctor who shill defend such proceedinlS
,U th~ Own~r's expen~, Ind if Iny judsment or IWlrd
ig.llnst the! Own~r arISes t"er~from, th~ Contractor sNII
pa~ or ~itlsfy II and shall reimburse the Owner for all
attom~ys' f~es and court or arbitratIon costs which the
~ ner has IOcurred.
6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP
6.3.1 If a dispute arises between the Contractor and
separate contractors as to their responsibility for cleaning
'Jp as required by Paragraph 4.15, the Owner may clean
up and ch.Hge the cost thereof to the contractors respon-
Sible therefor as the Construction Manager shill deter-
mine to be just.
ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
7.1 GOVERNING LAW
7.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the
place where the Project is located.
7.2 SUCiCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
7.2.1 The Owner and the Contractor, respectively, bind
themselves. their partners, successors, assigns ind legal
representatives to the other party hereto and to the part-
ners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such
other party with respect to all covenants, agreements and
obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Neither
party to thE! Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it
as a whole Without the written consent of the other.
7.3 WRIHEN NOTICE
7.3,1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly
served if d,~livered in person to the individual or mem-
ber of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corpora-
tion for whom it was intended, or if delivered at or sent
by registered or certified mail to the last business address
known to the party giving the nolice.
7.4 ClAIMS FOR DAMAGES
7.4.1 ShoLild either party to the Contract suffer injury or
damage to person or propert\ because of any act or omis-
sion of the other party or of any of the other party's
emplovees, agents or others for whose acts such part\ IS
legallv "able, claim shall be made 10 ....."tlng to such
other party ~ Ith,n a reasonable time after the flr<t observ-
ance of such injUry or damage.
7.5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND
MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND
7.5.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the
Contractor to furnish bonds covering the faithful perform-
ance of the Contract and the payment of all obligations
arISing thereunder Jf and as required in the Bidding Doc-
uments or the C, nt'act Documents.
7.6 RIGHlS A-.D REMEDIES
7.6.1 The duties and obligations imposed by the Con-
tract Documents and the rights and remedies available
the'('under shall be in addition to. and not a limitation of.
~_1:es obllptl('''C rights and remedies otheM'lse im-
pc,ed or a\<IIlable b1 law.
7.6.2 No action or failure 10 aCI by the Owner, the N-
chitKt, the Construction M."'s~r or lhe Conlractor ~IJ
constitute a wiiver of iny "ght or duty afforded iny of
th~m under the Contract, nor shall iny such iction Or
failure to ict constitut~ an approval of or acquiescence in
any breach thereund~r, except as may be specifically
agreed in wflting.
7.7 TESTS
7.7.1 If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules.
regulations or orders of any publiC authority having jurlS-
dichon require any portion oi the Work to be inspected.
tested or approved. the Contractor shill give the Architect
and the Construction Manager timely notice of its readi-
ness so the Architect ind the Construction Manager may
observe such inspection, testing or approval. The Con-
tractor shall bear all costs of such inspections. tests or
approvals conducted by public authorities. Unless other-
wise provided, the Owner shall bear all costs of other in-
spections, tests or approvals.
7.7.2 If the Architect or the Construction Manager deter-
mines that any Work requires special inspection, testing
or approval which Subpiragraph 7.7.1 does not include,
the Construction Manager Will, upon written authoriza-
tion from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to order
such special inspection, testing or approval, and the Con.
tractor shall give notice as prOVided in Subparagraph
7.7.1. If such special inspection or testing reveals a failure
of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Con-
tract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs
thereof, Including compensallon for the Architect's and
the Construction Manager's additional services made nec-
essary by such failure; otherwise the Owner shall bear
such costs, and an appropriate Change Order shall be
issued.
7.7.3 Required certiiicates oj Inspection, testing or ap-
proval shall be secured by the Contractor and the Con-
tractor shall promptly deliver them to the Construction
Manager for transmillal to the Architect.
7,7.4 If the Architect or the Construction Manager wishes
to observe the inspections, tests or approvals required b\.
the Contract Documents, they WII/ do so promptly and,
where practicable. at the SOurce of supply.
7.8 INTEREST
7.8.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Doc-
uments shall bear interest from the date pa\-ment is due
at such rate as the parties ma\ .Jgree upon In Writing or.
10 the absence thereot. at the lepl rate prevailing at the
place of the Project.
7.9 ARBITRATION
7,9.1 All claims, disputes and other mailers In question
between the Contractor and the Owner arISing out of or
relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof,
except as provided in Subparagraph 2.3.14 ~Ith respect
to the Architect's decisions on matters relating to artistic
er1ect. and except for claims which have been ~al'ed bv
the making or acceptance of frnal payment as provided
by Subparagraphs 994 through 996. incluSl\'e. shall be
deCided by arbitration In accordance With the Construc-
tion Industrv A+'~'a~ion Rules 01 the American Arbitra-
tion AssociatIOn lnen obtaln'''g un:e", the parties mutually
13 A201/CM - 1980
AlA DOCl'MENT A201/CM . CE"ER"'L CO'ODITIO"S Of THE CO"TRACT fO~ CO'SUL'OION
CO"STRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 19l1O EDITION . AlAe . e 1980 . THE
"'ERICA' '''<STlTUTE Of ARCHIHCTS 1735 "<E~ YORK AlE ".\ -.\ 'SHI"'CTO,,<. 0 C ~iXXlb
agree otherwise. No arbitration arisinl out of or relatinl
to the Contract Documents sh.1I include, by consohcU-
tion. jOinder or in any other manner, 'the Architect, the
Construction Manager, their employees or . consulUnts
except by written consent containmg a specIfic reference
to the Owner-Contractor Agreement and signed by the
Arct'lltecl. the Construction Manager, the Owner, the
Contractor and any other person sought to be jOined. ~o
arbitration shall include by consolidation, joinder or In
any other manner, parties other than the Owner, the
Contractor and any other persons substantially involved
in a common question of fact or law, whose .presence ~s
required if complete relief is to be accorded In the arbi-
tration. No person other than the Owner or the Contra~-
tor shall be included as an original third party or addi-
tional third party to an arbitration whose interest. or .re-
sponsibility is insubstantial. Any consent to arbitration
involving an additional person or persons shall not ~on-
stitute consent to arbitration of any dispute not described
therein or with any person not named or described
therein. The foregOing agreement to arbitrate and any
other agreement to arbitrate With an additional person or
persons duly consented to by the parties to the Owner-
Contractor Agreement shall be specifically enforceable
under the prevailing arbitration law. The award rendered
by the arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may ?e en-
tered upon it in accordance with applicable law In any
court having jurisdiction thereof.
7.9.2 Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed
in writing with the other party to the Owner-Contract.or
Agreement and with the American Arbitration ASSOCia-
tion, and a copy shall be filed with the Architect. and the
Construction Manager. The demand for arbitration shall
be made within the time limits specified in Subparagraph
2.3.15 where applicable. and 10 all other cases within a
reasonable time after the claim. dispute or other matter
in queslion has arisen. and in no event shall it be made
after the date when Institution of legal or eqUitable pro-
ceedings based on such claim. dispute or other matter in
question would be barred by the applicable statute of
limitations.
7.9:~.. Unless otherWise agreed in wrlllOg. the Contractor
sha'l" cauv on the Work and maintain Its progress dUring
any arbitration proceedings. and the Owner shall con-
tlOue to make payments to the Conlractor 10 accordance
With the Contract DocumE'nt<
ARTIClE 8
TIME
8.1 DEFINITIONS
8.1.1 Unless otherWise provided. the Contract Time is
the period of lime allotted in the Contracl Documents for
Substantial Completion of the Work as deflOed In Sub,
paragraph 8.1.3. including authorized adjustments thereto.
8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the
date established in a nolice to proceed If there is no no.
tice to proceed. It shall be such other date as may be
established In the 0\\ ncr-Contractor Agreement or else.
where In the Contract Documents.
8.1.3 The Date of Sub<tantlal CompletIOn of the \\'ork
or de<,gnated portion thereof IS the Date certified b\ the
Architect when constructiOn IS ,u~lclently C0'T1p,ete, In
~ccordance with the Contract Documenll, SO that Ihe
Owner or sep.rate contracton cilln occupy or utilize the
Work or ~ designated portion thereof lbr the use for
which it IS intended.
1.1.4 The D~te of Substantial Completion of the Prl.... .1
or design~ted portion thereof is the Date certified by t~
Architect when constrUCtion IS suffiCiently complete so
the Owner can occupy or utilize the Prolect or designated
portion thereot for the use for which it was Intended.
1.1.S The term day as used in the Contract Document~
shall mean calendar day unless speclficallv deSignated
otherwise.
1.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLnlON
1.2.1 All time limits stated in the Contract Documents
are of the essence of the Contract.
1.2.2 The Contractor shall begm the Work on the date
of commencement as defined in Subparagraph 8.1.2. The
Contractor shall carry the Work forward expeditioush
With adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Com-
pletion of the Work Within the Contract Time.
8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME
8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any lime in the
progress of the Work by any act or neglect of the Owner.
the Architect, the Construction Manager, any of their em,
ployees, any separate contractor employed by the Owner.
or by changes ordered in the Work. labor disputes, fire.
unusual delay In transportation, adverse weather condi-
tions not reasonably anticipatable. unavoidable casualties.
an\' causes beyond the Contractor's control, delay author-
ized by the Owner pendinl't arbitration. or by any other
cause which the Construction Manager determines ,...
Justify the delay, then the Contract Time shall bE
tended bv Change Order for such reasonable time as 'ole
Construction Manager may determlOe.
8.3.2 Any claim for extension of time shall be made in
writing to the Construction Manager not more than
1\\ enty davs after the commencement of the delay; other-
wise It shall be waived. In the case of a continuing dela\
onlv. one claim is necessary. The Contractor shall provide
.In estimate of the probable efieet of <uch delav on t0~
progress oj the Work.
8.3.3 If no agreement is made stating Ihe dates upon
which interpretations a< pro\lded In <;ubp.Ha~raph 2.3.11
shall be furnished then no claim for deJav ~hall be
allO\\ed on account of failure tn furnl<h <uch interpreta-
tions unl" fifteen day s after wrlllen requeq " made for
them ane not then unless such c1.1im " reasonable
8.3.4 ThiS Paragraph 8.3 doe- not exclude the recO\ en
of damages for delav by ellher party under other pro\ i.
<Ions of the Contract Document~
ARTICLE 9
PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
9.1 CO~TRACl SUM
9.1.1 The Contract Sum IS <taled In the O\\ner.Contrac'
tor"'~reement and. including authorized ad!u<!'":'E''l!<
thereto. IS the total amount pa\able bv the O\\ner to the
Contractor for the performance of the Work under the
Contract Document<
DOCUMENT A201/CM , GE"'ERAL (O",o,TIO"S Of THE CO"TRACT fOR CO"'STRl"CTIOS
~~",STRUCTIO'" MA",AGE,\<\E"T EDITION ' JUNE 1980 EDITION.' AlA- " (i) 1980 ' ,THE
""<[~'c~"' '",STITLH Of "~CHIHCT5 "35 'IEW VORK AVE, "' \\ \"'~SHI"'CTO" 0 ( _0001-
A201lCM - 1980 14
'.2 SOtfDUU Of VAlUlS
'.2.1 B~for~ th~ first Applicoition for Payment, the Con-
tr~ctor shoill submit to th~ Construction ~n~ger ~
schedule of v~lu~s oillocoited to the voirious portions of the
Work, pr~p.ared in such form oind supported by such data
to substantiate Its oiccuracv as the Arct"tect and the Con-
struction Manager may require. nus schedule. unless
obJected to bv the Construction Manager or the Architect.
shall be used only as a basis tor the Contractor's Applica-
lions for PJyment.
9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
9.3.1 At Ile~st fifteen days betore the date for each
progress payment established in the Owner-Contractor
Agreement. the Contractor shall submit to the Construc.
tion Mdnag'er an itemized Application tor Payment, not~r-
ized it required, supported by such d~t~ subst~ntioiting
the Contrac:tor's right to payment as the Owner, the Ar-
chitect or the Construction Manager may require, and re-
flecting ret.lInage. if any, as provided elsewhere in the
Contrdct Documents. The Construction Man~ger will as-
)embl~ the Application with similar applications from
other contr,ictors on the Project into a combined Project
ApplICation for Pdyment and forward it with recommen-
dations to the Architect within seven days.
9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu-
ments. payments will be made on account of materials or
equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered
and suitably stored oit the site and, if approved in advance
by the Owner, payments may similarly be made for mate-
rials or equipment suitably stored at some other loca-
tion agreed upon in writing. Payments for materials or
equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned
upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale or
such other procedure( satisfactory to the Owner to estab-
lish the Owner's title to such materials or equipment or
otherWise protect the Owner's interest. including applica-
ble insurance and tran>portdtlon to the site for those
mdterials and equipment stored off the Site,
9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work.
materials and equipment covered bv an Application for
Payment will pass to the Owner either by incorporation
in the construction or upon receipt of payment bv the
Contractor whichever occurs first. iree and clear of all
liens. claim;. securilv interests or ef1cumbrance(, herein-
dfter reierrE'd to In Ihls Arllcle 9 JS "liens"; and that no
Work, materials or equipment co\ ered by an Application
for Pa\menl will have been ilcqulfed by the Contractor
or b\ any other person performln~ Work at the site or
furnishmg materaals and equipment ior the ProJect. sub.
lect to an agreement under which an interest therein or
an encumbrance thereon is retained by the seller or oth.
erwise imposed by the Contractor or such other person
9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT
9.4.1 The Architect will within seven days after the reo
ceipt of the Project Application for Payment with the rec-
ommendations of the Construc~lcn Manager, rev lew the
Project .A..ppllcation for Payment and eit~er issue a Project
Certificate for Payment to the Owner with a copy to the
Construction Manager for distrabutlon to the Contractor
for such ~rnounts as the ~'ch;tect determ.nes are prop-
erl, due or notify the Construction Manager in writing of
the re~sons for withholdin, . Certific.te is provided in
Subpu.gr.ph 9.6.1. Such notific.tion will be forwarded
to the Contrutor by the Construction MoiN..,.
9.4.2 The issuince of oi Project C~rtifiCite for Piyment
will constitute . r~pr~sentillon b~' the Architect to the
Owner that. bised on the Architect's obser\litions .t the
site as prOVided in Subpiragriph 2.3.4 oind the d.ata com-
prising the Project Applicitlon for Payment. the Work h.s
progressed to the point indicated; thoit, to the best of th~
Architect's knowledge, information and belief, the qu.,ity
of the Work is in iccordoince With the Contrict Docu-
ments (subject to in eVoiluation of the Work for conform-
ance with the Controict Documents upon Subst.ntial
Completion of the Work, to the results of oiny subsequent
tests required by or performed under the Contract Docu-
ments, to minor devioihons from the Contract Documents
correctable prior to completion, and to any specific qu.li-
fications stated in the Certificate); oind th.t the Contrac-
tor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. How-
ever. by issuing a Project Certificate for Payment, the Ar-
chitect shall not thereby be deemed to represent that the
Architect has made exhaustive or continuous on-~ite in-
spections to check the quality or quantity of the Work,
has reviewed the construction means, methods, tech-
niques, sequences or procedures, or has m.de any exam-
ination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contric-
tor has used the monies previously paid on account of the
Contract Sum.
9.5 PROGRESS PAYMfHTS
9.5.1 After the Architect has Issued a Project Certificate
for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the man-
ner and within the time provided in the Contract Docu-
ments.
9.5.2 The Contractor shall promptly pa~' each Subcon-
tractor upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of
the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such
Subcontractor's Work, the amount to which said Subcon-
tractor is entitled. reflecting the percentage actually re-
tained. if any. from payments to the Contractor on ac-
count ot such Subcontractor's Work The Contractor shall,
bv an Jppropflate agreement wi!h each Subcontractor,
require each Subcontractor tf' make pay ments to their
Sub-subcontractors m similar manner.
9.5.3 The Archilect ma\', on reque~t and at the Archi-
tect's discretion. iurnlsh to Jm Subcontractor, if prac-
ticable. information regarding the pe'rcentages of com.
pletlon or the amounts applied lor bv the Contractor Jnd
the Jctlon taken thereon b\ 11'1(' Architect on account of
\\or\.. done b~ such Subcon'lrJctor
9.5.4 Neither the O\~ner, the Archilect nor the Construc-
tion Manager shall have any obligation to payor 10 see to
the payment of an\ monies to am Subcontractor except
.1S ma~ otherwise be required bv lay,
9.S.5 No certification of a progress pa~ ment, any prog.
ress payment c' an\' partial Or entire use or occupancy
of the PrOject b. the Oy,ner. shall conslltute an accept-
ance 01 any \Vork not In acco.dance y, ith the Contract
Documents.
9.6 PAYMENTS WITHHElD
9.6.1 The Architect. follOWing con"u~:a:'on with the
Cc-:"tructlon Manager mol' decline to certify pa~ment
1S A201/CM - 1980
AlA DOCUME..,T A.2111ICM . CP.ERAl CO"DITIO"S Of THE CO...TRACT fOR CO"STRL'CTION
CONSTRUCTION MANACEMENT EDiTION . )iJNE 1980 EDITION . AlA- . (S) 1980 . THE
AMERIC~" "STITUTE Of ~RCHITECTS '0); ..r\\' YORK AVE .. W W"SHi'oCTON, 0 C 2{XXJ(,
~nd rmy withhold the Certifiate in whole or in part to
the extent neces~ry to reuon~bly protect the Owner, ii.
In the Architect's opinion, the Architect is uNblc to m~ke
representations to the Owner ~s provided in Subpira-
griph 9....2. If the Architect is un~ble to m~k~ r~present~-
tions to the Owner as provided in Subp~ragr~ph 9....2.
and to certify p~yment in the amount of the Project Ap-
plication. the Architect will notify the Construction Man-
~ger as prOVided in Subpar~graph 9.4.1. If the Contractor
and the Architect cannot agree on a revised amount. the
Architect will promptly issue a Protect Certificate for Pay-
ment for the amount for which the Architect is able to
make such representations to the Owner. The Architect
may also decline to certify payment or, because of subse-
quently discovered evidence or subsequent observations.
the Architect may nullify the whole or any part of any
Project Certificate for Payment previously issued to such
extent is may be necessary. in the Architect's opinion. to
protect the Owner from loss because of:
.1 defective Work not remedied;
.2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence in-
dicating probable filing of such claims;
.3 failure of the Contractor to make payments prop-
erly to Subcontractors. or for labor, materials or
equipment;
... reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be com-
pleted for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum;
.5 damage to the Owner or another contractor;
.6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be
completed within the Contract Time; or
.7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accord-
ance with the Contract Documents.
9.6.2 When the grounds in Subparagraph 9.6.1 above
are removed. payment shall be made for amounts with-
held because of them.
9.7 FAtLURE OF PAYMENT
9.7.1 If the Construction Manager should fail to issue
recommendations within seven days of receipt of the
Contractor's Application for Payment. or if. through no
fault of the Contractor. the Architect does not issue a
Project Certificate for Payment within seven days after
the Architect's receipt of the ProJect Application for Pay-
ment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within
seven days after the date established in the Contract Doc-
uments any amount certified by the Architect or awarded
by arbitration. then the Contractor may. upon seven addi-
tional days' written notice to the Owner. the Architect
and the Construction Manager. stop the Work until pay-
ment of the amount owing has been received. The Con-
tract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Con-
tractor's reasonable costs of shut-down, delay and start-
up. which shall be effected by appropriate Change Order
in accordance With Paragraph 12.3.
9.8 SUBST ANTIAL COMPLETION
9.8.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work. or a
designated portion thereof which is acceptable to the
Owner. is substantially complete as defined in Subpara-
graph 8.1.3. the Contractor shall prepare for the Construc-
tion Manager a list of Items to be completed or cor-
rected The failure to mclude any items on such list does
not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to comptete
all Work In acco~nce With the ContrKt Documents.
When th~ Architect. on the bu.s of inspectlOf' and ~
sultatlon with the Construction Minager. determines
the Work or design~ted portion thereof is subst~ntiall"
complete. the Architect will then prepire a Certificate of
Subst~nh~1 Completion of the Work which shall establish
the Dite of Substanhil Completion of the Work. shill
state the responSIbilities of the Owner and the Contractor
for security. maintenance. heat. utilities. d~mige to the
Work and insurance. ind shall iix the time within which
the Contractor shall complete the Items listed therein.
The Certificate of Substantiil Complehon of the Work
shall be submitted to the Owner and the Contractor for
their written acceptince of the responsibilities assigned to
them in such Certificate.
9.1.2 Upon Substantiil Completion of the Work or desig-
nated portion thereof, and upon application by the Con-
tractor and certification by the Architect. the Owner shall
make payment. retlecting adjustment in retainige. if any.
for such Work or portion thereof as provided in the Con-
tract Documents.
9.8.3 When the Architect. on the basis of inspections.
determines that the Project or designated portion thereoi
is substantially complete. the Architect will then prepare
a Certificate of Substantial Completion of the Project
which shall establish the Date of Substantiil Completion
of Ihe flro;ect and fix the time within which the Contrac-
lor shall complete any uncompleted items on th~ Certif-
icate of Substantial Completion of the Work.
9.1.4 Warranties required by the Contract Documents
shall commence on the Date of Substantial Completion of
the Project or designated portion thereof unless ot'
wise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Com~
tlon of the Work or designated portion thereof.
9.9 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT
9.9.1 Following the Architect's issuance of the Certificate
01 Substantial Completion of the Work or designated por-
tion thereof. and the Contractor's completion of the
Work, the Contractor sh~1I forward to the Construction
Manager a written notice that the Work is ready for final
Inspection and acceptance, and shall also forward to the
Construction Manager a final Application for Payment.
Upon receipt, the Construction Manager will make the
necessary evaluations and forward recommendations to
the Architect who will promptly make such inspec\lon.
When the Architect finds the Work acceptable under
the Contract Documents and the Contract fully per-
formed. the Architect will Issue a Project Certificate for
Payment which will approve the final payment due the
Contractor. This approval will constitute a representation
that. to the best of the Architect's knowledge. informa-
tion and belief, and on the basis of observations and in-
spections, the Work has been completed in accordance
with the Terms and Conditions of the Contract Docu-
ments and that the entire balance found to be due the
Contractor. and noted in said Ce.t,flcate, is due and pay-
able. The Architect's approval of said Project Certificate
(or Payment will constitute a further representation that
the conditions precedent to the Contractor's being en-
titled to final payment as set (orth In S~hPJragraph 99.2
ha,e been fulfilled.
A'A DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CO"lDI TIONS Of THE CONTRACT fOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA- . ~ 19l1O . THE
AMERICA.... INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 173S NEW VORK AVE, N W , WASHI"'GTON. DC :?lXXll>
A201/CM - 1980 16
....2 Neither the fln.l p.yment nor the- rem.ininl re~in.
.ge sh.II become due unt,1 the Contr.ctor submits to the
"rchltect. through the Construction M.nager, (11 in iff,-
dOl",t that .ill p.yrolls, bills for miterials and equipment.
and other Indebtedness connected wllh the Work for
which the Owner or the Owner's property might In .1ny
way be responsible. have been p.1id or otherwise S.1tis-
fied. (2) consent of surety. if any, to final payment. OInd
OJ If reqUired by the Owner. other data establishing pay-
ment or satisfaction of all such obligations. such OIS re-
ceipts. releases and waivers of liens arising out of the
Contract. to the extent and In such form as may be desig-
nated by the Owner If any Subcontractor refuses to fur-
nish a release or waiver required by the Owner. the Con-
tractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to
indemnify the Owner against any such lien. If any such
lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made. the
Contractor ~hall refund to the Owner all monies that the
laller may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien,
Including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees.
9.9.3 If, after Substantial CompletIon of the Work, final
completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault
of the Conltractor or by the issuance of Change Orders
affecting final completion. and the Construction Manager
so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the
Contractor ;Ind certification by the Mchitect and without
terminating the Contract. make payment of the balance
due for that portion of the Work fully completed and
accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully
completed <:)r corrected is less than the retainage stipu-
lated In the Contract Documents. and if bonds have been
furnished as provided in Paragraph 7.5. the written con-
sent of the !;urety to the payment of the balance due for
that portron of the Work fully com~ted and accepted
shall be submllled bv th'e Contractor to the Construction
Mana~er prror to certification of such payment. Such pay'-
ment shall be made under the Terms and Conditions gov-
ernln~ final pdyments. except lhdt It shall not constitute a
Wdl\ er of c1,lIms.
9.9.4 The making of final pavment shall. dfter.the Date
of Substantial Completion of the Project. constitute a
waIver of all claims by the Owner except those arlSln~
(rom
.1 unsellled liens.
.2 faultv or defective Work appearrng after Substan-
tial Completion of the Work.
.3 failurl~ of the Work to comply with the require-
ments, of the Contract Documents. or
.4 terms of any speCial warranties required by the
Contract Documents,
9.9.S The acceptance of fmal payment shall. after the
Date of Substantial Comp,etl'.)n of the ProJect. constitute
a "'al\er of all claims by the Contractor except those
previously made In II rltlng and identified b, the Contrac-
tor as unsettled at the time of the Imal Application for
P,nme"l'
99.6 -\U prO\ISIOnS of thiS Agreement. including With-
Out l,mltdtlOI1 those establIShing obligations and proce-
dures shall remall1 ~ lull (orce and effect notwlths!and-
Ing the ma~.ng or accepta"1ce of f,na! f:," ,";'1<:,-;: prior to
the Date of <,'~b,tar-.t'al Cc,,"'-pietlOn of the ProJect.
ARnell 10
PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
10.1 SAfETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMs
10.1.1 The Contr.ctor sh.1I be responsible for IOltlatlOg.
m.1lntainlng and supervising all S.1tety precautions and
programs In connection with the Work.
10.2 SAfETY Of PERSONS AND PROPERTY
10.2.1 The Contractor shall take all reuonable precau-
tions for the safety of, and shall provide .11 reasonable
protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:
.1 all employees on the Work and .111 other persons
who may be .ffected thereby;
.2 all the Worle .1nd all materials and equipment to
be incorporated therein, whether in stor.ge on or
off the site, under the care, custody or control of
the Contractor or any of the Contractor's Subcon-
tractors or Sub-subcontractors;
.3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, in-
cluding trees. shrubs. lawns, w.lks, pavements.
roadways, structures and utilities not designated
for removal. relocation or replacement in the
course of construction; and
.4 the work of the Owner or other separ.te contrac-
tors.
10.2.2 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply
with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations
and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the
safety of persons or property or their protection from
damage, injury or Joss.
10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as re-
qUired by existing conditions and the progress of the
Work. all reasonable safegucHCis for safety and protection,
,"cludi~g posting da"nger signs and other warnings against
hazards. promulgating sdfet~ regulations and notlfving
owners and users of adjacent utilities.
10.2.4 When the use or storage of eltploslves or other
hazardous materials or equipment is necessary for the
eltecution of the Work, the Contractor shall \'xerClse the
utmost care and shall carry on such actJ\ Itles under the
supen.'ISlon of properly qualilled personnel.
10.2.S The Contractor shall promptly remedy .11/ damage
or loss (other than damage or Im~ In_ 'Jred under Para-
graph 11.3) to any property referred to In Clauses 1021.2
and 10.2.1.3 r aused In whole or In part by the Contrac-
tor. any Subcontractor. any Sub-subcontractor. anyone di-
rectly or Indlrectlv employed bv any of them. or b\ anv-
one for whose acts any of them may be liable, and for
which the Contractor IS responSible under Clauses 10.2.1.2
and 102.1.3 eltcept damage or loss allflbutable to the
acts or omissions of the O...ner. the Architect. the Con-
struction Manager or an\one directly or Indlrectlv em-
ployed by an\ of IhelT' cr b\ anyone for \\ hose acts any
of them may be I'able. and not attributable 10 the fault
or negligence of the Contractor The foregOing obliga-
tions of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's
obligations under Paragraph 4 18
10.2.6 The Contractor shall deSignate a respon<lble
cnerT'be. of the Contractors organization at the ':1"
I,nose duty shall be the pre,c'-' 8n of aCCidents. ThiS
person shall be the Contractor s superintendent unless
17 A201/CM -1980
4'4 DOCUMENT 4201,CM . GE'"ERAl (O....OliIO...S Of THE CO"TR"CT fOR CO,"STRL'CTIO\'
CONSTRUCTIO!'; MA""'GE~\E~T EOITIO... . jL"'E ~980 EOITIO," . "dAe . '119M . THE
""[RI(" "",Tl T[ Of ",R(HIHCT, '-3; 'EI\ 'SR. <If '1\ I\'\<""(,TO... ') C c[Yro-.
otherwl~ deslgn.ted by the ContrKtor in writing to the
Owner .nd the Construction ~Ngler.
10.2.7 The Contr.ctor sh.lI not IDid o'r permit iny p.rt
01 the Work to be 10ided so .IS to endanger ItS safety.
10.3 EMERGENCIES
10.3.1 In any emergency .itectlng the safety 01 persons
or property the Contractor shall act. at the Contractor's
discretion. to prevent threatened damage. InJury or loss.
Anv additional compensation or extension of time
claimed bv the Contractor on account oi emergency
work shall be determined a~ provided In Article 12 for
Changes in the Work.
ARTICLE 11
INSURANCE
11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE
11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insur-
ance lor protection from the claims set forth below which
may allse out of or result from the Contractor's opera-
tions under the Contract. whether such operations be by
the Contractor or by any Subcontractor. or by anyone di-
rectly or Indirectly employed by any of them. or by any-
one for whose acts any of them may be liable:
.1 claims under workers' or workmen's compensa-
tion. disability benelll and other Similar employee
benefit acts.
.2 claims for damages because 01 bodily InJUry, occu-
pational sickness or disease. or death of the Con-
tractor's employees;
.3 claims for damages because of bodily Injury. sick-
ness or disease. or d~ath oi any person other than
the Contractor's employees;
.4 claims for damages insured by usual personal in-
JUry liability coverage which are sustained 111 bv
am person as a result oi an orieme dlrectlv or
,ndirectly related to the employment ot such per-
son by the Contractor. or (2) by any other person
.5 claims for damages. other than to lhe Work itseli.
because of 'nJury to or destruction oi tangible
property including loss of use resulting therefrom:
and
.6 claims for damages because 01 bodil\ InfUf)' Or
deat:~ of any person or property ddmage arISing
out of the owner)hip. mdlntenance or. use oi am
motor vehicle.
11.1.2 The insurance reqUired bv Subparagraph 11 1 1
shall be wrillen for not less than any limits oi lIabillt\
specified in the Contract Documents or reqUired bv law.
whichever IS greater.
11.1.3 The insurance reqUired by Subparagraph 11.1.1
shall include contractual liability insurance applicable to
the Contractor's obligatlon< under Paragraph 4.18
11.1.4 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owne-
shall be submitted to th" !nnstructiOn ,"~anager for trans-
mittal to the Owner prior 10 lommencemenl ot the Work.
These Certificates shall contain 3 proviSion that coverages
afforded under the policies ....i11 not be canceled until at
least th,rt\' davs' prior ",,:ten notice ha' been given to
the 0., -.:-
11.1 OWNB'S lIAIIUTY IHSUUNCI
11.2.1 The Owner sh;all be responSible for purchuin~
and maintaining Owner's Iiabilll\ Insurance .Ind. .It the
Owner's option, may purcha!oC and malntam IOSU
ior protection oJg.tnst cloJlm' \\ h,ch mav arISe I .1
operations under the Conlract. .
11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE
11.3.1 Unless otherwise prOVided. the Owner shall pur-
chase and maintain property Insurance upon the entire
Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof. This
Insurance shall include the Inlerests of the Owner. the
Construction M.nager. the Contractor. Subcontractors
and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and shali insure
agalOst the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall
Include "all risk" insurance fo' physical loss or damage
IOcluding. without duplication oi coverage. theft, van-
dalism and malicious mischief. Ii the Owner does not
IOtend to purchase such IOsurance ior the full insurable
\'alue of the entire Work, the Owner shall inform the
Contractor 10 wntlng prior to commencement of the
Work. The Contractor may then eriect insurance which
Will protect the IOterests of the Contractor. the Contrac-
to(s Subcontractors and the Sub-subconlractors in the
Work. and by appropnate Chan~e Order the cost thereoi
shall be charged to the Owner. Ii the Contractor is dam-
al':ed by failure of the Owner to purchase or maintain
~uch insurance and to so notify the Contractor, then the
Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributa-
ble thereto. If not covered under the all risk insurance
or otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. the
Contractor shall effect and maintain Similar propertv in-
surance on portions oi the Work stored off the site or in
transit when such porllom of lhe Work are to b(
cluded in an Application for P.1\'ment under Subp.
.~raph 93.2.
11.3.2 The O\\ner shall purcha~e and maintain such
boiler and machlnerv insurance .1- ma\ be reqUired b\
the Contract Documents or b\ 1,1\\ ThiS insurance shall
,nclude the Interest- 01 the O\\ner the ConstructiOn Man-
.ager. the Contractor Subcontractor~ .\nd Sub-subcontrac-
tor< In the Work
11.3.3 Am lo~~ insured under Subpar.1~raph 11.3.1 is to
be adjusted With the 0\\ ner and made pavable to the
0\\ ner as trustee ior the IOsured- a- their IOterests ma\
,1ppear. subject to the reqUirements oi any applicable
mortgagee clause and oi Subpara~raph 11 3.8. The Con-
tractor shall pa~ each Subcontractor .1 lust ~hare oi am
In,urance monies received bv the Contractor. and bv ap-
propriate agreement. wnlten \\here legall\ reqUired for
validity shall reqUire each Subcontractor to make pay-
ments \(1 IrE'Ir Scb.-ubcontractor< In ~,mrlar manner.
11.3.4 The O\\ne' -hall tile a cop~ oi all policie" with
the Conlractor belore an expo-ure to loss may occur.
11.3.5 Ii the Contractor reqc;e,t- In \\ rltlng that insur-
ance for .:,!..s ot."er than those de,c"bed in Subpara-
l-'rJph- 1131 and 1132. or other ,peclal hazaras, be
Inclc;,jed In the ~'Jpert\ ,n'urance pollcv. the Owner
,hall. It pos"bie Include <uch In,~'ance. and the co''
thereoi shall be c"-:;'ged to the C,-,ntractor bv appropriate
Change O-~."
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . Cl"ERAl CO"'01710"'S Of THE CO'-TR"O fOR CO"'STRl..CTIO'"
CO"'STRL:C!IO'" '-\A"'AC['IE"T EDITIO... . jl...E 1980 EDITIO... . AlA- . <1) 1980 . THE
.....E~IC..... I"TiTl IE Of ..RCHITECiS '-3' ...[\\ ~OR, ..\[ ... \\ \\ "HI'-CTO'" D C ~1Xl(.lo,
A201/CM -1980 18
11.3.6 Th~ Owner Ind the Contractor w.ive All rilltts
...inst (1) e,ach oth~r and the Subcontractors. Sub-sub-
contractors, ag~nts Ind ~mployees of e.ch other. and (2)
th~ Architect. the Construction Manag~r .nd sePlrlte con-
tractors, if UIY, and th~ir subcontrlctors, sub-subcontrac-
tors. agents and employ~s, for damages clused by fire or
other perils to the extent covered by msurance obtamed
pursuant to thiS Plragrlph 11.3 or any other pro~rty in-
surance applicable to the Work, except such rights as
th~\' may have to the proceeds of such insurance held
by 'the Ownt!r as trustee. The foregOing waiver afforded
the Architect. the Construchon Manager. their agents and
employees shall not extend to the liability imposed by
Subparagraph ".18.3. The Owner or the Contrlctor. as
appropriate. shall require of the Architect, the Construc-
tion Manager, separate contractors, Subcontractors and
Sub-subcontractors by appropriate agreements. written
where legally required for validity, similar waivers each
In favor of all other parties enumerated in this Sub.
paragraph 11.3.6.
11.3.7 If reqUired in writing by any party in interest, the
Owner as trustee shall, upon the occurrence of an in-
sured loss. give bond for the proper performance of the
Owner's duties. The Owner shall deposit in a separate
account any money so received. and shall distribute it in
accordance with such agreement as the parties in Interest
mly reach, 01' In accordance with an award by arbitration
in which caSE' the procedure shall be as provided in Para-
graph 7.9. If after such loss no other special agreement
is made, replacement of damaged Work !'hall be covered
by an appropriate Change Order.
11.3.1 The Owner, as trustee. shall have power to adjust
and sellle any loss with the insurers unless one of the
parties in IntE!rest shall object. In writing within five days
after the oCCIJrrence of loss. to the Owner's exercise of
this power. aind if such objection be made. arbitrators
shall be chosl~n as provided in Paragraph 7.9. The Owner
as trustee shilll. in that case. make selllement With the
Insurers in accordance with the directions of such arbi-
trators. If distribution of the insurance proceeds by arbi-
tration is required. the arbitrators will direct such dis-
tribution.
11.3.9 If the Owner finds it necessary to occup\ or use
a portion or portions of lhe Work prior to Substanlral
Completion thereof. such occupancy shall not commence
prior to a time mutually agreed to ~ y the Owner and the
Contractor and to which the insurance company or com-
panies providing the propeily Insurance have consented
by endorsemE'nt to the policy or policies This insurance
shall not be colnceled or laosed on account of such partial
occupancy. Consent of the Contractor and of the insure
ance company or companies to such occupancy or use
shall not be unreasonablv withheld
11.4 LOSS Of USE tNSURANCE
11.4.1 The Owner. at the Owner's option. may purchase
and maintain insurance for protection against loss of use
of the Owner's propert\' due to fire or other hazards
however caused. The Owner waives all rrghts 01 actIOn
against the Contractor for loss of use of the Q\.\ner's
property. including consequent,al losses due to f,oe or
("ht-'. hazards ho\\ever caused '0 the extent cc..e'ed by
'LJrance under thiS Paragraph 11 4
Alncu 12
CHANGES IN THE WORk
12.1 CHANGE OItDflS
12.1.1 ... Chinge Ord~r IS a wflllen order to the Con-
tractor sl~ned to show the recommendltion of the Con-
struction Manig~r, the approval of the Architect and the
authoflzallon of the Owner. Issued after execution of the
Contract, authorizing i change In the Work or an adjust-
ment in the Contrict Sum or the Contract Time. The
C(lntract Sum and the Contrict Time may be changed
only by Change Order. A Change Order signed by the
Contractor indicates the Contractor's agr~ment there-
with. including the adjustment in the Contract Sum or
the Contract Time.
12.1.2 The Own~r, without invalidating the Contract,
may order changes in the Work within the general scope
of the Contract consisting of additions. deletions or other
revisions. the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being
adJusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall
be authorized by Change Order. and shall be performed
under the applicable conditions of the Contract Docu-
ments.
12.1.3 The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a
change in the Work shall be determined in one or more
of the following ways:
.1 by mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly
Itemized and supported by suffiCient substantiating
data to permit evaluation;
.2 by unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or
subsequently agreed upon;
.3 by cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon
by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or
percentage fee; or
.4 by the method provided in Subparagraph 12.1.4.
12.1.4 If none of the methods set forth in Clauses
12.1.3.1,12.1.3.2 or 12.1.3.3 IS agreed upon, the Contrac-
tor. prOVided a written order Signed bv the Owner is re-
ceived. shall promptly proceed with the Work involved.
. The cost of such Work shall then be determined by the
. Architect. after consultation with the Construction Man-
dger. on the basis of the reasonable expenditures and
s.1\ Ings of those performing the Work allributable to the
change. including. in the case oj an Increase in the Con-
tract Sum. a reasonable allowance for overhead and
orofll. In such case. and also under Clauses 12.1.3.3 and
12.13.4 above. the Contractor shall keep and present, in
such form as the Owner. the Architect or the Construc-
lion Manager may presc"be. an ItemIzed accounting to-
gether with approp"ate supporting data for inclusion in
a Chani\e Order. Unless otherv-.lse provided in the Con-
tract Documents, cost shall be limited to the following;
cost of materials. including sales lax and cost of delivery;
cost of labor. including socia' security old age and
unemployment insurance and fflnge benefits required by
agreement or custom; \\ or~ers' or workmen's compensa-
lion InSLJrance: bond premlum~. rental value of equip-
ment and m3C" 'lery; and the additIOnal costs of super-
\ ISlon and field office personnel directly attributable to
the change. Pendmg fln31 determlnallon of cost to the
Owner r,,\ 'T1ents on account shall be made on the Ar-
ch,tect, ..ipproval of a Project Certificate for Pa~ment.
19 A201/CM - 1980
414 DOCUMENT 4201/CM . GE"ERAl CO~O/TIO"S Of THE co... TIt~CT FOR CONSTRUCTIO"l
CO"-SHUCTJON MANAGEMENT EDITION . Jl'''E 1980 EDITION . AlA- . <<l1980 . THE
AME~'C~'" INSTITUTE Of ~RCHIHC1S 1735 "'EW YORK AVE ... \\ \\ASH''''CTOo.; 0 C. c{)(JO(,
The ~mount of cr~it to be ~lIowed by I,he Conlr~ctor to
lhe Owner for ~ny deletion or ch~nae which ~ults In ~
net decre.ue in Ih~ Contr~ct Sum will be Ihe ~mount of
the ~ctu~1 nel cost ~s confirmed by Ihe Architect ~fter
consullillon wllh Ihe Construe lion M~n~ger. When bOlh
~ddilions ~nd credits covering relal~ Work or substllu-
tlons ~re involved in iny one chinge. the allowince for
overhe~d ind profll shill be figured on the baSIS of the
nellOcre~se. if any. wllh respect to Ih~1 change.
12.1.S If unil prices are slal~ in Ihe Conlract Docu-
ments or subsequenlly agreed upon. ~nd If the quantities
originilly conlemplaled are so changed in a proposed
Ch~nge Order Ihal applicalion of Ihe. agreed UOlt prices
10 the quantities of Work proposed Will cause subslantlal
inequity 10 the Owner or the Contractor. the applicable
unit prices shall be equitably adlusted.
12.2 CONCEALED CONDITIONS
12.2.1 Should concealed conditions encountered in the
performance of the Work below the surface of the ground
or should concealed or unknown conditions in an existing
structure be at variance with the conditions indicaled by
Ihe Contract Documenls. or should unknown physical
conditions below the surface of the ground or should
concealed or unknown condilions in an existing struc-
lure of an unusual nature, differing materially from those
ordinuily encounlered and generally recognized as in-
herent in work of the characler provided for 10 this Con-
tracI, be encounlered. the Contract Sum shall be equita-
bly adjusted by Change Order upon. claim by either party
mide wilhin twenly days after the fIrSt observance of Ihe
conditions.
12.3 ClAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COST
12.3.1 If Ihe Contractor wishes to make a claim for an
increase in the Contracl Sum. the Contractor shall give
the Architect and the Construction Manager written no-
lice thereof wllhin twenty days after the occurrence of
the evenl giving rise to such claim. ThiS notice shall be
given by the Contractor before proceedmg 10 execute the
Work. except in an emergency en9~ngertng life or prop-
erty in which case the Contractor:shall proceed 10 ac-
cordance With Paragraph 10.3. No such claim shall be
v~lld unless so made. If the Owner and the Contractor
cannol agree on the amount of the adjustment in. the
Contr~ct Sum. It shall be determined by the Archltec:
after consultation with the Construcllon MJnager. Any
ch.,nge 10 the Contract Sum resulting from such claim
shall be authorized by Change Order.
12.3.2 If the Contractor claims Ihat addlllonal cost IS in-
volved because of, but not limited to. (1) any written in-
terpretation pursuant to Subparagraph 2.311. (21 any or-
der by the Owner to SlOP the Work pursuant to Para-
gr~ph 3.3 where the Contractor was not at fault. or Jny
such order by the Construction Manager as the Owner's
agent, i3i any written order for a minor change," the
Work Issued pursuant to Paragraph 12.4. or 14' failure of
pa',ment by the Owner pursuant to Paragraph 9- :he
Contractor shall make such claim as prOVIded 10 Sub.
paragraph 12.3,1.
12." MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
12.4.1 ~Ie Architect will ha\e authorltv to order minor
changes In the Work not IOvolvlng an adjustment In the
Contr~ct Sum or extension of the ContrKt Time ~nd not
InconsiSlent with the intent of the Conlract Documents.
Such chinges sh~1I be effect~ by wollen order iss
through the Construcllon Miniger, .lInd sh~1I be bino. .
on the Owner and the Contractor. The Conlractor shill
carry oul such wnllen orders promptly.
ARTICLE 13
UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
11.1 LINCOVfRING OF WORk
13.1.1 If any portion of the Work should be covered
contrary to Ihe request of the Archilect or the Construc-
tion Manager, or to requirements specifically expressed in
the Contract Documents, it must. if required in writing by
either, be uncovered for their observ~lion and shill be
replaced at the Contractor's expense.
13.1.2 If any olher portion of the Work has been cov-
ered which Ihe Architect or the Conslruction Manager
has not specifically requesled to observe prior 10 its being
covered. either may request 10 see such Work and it shall
be uncovered by Ihe Conlractor. If such Work be found
in accordance wilh Ihe Contract Documenls, the cost of
uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change
Order, be charged to the Owner. If such Work be found
not in accordance with the Contrul Documents, the
Contractor shall pay such costs unless il be found that
this condition was caused by the Owner or a separate
contractor as provided in Article 6, in which event the
Owner shall be responsible for the payment of such costs.
13.2 CORRECTION OF WORK
13.2.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct all W
rejected by the Architect or Ihe Construction Manager ~~
defective or as failing to conform to Ihe Contract Docu.
ments whether observed before or afler Substantial Com-
pletion of the Project and whether or not fabricated. in-
stalled or completed. The Contractor shall bear all costs
oi correcting such rejecled Work, Including compensa-
tion for the Architect's and the Construction Manager's
additional services made ~ecessary thereby.
13.2.2 If. within one year after the Date of Substantial
Complelion of the PrOject or designated portion thereof.
or within one year after acceptance by Ihe Owner of
deSignated equipment. or within such longer period of
time as may be prescribed bv law or by Ihe terms of anv
applicable special warranty reqUired by the Cont~act Docu.
ments, any of the Work is found to be defective or not 10
accordance with the Contract Documents. the ConI ractor
shall correct It promptly aiter receipt of a wrilten notice
from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previ-
ousl, gi\en the Contraclor J ,HIUen acceptance of such
condition Thl5 obligation ~hall sur....ive both final pa,ment
for the Work or de~lgnated portIon thereof and termina-
lIon of the Contract. The 0,\ ner shall give such notice
promptly after di~co\ er\ of the condition.
13.2.3 T"e Contractor shall remove from tee ,.'e all
portlon< at the \\'ork which are defective or noncc~iorm-
In1' and v-.hich have not been corrected under Subpara-
graphs 451. 1321 and 1322 unless removal is v-.al,ed
h lhe Owner.
13.2.4 It the C(;~. c 'at!, to correct defective or nc
conforming 'v\'ork a, pro> Ided 10 Subparagraphs 4:
A'A DOCUMENT A2GI/CM . GE'<ERAl CO"0ITIO'5 OF THE CO'HACT FOR CO'SHUCT~O"
CONSTRUCTION MA"AGEME/>;T EDITION . ,1.::--'[ 1930 EDITION . AlA- . ~ 1>80 . .: HE
"ItRIC" I"'STITUT[ OF -'RCH1HCT5 ~-]5 "EV> ,OR' \\t '< IV \\ 'SHI'GTO" DC.........
A201/CM - 1980 20
~
13.2. 1 ~nd 13.2.2. the Owner m~y correct it in ICcor~nce
wIth Pu~gr~ph 3.4.
13.2.5 If the Contr~ctor does not proc~d with the cor.
rectlon of such defective or nonconforming Work within
· reasonable tIme fixed by wntten notice from the Archi-
tect Issued through the Construction Manager, the Owner
may remove It and may store the matenals or equipment
at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does
not pay thle cost 01 such removal and storage Within ten
days thereafter, the Owner may, upon ten additional
daY$' wnttl!n notice, sell such Work at auction or at pri-
vate sale al,d shall account for the net proceeds thereot,
after deducting all the costs th~t should have been borne
by the Contractor. including compensation for the Archi-
tect's and Ihe Construction Manager's additional services
m~de necessary thereby. If such proceeds ot sale do not
cover all costs which the Contractor should have borne,
the diHerenlce shall be ch~rged to the Contractor and an
appropriate Change Order shall be issued. If the payments
then or thelreatter due the Contractor are not sufficient to
cover such amount. the Contractor shall pay the diHer-
ence to the Owner.
13.2.6 The Contractor shall bear the cost of making
good all work of the Owner or separate contractors de-
stroyed or damaged by such correcti<;>n or removal.
13.2.7 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 13,2 shall be
construed tel establish a period of limitation with respect
to any other obligation which the Contractor might have
under the Contract Documents. including Paragraph 4.5
hereof. The establishment of the time periods noted in
Subparagraph 13.22. or such longer period of time as
may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any warranty
required by the Contract Documents, relates only to the
specific obligation at the Contractor to correct the Work,
and has no relationship to the time within which the
Contractor's obligation to comply WIth the Conlract Doc-
uments may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time
within which proceedings may be commenced to estab-
lish the Contractor's I,ab",t\ .....ith respect to the Contrac-
tor's obligations other than specifically to correct the
Work.
13.3 A":CJ:PTil.NCE OF DiFECTIVE OR
NONCONFORMING WORK
13.3.1 lithe Owner prelers to accept deiectl\ e or non-
conforming \Vork, the O""ner may do so Instead of requir-
Ing Its removal and correction, /0 which case a Change
Order will bE' Issued 10 reflect a reduction in the Con!ract
Sum ""here ilpproprlate and eqUitable. Such ad,ustment
shall be eHec:ted .....hether or not final pa\ ment hJc. been
made
14.1
14.1.1
under
ARTIClE 14
TERMINATION Of THE CONTRACT
TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR
If the Work IS stopped for a pc' ~ of thirty daY$
a~ oreler of an\ court or olhe- publiC aulhont\
k~vinl jurisdiction. or ~s ~ result of ~n ~ct of ,ovemrnent
such u ~ decl.r.tion of ~ natlon.lll emergency rNltinc
m.llten.llls un.llv.llil.llble. throu,h no .lIct or f.llult of the Con-
tr.llctor or a Subcontr.llctor or their agents or employees or
any other persons performing any of the Work under a
contract With the Contractor, or if the Work should be
stopped for a penod oi thirty days by the Contractor be-
cause of the Construction Manager's failure to recom.
mend or the Architect's failure to issue a Project Certifi.
cate for Payment as prOVIded in Paragraph 9.7 or beciuse
the Owner has not mdde payment thereon as provided In
Paragraph 9.7, then the Contractor may, upon seven addi.
1I0nal days' written notice to the Owner, the Architect
and the ConstructIon Manager, terminate the Contract ind
recover trom the Owner payment for all Work executed
dnd for any proven loss sustained upon .lIny materials,
equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery.
including reasonable profit and damages.
14.2 TERMINA TlON BY THE OWNER
14.2.1 If the Contractor IS adjudged a bankrupt, or
makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors.
or .f a receiver is appointed on account of the Contrac-
tor's insolvency, or if the Contractor persistently or re-
peJtedly retuses Or falls. except /0 cases for which exten-
sion of time is provided, to supply enough properly
skilled workers or proper materials, or fails to m.llke
prompt payment to Subcontractors or for materials Or
labor. or persistently dIsregards laws, ordinances, rules,
regulations or orders of any public authority having juris.
tlon. or otherwise is guilty of a substantial violation of a
prOVISion of the Contract Documents, and fails within
seven days after receipt of written notice to commence
and continue correction 01 such default. neglect or viola-
lion with diligence .1nd promptness. the Owner. upon
certlllcalion by ihe Architect aiter consultation with the
Construction Manager that SuHlclent cause exists to justih
'uch action. may. after seven days following receipt by
Ihe Contractor of an additional wntten notice and with.
out prejudice to any other remedv the Owner may have.
termrnate the employment of the Contractor and take
possession of the 5111" and of all matenals. equipment.
tools. construction equipment and machinery thereon
m\nf.'d bv the Contractor and may finish the Work b\
whatever methods the Owner mav deem expedient. In
'uch case the Contractor shall not be entllled to receive
.10\ further payment until the Work IS finished.
14.2.2 If the unpaid balance or the Contract Sum ex-
ceeds the costs of i/Olshing the Work, including compen-
SJtlon for the A.rchltect's and the Construction Manager',
additional ,er.'lCes made necessaf) thereby. such excess
,h.lll be paid to the Contractor If such costs exceed the
unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pav the difference
to the 0\\ ner The amount 10 be paid to the Contractor
or to the 0\\ nero as the case ma\ be shall be certified by
the Architect. upon application. in the manner prO\ ided
In Paragraph 94. and Ih,< obligation for oa\ ment shall
,un..f' I"e tl'rmlnatlon n! ,f.,e Cont-~ct
21 A201/CM - 1980
...1... OOCUME.'H ...201.CM . GE"ER~l (O'OITIO,S Of THE CO'TR~(T fe,. CO'STRlCTIO'
CO"l51RlCTI0' MA'''C,\\E''Il EOIIIO' . Jl"f 198C fOlllO' . ""A' . 1: 1980 . THE
".~[RI("'-,: I.....~:ITL ~[ 0f ~RCHrTfCTS I-,j 'E\\ ')O~" .l\ ~ "," '.\ 4..~""'; '. -...,=" 0 c ~~
SECTION 00805
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
Information contained in this Supplementary Conditions amends,
supplements or clarifies the "General Conditions of the Contract
for Construction, Construction Management Edition, AlA Document
A201/CM dated June 1980 Edition.
In cases of conflict between the General Conditions and these
supplementary Conditions, wording of this section shall govern.
ARTICLE 1
1. Subparagraph 1.1.3 - third I ine-after the word "construction,"
delete the remaining words and insert the following:
"and all supplies, tools, construction equipment and
machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other
facilities, services, and incidentals necessary for the proper
execution and completion of such construction: except as
expressly noted in the Scope of Work or the General
Requirements of the Contract."
2. Subparagraph 1.2.1 - delete in its entirety.
3. Subparagraph 1.2.3 - after the last word "meanings" in the
paragraph add the following sentence:
"In case of discrepancy or disagreement in
documents, specifications, and/or drawings,
PRECEDENCE shall be:
the contract
the ORDER OF
Contract Agreement
The addenda as issued
The Supplementary General Conditions
General Conditions
The General Requirements
The Technical Specifications
The Drawings (Large scale detail drawings take precedence
over smaller scale general drawings).
4. Add new subparagraph 1.2.5 as follows:
"Where on any of the drawings a portion of the Work is drawn
out and the remainder is indicated in outline, the parts drawn
out shall also apply to all other like portions of the Work."
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 1
07/25/91
5. Add new subparagraph 1.3.2 as follows:
"Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the
Trade contractortlill be furnished, free of charge, all copies
of Drawings and specifications reasonably necessary for the
execution of the Work."
ARTICLE 2
1. subparagraph 2.2.1 - after the word "representative", add:
"The Construction Manager is not the General Contractor and,
unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents,
does not asssume any of the traditional duties of a General
contractor. The term Construction Manager means the
Construction Manager acting through his authorized
representative."
2 . subparagraph 2.3.4 first sentence after the word
"Architect," add "along with the Construction Manager."
3. Subparagraph 2.3.7 - after the word "properly," add:
"It is the intent of the Contract Documents to allow the
Construction Manager to direct and schedule the performance
of all Work and the contractors are expected to follow all
_ auch directions and schedule." Should a contractor, either
in person or through his subcontractor, supplier, or vendor,
fail to maintain progress according to the Project Schedule
and approved contractor's Schedule, or cause delay to another
contractor: he shall furnish additional labor and/or services
such as overtime as may be necessarv to brinq his operations
UP to schedule. all at no additional cost to the Owner."
4. subparagraph 2.3.15 - delete in its entirety.
5. subparagraph 2.3.18 - delete the word "reasonable" in the
sixth (6th) line. After the word "promptness", add
"consistent with the constraints of the project schedule so
as to cause no delay."
6.
subparagraph
Construction
substitute,
Manager."
2.3.21 - first line - delete the words "the
Manager will assist the Architect", and
"The Architect will assist the Construction
7. subparagraph 2.3.23 - delete the phrase "against whom the
Contractor makes no reasonable objection and." Also, delete
the last sentence in the subparagraph in its entirety.
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 2
ARTICLE 3
1. Subparagraph 3.4.1 - substitute three (3) days notice in each
case for the seven (7) day notices stipulated. Add at end of
subparagraph the following: "In the event of safety or clean-
up issues, Owner has right to limit notice to no more than 24
hours, when issue is determined to be of a serious nature by
t:he Construction Manager."
2. Subparagraph 3.2.1 - delete in its entirety.
ARTICLE ..
1. Subparagraph 4.1.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the
j:ollowing:
"The Contractor is the same person or entity identified as the
~rrade Contractor. A Trade Contractor is the person or entity
identified as such in the Agreement between the Owner or
Construction Manager and a Trade Contractor. The term Trade
Contractor includes one who furnishes material worked to a
special design but does not include one who furnishes material
not so worked and is referred to throughout the Contract
Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender.
~rhe term Trade Contractor means the Trade Contractor or his
authorized representative."
2. ;r..dd new subparagraph 4.4.3 as follows:
"The Contractor is responsible for the conduct of his
lemployees at all times. Misconduct, destruction of property,
unsafe practices, or violation of any Federal or state
regulations including abuse of alcohol or drugs, will be cause
for permanent dismissal from the project. If any Contractor
employee is determined to be detrimental to the Project, as
deemed by the Construction Manager, the Contractor wil remove
and/or replace the employee at the request of the Construction
Manager. Employees dismissed from the project will be
transported from the jobsite at the Contractor's expense."
3. Add new subparagraph 4.4.4 as follows:
"The Trade Contractor shall be totally responsible for the
security of his work, materials, equipment, supplies, tools,
machinery, and construction equipment."
4. Add new subparagraph 4.4.5 as follows:
"The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for complete,
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 3
timely and accurate field measurements as necessary for proper
coordination, fabrication and installation of his materials
and equipment. 'rhe 'rrade Contractor agrees to cooperate with
the Construction Manager, if required, to accommodate any
discovered variations or deviations from the Drawings and
Specifications so that the progress of the Work is not
adversely affected."
5. Subparagraph 4.9.1 - add the following sentence:
"The superintendent shall be satisfactory to the Construction
Manager and shall not be changed except with the consent of
the Construction Manager, unless the superintendent proves to
be unsatisfactory to the Trade Contractor or ceases to be in
his employ."
6. Subparagraph 4.10.1 - add the following sentence:
"This schedule, to be submitted within three (3) days after
Contract Award, shall indicate the dates for the starting and
completion of the various stages of construction, shall be
revised as required by the conditions of the Work, and shall
be subject to the Construction Manager's approval."
7. Add new subparagraph 4.10.2:
"The Construction Manager will conduct a weekly scheduling
meeting which the Contractor shall attend. At this meeting,
the parties can discuss jointly such matters as progress,
scheduling, and problems."
8. Add new subparagraph 4.12.9:
"If materials specified in the Contract Documents are not
available on the present market, the Trade Contractor may
submit data on substitute materials through the Construction
Manager to the Architect/Engineer for approval by the Owner."
9. Subparagraph 4.14.1 - add at line 3 after "properly":
"He shall also provide protection of existing work as
required."
10. Subparagraph 4.14.2 - at end of paragraph, add:
"When structural members are involved, the written
the Architect/Engineer shall also be required.
contractor shall not unreasonably withhold
Construction Manager or any separate contractor
to cutting or otherwise altering the Work."
consent of
The Trade
from the
his consent
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 4
11. Add new subparagraph 4.14.3:
"The Trade Contractor shall arrange for any blockouts,
cutouts, or opening required for the installation of his
materials and equipment and the execution of his work, whether
or not shown or indicated on the Drawings. The Trade
Contractor shall be further responsible for sealing and/or
finishing, in an acceptable fashion and meeting any applicable
code requirements, any such blockout, cutout opening, or other
hole in any fire-rated floor, ceiling, wall, security wall,
or any other finished surface".
12. Subparagraph 4.15.1 - at end of paragraph, add:
"Clean up shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Owner
or Construction Manager."
13. Add new subparagraph 4.16.2:
"The Trade Contractor shall promptly return telephone calls
or respond to any other form of communication initiated by the
Construction Manager. Failure to promptly do so shall be
considered a lack of performance on the part of the Trade
Contractor, and may be considered grounds for replacement of
site personnel."
14. 1!.dd new Subparagraph 4.16.3:
'"AII written correspondence to the Construction Manager shall
be serialized, dated, and signed by an authorized
representative of the Trade Contractor. The correspondence
shall be directed to:
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
P.O. Box 5283
Key West, Florida 33040
Attn: Doug Fuller
or hand delivered to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' office located
at 5090 Junior College Road, Stock Island, Florida 33040.
Serialization procedures will be provided to the Trade
Contractor in the pre-construction meeting. II
Each trade contractor shall be required to check his
designated mailbox regularly. This mailbox will be made
available, and located by the Construction Manager.
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 5
ARTICLE 5
1. subparagraph 5.2.3 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"If the Owner or Construction Manager refuses to accept any
person or entity on a list submitted by the Trade Contractor
in response to the requirements of the Contract Documents, the
Trade Contractor shall submit an acceptable substitute;
however, no increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed for
any such substitution."
ARTICLE 6
1. subparagraph 6.2.5 - sixth line, after the word "initiates,"
delete the words "an arbitration proceeding" and substitute
"a claim;" thirteenth line, after the words "and court or,"
delete the word "arbitration" and substitute "claim."
ARTICLE 7
1. subparagraph 7.1.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"The contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of
Florida. Venue for any claims or disputes arising under this
contract shall be in the circuit Court of the 16th Judicial
Circuit of the state of Florida."
2. subparagraph 7.2.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"The Owner or Construction Manager (as the case may be) and
the Trade Contractor each binds himself, his partners,
successors, assigns, and legal representatives of such other
party in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations
contained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the
contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole
without the written consent of the other."
3. Add new subparagraph 7.2.2:
"The Trade Contractor shall not assign any monies due or to
become due under this contract without prior written consent
of the Owner or Construction Manager."
4. subparagraph 7.8.1 - delete in its entirety.
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 6
5. Paragraph 7.9 'Arbitration' and all associated subparagraphs
7.9.1, 7.9.2, & 7.9.3 - delete in their entirety.
ARTICLE 8
1. Subparagraph 8.3.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"If the Trade Contractor is delayed, at any time, in the
progress of the Work, by any act or n.eglect of the Owner,
Construction Manager, or the Architect/Engineer, or by any
employee of either, or by any separate contractor employed by
t.he Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by fire,
unusual delay in transportation, adverse weather conditions
not reasonably anticipatable, unavoidable casualties or any
causes beyond the Trade Contractor's control, or by delay
aluthorized by the Owner, Construction Manager, or by any other
cause which the Construction Manager determines may justify
t:he delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change
Order for such reasonable time as the Construction Manager may
determine."
2. Subparagraph 8.3.2 - replace the remainder of the Paragraph
after the word "waived" in line 4 with the following:
"Any claim for extension of time shall state the cause of the
delay and the number of days of extension requested. If the
cause of the delay is continuing, only one claim is necessary,
but the Trade Contractor shall report the termination of the
cause for the delay within twenty (20) days after such
1:ermination; otherwise, any claim for extension of time based
upon that cause shall be waived."
3. Subparagraph 8.3.4 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"It shall be recognized by the Trade Contractor that he may
reasonably anticipate that as the job progresses, the
Construction Manager will be making changes in, and updating
Construction Schedules. No claim for an increase in the
Contract Sum for either acceleration or delay will be allowed
:for extensions of time pursuant to this Paragraph 8.3 or for
other changes in the Construction Schedules which are of the
type ordinarily experienced in projects of similar size and
complexity."
4. Add new subparagraph 8.3.5:
"If the Project is delayed as a result of the Trade
Contractor's refusal or failure to begin the Work on the date
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 7
of commencement as defined in paragraph 8.1.2, or his refusal
or failure to carry the Work forward expeditiously with
adequate forces, the Trade Contractor causing the delay shall
be liable, but not limited to, delay claims from other Trade
Contractors which are affected. Provided, however, that such
refusal or failure is not the result of a justifiable delay
as defined in subparagraph 8.3.1."
5. Add new subparagraph 8.3.6:
"In addition to impact costs as defined in Subparagraph 8.3.5,
the Trade contractor shall be liable to the Owner for any
other damages sustained as a result of the Trade Contractor's
refusal or failure to perform the Work, provided, however,
that such refusal or failure is not the result of a
justifiable delay as defined in Subparagraph 8.3.1."
ARTICLE 9
1. Subparagraph 9.3.3 - add at line 14 after the word "person":
"All Trade Subcontractors and Trade Subsubcontractors shall
execute an agreement stating that title will so pass, upon
their receipt of payment from the Trade Contractor."
2. Subparagraph 9.5.1 - add:
"From the total of the amount determined to be payable on a
progress payment, 10 percent of such total amount will be
deducted and retained by the Owner until final payment is
made. The balance (90 percent) of the amount payable, less
all previous payments, shall be certified for payment. When
not less than 95 percent of the work has been completed, the
Owner may, at his/her discretion (and with the consent of the
surety), prepare an estimate from which will be retained an
amount not less than twice the contract value or estimated
cost, (whichever is greater), of the work remaining to be
done. The remainder, less all previous payments and
deductions, will then be certified for payment to the
contractor.
It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be
entitled to demand or receive progress payment based on
quantities of work in excess of those provided in the
proposal or covered by approved change orders, except when
such excess quanti ties have been determined by the
Construction Manager to be a part of the final quantity for
the item of work in question.
No progress payment shall bind the Owner to the acceptance of
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 8
any materials or work in place, as to quality or quantity.
All progress payments are subject to correction at the time
of final payments.
3. A.dd new subparagraph 9.5.6:
"All material and work covered by partial payments made shall
t.hereupon become the sole property of the Owner, and by this
provision shall not be construed as relieving the Trade
Contractor from the sole responsibility for the materials and
work upon which payments have been made or the restoration for
a.ny damaged material, or as a waiver to the right of the Owner
clr Construction Manager to require the fulfillment of all the
t~erms of the Contract."
4. Add new subparagraph 9.5.7:
"'Except in case of bonafide disputes, or where the Trade
Contractor has some other justifiable reason for delay, the
'I~rade Contractor shall pay for all transportation and utility
services not later than the end of the calendar month
following that in which services are rendered and for all
materials, tools, and other expendable equipment which are
delivered at the site of the Project. The Trade Contractor
shall pay, to each of his Trade Subcontractors, not later than
t:he end of the calendar month in which each payment is made
t:o the Trade Contractor, the representative amount allowed the
~~rade Contractor on account of the work performed by his Trade
Subcontractor interest therein. The Trade Contractor shall,
by an appropriate agreement with each Trade Subcontractor,
also require each Trade Subcontractor to make payments to his
suppliers and Trade Subsubcontractors in a similar manner."
5. subparagraph 9.6.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"The Construction Manager/Architect may decline to approve an
l~pplication for Payment if, in his opinion, the application
is not adequately supported. If the Trade Contractor and
Construction Manager cannot agree on a revised amount, the
Construction Manager shall process the Application for the
amount he deems appropriate. The Construction Manager may
also decline to approve any Applications for Payment or,
because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent
inspections, he may nullify, in whole or part, any approval
previously made to such extent as may be necessary in his
opinion because of: (1) defective work not remedied: (2) third
party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable
:Eiling of such claims: (3) failure of the Trade contractor to
make payments properly to Trade Subcontractors or for labor,
materials, or equipment: (4) reasonable evidence that the work
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 9
cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract
Sum: (5) damage to the Construction Manager, the Owner, or
another contractor 'N'orking at the project: (6) reasonable
evidence that the Work will not be completed within the
contract time: (7) persistent failure to carry out the Work
in accordance with the contract Documents.
9.6.1.1 No payment shall be made to the Trade Contractor
until certificates of insurance or other evidence of
compliance by the Trade Contractor, within all the
requirements of Article 12, have been filed with the
Owner and Construction Manager. Further, no payments on
the basis of work performed by a Trade Subcontractor
shall be paid until copies of all bonds required by
Paragraph 7.5 and any certificates of insurance required
of the Trade Subcontractors under Article 12 have been
filed with the Owner."
6. Subparagraph 9.7 - delete in its entirety.
ARTICLE 11
1. Add new subparagraph 11.1.2.1:
The following coverages are required to be maintained by all
Trade Contractors and subcontractors in any tier throughout
the entire length of the contract and any extensions thereof.
1. Premises and operation Liability Insurance:
Commercial General Liability Insurance shall be obtained
in amounts of not less than $1,000,000 each occurrence.
Coverage shall specifically include:
a. Bodily injury and property damage liability coverage
for premises and operations.
b. Products and completed operations.
c. Independent contractor's exposures.
d. Property damage resulting from explosion, collapse,
or underground (x,c,u) exposures.
e.
Blanket contractual
contract.
liability
covering
this
f. Personal injury liability.
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 10
g. Broad form property damage liability.
2. Automobile Liability Insurance:
comprehensive automobile liability insurance shall
include coverage for bodily injury and property damage
liability for a minimum limit of $1,000,000 each
occurrence and shall cover use of owned, non-owned, and
hired vehicles, and include employers' non-ownership
liability coverage.
3. Workers Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance:
statutory Workers' Compensation coverage including
Employers Liability coverage with limits of not less than
$100,000 per person per accident and $500,000 per person
per occurrence for disease. Coverage shall be provided
to cover operations in the state of Florida and the
Voluntary compensation endorsement shall be provided.
Coverage for deferally enacted benefits shall be provided
where applicable.
}I~ll insurance policies are required in the name of Monroe
County Board of County Commissioners and Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits as Additional Named Insured and provide a
minimum of sixty (60) days notice in the event of termination,
non-renewal or reduction in coverage. Policy language shall
be modified to provide liability coverage for Cross Liability
Suits between insureds without increasing the total policy
limits. Monroe County reserves the right to require
addi tional insurance as may be deemed necessary for any
specific project or work.
Insurers providing coverage(s) must be financially stable and
authorized to do business in the state of Florida. The Monroe
County Board of County Commissioners reserves the right to
reject any insurer that it believes to be unacceptable.
Failure to maintain required insurance coverage in effect will
provide Monroe County, Florida with the option of terminating
1:he contract upon written notice to the Construction Manager.
Certificates expiring during the term of the contract shall
be replaced with new certificates prior to the expiration of
the original certificates.
Complete and certified copies of all insurance contracts shall
be furnished to The Monroe County Board of County
Commissioners if requested.
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 11
ARTICLE 12
1. Subparagraph 12.1.4 - replace the remainder of the paragraph,
after the word "change" in line 25, with the following:
"Pending final determination of cost, payments on account
shall be made as determined by the Construction Manager. The
amount of credit to be allowed by the Trade Contractor for any
deletion or change, which results in a net decrease in the
contract Sum, will be the amount of the actual net cost as
confirmed by the Construction Manager. When both additions
and credits covering related Work or substitutions are
involved in anyone change, the allowance for overhead and
profit shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if
any, with respect to that change."
2. Add new subparagraph 12.1.6:
"The actual cost of Changes in the Work may include all items
of labor or material, power tools, and equipment actually
used, utilities, pro rata charges for foreman, and all payroll
charges such as Public Liability and Workman's compensation
Insurance. No percentage for overhead and profit shall be
allowed on items of Social Security and Sales Tax. If
deductions are ordered, the credit shall be the net cost.
Items considered as overhead shall include insurance other
than that mentioned above, bond or bonds, superintendent,
timekeeper, clerks, watchmen, use of small tools, incidental
job costs, and general office expenses. The actual cost of
Changes in the Work (other than those covered by unit prices
set forth in the Contract Documents) shall be computed as
follows:
12.1.6.1 If the Trade Contractor performs the actual
Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and profit
shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%).
12.1.6.2 If the Trade Subcontractor performs the actual
Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and profit
shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%).
If the Trade Contractor does not enter into the Work, the
maximum mark up for managing this work will be ten
percent (10%).
12.1.6.3 If the Trade Subcontractor performs part of the
actual work, his percentage mark-up for overhead and
profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent
(15%) on his direct work only. If the Trade Contractor
performs part of the actual work, his percentage mark-
up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 12
'II',,",,'~,
of fifteen percent (15%) on his direct work only.
3. Add new subparagraph 12.1.7:
"The Trade Contractor shall furnish to the Owner through the
Construction Manager, an itemized breakdown of the quantities
and prices used in computing the value of any change that
might be ordered."
4. Subparagraph 12.3.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"If the Trade Contractor claims that any instructions given
t~o him by the Construction Manager, by drawings or otherwise,
i.nvolve extra work not covered by the Contract, he shall give
t~he Construction Manager written notice thereof wi thin three
(3) days after the receipt of such instructions and before
proceeding to execute the work, except in emergencies
emdangering life or property, in which case the Trade
Contractor shall proceed in accordance with Paragraph 10.3."
Should it not be clear to the Trade Contractor that a change
\1idll involve extra work, written notice given within three (3)
days that the change may involve extra work will be sufficient
notice. If it is later determined that the work involved in
s;uch instruction shall be recognized as an extra, the amounts
of additional compensation to be paid therefore should be
determined in accordance with Paragraph 13.1. Except as
otherwise specifically provided, no claim for additional cost
shall be allowed unless the notice specified by this
Subparagraph is given by the Trade Contractor or unless such
\l/Ork is performed as provided in Subparagraph 12.1.4.
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 13
I hll J
~
.!
~ -
.I:
-
i ~OClOOO 1
g
i i
C
C
! 0
II
I 0 1M
g z 8
z ~o
... 0 CI cz ~ J~
.~ ~ 1'-' ~c
~ CI
C, J:~ I-
o. ~ Cii: uo z ;1
~ 0
~ t~ ~f u
~ ~J
" l<l(
~ .. -
,2<1(
..... ".;
~ "21
~
~ Ell)
'~J
u 0-
0 .- "
-:.
C Cc
==
~ Q.c
Q.o
~ <u
t-
Z t-
..... ~ Z
~ u Y.I
....
~ t:: ~
1:
~ U ~
a.;; U QC
.... ~
c:.= 5 < ~
0 QC :> ~
a-
Ll. 0
..... 1.1.
~ Z
U 0
- -
LI. ~
-
~ U
..... -
....I
U a.
Q a.
Z <
< CI'J
...
Z ~
~ ~
0 ~
- u U
~ ~ QC <
0
~ ~ u.. ~
U z t;
.... 0 I-
- z
~ ~ ~ < Z
c.. QC
~ ~ 0
c.. z
0 0
< Q QC U
.... U
~.~{
, .
,-,'::--.
"'" "'" "'" "'"
"'" "'"
"'" "'" "'"
~
~
:~i .~ ~i
: :~~ "'" "'" . ou.;
j~~~ ~-- ~~zg ~I ~i
ct-II it""l...~" ::f"!-'
~oi@a ~~~a:~SJ~j!i_
~"f II" !C~"U'\_.U'\c Q ,100
SQ~ ~~~~~c~~~~!Z!~
d~~g t+~g2]~~u3IM!~
O~~=~ uoo~"""OQ~811)-!~~
~II). ~UIM" ~-S"
U ~c__c_c... z- z~ -
_"icE~OEOECC..~~ t""I
<l(f o~U~~~~!=~"~~~~,,
Z4 Uo~ 0 o,,~WC.~ZUC
~~,",,_u! IU IUQC.Q"':':;"~=z:,:;
~~~~-~ - -:~~-~~!~-
olu~ .~ ~ ~ ~ ~ u:
~NM~
uoi
U'\
Z
0
6
::>
0
....
0
U'\
Z
0
i=
0
0
<
IJ'l
...J ...J III
~ ~ ..
> 1 "
QC -= W 0 12 ~
< ..
~ iC.... .. 0
> ~ Q. t:
~ 00 J:. Q.
;:) 0.>- c < c:
IJ'l ",
Q..o 0 ~ J:.
QC ", III ~ ~ U
.... IIlJ:. 0 E
0 ~c III
Cl:: ~ 0 ~
0 .. E ~
0", "0
.... ~ .. c:
~ ~ ::l > ~ ",
Z lXlO e ..0 J:.
< c:- E ...
to > Q. ii
1: J:. ~ Q. ::l
U UQ. < Z Z
~
,...:
cO~
GiC:C"C:
"2!.iij
l:;t'c'"
OJ:.'''c
C_J:.E"
.JiC C '" >- E
_"'''CA'''>-
"E::l-"
0>-0..Q.
ti~E~-
:! .. to III t
E--E==~::
o .....::l
U5~~W
" -- J:. .- _
~fi-'t:..
_\"I '''J:.
-.- "'U-
O"Q.C","O
;;Q."::lC
,,<Eo"
~ '" ::l'> ..-
":C;S""
J:.- ..c
->- Q.~
$a..oti,,€O
- "0 to._ "
2~~~J:.
_GJc~-
"'>Uo"E
"c 0
:..;; l..J -- 0
.=~~~~
~~~~l
B " ~ ..'~
:;:~~~
... - c .. ...
'E~,.,,g,,,
o~"E\"Ic .
u.oo~lli~
~"O~cE.g
cc:",o;;-
lXl"'CUQ.~
-~ C:'- Ili 0
"o"OJ:."Oc
QJ'=4J-CIl'l
"0 ", ii >- ", .-
cE-.o"Oc
::l .. Q. ~ .-
Q.loE:2::l~
J:.co"'~"
~ ._ \"I Q....: J:.
~.. "ti. ..'.......~'..~.
^."",.
.
-
o
>-
...
~
-
o
~
C
~
U ...
:c
-
"
E
"
..
~
1:
B ;
C ..
i 'e.
III "
~ u'~
... - III
"9.ii
~:9A.E
o..t-o
"ll"u
~~!>-
~~Z~
Cl::
g
<
QC
~
Z
o
U
-
c:
;:)
o
"'" e
"
:~
. ...
e
: e
. ....
. ~
::!
::s
:1
.~
:~
~
...
c:
;:)
o
e
...
.....
&l ."
! 5
at..
~_c
z"....
;l.c:t::
o~o
~"'QC
<I(~<
:-, ,-.:','j", ~"-"'-.
i
I
!I
fl.
tR
.~o~
c 1/:
.. !!:! ~ ..
! ~~-3
S =: Q.C
....,,:1
U w ~
\,,10
..."-
z~~
__c~
... .. -
o-c
~C8
lh
.!i~11
~..~ I
":I .
= -1
~.!! -
" .-
c.50
1/ .
Y"-
gl/J:.
C J:. Ie
IIl~~
.- " >-
"Ee
~....
wCo
:.:~-
=01/
"-l.I
" w_
U "''0
=:1
.. .~ g 'i'
~~UQ.
".,"'~
J:.J:....C
- -1'"
~ 0 .
C=t#t~
L... ......"e
roo- ",J:.":,o
Z 5: ~E
._ " .. ::l
Y.liiiCQ.~
~C:~:;O
< ~oJ:._ .
......~4.I.M::;c
~o:o=~
~"O::>C~
a;.~->o~
III '" .,. I QC
..,J:.""'....
~ g~ - ~U
O ct:~-~
o~=:z
1.1. 'i - 1: 'i ;:)
IIl~~"O
Y.I ....~ C \"I~
L...~J:....c<
!:;; .lJc'"
~ :!<.2'E1
Uf1iii8.:
_ E_E:;o
1.1. ::l c- ~ C -
_ ~ 0 -.- c:
L... c'- C '" ...
roo- iii '-. -- E
~ ti.~ ~ ~ ;;-
Y.I "'''Q.~~ Q.
= Q.">
Uc""i....9
O"~J:."O
Cl'Ju~c:=~
... 11.c-"O-
J- -= ~ ~ ~.E
UJ:.Ili\"l;:1li
.-=:!!"",
~ ~ CC'- ::l._
L... C J:. rJ..
roo- ~ -~ l: Ili $a
- c: -;: < ~ ~
... "'Q.Ili-..
... "0 E J:. "0 -
U"o -"c
0- - 0
~ ~~~~u
", - '" 'C iii
<c:",llicJ:.
_ "0 .0 ._ _
&I
ii
o
>-
a:l
'"
i
~
:or
I
~
~
'~
~
l .. .. .0 ..
~ ClIl:I6JClO
g ~ ~.... z
~ 0 Cl C
'" ;:) z C)
.~ z 0 Cii; ~
-l!l:' 0
~ Z ~ . ClIl:
~ Qu ~
- ~~ 'f'l
.,.
~ ut C
~< ~
t -
~ < J:
U
ClIl:
Q <
....
Z
~
~
:::>
u
0
c
~
~
ClC
c:
'C >-
'; Q..
C Q.
0 1'0
..., >-
1'0
~ E
z '"
....
~ E
~ ,~ ,~
Q; ~! ~
ell: is c:
0 -
'::l ~
..... .E
.... ~;;
~ III ~
I-
." ClC
~ III 1'0
..... I: c:
~ III .;
ell: J: Qj
..... ' ..
~ u] ~= ~
OJ: ':1 ::0
Z ~ 'v III
UoI ';:
<= ~:; 1'0
:t: 1'0 ~;; :>
Z '" ~
(I) 0'- 'v ..
- c: " IV
8'~ J:
Z ~~ ~
c:
0 - '-' :l '"
-' .- ti
~:-: 0
~- E III
- < t ..
~ " c:
-u ~- 0
('oj
01::l U
:J " IV -~ g
C c: :1.1
Z _ ~.o
c: '" '"
- IV '" c: c:
to- E '.. .~ E
Z :l 0 ~~ :l
\oJ-
o \oJ :l 0
0 C~ _0 u
< c: "' IV
U _ 0 c: '"
<u :::>
- I
I
. !
...1:
:...1"'-
z-I)
1: <~I
......v
~O-
~
0
~+
~
00
I) ...,~...~
....~O!<+
~~~O...
O~'" +
~OO~O
Z -
u<
~~oz"
<~...-
.... iiz.~.
...~OOO
~...~zo
."'-
e.
0
0
ii
... 0 t'
... :!!
~
... 1:
....
~ ...
~
- 0
u ..,..
)(. :Jz
::.: Qo
i >--
0 WJ!:(w.l
lll:uT
~-o
~~-
O~
lll:<
....
0
....
........
:J' ,
U 0:::'
...<
1:;>
u
'"
)(.
Cll:
~
...
C
a:: z
Q
t
ii
u ,
'"
... I
0 1
!
.
i
~...; (
-< -~ \ ,
!::Z I
CONTRACTOR'S
AFADA VIT OF
PAYMENT OF'
DEBTS A.ND CLAIMS
OWNER
ARCHITECT
CONTRACTOR
SURETY
, OTHER
AlA Document G706
o
o
o
o
TO (Owner)
I
L
PROJECT:
(name, address)
ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO:
"I CONTRACT FOR:
--3 CONTRACT DATE:
State of:
County of:
The undersigned, pursuant to Article 9 of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AlA Document
A201, hereby certifies that, except as listed below, he has paid in full or has otherwise satisfied all obligations for all
materials and equipment furnished, for all work, labor, and services performed, and for all known indebtedness and
claims against the Contractor for damages arising in any manner in connection with the performance of the Contract
referenced above for which the Owner or his property might in any way be held responsible.
EXCEPTIONS: (If none, write "None". If required by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish bond satisfactory to the
Owner for each exception.)
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS ATTACHED HERETO:
1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment Whenever
Surety is involved, Consent of Surety is required.
AlA DOCUMENT G707, CONSENT OF SURETY,
may be used for this purpose.
Indicate attachment: (yes ) (no ).
The following supporting documents should be at-
tached hereto if required by the Owner:
1. Contractor's Release or Waiver of Liens, condi-
tional upon receipt of fmal payment
2. Separate Releases or Waivers of Liens from Sub-
contractor,. and material and equipment sup-
pliers, to the extent required by the Owner, ac-
companied by a list thereof.
3. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens (AlA
DOCUMENT G706A).
CONTRACTOR:
Address:
BY:
Subscribed and Sl\ orn to before me this
day of
19
Notary Public:
My Commission Expires:
AlA DOCUMENT G70f> . CO~TRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND CLAIMS' APRil 1970 EDITION
A,IA@ . :{ 1970' THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., NW, W."SHI'iGTO'i DC. 20006
ONE PAC:
CONTRACTOR' S AFI'XDAVIT 01' RBLBASB 01' LI.BS
PROJECT:
(name, address)
CONTRACT DATE:
state of:
County of:
The undersigned, pursuant to Article 9 of the General Conditions
of the Contract for Construction, AlA Document A201, hereby
certifies that to the best of his knowledge, information and
belief, except as listed below, the Releases or Waivers of Lien
attached hereto include the Contractor, all Subcontractors, all
suppliers of materials and equipment, and all performers of Work,
labor or services who have or may have liens against any property
of thle Owner or claims against the public construction bond arising
in any manner out of the performance of the Contract referenced
above.
EXCEPTIONS: (If none, Write "None". If required by the Owner, the
Contractor shall furnish bond satisfactory to the Owner for each
exception. )
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS ATTACHED HERETO:
CONTRACTOR:
1. Contractor's Release or Waiver of
Liens, conditional upon receipt
o,f final payment.
2. separate Releases or Waivers of
Liens from Subcontractors and
material and equipment suppliers,
t:o the extent required by the Owner,
alccompanied by a list thereof.
Address
BY:
Subscribed and sworn to before
me this day of 19
Notary Public:
My Commission Expires:
07/16/91
AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS
00908-1
CONSENT OF
SURETY COMPANY
TO ANAL PAYMENT
AM DOCUMENT C,101
owt8
AICHIlICT
CONnACTOR
SUIllY
OTHER
~
PROJECT:
(ninte, iddress)
TO (OwnE!r)
I
I . ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO:
CONTRACT FOR:
L
CONTRACTOR:
-.l CONTRACT DATE:
In iccordal1ce with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner ind the Contrictor is indiated ibove, tht
!he~ In~rt n~_ Ind ~ddren of Surely ComlNflyl
, SURETY COMPANY
on bond of (here inu.. nlme Ind Idd~ss of Contrutorl
, CONTRACTOR
hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees lhat final payment to the Contractor shall not
relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to (here ,nurt rume Ind Iddrns of Owner)
. OWNER.
is set forth in the said Surety Company's bC"ld.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this
day of
19
Surety Company
Signature of Authorized Representative
Attest:
(Seal):
Title
NOTE: This form is to be used ~s I comp~nion document to AlA DOCUMENT G706, CONTRACTOR'S MFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS "'''0
CLAIMS, Current Edition
AlA DOCUMENT G7I7 . CONSENT OF SURETY COMPANY TO FINAL PAYMENT' APRIL 1970 EDITION . AIA~
~ 1970 . THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., NW, WASHINGTON. D,C. 20006
ONE PACE
SECTION 00970
PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN
1.1
REGULATIONS AND POLICIES
1.1.1
Every Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor employed
on the Project shall comply with all applicable local,
state, and Federal safety and health regulations and with
Morrison-Knudsen Company, Inc. safety and health policies
as described herein.
1.2
PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH REQUIREMENTS
1.2.1
It is recognized that it is good business and evidence
of competent leadership to prevent the occurrence of
incidents that lead to occupational injuries or
illnesses. Safety and health requirements on this
project include, but are not limited to, the following:
. 1 In general, this accident prevention pol icy is based
on a sincere desire to eliminate personal injuries,
occupational illnesses, and equipment and property
damage; and to protect the general public exposed
to or associated with the work.
.2 The importance of the safety of all workers on the
project shall be recognized and accident prevention
shall be an integral part of all operations.
.3 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor shall
conduct work in a safe and practical manner in
conformance with the OSHA Safety and Health
Regulations and the latest edition of the Manual of
Accident Prevention, Associated General Contractors
of America.
.4 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor shall
observe all applicable Federal, State, local and
project laws and regulations pertaining to safety
and health, pollution control, water supply, fire
protection, sanitation facilities, waste disposal
and other related items.
.5 The Mandatory Safety and Health Rules shall be
posted in a conspicuous location along with the OSHA
and Emergency Phone Number posters.
07/26/91
PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN
00970 - 1
.6 A record of all occupational injuries and illnesses
shall be maintained. Medical and lost time cases
shall be properly recorded on the OSHA log, and
reported to MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS. A copy of the
insurance report for workmen compensation cases
shall be provided to MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS.
.7 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor shall
provide or arrange for adequate first aid
facilities, emergency transportation and persons
qualified in first aid.
.8 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor shall
cooperate fully with all other contractors in their
respective safety and health programs.
.9 Good housekeeping shall be observed at all times.
Waste, debris, and garbage shall be removed daily
or placed in appropriate waste containers. All
materials, tools, and equipment shall be stored in
a safe and orderly fashion. Each contractor shall
donate 10% of their staff to a crew that will
convene every Friday at 1:00pm for a joint site
clean-up effort not to exceed a duration of three
hours. "
In summary, there will be a 3-part clean-up plan.
The first part consists of the contractor cleaning
up on a daily basis, his workstations, and his trade
work. The second part consists of the general
clean-up, the concerted effort by all trade
contractors working on the project. A minimum of
(1) crew is to be utilized by each contractor, or
10%, whichever is more. The third part consists of
the Owner cleaning up for a particular trade
contractor should adequate notice not compel him to
clean up his work. In this case, the appropriate
contractors will be backcharged.
This project shall be a Hard Hat job and
supervisors, employees and visitors shall
required to wear a suitable hard hat while on
project site.
.11 Other appropriate personal protective equipment
shall be provided and worn as required including but
not limited to long pants, shirts with sleeves and
.10
all
be
the
07/26/91
PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN
00970 - 2
appropriate leather work boots.
.12 Temporary construction aids such as ladders,
scaffolds, stairs, railings, etc. shall be provided
to facilitate access or work.ing conditions in a
manner that shall conform to the safety standards
specified by Federal, State, Local or manufacturer's
recommendations or stipulations.
.13 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor shall
be expected to indoctrinate his employees as to the
safety and health requirements of this project and
to enforce adherence to safe work procedures.
.14 If MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS notifies any Trade
Contractor of any noncompliance with the provisions
of this program, the Trade Contractor shall make
all reasonable efforts to immediately correct the
unsafe conditions or acts. Satisfactory corrective
action shall be taken within the specified time.
If a Trade Contractor or Trade Subcontractor refuse
to correct unsafe or unhealthy conditions or acts,
MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS shall take one or more of
the following steps:
a. Cease the operation or a portion thereof.
b. stop payment for the work being performed.
c. Correct the situation using other forces and
back charge the Trade Contractor expenses
incurred.
d. Increase retainage in proportional increments
for that given pay period.
.15 All Trade Contractor's Superintendents shall be
required to attend and participate in all general
project safety meetings. These meetings will be
included in the weekly coordination meetings as
previously specified or on an as needed basis.
.16 All Trade Contractors shall conduct Weekly Tool Box
Safety Training Meetings, and shall document the
minutes on the forms provided. These forms are to
be transmitted to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits on a
weekly basis. All employees working at the project
site shall be required to attend and participate in
07/26/91
PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN
00970 - 3
1.3
1.3.1
1.4
1.4.1
the meetings.
.17 Shortly after the award of the contract and prior
to the beginning of work, an Activity Hazard
Analysis (phase plan) shall be prepared by the
contractor and submitted to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
for approval. The analysis will address the hazards
for each activity to be performed in that phase and
will present the procedures and safeguards necessary
to eliminate the hazards or reduce the risk to an
acceptable level. A phase is defined as an
operation involving a type of work presenting
hazards not experienced in previous operations or
where a new subcontractor or work crew is to perform
work. The analysis will be discussed by the
contractor and Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits on-site
representatives at the Preparatory Inspection
Meeting. Work will not proceed on that phase until
the Activity Hazard Analysis (phase plan) has been
accepted by Morrison-KnUdsen/Gerrits.
.18 No personal radios or stereos will be allowed on the
job-site.
FIRE PROTECTION
Every Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor employed
on the Proj ect shall exercise good construction practices
to prevent fire. It shall be the responsibility of the
Trade Contractor to insure that general fire protection
facilities are adequate for his work and to provide
additional fire protection facilities and devices,
including fire extinguishers as required by their scope
of work.
WORK NEJL~ ENERGIZED ELECTRICAL LINES OR OTHER UTILITIES
It shall be the Trade Contractor's sole and exclusive
responsibility (a) to provide personnel capable of
working adjacent to energized electrical lines or other
utilities; (b) to provide adequate, safe and properly
maintained equipment; (c) to conduct all of his work in
accordance with the safety rules and regulations
prescribed by the National Electric Code, National
Electric Safety Code, H30, and Safety Rules for
Installation and Maintenance of Electrical Supply and
Communication Lines Hand Book 81, occupational Safety and
Health Act of 1970, as well as other safety codes in
07/26/91
PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN
00970 - 4
. tllU '*l.' '"""r.. ni
1.5
1.5.1
1.5.2
1.5.3
effect at the site of construction and as specified
elsewhere herein, or as are generally applicable to the
type of work being performed; and (d) to continuously
supervise and inspect the work being performed to assure
that the requirements of (a), (b), and (c) above are
complied with and nothing in these Contract Documents
shall be held to mean that any such responsibility is the
obligation of the Owner or the Architect or the
Construction Manager.
BARRICADES, WARNING DEVICES AND LIGHTING
The Trade Contractor shall be solely responsible for
providing temporary ladders, guard rails, warning signs,
barricades, night guard lights, and deck or floor
closures required in connection with his work to comply
with Federal, State and local safety requirements. The
Trade Contractor shall be solely and exclusively
responsible for the design, construction, inspection and
maintenance of such facilities at all times.
It shall be the responsibility of the Trade Contractor
to provide additional temporary lighting, if needed to
maintain safe conditions.
It shall be the sole and exclusive responsibility of the
Trade Contractor to provide a safe place to work for all
laborers and mechanics and other persons employed on or
in connection with the project, and nothing in these
Contract Documents shall be construed to give any of such
responsibility to the Owner, the Architect, or the
Construction Manager.
07/26/91
00970 - 5
PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN
KONROB COtJllTy
CAPITAL IKPROVEKENTS PROGRAK
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
1.1
MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS' DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
1.1.1
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1. 2.4
The Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' superintendent will monitor
all work performed by the Trade Contractor to assure
conformance of the work to the Contract Drawings and
Specifications.
TRADE CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The Trade Contractor is responsible for the quality of
the work performed by his work force on this project as
:well as the quality of the material, equipment and
supplies furnished by him to be incorporated into the
work.
The Trade Contractor will designate a Quality Control
Representative who will be on site at all times while the
respective Trade Contractor's work is in progress and
will have the authority and responsibility to accept or
reject items of work. The Trade Contractor's Quality
Control Representative may delegate his duties but the
primary responsibility and authority will rest on him.
The Trade Contractor's Qual i ty Control Representa t i ve
will coordinate the submittal of all shop drawings,
product data and samples to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits.
Any submittal that is a change to the contract
requirements must be identified as such and transmitted
to the Construction Manager for submittal and approval
by the Architect/Engineer or Owner. No work requiring
submittal of a shop drawing, product data or sample shall
commence until the submittal has been reviewed and
approved by the Architect/Engineer.
The Trade Contractor will bear the responsibility of
notifying the designated material-testing laboratory
whether Monroe County or Contractor provided to perform
testing of materials as required by the contract drawings
and specifications in a timely fashion to prevent
needless cancellations and delays of work activities.
02/11/91
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
00980-1
1.2.5
1.2.6
1.3
1. 3.1
Any costs caused by untimely notification shall be borne
by the Contractor.
The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative
will review his drawings, procurement documents and
contracts to insure that the technical information
provided and all work performed is in accordance with the
latest revisions of the contract Drawings and
Specifications.
The Trade contractor's Quality Control Representative
will perform an inspection upon receipt at the site of
the work of all materials, equipment and supplies
including those furnished to him by the Owner. Notes
from this inspection will be filled out on the
appropriate form and included with the Contractor Daily
Quality Control Report. Items which are damaged or not
in conformance with the respective submittals, quality
standards, contract drawings and specifications shall be
brought to the attention of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits'
representative on site and then will be identified and
segregated from accepted items. Items thus identified
will not be incorporated into the work until corrective
action acceptable to Morrison-KnUdsen/Gerrits is
completed. Items determined unsalvageable will be
removed from the job site. These items shall be noted
as deficient in the applicable section of the Contractor
Daily Quality Control Report.
INSPECTION AND TESTING
INSPECTION PLAN
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits utilizes a four-point inspection
plan for each separate feature of work to be performed
under this Trade Contract, i.e., work dp.scribed by each
division of the technical provision section of the
contract specifications. This plan consists of the
following:
.1 Preparatory Inspection - Prior to commencing the
work, the Trade Contractor's Quality Control
Representative will meet with Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits' superintendent and the Architect's
representative if he so desires to attend and check
the following items at a minimum for conformance:
02/11/91
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
00980-2
(a) Approval of shop drawings and submittals.
(b) Approval of inspection and test reports of
materials and equipment to be utilized.
(c) Completion of previous
preliminary work.
operations
of
(d) Availability of materials and equipment
required.
(e) potential utility outages.
(f) Any other preparatory steps dependent upon the
particular operation.
(g) Quality standards.
(h) Safety or environmental precautions to be
observed. (Phase Hazard)
Note:
Morrison-KnUdsen/Gerrits will record the minutes to
this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly
(see attachment).
.2
Ini tial inspection Upon completion of a
representative sample of a given feature of the
work, the Trade Contractor's Quality Control
Representative will meet with the Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits Superintendent and the Architect's
representative if he so desires to attend and check
the following items at a minimum for conformance:
(a) workmanship to established quality standards.
(b) Configuration to
specifications.
contract
drawings
and
(c) Construction methods, equipment and tools
utilized.
(d) Materials and articles utilized.
(e) Adequacy of testing methods.
(f) Adequacy of shop drawings.
02/11/91
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
00980-3
Note:
Note:
.3
(g) Adequacy of
precautions.
safety
environmental
or
Morrison-KnUdsen/Gerrits will record the minutes to
this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly
(see attachment).
Follow-up Inspections The Trade Contractor's
Quality Control Representative will inspect the work
daily to assure the continuing conformance of the
work to the workmanship standards established during
the preparatory and initial inspections.
Additionally, as a part of the follow-up inspection,
sign-off sheets will be utilized as often as
possible. The intent of these sheets are to achieve
concurrence from other trade contractors and
responsible parties that ensuing work can indeed
commence over underlying work. This will prevent
oversights and omissions which elevate costs. sign-
off sheets shall be used for but not be limited to
concrete, drYWall, ceilings, painting, roofing
substrates and flooring. These reports are to be
generated by the applicable Trade Contractor and
submitted to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits'
superintendent for approval prior to the start-up
of work. (See attachment for example of an
acceptable concrete sign-off sheet.)
Failure to generate a sign-off sheet or to attain
proper signatures prior to covering up underlying
work may affect payment for that piece of work if
ensuing problems are detected or not. this
disciplinary action shall be carried out via the
Nonconformance Report. (See section 1/4/2 of this
plan. )
The Trade Contractor shall be responsible to record
these inspections and all other project related
activities encountered throughout the day on the
Contractor Daily Quality Control Report (see
attachment) .
.4
Completion Inspection - Upon completion of a given
feature of the work, the Trade Contractor's Quality
Control Representative will meet with Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits' superintendent and the Architect's
02/11/91
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
00980-4
Note:
representative if he so desires to attend to perform
an inspection of the completed work. Non-conforming
items will be identified and corrected prior to
commencement of the next operation.
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits will record the minutes to
this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly
(see attachment).
1.3.2
OPERATION AND CHECK OUT TESTING
The Trade Contractor will provide personnel and
equipment to perform the operational tests and
checkout of the equipment, facilities or equipment
constructed, fabricated or installed under this
Trade Contract. Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits'
Superintendent will coordinate and witness all such
tests. Notification should be given at least five
(5) days in advance of the scheduled tests.
1.3.3
FINAL INSPECTION
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent will
coordinate and attend all final inspections of the
work by the Architect/Engineer. Requests for
finalizing portions of the work performed under this
Trade contract should be made to Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits' superintendent at least fifteen
(15) days in advance of the inspection. Prior to
requesting a final inspection, all tests. for the
equipment and systems must be completed.
1.4
REPORTING
Maintaining accurate and retrievable records is
extremely important in tne Quality Assurance
Program. These records will act as a main source
of information in the present and in the future for
the entire proj ect management team. The main report
that will be utilized to provide this information
is the Daily Quality Control Report. Nonconformance
Reports may also be issued.
1.4.1
DAILY QUALITY CONTROL REPORT
The Daily Quality Control Report shall be used to
document the summary of daily inspection activities
02/11/91
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
00980-5
performed by the Trade Contractor's designated
Quality Control Representative. It shall include
any of the four steps of inspection that are
performed that day, all test monitoring and any
rework of nonconforming items. All of the
individual 'I'rade contractor inspector's reports will
be assembled into one report with a cover sheet for
each day and submitted by 9:00am of the following
day to a predetermined location so that it can be
routed through the system for review. The original
will be kept within Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits'
Quality Assurance Program files.
1.4.2
NONCONFORMANCE REPORT
Nonconformance Reports will be issued for work that
is found to be in nonconformance with the contract
documents or the referenced quality standards. The
report will be issued by Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits.
It is not the intent to routinely and repeatedly
issue nonconformance reports, but to issue them only
after normal enforcement standards have been
exhausted, or if the work performed is a detriment
to the project.
A copy of the Nonconformance Report will be
forwarded to the Project Manager for his information
and/or action. It should also be included in the
Trade Contractor's Daily Quality Report package for
general review.
Nonconformance Reports will be signed off once the
deficient item or items have adequately been
corrected. This will be done by the issuing
Superintendent and Project Manager. These sign-
offs will be included with a corresponding
corrective action taken. Significant
nonconformances need to be addressed to prevent
recurrence. The signed-off report will also be
submitted for review.
Work activities affected by a Nonconformance Report
will proportionally counteraffect payments. Whether
that be partial or full retainage will be left up
to the discretion of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits'
management team.
02/11/91
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
00980-6
1.5
SUBMITTALS
1.5.1
Submittals are not a direct function of this Quality
Assurance Program. However, submi ttal saJIlples,
manufacturer's catalog cuts, shop drawings, etc.
should be readily available on site for review at
any time by any representative of the Project
Management Team.
1.6
AUDITS
1.6.1
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits may choose at its option
to perform Trade Contractor audits of their
Contractor Quality Control Plan at any time.
Reports of these audit results will be forwarded to
the Project Manager for his action. Any action
items noted during an audit for the Trade Contractor
will be followed up and documented to insure
compliance and avoid recurrence.
1.7
SUMMARY
The intention of this plan is to create a system of
checks and balances that will minimize delays caused
by rework and a lack of planning and maximize
production and insure that the finished product is
one that the entire construction team can pride
themsel ves in. These goals can be achieved by
giving the Owner exactly what he has bought. The
owner will expect no more and through Quality
Assurance, the construction team will provide no
less.
02/11/91
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
00980-7
SECTION 00990
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
.DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE
A-I PARTIAL GROUND REV. 0, 3/29/91
FLOOR PLAN
A-2 PARTIAL SECOND REV. 1, 5/30/91
FLOOR PLAN
A-3 GROUND FLOOR - REV. 0, 3/29/91
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
A-4 SECOND FLOOR - REV. 0, 3/29/91
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
A-5 DETAILS REV. 0, 3/29/91
A-6 DETAILS REV. 0, 3/29/91
A-7 DOOR & FINISH SCHEDULES, REV. 0, 3/29/91
AND DETAILS
A-a EXISTING GENERATOR ROOM PLAN REV. 0, 3/29/91
EMERGENCY GENERATOR SLAB AND
DETAILS
A-9 SECURED CORRIDOR PLANS, REV. 0, 3/29/91
.ELEVATIONS & DETAILS
S-l FOUNDATION AND SECOND FLOOR REV. 0, 3/29/91
PLANS AND SECTIONS
S-2 SECTION DETAILS AND REV. 0, 3/29/91
GENERAL NOTES
06/12/91
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
00990-1
M-1 HVAC PARTIAL GROUND REV. 0, 3/29/91
FLOOR PLAN
M-2 HVAC PARTIAL SECOND REV. 0, 3/29/91
FLOOR PLAN
M-3 SCHEDULES AND DETAILS REV. 0, 3/29/91
M-4 EMERGENCY GENERATOR REV. 0, 3/29/91
M-5 SECURED CORRIDOR FOR REV. 0, 3/29/91
COURTROOM 'B' HVAC PLAN
E-1 GROUND FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN REV. 0, 3/29/91
E-2 SECOND FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN REV. 1, 5/30/91
E-3 GROUND FLOOR POWER PLAN REV. 1, 5/13/91
E-4 SECOND FLOOR POWER PLAN REV. 1, 5/13/91
E-5 SYMBOL LEGEND AND SCHEDULES REV. 1, 5/13/91
E-6 EMERGENCY GENERATOR REV. 1, 5/13/91
E-7 EMERGENCY GENERATOR REV. 1, 5/13/91
E-8 SECURED CORRIDOR FLOOR REV. 0, 3/29/91
PLAN, RISER DIAGRAM &
PANEL SCHEDULE
06/12/91
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
00990-2
......,o,IfP-..-~' - ,.",-....~~>i..."..,"" ~...._.._,<"104_-'..~.."... b.....~".~...--____._....-
SECTION 01020
ALLOWANCES
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Include in Contract sum all allowances stated in the Bid
Documents.
B. Designate in the schedule of values the cost allowance.
C. Indicate in the Construction Schedule all work to be
included under Allowance.
1.2 ALLOWANCE FOR SERVICE
A. The amount of the allowance includes:
1. Cost of services performed by FKEC for disconnect
and reconnect procedures after normal working hours
and/or on weekends.
2. Contractor's overhead and profit (15%).
1.3 CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES
A. Electrical Contractor is to coordinate work with FKEC.
B. Contractor must notify FKEC at least 24 hours in advance
to allow. for crew scheduling.
C. Contractor is to make prompt payment upon receipt of FKEC
invoice.
1.4 ADJUSTMENT OF COSTS
A. Should the cost be more or less than specified amount of
the allowance, the contract sum will be adjusted
accordingly by change order.
B. The amount of the change order will recognize changes in
accordance with actual amounts invoiced the Contractor
by FKEC and Contractor's overhead and profit.
06/13/91
ALLOWANCES
01020-1
C. At contract closeou~, all approved changes in contract
amounts will be reflected in the final pay request.
********************
END OF SECTION 01020
06/13/91
ALLOWANCES
01020-2
'.....-~~-,""-'-,.-,,~~._ 4
;""...........~~
... ~..... ~ _......... ~ _~_..,.... ..... 4 _ .
SBerIO. 01027
APPLICATIO. ~OR PAYKBHT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. . 1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Procedures for preparation and submi ttal of
Applications for Payment.
B. Related sections
1. section 00750 - General Conditions
2. Section 00900 - AlA G702/G703
2. Section 01370 - Schedule of Values
1. . 2 FORMAT
A. AlA G702 - Application and certificate for Payment
including continuation sheets when required.
1..3 PREPARATION OF APPLICATIONS
A. Present required information in typewritten form.
B. Execute ceortification by notarized signature of
authorized officer.
c. List each authorized Change Order on the form, including
change order number, date and dollar amount.
D. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in
section 01700.
1..4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. The initial Application for Payment will not be processed
until the construction schedule, the schedule of values,
and the initial submittal schedule have been received by
the Construction Manager, reviewed and approved by the
Architect.
B. Submi t an updated construction and submittal schedule
with each Application for Payment.
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
01027 - 1
OS/20/91
C. payment Period: Submit once per month, durin~ the last
week of the month. payment will be made by the Owner
within (30) days thereafter.
D. Work Item Update Listing - this work sheet, prepared by
the construction Manager, shows the work items which are
being considered for progress payments. It is to be
billed from the Contractor's approved schedule of values
and approved changes only. The contractor must fill in
percentages of work completed on each line item or total
dollar amount of original suppliers Invoices. Suppliers
Invoices are then attached for paYments on materials
stored.
E. status Meeting - The contractor's representative and the
construction Manager review the Contractor's Work Item
Update Listing. Upon agreement between the two parties,
both the Contractor and Construction Manager will sign
off on the form.
F. Estimate Voucher - The Construction Manager will input
the progress into the computer from the Work Item Update
Listing, and will issue the Estimate Voucher to the
Contractor.
G. Submit waivers as required.
H. Submit three (3) copies of each Application for Payment.
'":
1..5 SUBSTANTIATING DATA
A. When the Construction Manager and/or Architect requires
substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar
amounts in question.
B. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy
of submittal. Indicate Application number and date, and
line item by number and description.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
**************
END OF SECTION 01027
OS/20/91
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
01027 - 2
. .... ..' -. ....,." ... ..- .' ... ~.--
. .;..;,.. .-
___u_ .____~...
. .
SECTION 01028
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Promptly implement change order procedures.
a. Provide full written data required to evaluate
changes.
b. Maintain detailed records of the work done on
a time and material/force account basis.
c. Provide full documentation to the Construction
Manager with each request.
2. Designate in writing the member of the Contractor's
organization authorized to accept changes in the
Work.
3. The Owner will designate in writing the person who
is authorized to execute Change Orders.
B. Related requirements:
1. Agreement: The amounts of established unit prices.
2. Agreement: The amounts of established allowances.
3. Condi tions of the Contract, Article 12 of the
General Conditions:
a. Methods of determining cost or credit to the
Owner resulting from changes in the Work made
on a time and material basis.
b. The Contractor's claims for additional costs.
1..2 DEFINITIONS
A. Change Order, AlA Document G701/CM: Refer to the General
Conditions.
B. Construction Change Directive: A written order to the
contractor, signed by the Owner, MK/Gerr i ts and the
Architect, which amends the Contract Documents as
described, and authorizes the Contractor to proceed with
a change which affects the Contract Sum or the Contract
time, for inclusion in a subsequent Change Order.
1..3 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES
A. A change may be initiated by submitting a Proposal
Request to the Contractor. Request will include:
04/30/91
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01028 - 1
1. Detailed description of the change, products and
location of the change in the Project.
2. Supplementary or revised Drawings and
Specifications.
3. The projected time span for making the change, and
a specific statement as to whether overtime work is,
or is not, authorized.
4. A specific period of time during which the requested
price will be considered valid.
5. Such request is for information only, and is not an
instruction to execute the changes, nor to stop the
Work in progress.
B. The contractor may initiate changes by submitting a
written notice to the Construction Manager containing:
1. Description of the proposed changes.
2. statement of the reason for making the changes.
3. statement of the effect on the Contract Sum and the
contract Time.
4. statement of the effect on the Work of separate
contractors.
5. Documentation supporting change in the Contract Sum
or the Contract Time, as appropriate.
1..4 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A. In 1 ieu of Proposal Request, a Construction Change
Directive may be issued for Contractor to proceed with
a change for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
B. The Construction change Directive will describe changes
in the Work, both additions and deletions, with
attachments of revised contract Documents to define
details of the change, and will 'designate the method of
determining a change in the contract Sum and change in
the Contract Time.
C. The owner, Construction Manager, and the Architect will
sign and date the Construction Change Directive as
authorization for the Contractor to proceed with changes.
D. At completion of the change, submit itemized accounting
and supporting data as provided in the Article
"Documentation of Proposals and Claims" of this section.
E. The allowable costs of such work will be determined as
provided in the General Conditions and Supplementary
Conditions.
F. The Owner, Construction Manager and Architect will sign
and date the Change Order to establish the change in the
04/30/91
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01028 - 2
. .. _. _ ....... tt>. .....,..~....................__..-~...~..4_._~_.r4. ,....-~_....-,._,._-..-
Contract Sum and in the Contract Time.
G. The Owner and the Contractor will sign and date the
Change Order to indicate their agreement.
1..5 DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS
A. support each quotation for a lump-sum proposal, and for
each unit price which has not previously been
established, with sufficient substantiating data to allow
evaluation of the quotation.
B. On request provide additional data to support time and
cost computations:
1. Labor required.
2. Equipment required.
3. Products required.
a. Recommended source of purchase and unit cost.
b. Quantities required.
4. Taxes, insurance and bonds.
5. Credit for the work deleted from the Contract,
similarly documented.
6. Overhead and profit.
I f the Trade Contractor performs the actual
Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and
profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen
percent (15%).
If the Trade Subcontractor performs the actual
Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and
profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen
percent (15%). If the Trade Contractor does
not enter into the Work, the maximum mark-up
for managing this work will be ten percent
(10%) .
If the Trade Subcontractor performs part of the
actual Work, his percentage mark-up for
overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition
of fifteen percent (15%) on his direct work
only. If the Trade Contractor performs part
of the actual work, his percentage mark-up for
overhead and prof it shall be a maximum addition
of fi fteen percent (15%) on his direct work
only.
7. Justification for change in the Contract Time.
C. support each claim for additional costs, and for the work
done on a time-and-material/force account basis, with
-
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
04/30/91
01028 - 3
documentation as required for a lump-sum pro9osal, plus
additional information:
1. Name of the Owner I s authorized agent who ordered the
work, and date of the order.
2. Oates and times the work was performed, and by whom.
3. Time record, summary of hours worked, and hourly
rates paid.
4. Receipts and invoices for:
a. Equipment used, listing dates and times of use.
b. Products used, listing of quantities.
c. Subcontracts.
5. signature of Construction Manager's Superintendent,
concurring with quantities.
1..6 PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS
A. The Construction Manager will prepare each Change Order.
B. Change Order form: AlA Document G701/CM.
C . Change Order will descr ibe changes in the Work, both
additions and deletions, with attachments of revised
Contract Documents to define details of the change.
D. Change Order will provide an accounting of the adjustment
in the contract Sum and in the Contract Time.
1..7 LUMP-SUM/FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDERS
A. content of Change Orders will be based on either:
1. The proposal Request and the Contractor's respons i ve
Proposal as mutually agreed between the Owner and
the Contractor.
2. the Contractor's Proposal for a change, as
recommended by the Architect or Construction
Manager.
B. The owner, Construction Manager and the Architect will
sign and date the Change Order as authorization for the
contractor to proceed with the changes.
c. The contractor may sign and date the Change Order to
indicate agreement with the terms therein.
1..8 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER
A.
The
1-
2.
content of the Change Orders will be based on either:
The definition of the scope of the required changes.
The contractor's Proposal for a change, as
recommended by the Architect, or Construction
Manager.
04/30/91
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01028 - 4
.. _~ " .- __.__.."__ __ _ I .........._ -
3. Survey of completed work.
B.
The
1-
2 .
amounts of the unit prices to be:
Those stated in the Agreement.
Those mutually agreed upon between
Architect and the Contractor.
the
Owner,
C. When quanti ties of each of the items affected by the
Change Order be determined prior to start of the Work:
1. The owner, Construction Manager and the Architect
will sign and date the Change Order as authorization
for the Contractor to proceed with the changes.
2. The Contractor may sign and date the Change Order
to indicate agreement with the terms therein.
D. When quantities of the items cannot be determined prior
to start of the Work:
1. A Construction Change Directive will be issued
directing the Contractor to proceed with the change
on the basis of unit prices, and will cite the
applicable unit prices.
2. At completion of the change, the cost of such work
will be determined based on the unit prices and
quantities used.
3. The Owner, Construction Manager and the Architect
will sign and date the Change Order to establish the
change in the Contract Sum and in the Contract Time.
4. The Contractor will sign and date the Change Order
to indicate their agreement with the terms therein.
1..9 CORRELATION WITH THE CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS
A. Revise Schedule of Values and Request for Payment forms
monthly to record each change as a separate item of the
Work, and to record the adjusted Contract Sum prior to
submission of Application for Payment.
B. Revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each change
in the Contract Time prior to monthly submissions.
Revise subschedules to show changes for other items of
work affected by the changes.
C. Upon completion of the Work under a Change Order, enter
pertinent changes in Record Documents.
O~/30/91
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01028 - 5
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NOT USED
****************
END OF SECTION 01028
04/30/91
01028 - 6
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
_~.... JIll
-----
.....-:,.._.,~,_.~--_.~""-.~..--.. '"
.
SECTION 01200
PROJECT MEETINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. project meetings
1..2 The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S RESPONSIBILITY
A. Construction Manager shall schedule and administer pre-
construction meeting, periodic progress meetings, and
specially called meetings throughout progress of the
Work.
1. Prepare agenda for meetings.
2. Provide notice of each meeting four days in advance
of meeting date, or provide as much advance notice
as possible.
3. Make physical arrangements for meetings.
4. Preside at meetings.
5. Record the minutes; include significant proceedings
and decisions.
6. Reproduce and distribute copies of minutes within
three working days after each meeting.
a. To participants in the meeting.
b. To parties affected by decisions made at the
meeting.
c. Furnish three copies of minutes to the
Architect.
B.
Representatives of the Contractors,
suppliers attending meetings shall
authorized to act on behalf of
represents.
subcontractors and
be qualified and
the entity each
C. The Architect and the Owner's Representative may attend
meetings to ascertain that the Work is expedited
consistent with the Contract Documents and construction
schedules.
1..3 PHE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. Schedule just prior to Notice to Proceed.
B. Location: A central Site designated by the Construction
06/18/91
PROJECT MEETINGS
01200 - 1
-'.r>.~'-
~"""_W'lr,~I!frII!Ii'\I""
Manager.
,
C. Attendance:
1. The Owner's Representative.
2. The Architect and his professional consultants (as
required) .
3. Construction Manager.
4. The Contractor's superintendent.
5. Major subcontractors.
6. Major suppliers.
7. others as appropriate.
D. suggested Agenda:
1. Distribution and discussion of:
a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers.
b. projected Construction Schedules.
2. critical Work sequencing.
3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities.
4. Project Coordination.
a. Designation of responsible personnel.
5. Procedures and processing of:
a. Field decisions.
b. Proposal requests.
c. Submittals.
d. Change Orders.
e. Applications for Payment.
6. Adequacy of distribution of the Contract Documents.
7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents.
8. Use of premises:
a. Office, work and storage areas.
b. The Owner's requirements.
9. Construction facilities, controls and construction
aids.
10. Temporary utilities.
11. Safety and first-aid procedures.
12. security procedures.
13. Housekeeping procedures.
14. Distribute meeting minutes within (3) days.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
**************
END OF SECTION 01200
06/18/91
PROJECT MEETINGS
01200 - 2
,
4'='-,fl,S
"'.~'.
. --'-'''e~'''~~'l:~: ..;,.,~."..!-~..J:-
_..
BEeTIO. 01220
.:;f)i'~..,~
WOU BOURS
PART ]. - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Normal Work Hours
2. Extended Work Hours
B. Related Sections:
1. section 00350 - Milestone Schedule
1 . 2 WORK HOURS
}.. Normal work hours available for trade contractors will
be from 7:00 a.m. until 4:30 p.m. The Owner forbids any
work activity proceeding after 4:30 p.m., Monday through
Friday.
1 . 3 E:XTENDED WORK HOURS
},. In the event a contractor gets behind on his schedule as
defined in section 00350, then contractor shall work
extended work hours in order to recover his scheduled
milestone dates remaining, and to complete his contract
work on schedule. Work during extended work hours shall
be performed as necessary, and as directed by the
Construction Manager, without additional compensation to
the contractor.
**************
END OF SECTION 01220
07/31/91
WORK HOURS
01220 - 1
SECTION 01301
SUBMITTALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. .1
A..
1. .2
A..
SUMMARY
section includes:
1. Submit to the Construction Manager, shop drawings,
product data, certifications and samples required
by the technical sections.
2. Prepare and submit with construction progress
schedule, a separate schedule listing dates for
submission and dates for review.
B.
Related sections:
1. section 00750 - GENERAL CONDITIONS
2 . Individual submittals required: refer to each
specific section, for certifications, shop drawings,
product data and sample requirements.
SUBMITTAL IDENTIFICATION
This paragraph is included to explain the method for
submittals identification using Section 08710, FINISH
HARDWARE, and the Finish Hardware Schedule as an example.
B. The Contractor shall assign submittal designations
utilizing the following format and system.
c. The number for the first shop drawing submitted under
that Section would be 08710-1a, the (1) designating that
this is the first time submitted under Section 08710, and
the (a) signifying that it is the first time a IIfinish
hardwarell schedule has been submitted to the Architect's
office. If this "finish hardwarell submittal is marked
lIrevise and resubmitll, the resubmittal would retain the
08710-1 but (a) would be changed to 08710-1b to designate
resubmittal; the next resubmittal, 08710-1c, until this
lIfinish hardware" item is approved.
D. The second "finish hardwarell submittal sent to the
Architect's office would be 08710-2a; if not approved,
then resubmitted under 08710-2b.
06/13/91
01301 - 1
SUBMITTALS
1. .3
1. .4
A.
B.
SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
The Contractor shall submit within three (3) days of
award of the Contract a preliminary "Submittal Schedule"
to the Construction Manager for review, modification and
response prior to the first application for payment. The
"Submittal Schedule" shall contain the following
information:
1. section number and name.
2. Submittal information re~lired.
3. Date submittal will be received by the Construction
Manager.
4. Time allowed for review of submittal by AlE (in
calendar days).
5. Date submittal will be returned to the Contractor.
6. Material ship and receipt dates.
The Contractor shall submit the final "Submittal
Schedule" to the Construction Manager for review and
approval prior to the second application for payment.
Modifications to the approved schedule shall be submitted
to the Construction Manager for review and approval
allowing adequate time for review and response.
C.
Submittals received by the Construction Manager on or
before the scheduled date will be processed to meet the
scheduled date.
D.
Submittals received by the Construction Manager after the
scheduled date are considered to be not critical and will
be processed as time allows and not necessarily within
the number of calendar days allotted for the review.
E.
The Architect and Construction Manager will not be
responsible for delays due to receiving submittals after
the date indicated in the submittal schedule.
SHOP DRAWINGS
A.
Submi t shop drawings as single copies in the form of
positive printing reproducible transparencies, commonly
called sepia prints, suitable for reproduction use on dry
print diazo type machines. Sepia prints which cannot be
reproduced will be returned to the Contractor for
resubmittal.
B.
Submit four blueline or blackline prints with each shop
drawing submittal.
C.
Provide shop drawings as complete submittals (no partial
SUBMITTALS
01301 - 2
06/13/91
sets) on original d:!"awings or information prepared solely
by the fabricator or supplier.
D. Do not reproduce the Contract Drawings for shop drawing
submittals.
E. Sheet sizes shall not exceed the size of the Contract
Drawings.
If. Each sepia print shall have blank spaces large enough to
accept 4" x 4" review stamps of the Construction Manager,
the Architect and the Contractor.
~:; .
Each
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
sepia print shall carry the following information:
project name and A/E Project number.
Date.
Names of:
a. The Architect
b. The Construction Manager
c. The Contractor
d. Supplier
e. Manufacturer
Identification of product or material.
Relation to adjacent structure or materials.
Field dimensions, clearly stated as such.
specification Section number.
Applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal
specification.
Identification of deviations from Contract
Documents.
Reference to construction drawings by drawing number
and/or detain number.
H. Submit sepia prints without folds either as flat sheets
if size permits, or rolled in tubes.
I. Shop drawings for electrical equipment shall include
complete wiring diagrams showing the location by
dimensior.s of conduits, equipment and cable runs, outline
drawing of major equipment with overall and other
critical dimensions, and complete lists of equipment and
fixtures, accompanied by catalogs, catalog cuts, data
sheets, and other literature describing the equipment
proposed for use. Complete specifications, required test
data, sizes and numbers of conductors, cables and
conduits shall be given.
J. Shop drawings for mechanical equipment shall include
complete mechanical diagrams showing the location by
dimensions of ductwork, mechanical piping, temperature
controls wiring and conduit, equipment, outline drawing
06/13/91
SUBMITTALS
01301 - 3
1. .5
1. .6
1. .7
A.
B.
C.
of major eqUipment with overall and other critical
dimensions, and complete lists of equipment, accompanied
by catalogs, catalog cuts, data sheets, and other
literature describing the equipment proposed for use.
Complete specifications, required test data, and sizing
shall be given.
PRODUCT DATA
Product data such as catalog cuts, brochures or
manufacturer's sheets may be submitted in lieu of sepia
prints if adequately identified. submit five copies of
product data to the Construction Manager.
Modify product data sheets to delete information which
is not applicable to the Project. Provide additional
information if necessary to supplement standard
information.
Product data sheets that are submitted with extraneous
information not deleted and/or modified will be returned
without review to the Contractor for resubmittal.
SAMPLES
A.
Provide samples to illustrate materials, equipment or
workmanship, and to establish standards by which
completed work may be judged.
B.
Construct mock-ups as required by the technical sections,
at the Project site in a location designated by the
Construction Manager. Construct mock-ups, including
adjacent work required, to demonstrate the final
appearance of the Work.
CERTIFICATIONS
A.
Proved certifications as required by various technical
sections on the Contractor's letterhead stationary.
certifications shall be identified to this Project, dated
and bear contractor's signature in the same format used
for the owner/contractor agreement.
B.
Clearly identify the materials referenced and state that
the material and the intended installation methods, where
applicable, are in compliance with the Contract
Documents. Attach manufacturer's affidavits where
applicable.
06/13/91
SUBMITTALS
01301 - 4
".
1. .8
]I...
B.
c.
COORDINATION DRAWINGS
Coordination drawings are a special type of shop drawing
that show the relationship and integration of different
construction elements that require careful coordination
during fabrication or installation to fit in the space
provided or function as intended.
Submit coordination drawings for integration of different
construction elements. Show sequences and relationships
of separate components to avoid conflicts in use of
space.
Prepare and submit coordination drawings where close and
careful coordination is required by installation of
products and materials fabricated off-site by separate
entities, and where limited space availability
necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient
installation of different components.
1. Show the interrelationship of components shown on
separate shop drawings.
2. Indicate required installation sequences.
3. Comply with applicable common submittal requirements
contained in this section.
1. . 9 ~mE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
1\. Before making submittals to the Construction Manager,
review each submittal, make changes or notations as
necessary to conform to the Contract Documents, identify
such review with review stamp and forward reviewed
submittal with comments to the Construction Manager for
review. Return submittals not meeting Contract
requirements to subcontractors and do not forward such
submittals to the Construction Manager.
B. Submit catalog sheets, product data, shop drawings and
where specified, submit calculations, material samples,
color chips or charts, test data, warranties and
guarantees all at the same time for each submittal item.
c. Verify field measurements and product catalog numbers or
similar data.
D. Notify the Construction Manager in writing at time of
submission, of deviations in submittals from the
requirements of the Contract Documents.
06/13/91
01301 - 5
SUBMITTALS
E.
F.
G.
H.
1. .10
1. .11
After the Construction Manager's and the Architect's
review, distribute copies with one copy to be aaintained
at the Project site for reference use and other copies
distributed to suppliers and fabricators.
Do not begin the Work which requires submittals until
return of submittals with the Construction Manager's and
the Architect's stamp and initials indicating review.
The Contractor's responsibility for errors and omissions
in submittals is not relieved by the Construction
Manager's or the Architect's review of submittals.
The Contractor's responsibility for deviations in
submi ttal"s from requirements of the Contract Documents
is not relieved by the Construction Manager's or the
Architect's review of submittals unless the Construction
Manager and the Architect give written acceptance of
specific deviations.
THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A.
The Construction Manager will review all submittals with
reasonable promptness and coordinate them with
information contained in related documents and checking
for compliance with information given in the Contract
Documents.
B.
The Construction Manager will return to the Contractor,
without review, all submittals not bearing the
contractor's review stamp or not showing it has been
reviewed by the Contractor.
C.
The Construction Manager will make changes or notations
directly on the submittals, identify such review with his
review stamp, sign and forward acceptable submittals on
to the Architect.
D.
After the Architect's review, the Construction Manager
will forward submittals to the Contractor and retain one
copy for the Owner. The Contractor shall distribute
copies with one copy to be maintained at the Project site
for reference use and other copies distributed to
suppliers/fabricators. The Contractor shall supply
copies of reviewed submittals to the Construction Manager
in sufficient quantity to allow proper coordination of
the Contract.
THE ARCHITECT'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A.
The Architect will review submittals with reasonable
06/13/91
SUBMITTALS
01301 - 6
':). '''IP ~,~'ti<\' _,
B.
c.
1. . 12
lL
promptness, checkir.g only for conformance with the design
compliance of the project and compliance with information
given in the Contract Documents.
The Architect will return to the Construction Manager
without review any submittals not bearing the
Contractor's or the Construction Manager's review stamp
or not showing that it has been reviewed by the
Contractor and the Construction Manager.
The Architect will make changes or notations directly on
the submittal, identify such review with his review
stamp, obtain and record the Architect file copy and
return the submittal to the Construction Manager.
SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
Submit one sepia print of shop drawings or one copy of
product data for distribution by the Contractor plus five
copies.
B.
Submit one sample for review. After approval, the
Construction Manager will retain the approved sample at
the job site in a secure location, properly indexed and
filed for retrieval.
c.
Accompany submittals with transmittal form in duplicate,
containing:
1. Date.
2. Project name and A/E Project number.
3. Names of:
a. The Architect
b. Construction Manager
c. The Contractor
d. Subcontractor (if applicable)
e. Supplier
f. Manufacturer
4. Identification of product or material.
5. Specification section number, clearly identified.
6. Reference to construction drawings by drawing
number.
7. The quantity of each shop drawing, product data or
sample submitted.
8. Notification of deviations from the Contract
Documents.
9. Other pertinent data.
D. Submittals shall be identified and submitted by
individual technical Specification Sections only.
06/13/91
01301 - 7
SUBMITTALS
1. .13
RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
A. Shop Drawings
1. Review initial drawings as required and resubmit as
specified for initial submittal.
2. Indicate on drawings all changes which have been
made other than those requested by the Construction
Manager or the Architect.
B. Product Data and Samples:
1. Resubmit new data and samples as required for
initial submission.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
****************
END OF SECTION 01301
06/13/91
SUBMITTALS
01301 - 8
~ 1,,- :..
. _ _ _ _ _ _' _ _' _. _4_ _ _ _.. _
.. -.". -. ... ~_. .- -. --. ._._- -. - .-
- -'--. ...--------....--..--
SBerIO. 01310
PROGRESS SCKBDOLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Progress schedules
2. Revisions to schedules
B. Related sections:
1. SCOPE OF WORK
C. Description:
1. Progress Schedules:
Promptly after award of the Contract, prepare and
submit to the Construction Manager, construction
progress schedules for the work, with subschedules
of related activities which are essential to its
progress. Also incorporate manpower loading related
to each activity on the construction schedule.
2. Revisions to Schedule:
Submit revised/updated progress schedules with each
payment application.
1. . 2 FORMAT
A. Prepare Progress Schedules as a horizontal bar chart with
separate bar for each major portion of Work or operation,
identifying the first work day of each week.
B. Include numeric manpower loading associated with each
horizontal bar, clearly defined.
C. Sequence of listings: The Specifications.
D. Scale and spacing: to provide space for notations and
revisions.
E. Sheet size: minimum 8 1/2" x 11".
1. . 3 CONTENT
A. Indicate complete sequence of construction by activity,
with dates for beginning and completion of each element
-
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
OS/20/91
01310 - 1
of construction.
B. Show the manpower loading for each activity.
C. Identify each item by specification Section number.
D. Identify work of separate stages and other logically
grouped activities.
E. Identify work of separate floors and other logically
grouped activities.
F. provide sub-schedules to define critical portions of the
entire schedule.
G. Indicate accumulated percentage of completion of each
item and total percentage of Work completed, as of the
first day of each month.
H. submit separate schedule of submittal dates for shop
drawings, product data, and samples, including the Owner
furnished products and products identified under
allowances and dates reviewed submittals will be required
from the Architect. Reference section 01301 -
SUbmittals.
I. Indicate delivery dates for the Owner furnished products,
J. coordinate content with Schedule of Values specified in
section 01370.
1..4 REVISIONS TO SCHEDULES
A. Indicate progress of each activity to date'of submittal,
and projected completion date of each activity.
B. Identify activities modified since previous submittal,
major changes in scope, and other identifiable changes.
1. Major changes ~n scope.
2. Activities modified since previous submission.
3. Revised projections of progress and completion.
4. other identifiable changes.
C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define:
1. Problem areas, anticipated delays and the impact on
the schedule.
2. corrective action recommended and its effect.
3. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime
contractors.
OS/20/91
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
01310 - 2
1. .5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit initial schedules within (3) days after award of
Contract.
1. The Construction Manager will review schedules and
return review copy within ten (10) days after
receipt.
2. If required, re-submit within seven (7) days after
return of review copy.
3. Submit revised Progress Schedules with each
Application for Payment.
1..6 DISTRIBUTION
A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to:
1. Job site file.
2. Subcontractors.
3. other concerned parties.
B. Instruct recipients to report promptly to the Contractor,
in writing, any problems anticipated by the projections
shown in the schedules.
Note: It is not incumbent upon the Construction Manager
to notify the Trade Contractor when to begin, to
cease, or to resume work nor to give early notice
of faulty or defective work, nor in any way to
superintend so as to relieve the Trade Contractor
of responsibility or of any consequence of neglect
or carelessness.
**************
END OF SECTION 01310
05/~:O/91
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
01310 - 3
-
. .~.._,....... --
.. .,.~~ ....
SBCTIOlf 01370
SCHBDULE OF VALUES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Schedule of Values allocated to the various portions
of the Work, submitted within three (3) days after
award of the Contract.
2. Upon request of the Construction Manager, support
the values with data which will substantiate their
correctness.
3. The Schedule of Values, unless objected to by the
Construction Manager, forms the basis for the
contractor1s Applications for Payment.
1..2 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Type schedule on AlA G703 Form; the Contractor's standard
forms and automated printout will be considered by the
Construction Manager upon the Contractor1s request.
Identify schedule with:
1. Title of Project and location.
2. The Architect and Construction Manager.
3. Name and Address of the Contractor.
4. Contract designation.
5. Date of submission.
B. List the installed value of the component parts of the
Work (broken down into labor and material) in sufficient
detail to serve as a basis for computing values for
progress payments during construction.
C. Follow the Specifications as the format for listing
component items.
1. Identify each line item with the number and title
of the respective major section of the
Specifications.
D. Itemize separate line item cost for each of the following
general cost items:
1. Mobilization.
2. Bonds, Insurance and Permits.
3. General Conditions spread over project duration on
monthly basis.
04/30/91
SCHEDULE OF VALVES
01370 - 1
E. For each major line item list sub-values of major
products or operations under the item.
F. For the various portions of the Work:
1. Include a directly proportional amount of the
contractor's overhead and profit for each item.
2. For items on which progress payments will be
requested for stored materials, break down the value
into:
a. The cost of the materials, delivered and
unloaded, with taxes paid.
b. The total installed value.
3 . Submi t a subschedule for each separate stage of work
specified in section 00300.
G. The sum of values listed in the schedule shall equal the
total contract Sum.
1..3 SUBSCHEDULE OF UNIT MATERIAL VALUES
A. Submit a sub-schedule of unit costs and quantities for:
1. Products on which progress payments will be
requested for stored products.
B. The form of submittal shall parallel that of the Schedule
of Values, with each item identified the same as the line
item in the Schedule of Values.
C. The unit quantity for bulk materials shall include an
allowance for normal waste.
D. Provide unit values for the materials as follows:
1. Cost of the material, delivered and unloaded at th~
site, with taxes paid.
2. Installation costs, including the Contractor's
overhead and profit.
E. The installed unit value multiplied by the quantity
listed shall equal the cost of that item in the Schedule
of Values.
1..4 REVIEW AND SUBMITTAL
A. After review by construction Manager I rev.ise and resubmit
schedule (and Schedule of Material Values) as required.
B. Resubmit revised schedule in same manner.
*************
END OF SECTION 1370
04/30/91
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
01370 - 2
....... ...... . -....... .......- - .......
""',.
SBCTION 01385
DAILY CONSTROCTION REPORTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Requirement for Daily Construction Reports by each
Trade Contractor.
2. Scheduled submission times for Daily Construction
Reports.
1..2 FORM AND CONTENT OF DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS
A. Daily Construction Reports shall be submitted by each and
every Contractor performing work on the project. Forms
to be used will be furnished by the Construction Manager.
Items to be addressed on the Report are:
1. Title of Project
2. Name of Trade Contractor
3. Date and day of Report information. For example,
you performed work on Thursday, April 18, 1991, so
you would therefore use "Thursday, 4/18/91." This
holds true even if you did not complete filling out
the Report until Friday, 4/19/91.
4. Contract designation.
5.. Note any maj or Shipments rece i ved on that particular
day.
6. Note major equipment used .that day.
7. Note manpower used, and designate what trades. For
example, if you were the mechanical contractor, you
would also list how many insulators, pipefitters,
etc. that you were also managing, even if they were
subcontractors. In addition, list the names of the
subcontractors that were on-site that day.
8. Note any deficiencies in your work, and corrective
actions taken to resolve the deficiencies.\
9. Note any safety violations discovered, whether or
not caused by your forces.
10. Provide a full description of work performed that
day, and any problems or unusual conditions
discovered.
11. Report is to be signed by the authorized
representat i ve of the contractor I and should the
signature not be legible, print the name of the
signer next to the signature.
04/30/91
DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS
01385 - 1
~
1..3 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTING DAILY REPORTS
A. Daily Reports are to be submitted at the designated
location described in the pre-construction meeting.
contractors are to submit the original of their report,
and should keep a copy for their records. The
Construction Manager's photocopying facilities are not
to be used in the reproduction for submission of the
reports.
B. submit Daily Reports no later than 9:00am the day
following the day of the work described in that
particular report. No exceptions to this rule will be
accepted. Should contractor fail to comply with these
instructions, the contractor's payment application for
the following month will be held in abeyance until such
time the contractor properly submits the delinquent
reports.
*************
END OF SECTION 1385
04/30/91
DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS
01385 - 2
-
CONTRAcroR'S DAILY REPORT
PROJECT: DATE:
CONTRACTOR:
MAJOR SHIPMENTS RECEIVED TODAY MAJOR EQUIPMENT USED
NUMBER OF CRAFfS PERSONNEL LIST SUBCONTRACTORS ON SITE
T
0
T
A
L
DEFICIENCIES NOTED/CORRECTED:
""""-
SAFETY Vl[OLA TIONS NOTED/CORRECTED:
FULL DESCRIPTION OF WORK PERFORMED; INCLUDE ANY PROBLEMS:
.,
_'.IT \rLl "",'" CTJT:l='T TF "Tr:~:-
CONTRACIOR'S DAD..Y REPORT SHEET OF
~~-.;..
-
PROJECT: WORK DAY:
CONTRACT NO.: DATE:
DESCRIPTION OF WORK PERFORMED - Ust activities started, activities completed, delays, reason
for delays, and reasons for possible future delays.
-
-
2ND SHfE
~ ~"_~"","",~w..~;",,",'_,,__~.._
~-I'
SECTION 01395
DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS (OCR)
PAR,]' 1 - GENERAL
1..J. SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Notification of Construction Manager in the event
errors, field conflicts, and omissions are found in
the Contract Documents.
2. utilization of DCR form.
1. .2 FORM AND CONTENT OF DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REPOR'rS
A. All errors, field conflicts, and omissions in the
Contract Documents shall be brought to the attention of
the Construction Manager immediately. The DCR is a tool
established to provide expedient clarifications of
contract drawings, specifications or field conflicts.
It is not meant to be a substitute for good
communication.
B. OCR forms will be as those provided by the Construction
Manager. Items to be addressed on the Report are:
1. OCR Number: This is a unique number used for
logging and tracking the OCR, and will be assigned
by the Construction Manager.
2. Fill in 'Project', 'Client', 'To' and 'Attn'. Since
this information always stays the same, use copies
(like a form letter), so you do not waste time
writing these items again and again.
3. Note Trade Contractor Name.
4. Note Contract Number.
5. Give a brief, clear, concise description of the
problem area under subject. The subject description
should be distinct enough so that anyone searching
the OCR can detect the problem expeditiously.
6. List the drawing or specification with its
corresponding detail or page number for reference
to problem area.
7. Once the OCR has been answered by either the
Construction Manager, or ArChitect/Engineer,
distr ibut i on wi 11 be made to appl icabl e contractors.
*************
END OF SECTION 1395
04/30/91
DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQCESTS
01395 - 1
~IIORRISOf\I DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUEST
. KNUDSEN
No.
Contract No.:
logged: _ By:_
10:
PROJECT
CLIENT .AJTN:
Subject: I R.~ R." By
DwgJSpec. No.:
Problem: Detail/Sec. No.:
Problem By: _)Date: I:evlewed By: jDate:
SolutIOn.
--
SOlul,on By: , Date i Reviewed By. IDate:
i
---- I ,
Bv.
SECTION 01410
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Selection and payment
2. The Contractor submittals
3. Testing laboratory responsibilities
4. Testing laboratory reports
5. Limits on testing laboratory authority
6. The Contractor responsibilities
7. Schedule of inspections and tests
:B.
1-
2.
3.
Section 00750 - GENERAL CONDITIONS
Section 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
Individual Specification Sections: inspections and
tests required, and standards for testing.
1. . 2 :REFERENCES
,r>. .
ASTM D-3740 -
Practice for Evaluation of Agencies
in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil
and Rock as Used in Engineering
Design and Construction.
B.
ASTM E-329 -
Recommended Practice for Inspection
and Testing Agencies for Concrete,
Steel, and Bituminous Materials as
used in Construction.
1..3 SELECTION AND PAYMENT
.r>.. The Owner will employ and pay for services of an
independent testing laboratory to perform specified
inspection and testing indicated in technical
Specification Sections.
B. Employment of testing laboratory shall in no way relieve
the Contractor of obligation to perform the Work in
accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents.
06/19/91
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
01410 - 1
1..4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. comply with requirements of ASTM E-329 and ASTM D-3740.
B. Testing laboratory: authorized to operate in the State
of Florida.
C. Testing laboratory staff: maintain a full time
registered Engineer on staff to review services.
D. Testing Equipment: calibrated at reasonable intervals
with devices of an accuracy traceable to eit~~r National
Bureau of Standards (NBS) standards or accepted values
of natural physical constants.
E. Meet "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory
Qualification", published by American council of
Independent Laboratories.
1..5 TESTING LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Test samples of mixes.
B. Provide qualified personnel at the site. Cooperate with
the Architect, Construction Manager and the Contractor
in performance of services.
C. Perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing of
Products in accordance with specified standards.
D. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with
requirements of the Contract Documents.
E. Promptly notify the Construction Manager and the
Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance
of the Work or products.
F. Perform additional inspections and tests required by the
AlE and Construction Manager.
1..7 TESTING LABORATORY REPORTS
A. After each inspection and test, promptly submit two
copies of testing laboratory report to the Construction
Manager, for forwarding to the AlE and the Contractor.
B. Include:
1. Date issued
2. Project title and number
3. Name of inspector
4. Date and time of sampling or inspection
06/19/91
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
01410 - 2
5. Identification of product and Specifications Section
6. Location in the Project
7. Type of inspection or test
8. Date of test
9. Results of test
10. Conformance with the Contract Documents
c. When requested by the Construction Manager or A/E,
provide interpretation of test results.
1..8 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY
JL The testing laboratory may not release, revoke, alter,
or enlarge on requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. The testing laboratory may not approve or accept any
portion of the Work.
c. The testing laboratory may not assume any duties of the
Contractor.
D. The testing laboratory has no authority to stop the Work.
1. . 9 ~rHE CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
i\.
B.
c.
JE.
1..10
A.
Deliver to the testing laboratory at designated location,
adequate samples of materials proposed to be used which
require testing, along with proposed mix designs.
Cooperate with testing laboratory personnel, and provide
acc~ss to the-Work and to the manufacturer's facilities.
Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access
to the Work to be tested, to obtain and handle samples
at the Site or at source of products to be tested, to
facilitate tests and inspections, storage and curing of
test samples.
D.
Notify the Construction Manager and the testing
laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations
requiring inspection and testing services.
Employ services of a separate qualified testing
laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests which
are beyond the specified requirements.
RETEST RESPONSIBILITY
Where the results of required inspections, tests, or
similar services prove unsatisfactory and do not indicate
compliance with the requirements of the Contract
06/19/91
01410 - 3
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
Documents, the retests shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor regardless of whether the original test was
the Contractor's responsibility.
B. Retesting of the work revised or replaced by the
contractor is the Contractor's responsibility where
required tests were performed on original work. Costs
and fees for retesting shall be paid by the Contractor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
**************
END OF SECTION 01410
06/19/91
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
01410 - 4
SECTION 01510
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
section includes:
1. Temporary utilities required for construction.
No temporary utilities are planned. Arrangements will
have to be made to use the permanent, existing services.
Coordinate this with the Construction Manager.
***************
END OF SECTION 01510
06/18/91
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
01510 - 1
SECTION 01520
CONSTRUCTION AIDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Construction aids
2. Temporary enclosures
3. Pedestrian ingress/egress
1.2 H.EQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
B.
Comply with Federal,
regulations.
state and local codes and
PART .2 - PRODUCTS
2..1 lMATERIALS - GENERAL
A. Materials may be new or used, suitable for the intended
use and shall not violate requirements of applicable
codes and standards.
2..2 CONSTRUCTION AIDS
A. Each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for
furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing on
completion of the Work all scaffolds, staging, ladders,
stairs, ramps, runways, platforms, railings, chutes, and
other such facilities and equipment required by his
personnel to insure their safety and facilitate the
execution of the Work.
1. Each Trade Contractor shall comply with all Federal,
State and local codes, laws and regulations
governing such construction aids.
2. Each Trade Contractor shall relocate such
construction aids as required by the progress of
construction, by storage or work requirements, and
to accommodate the legitimate requirements of the
Owner or Construction Manager or other separate
contractors employed at the site.
3. Each Trade Contractor shall completely remove
temporary scaffolds, access, platforms, and other
such materials, facilities, and equipment, at the
completion of the Work or when construction needs
04/09/91
CONSTRUCTION AIDS
01520 - 1
can be met by the use of the permanent construction,
provided the Construction Manager has approved and
authorized such use. Each Trade Contractor shall
clean up and shall repair any damage caused by the
installation or by the use of such temporary
construction aids. Each Trade Contractor shall
restore any permanent facilities used for temporary
purposes to their specified condition.
The foregoing obligations of the Trade Contractor are in
addition to his obligations under Article 10 of the General
Conditions.
2..3 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES
A. The Trade Contractor responsible for installing the
permanent closure in an opening in an exterior wall shall
be responsible for installing, maintaining, and removing,
as the Work progresses, a temporary weather-tight
enclosure for that opening as necessary to provide
acceptable working conditions, to provide weather
protection for interior materials, to allow for effective
temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized
persons.
1. Each Trade Contractor shall install such temporary
enclosures as soon as is practical after the opening
is constructed or as directed by the Construction
Manager.
2. Temporary enclosures sh~l.l be removable as necessary
for the Work and for handling of m~terials.
3. Temporary enclosures shall be 'completely removed
when construction needs can be met by the use of the
permanent closures.
4. The Trade Contractor responsible for providing,
maintaining, and removing the temporary enclosure
shall clean and shall repair any damage caused by
the installation of such enclosure.
5. Each Trade Contractor shall remain responsible for
insuring that his work, material, equipment,
supplies, tools, machinery, and construction
equipment is adequately protected from damage or
theft and shall provide, maintain and remove such
addi tional temporary enclosures as may be deemed
necessary.
2..4 PEDESTRIAN INGRESS/EGRESS
Any contractor working in an area that requires control of
pedestrian traffic, will be required to provide measures for
pedestrian ingress/egress, which are safe and give clear
04/09/91
CONSTRUCTION AIDS
01520 - 2
direction.
The foregoing obligations of the Trade Contractor are in addition
to his obligations under Article 10 of the General Conditions.
****************
END OF SECTION 01520
04/09/91
CONSTRUCTION AIDS
01520 - 3
SBCTIOll 01595
CONSTROCTION CL2AHIHG
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Cleaning during progress of work.
1..2 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with
codes, ordinances, regulations, and anti-pollution laws.
1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on
Project site.
2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral
spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary
drains.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2..1 MATERIAlS
A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create
hazards to health or property and which will not damage
surfaces.
B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended
by manufacturer of the sur~ace material to be cleaned.
C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by
cleaning material manufacturer.
D. Swee~ing compounds used in cleaning operations shall
leave no residue on concrete floor surfaces that may
affect installation of finish flooring materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3..1 DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Execute cleaning to keep the Work, the Site and adjacent
properties free from accumulations of waste materials,
rubbish and windblown debris, resulting from construction
operations.
CONSTRUCTION CLEANING
01595 - 1
04/09/91
B. Provide on-site containe~s for the collection of waste
materials, debris, and rubbish.
C. Dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish off the
site.
3..2 DUST CONTROL
A. Clean interior spaces prior to the start of the finish
painting and continue cleaning on an as-needed basis
until painting is finished.
B. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants
resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet or
newly-coated surfaces.
C. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as little
handling as possible~ do not drop or throw materials
form heightS.
************
END OF SECTION 01595
04/09/91
CONSTRUCTION CLEANING
01595 - 2
BBeTIO. 01600
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
PAR'!' 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Products
2. Transportation and handling
3. Storage and protection
4. Security
1. . 2 PRODUCTS
A. Products: means new material, machinery, components,
equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the Work. Does
not include machinery and equipment used for preparation,
fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work.
Products may also include existing materials or
components required for reuse.
B. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing
premises, except as specifically permitted by the
Contract Documents.
C.
Provide interchangeable components
manufacturer, for similar components.
of
the
same
1..3 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for the
transportation of all materials and equipment furnished
under this contract. The Trade Contractor shall also be
responsible for loading, receiving and off-loading at
the site all material and equipment installed un der this
Contract, whether furnished by the Trade Contractor or
the Owner. Unless otherwise provided, the Construction
Manager will not accept delivery on behalf of the Trade
Contractor for his materials and equipment. The Trade
Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the
installation within the buildings of equipment that ~s
too large to pass through finished openings.
B. Transport and handle products in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
04/09/91
P.ATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
01600 - 1
C. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply
with requirements, quantities are correct, and products
are undamaged.
D. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by
methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.
1..4 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
The Trade contractor shall be responsible for the proper
storage of all materials, supplies, and equipment to be
installed under this Contract. Materials stored on site but
not adequately protected will not be included in estimates for
payment. Except for materials stored within designated and
approved storage sheds, vans, or trailers, the Trade
Contractor shall not bring onto nor store in any manner at the
site any materials and equipment which will not be
incorporated into the permanent Work within seven (7) days
from the delivery date. The Trade Contractor shall be
responsible for arranging and paying for the use of property
off the site for storage of materials and equipment as may be
required.
1..5 SECURITY
A. Each Trade Contractor shall be totally responsible for
the security of his work, materials, equipment, supplies,
tools, machinery, and construct~on equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
*************
END OF SECTION 01600
04/09/91
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
01600 - 2
-'. '._';H._"~..........""" .JI.......-::'......._.~~'"._.~~._....~....'l'4...._..._4~.. ..,......._~.. "_ ..~'-.1.......~""'-,__....._...,__ '""-,.._.... __" __ ______
SECTION 01630
POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Post-bid substitutions
1.2 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Base Bid shall be in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
B.
After the end of the bidding
requests will be considered only
1. Product unavailability
2. Other conditions beyond
Contractor.
period, substitution
in the case of:
the control of the
c. Submi t a separate request for each substitution. Support
each request with the following information:
1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed
substitution with requirements stated in Contract
Documents:
a. Product identification, including
manufacturer's name and address.
b. Manufacturer's literature, identifying:
1) Product description.
2) Reference standards.
3) Performance and test data.
c. Samples, as applicable.
d. Name and address of similar projects on which
product has been used and date of each
installation.
2. Itemized comparison of the proposed substitution
with product specified, listing significant
variations.
3. Data relating to changes in construction schedule.
4. Effects of substitution on separate contracts.
5. List of changes required in other work or products.
6. Accurate cost data comparing proposed substitution
with product specified.
a. Amount of net change to Contract Sum.
7. Designation of required license fees or royalties.
8. Designation of availability of maintenance services,
06/18/91
POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
01630 - 1
sources of replacement materials.
D. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance when:
1. A substitution is indicated or implied on shop
drawings or product data submittals without a formal
request from Bidder.
2. Acceptance will require substantial revision of
Contract Documents.
3. In judgement of Architect or Construction Manager,
the substitution request does not include adequate
information necessary for a complete evaluation.
4. Requested directly by a subcontractor or supplier.
E. Do not order or install substitute products without
written acceptance of Construction Manager.
F. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed
substitutions.
G. No verbal or written approvals other than by Change Order
will be valid.
1..3 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION
A. In making formal request for substitution the Contractor
represents that:
1. The proposed product has been investigated and it
has been determined that it is equivalent to or
superior in all respects to the product specified.
2. The same warranties or bonds will be provided for
the substitute product as for the product specif ied.
3. Coordination and installation of the accepted
substitution into the Work will be accomplished and
changes as may be required for the Work to be
complete will be accomplished.
4. Claims for additional costs caused by substitution
which may subsequently become apparent will be
waived by the Contractor.
5. Complete cost data is attached and includes related
costs under the Contract, but not:
a. Costs under separate contracts.
b. Architect's costs for redesign or revision of
Contract Documents.
1..4 POST-BID SUBSTITUTION FORM
A. The form is attached to this section.
B. Substitutions will be considered only when the attached
form is completed and included with the submittal with
back-up data.
06/18/91
POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
01630 - 2
PART :2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART :3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
06/18/91
POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
01630 - 3
TO: Project Architect
c/o Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
P.O. Box 5283 5090 Jr. College Road, Key West, Fl. 33040
(305)292-7845 FAX (305)292-9697
We hereby submit for your consideration the following product inste~_ o!
the specified item for the above project:
DRAWING NO.
DRAWING NAME
SPEC. SEC.
SPEC. NAME
PARAGRAPH
SPECIFIED ITEM
Proposed Substitution:
Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specificatian~
which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation.
submit with request necessary samples and substantiating data to prav!
equal quality and performance to that which is specified. Clearly marj
manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance.
The undersigned certifies that the function, appearance and quality arf
of equal performance and assumes liability for equal performance, equa.
design and compatibility with adjacent materials.
Submitted By:
Signature
Title
Firm
Address
Telephone
Date
Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind his firn t
the above terms. Failure to provide legally binding signature will resul.
in retraction of approval.
For use by the Architect:
____Recommended ____Recommended as noted
For use by the Owner:
_Approved
____Not Recommended ____Received too late
____Not Approved
____Insufficient data received
____Approved as noted
By
By
Date
Date
- ~ i., 0 .' r '"":
~f""'\C'~_pTn ~T~D~rr"T'TT~'T1T'-""7S
(\1(::0(\ _
Fill in Blanks Below:
A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings?
Yes
No
If yes, clearly indicate changes.
B. will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design
including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requeste
substitution?
Yes
No
If no, fully explain:
C. What effect does substitution have on other Contracts or othe
trades?
D. What effect does substitution have on construction schedule?
E. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed and specified items are:
Same
Different. Explain:
F. Reason for Request:
G.
Itemized comparison of specified item(s)
substitution; list significant variations:
with the proposE
H. This substitution will amount to a credit or extra ~ost to the Owne
of: dollars ($ ) .
I. Designation of maintenance services and sources:
(Attach additional sheets if required.)
****************
END OF DOCUMENT 01630
"c:../18/91
Dn5T-RID C:PBSTTTP'T'TONS
01630 - ~
- ~ .-., ...-..- ......_.~-._." _........ . . .,'.-.... -" - - -- -,-
BBCTIO. 01&50
STARTING OP SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. starting systems
2. Demonstration and instructions
3. Testing, adjusting, and balancing
B. Related sections:
1. SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
1..2 STARTING SYSTEMS
A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and
systems.
B. Notify the Construction Manager seven days prior to
start-up of each item.
C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been
checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt
tension, control sequence, or other conditions which may
cause damage.
D. verify that tests, meter readings, and specified
electric~l characteristics agree with those required by
the equipment or system manufacturer.
E. verify wiring and support components for equipment are
complete and tested.
F. Execute start-up under supervision of responsible
manufacturer's representative in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
G. Execute start-up under supervision of the responsible
Contractors' personnel in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
H. When specif ied in individual Specification Sections,
require manufacturer to provide authorized representative
to be present at the site to inspect, check and approve
equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and
STARTING OF SYSTEMS
01650 - 1
04/09/91
to supervlse placing equipment or system in operation.
I. submit a certified written report that equipment or
system has been properly installed and is functioning
correctly.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
**************
END OF SECTION 01650
04/09/91
STARTING OF SYSTEMS
01650 - 2
SECTION 01670
SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Procedures for demonstration of equipment operation
and instruction of the Owner's personnel.
1..2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. When specified in individual sections, provide
manufacturer's authorized representative to demonstrate
operation of equipment and systems, instruct the Owner's
personnel and provide written report that demonstrations
and instructions have been completed.
B. The Owner will provide list of personnel to receive
instructions, and will coordinate their attendance at
agreed-upon times.
1..3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submi t prel iminary schedule for the Owner's approval,
listing times and date for demonstration of each item of
equipment and each system, two weeks prior to proposed
dates.
B. Provide operating and maintenance manuals to owner (4)
weeks prior to demonstrations.
C . Submit reports within one week a fter completion or
demonstrations, that demonstrations and instructions have
been satisfactorily completed . Give time and date of
each demonstration, and hours devoted to demonstration,
with a list of persons present.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3..1 PREPARATION
04/30/91
SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIo;~S
01670 - 1
A. Verify equipme~t has been inspected and put into
operation: testing, adj usting, and balancing has been
performed; and equipment and systems are fully
operational.
B.
Have copies
manuals at
instructions.
of completed operation and maintenance
hand for use in demonstrations and
3..2 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS
A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of equipment and
systems to the Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date
of final inspection. For equipment requiring seasonal
operation, perform instructions for other seasons within
six months.
B. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis of
instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel
in detail to explain aspects of operation and
maintenance.
C. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment,
maintenance, servicing, trouble-shooting and shutdown of
each item of equipment at agreed-upon times, at
designated location.
D. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and
maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes
apparent during instructions.
3..3 TIME ALLOCATED FOR INSTRUCTIONS
A. The amount of time required for instruction on each item
of equipment and system is specified in individual
sections.
**************
END OF SECTION 01670
04/30/91
SYSTEMS DEMmJSTR.i\ r:: C:1S
01670 - 2
SECTION 01700
CONTRACT CLOSEOOT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Closeout procedures
2. Adjusting
B. Related sections:
1. SECTION 01027 - APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
2. SECTION 01650 - STARTING OF SYSTEMS
3. SECTION 01730 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
4. SECTION 01740 - WARRANTIES AND BONDS
5. SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE
6. SECTION 11196 - SECURITY HARDWARE
1. .:2 PROJECT TERMINATION
A. the contract requirements are met when construction
activities have successfully produced, in this order,
these three terminal activities:
1. Substantial Completion
2. Final Completion
3. . Final PaYment
1..3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Submi t to the Construction Manager when the Work is
substantially complete:
1. A written notice that the Work, or designated
portion thereof, is substantially complete.
2. A list of items to be completed or corrected (Punch
List) .
3. Request Substantial Completion Observation at a
mutually agreeable date.
4. certifications of systems and testing/balancing
final reports.
5. Submit evidence of compliance with requirements of
governing authorities:
a. Certificate of Occupancy
b. Certificates of Inspection:
1) Elevators
2) Mechanical systems
3) Electrical systems
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 1
04/09/91
4) Kitchen equipment
5) Fire protection system
6) Security system
B. within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice,
the Architect, the Construction Manager, the
Contractor, and the Owner, will make an observation to
determine the status of completion.
C. Should the work be determined to not be substantially
complete the following will occur:
1. The Construction Manager will promptly notify the
Contractor in writing, giving the reasons.
2. The contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the
Work, and send a second written notice of
substantial completion.
3. The Work will be reobserved.
D. When the Work is considered substantially complete, the
following will occur:
1. The Construction Manager will prepare a Certificate
of Substantial Completion on AlA Form G704,
accompanied by the Contractor's Punch List of items
to be completed or corrected, as verified and
amended. Contract responsibilities are not altered
by inclusion or omission of required Work from the
punch list.
2. The certificate will be executed by all parties and
distribution made.
E. Complete or correct items identified on the punch list
and required by the Contract requirements wi thin time
limit established by the certificate.
1..4 FINAL COMPLETION
A.. To attain final completion, the Contractor shall complete
activi ties pertaining to substantial completion, complete
Work on punch list items and su~mit written request to
the Construction Manager for final inspection.
B. When the Work is complete, the Contractor shall submit
written certification that:
1. The Contract Documents have been reviewed.
2. Work has been inspected for cor..pl iance with the
Contract Documents.
3. Work has been completed in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
4. Equipment and systems have been tested in the
presence of the Owner's representative and are
operational.
04/09/91
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 2
5. work is completed and ready for final observation.
c. The Architect, the Construction Manager, the Contractor
and the Owner will make an inspection to verify the
status of completion with reasonable promptness after
receipt of such certification.
D. Should the Work be considered incomplete or defective:
1. The construction Manager will promptly notify the
Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or
defective work.
2. The Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy
the stated deficiencies and send a second written
certification to the Construction Manager that the
Work is Complete.
3. The Work will be reinspected.
E. When the Work is acceptable under the Contract Documents
the contractor shall make closeout submittals.
1..5 THE CONTRACTOR'S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS TO THE ARCHITECT
A.
Project Record Documents:
01720.
to requirements of SECTION
B. operating and maintenance data, instructions to the
Owner's personnel: to requirements of SECTION 01730.
C.
Keys and keying schedule:
08710 & 11196.
to requirements of SECTION
D. Spare parts and maintenance materials: to requirements
of individual sections.
E. Evidence of payment and release of liens: to
requirements of General and supplementary Conditions.
1..6 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOVNTS
A. Submit a final statement of accounting to the Architect.
B. statement shall reflect adjustments to the Contract Sum:
1. The original Contract Sum
2. hdditions and deductions resulting from:
a. Previous Change Orders
b. Allowances
c. Unit Prices
d. Deductions for uncorrected Work
e. Penalties and bonuses
f. Deductions for liquidated damages
g. Deductions for reinspection payments
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 3
04/09/91
h. other adjustments
3. Total contract Sum, as adjusted
4. Previous payments
5. Sum remaining due
C. The Construction Manager will prepare a final Change
Order, reflecting adjustments to the Contract Sum which
were not previously made by Change Orders.
1..7 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
A. The Contractor shall submit the final Application for
payment in accordance with procedures and requirements
stated in the Conditions of the Contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not used
*****************
END OF SECTION 01700
04/09/91
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 4
SBCTION 01710
FINAL CLEANING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Cleaning at completion of Work
1. .2 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS
A.. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with
codes, ordinances, regulations, and anti-pollution laws.
1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on
the Project site.
2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral
spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary
drains.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . . 1 M])" TERIALS
A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create
hazards to health or property and which will not damage
surfaces.
B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended
by manufacturer on the surface material to be cleaned.
C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by
cleaning material manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3..1 DUST CONTROL
A. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as little
handling as possible.
3..2 FINAL CLEANING
A. Employ skilled workmen for final cleaning.
B. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains,
fingerprints, labels, and other foreign materials from
04/09/91
FINAL CLEANING
01710 - 1
sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces.
C. Wash and shi~e glazing and mirrors.
D. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine.
E. Dust cabinetwork and remove markings.
F. Vacuum as needed.
G.
Broom clean exterior paved surfaces;
surfaces of the grounds.
rake clean other
H. Prior to final completion, or the Owner occupancy,
conduct an inspection of sight-exposed interior surfaces,
exterior surfaces and work areas, to verify that the
entire Work is clean.
I. Clean tunnels and closed off spaces of packing boxes,
wood frame members and other waste materials used in the
Construction.
J. Internally clean the entire system of piping and
equipment. Open dirt pockets and strainers, completely
blowing down as required and clean strainer screens of
accumulated debris.
K. Drain tanks, fixtures and pumps to be free of sludge and
accumulated matter.
L. Remove temporary labels and stickers from fixtures and
equipment. Do not remove permanent name plates,
equipment model numbers and ratings.
M. Thoroughly clean heating and air conditioning equipment,
tanks, pumps and traps. Install or thoroughly clean
filters or filter media, including:
1. The cleaning of permanent filters and the
replacement of disposable filters if units were
operated during construction.
2. The cleaning of ducts, blowers, and coils if the
units were operated during construction.
N. Remove from the site all facilities of items installed
or used for temporary purposes during construction.
O. Restore all adjoining areas to their original or
specified condition.
****************
END OF SECTION 01710
04/09/91
FINAL CLEANING
01710 - 2
t"ll
I_V......'. 1__ r.llot. ........~~-~~
-':l!:,,:.o~.;Q;I~~..~-.,-c..""...-.,., .-""..-- ,..l.....__.,-'u,~.._
..
SBCTION 01720
PROJBCT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1- GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Maintain one copy of:
a. Record Contract Drawings
b. Record Project Manual
c. Coordination drawings
d. Addenda
e. Reviewed shop drawings
f. Change Orders
g. Other modifications to the Contract
h. Field test records
1. .2 GENERAL
,A.. store documents in cabinets apart from documents used for
construction.
B. Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition.
C. Do not use proj ect Record Documents for construction
purposes.
D. Make documents available for inspection by the
Construction Manager, the Architect and the Owner.
E. Failure to maintain documents up-to-date will be cause
for withholding payments.
F. Obtain from the Construction Manager (at no charge) two
sets of the Contract Documents for Project Record
Documents including:
1. Specifications with all addenda.
2. Two complete sets of black line prints of all
Drawings.
1. . 3 RECORDING
A. Label each document "Project Record".
B. Keep record documents current.
06/18/91
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720 - 1
C. Do not permanently conceal any work until required
information has been recorded.
D. Contract Drawings:
1. Required information may, as an option, be entered
on a "working set" and then at completion of Project
transfer the information to final submitted "Project
Record" set.
2. Legibly mark to record actual construction:
a. Depths of various elements of foundation in
relation to survey data.
b. Horizontal and vertical location of underground
utilities and appurtenances referenced to
permanent surface improvements.
c. Location of internal utilities and
appurtenances concealed in construction
referenced to visible and accessible "features
of structure.
d. Field changes of dimension and detail.
e. Changes made by Change Order or Construction
Change Directive.
f. Details not on original Contract Drawings.
E. Specifications and Addenda:
1. Legibly mark up each Section to record:
a. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and
supplier of each product and item of equipment
actually installed.
b. Changes made by Change Order or Construction
Change Directive.
c. Other items not originally specified.
F. Conversion of schematic layouts:
1. Arrangement of conduits, circuits, piping, ducts and
similar items are in most cases shown schematically
on the Drawings.
2. Legibly mark to record actual construction:
a. Dimensions accurate to within 1" on the
centerline of items shown schematically.
b. Identify each item, for example, "cast iron
drain" "galvanized water".
c. Identify location of each item, for example,
"under slab", "in ceiling plenum", "exposed".
3. The Construction Manager may waive requirements of
schematic layout conversion, when in his opinion,
it serves no beneficial purpose. Do not, however,
rely on waivers being issued except specifically
issued by the Construction Manger in writing.
06/18/91
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720 - 2
...,."................~...'......~~-.,.-
__~~......................-:'II.:;.__.."'_......-'_- __ _.___~__.__....... _...~_.____. -'.- _ .4..'~_....~__..~
~t:'--~.
1. . 4 SUBMITTAL
A. At completion of Project, deliver Project Record
Documents to the Construction Manager prior to request
for final payment.
B. Accompany submi ttal with transmittal letter, in
duplicate, containing:
1 . Date
2. Project title and A/E Project number
3. The contractor's name and address
4. Title and number of each record document
5. certification that each document as submitted is
complete and accurate.
6. Signature of the Contractor, or his authorized
representative.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
***************
END OF SECTION 01720
06/18/91
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720 - 3
SBC'l'ION 01730
OPERATION AND MAINTBNANCB DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Format and content of manuals
2. Instruction of the Owner's personnel
3. Schedule of submittals
B. Related sections:
1. SECTION 01301 - SUBMITTALS
2. SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
3. Individual Specifications Sections: specific
requirements for operation and maintenance data.
1..2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced
in maintenance and operation of described products.
1. .3 FORMAT
A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual.
B. Binders: commercial quality, 8-1/2" x 11" three-ring
binders with hardback, cleanable, plastic covers; 1-1/2"
maximum ring size. When multiple binder,s' are used,
correlate data into related consistent groupings.
C. Cover: identify each binder with typed or printed title
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; list title of the
Project and separate building: identify subject matter
of contents.
D. Arrange content by systems under Section numbers and
sequence of Table of Contents of these Specifications.
E. Provide tabbed fly leaf for each separate product and
system, with typed description of product and major
component parts of equipment.
F. Text: manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data
on 20 pound paper.
G.
Drawings:
provide with reinforced punched binder tab.
OS/20/91
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01730 - 1
Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text
pages.
1..4 CONTENTS, EACH VOLUME
A. Table of contents: provide title of the Project; names,
addresses, and telephone numbers of the Construction
Manager, the Architect, consultants, and the Contractor
with name of responsible parties; schedule of products
and systems, indexed to content of the volume.
B. For each product or system: list names, addresses and
telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers,
including local source of supplies and replacement parts.
C. Product data: mark each sheet to clearly identify
specific products and component parts, and data
applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable
information.
D. Drawings: supplement product data to illustrate
relations of component parts of equipment and systems,
to indicate control and flow diagrams. Do not use the
Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings.
E. Type text: as required to supplement product data.
Provide logical sequence of instructions for eac
procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions.
F. warranties and bonds: bind in copy of" each.
1..5 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES
A. Building products, applied materials, and finishes:
include product data, with catalog number, size,
composition, and color and texture designations. Provide
information for re-ordering custom manufactured products.
B. Instructions for care and maintenance; include
manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and
methods, precautions against detrimental agents and
methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and
maintenance.
C. Moisture protection and weather exposed products:
include product data listing applicable reference
standards, chemical composition, and details of
installation. Provide recommendations for inspections,
maintenance, and repair.
D.
Addi tional requirements;
as specified in individual
OS/20/91
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01730 - 2
1. t
product specification Sections.
1..6 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. Each item of equipment and each system: include
description of unit or system, and component parts.
Identify function, normal operating charac'teristics, and
limiting conditions. Include performance curves, with
engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and
commercial number of replaceable parts.
B. Panelboard circuit directories: provide electrical
service characteristics, controls and communications.
C. Include color coded wiring diagrams as installed.
D. operating procedures: include start-up, break-in, and
routine normal operating instructions and sequences.
Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and
emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and
special operating instructions.
E. Maintenance requirements: include routine procedures and
guide for trouble-shooting; disassembly, repair, and
reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting,
balancing, and checking instructions.
F. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of
lubricants required.
G. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance
instructions.
H. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer.
I. Provide original manufacturer's parts list,
illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required
for maintenance.
J. Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as
installed.
K. Provide the Contractor's coordination drawings, with
color coded piping diagrams as installed.
L. Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and
function of each valve, keyed to flow and control
diagrams.
M.
Provide
current
1 ist of
prices,
or ig inal manufacturer's spare parts,
and recommended quantities to be
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01730 - 3
OS/20/91
maintained in st0rage.
N. Include test and balancing reports.
O. Additional requirements: as specified in individual
product specification Sections.
P. Provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data,
with tabbed fly sheet and space for insertion of data.
1..7 INSTRUCTION OF THE OWNER PERSONNEL
A. Before final inspection, instruct the owner's designated
personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of
products, equipment, and systems, at agreed upon times.
B. For equipment requiring seasonal operation, perform
instructions for other seasons within six months.
C.
Use operation and maintenance manuals
instruction. Review contents of manual
in detail to explain all aspects of
maintenance.
as basis for
with personnel
operation and
D.
Prepare and insert additional
Maintenance Manual when need
apparent during instruction.
data in Operation and
for such data becomes
1. .8 SUBMITTALS
A. submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed
formats and outl ines of contents before start of the
Work. The Construction Manager and Architect will review
draft and return one copy with comments.
B. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into
service during construction and operated by the Owner,
submit documents within ten days after acceptance.
C. submit one copy of completed volumes in final form 15
days prior to final inspection. Copy will be returned
after final inspection, with Construction Manager and
Architect comments. Revise content of documents prior
to final submittal.
D. submit two copies of revised volumes of data in final
form within ten days after final inspection.
OS/20/91
.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01730 - 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
**************
END OF SECTION 01730
OS/20/91
01730 - 5
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ENCLOSURE PLANTATION KEY COURTHOUSE ATRIUM
AND
RENOVATION OF EXISTING OFFICE SPACES
(BOTH LEVELS)
AND
EMERGENCY GENERATOR
AND
SECURITY ENCLOSURE
PLANT A TION KEY MONROE COUNTY FLORIDA
BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS
Monroe County, Florida
COMMISSIONERS
Mayor Wilhelmina Harvey, District 1
Mayor Pro-Tem Jack London, District 2
Doug Jones, District 3
Earl Cheal, District 4
John Stormont, District 5
COUNTY ADMINISTRATOR
Thoma s W. Brown
PROJECT DIRECTOR
Charles Dent Pierce
May 1991
POST. BUCKLEY. SCHUH &. JERNIGAN. INC.
MONROE COUNTY CONSUL T/NG ENGINEERS
04-017.65
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section
Description
DIVISION 2 SITE WORK
02220
Structure Excavation and Backfill
DIVISION 3 CONCRETE
03 1 00
03200
03250
03300
03600
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcing
Concrete Accessories
Cast-in-Place Concrete
Grout
DIVISION 4 MASONRY
04000
Unit Masonry
DIVISION 5 METALS
05120
05500
Structural Steel
Miscellaneous Metal
DIVISION 6 WOODS AND PLASTIC
06100
06200
06410
Rough Carpentry
Finish Carpentry and Millwork
Cabinetwork
DIVISION 7 MOISTURE PROTECTION
07210
07250
07920
Building Insulation
Fireproofing
Caulking and Sealants
DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS
08110
08210
08410
08520
08710
08800
Hollow Metal Work
Wood Doors
Aluminum Entrance and Storefront
Aluminum Windows
Finish Hardware
Glass and Glazing
DIVISION 9 FINISHES
09110
09200
09250
09510
09650
09680
09901
Metal Stud Partitions
Plaster and Stucco
Gypsum Wallboard
Acoustical Tile
Resilient Flooring
Carpeting
Painting (Architectural Coatings)
Pa,ge
02220/1-4
03100/1- 3
0320011-2
03250/1-2
03300/1-9
03600/1-2
04000/1-4
05120/1-4
0550011-3
0610011-2
0620011-3
0641011-3
0721011-2
07250/1-3
07920/1-4
0811011-4
0821011-3
0841011-3
0852011-3
08710/1-4
0880011-3
00700/1-2
0920011-5
09250/1-2
09510/1-2
09650/1-2
0968011-3
0990111-10
TC-l 04-017.65
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section
Description
DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES
10520
Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets
PIVISION-1lmot Used)
DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS
12621
Office Furniture
DIVISION 13 (Not Used)
DIVISION 14 (Not Used)
DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL
15010
15100
15180
15482
15760
15890
15936
15990
General Mechanical Requirements
Piping and Specialties
Insulation
Underground Fuel Storage Tank
HV AC Equipment
Ductwork
Air Distribution Devices
Testing and Balancing of HV AC Systems
DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL
16010
16110
16115
16120
16130
16140
16150
16155
16160
16170
16180
16250
16450
16510
16620
16740
Basic Electrical Requirements
Raceways
Empty Conduit System
Wires, Cables and Connectors
Outlet, Pull and Junction Boxes
Switches and Receptacles
Motors Auxiliaries
Individually Mounted Motor Starters
Panel Boards
Disconnects
Overcurrent Protective Devices
Automatic Transfer Switches
Grounding
Interior Lighting
Standby Power Generator System
Telephone System
TC-2
Pa,ge
10520/1
12621/1-2
1501011-5
1510011-5
15180/1-2
15482/1-2
15760/1-2
15890/1-5
15936/1-3
15990/1-3
16010/1-8
16110/1':'8
16115/1
16120/1-7
16130/1-3
16140/1-2
16150/1-2
16155/1-2
16160/1-3
16170/1-2
16180/1-2
16250/1-3
1645011-3
16510/1-4
16620/1-8
16740/1.
04-017.65
SECTION 02220
STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included under this Section consists of clearing, excavating,
backfilling and grading required for the construction of the structures,
foundations and slabs as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.
B. Definitions:
1. Maximum Density: Maximum weight in pounds per cubic foot of a
specific material.
2. Optimum Moisture: Percentage of water In a specific material at
maximum density.
3. Rock Excavation: Excavation of any hard natural substance which
requires the use of explosives and/or special impact tools such as
jack hammers, sledges, chisels or similar devices specifically
designed for use in cutting or breaking rock, but exclusive of trench
excavating machinery.
C. Plan For Excavation: The Contractor shall be responsible for having
determined to his satisfaction, prior to the submission of his bid, the
conformation of the ground, the character and quality of the substrata,
the types and quantities of materials to be encountered, the nature of
the groundwater conditions, the prosecution of the work, the general and
local conditions and all other matters which can in any way affect the
work under this Contract. Prior to commencing the excavation, the
Contractor shall submit a plan of his proposed operations to the
Engineer for approval. The Contractor shall consider, and his plan for
excavation shall reflect, the equipment and methods to be employed in
the excavation. The prices established in the Proposal for the work to
be done will reflect all costs pertaining to the work. No claims for
extras based on sub-strata or groundwater table conditions will be
allowed.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. A Testing Laboratory retained by the Owner will make such tests as are
deemed advisable. The Owner shall pay for all passing tests. The
Contractor shall pay for all tests indicating a failure to comply with the
Specifications. The Contractor shall coordinate scheduling of tests with
the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall schedule his work so
as to permit a reasonable time for testing before placing succeeding lifts
and shall keep the Owner's Representative informed of his progress.
02220-1
04-017.65
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Suitable: Suitable materials for backfill shall be classified as A-I, A-3 or
A-2-4 in accordance with AASHTO Designation M 145 and shall be free
from vegetation, organic material, marl, silt or muck. Not more than 12
percent shall pass the No. 200 sieve. The Contractor shall provide all
necessary borrow material to complete the work to the lines and grades
indicated.
B. Suitable Material To Be Placed In Water: Suitable material for fills to
be placed in water shall be classified as A-I or A-3 in accordance with
AASHTO Designation A-145.
C. Unsuitable: Unsuitable materials are classified as A-2-5, A-2-6, A-2-7, A-
4, A-5, A-6, A-7 and A-8 in accordance with AASHTO Designation M
145.
D. Graded Limerock: Material for backfill below precast or prefabricated
structures shall be 3/4-inch graded limerock equal to FDOT Section 901,
Grade 6.
E. Select Material: Select material shall be suitable material that does not
contain any rock larger than will pass a 3-inch diameter ring.
F. Pad Material: Material for the concrete slab pad shall be a natural
noncohesive, nonplastic material, a mixture of sand and rock containing
sufficient sand to fill all voids between rocks and in the upper 12-inches
containing no individual rock or hard piece larger than 3-inches in major
dimensions.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Clearing:
1. The construction site shall be cleared of all obstructions and
vegetation, including large roots and undergrowth.
2. Strip and stockpile topsoil.
B. Removals: Complete all removals within the lines of excavation pnor to
beginning excavation.
3.02 PERFORMANCE
A. Excavation:
1. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description
and of whatever substances encountered, to the dimensions required
for construction and as specified herein. All excavations shall be
made by open cut.
02220-2
04-017.65
2. Walls of the excavation shall be kept vertical and, if required to
protect the safety of workmen, the general public, this or other
work or structures, or excavation walls, the excavation shall be
properly sheeted and braced. Excavation for the structures shall be
sufficient to provide a clearance between their outer surfaces and
the face of the excavation, sheeting, or bracing, of not less than 2-
feet. Materials encountered in the excavation which have a
tendency to slough or flow into the excavation, undermine the
banks, weaken the overlaying strata, or are otherwise rendered
unstable by the excavation operation shall be retained by sheeting,
stabilization, grouting or other approved methods. Excavation for
precast or prefabricated structures will not be required to be
dewatered.
3. Excavation for the precast or prefabricated structures shall be
carried to an elevation I-foot lower than the proposed outside
bottom of the structure to provide space for the select backfill
material. Prior to placing the select backfill, the excavation shall
be sounded, if not dewatered, using a rigid pole to indicate to the
satisfaction of the Engineer that the excavation has been carried to
the proper depth and is reasonably uniform over the area to be
occupied by the structure.
4. Excavation for structures constructed or cast in place in dewatered
excavations shall be carried down to the bottom of the structure
where dewatering methods are such that a dry excavation bottom is
exposed and the naturally occurring material at this elevation
leveled and left ready to receive construction. Material disturbed
below the founding elevation in dewatered excavations shall be
replaced with Class B concrete.
5. Footin~s: Cast-in-place concrete footing sides shall be formed
immedIately after excavation. Forming for footing sides is specified
elsewhere.
B. Stockpiled Materials: Materials removed from the excavation shall be
stored and disposed of in a manner which will not interfere with traffic
at the site. Material suitable for backfill not needed for backfill at the
structure, but needed elsewhere shall be stockpiled until moved and used
elsewhere. Material unsuitable for use in backfill shall become the
property of the Contractor and shall be removed and disposed of by the
Contractor at the Contractor's expense immediately after backfill is
placed.
C. Backfill:
1. Below Precast Or Prefabricated Structures: The space between the
proposed outside bottom of the structure, and the bottom of the
excavation shall be backfilled with graded limerock and screeded
level to receive the proposed structure. If the excavation is not
dewatered, after placing and scree ding, the backfill will be sounded
with a rigid pole and attached 6-inch diameter foot piece to
indicate, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, that the backfill has
been placed to the proper elevation, is level throughout and is
ready to receive the structure. This final sounding of the material
shall immediately precede setting of the structure.
02220-3
04-017.65
iil.llllll:tlll... "
2. Remainder Of Backfill: Selected material from the excavation shall
be used for backfilling around the structure. Trash shall not be
allowed to accumulate in spaces to be backfilled. Backfill around
the structure shall be placed in uniform layers to the level of the
water table. Above the water table, backfill material shall be
placed in S-inch layers and compacted to a minimum of 95 percent
of maximum density as determined by AASHTO Designation T ISO.
Backfilling shall be carried to the finished grades shown on the
Drawings.
D. Foundation Preparation:
1. The existing ground beneath the foundations and slabs shall be
compacted to a density of not less than 95 percent of its maximum
density as determined by AASHTO T 180 for a depth of not less
than (2)-feet below the bottom of the concrete slabs. Any
unsuitabfe foundation material shall be removed and replaced with
suitable material.
2. Slabs On Grade: Subgrades for concrete slabs shall be cut, filled
and compacted to the required grade. The top 8-inches of
concrete slab subgrade in cut sections and all fill material shall be
compacted to a density of not less than 95 percent of its maximum
density as determined by AASHTO DesignatIOn T 180.
END OF SECfrON
02220-4
04-017.65
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included in this Section consists of providing formwork for
cast-in-place concrete.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standards: Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, workmanship and
practices shall conform to the following standards:
1. Standard Building Code.
2. Monroe County Amendments to the Standard Building Code.
3. ACI 347-78 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork.
B. Responsibility: The Contractor shall be responsible for the design of the
formwork and for safety in its construction, use and removal.
C. Tolerances: Formwork shall be constructed to insure that finished
concrete surfaces will be in accordance with the tolerances listed in ACI
347. Camber shall be provided as necessary to compensate for
anticipated deflection in [ormwork and concrete due to weight and
pressure of fresh concrete and other construction loads.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Plywood: Unless otherwise indicated, forms shall be PL YFORM, Class 1,
BB-Exterior type, mill oiled and edge sealed. Thickness shall be as
required to support concrete at the rate placed, but not less than 3/4-
inch.
B. Form Accessories: Form accessones shall be of a commercially
manufactured type. Form ties shall be so constructed that the ends, or
end fasteners, can be removed without causing appreciable spalling at the
faces of the concrete. After ends, or end fasteners of form ties have
03100-1
04-017.65
.,.
been removed, the embedded portion of the ties shall terminate not less
than 2 diameters or twice the minimum dimension of the tie from the
formed face of the concrete except that in no case shall this distance be
less than 3/4-inch. (The embedded portion of the ties shall terminate
not less than 2-inches from the formed face of the concrete.)
C. Chamfer Strips: Chamfer strips shall be polyvinyl strips designed to be
nailed in the forms to provide a 3/4-inch chamfer at exposed edges of
concrete members.
D. Form Release Agent: Form release agent shall be a (paraffin base oil or
mineral oil) coating that will effectively prevent absorption of moisture
and prevent bond with concrete and will not stain the concrete surfaces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION/ERECTION
A. Construction Of Formwork: Forms shall be sufficiently strong to
withstand the pressure resulting from the placement and vibration of
concrete and shall be sufficiently rigid to maintain specified tolerances.
Forms shall be sufficiently tight to prevent loss of mortar. Forms shall
be adequately braced against lateral, upward or downward movement.
B. Adjustment: Positive means of adjustment of shores and struts shall be
provided and all settlement shall be taken up during concrete placing.
C. Construction Joints: At construction joints, the contact surfaces of the
form sheathing shall overlap the hardened concrete by not more than 1-
inch. Forms shall be held against the hardened concrete to prevent
offsets or loss of mortar.
D. Chamfers: Chamfers shall be provided where indicated on the Drawings.
E Form Facing Materials: The facing material shall produce a hard uniform
texture on the concrete. Facing materials with raised grain, torn
surfaces, worn edges, patches, dents or other defects shall not be used.
The maximum deflectIOn of facing materials as reflected in concrete
surfaces shall not exceed 1/240 of the span between structural members.
F. Preparation Of Form Surfaces: After each use and prior to placing
reinforcing, forms shall be cleaned of mortar, grout and other foreign
material and the form release agent shall be applied. Form releasing
agent shall not be allowed to stand in puddles in the forms or allowed
to come in contact with hardened concrete against which fresh concrete
is to be placed.
G. Runways: Smooth and rigid runways shall be provided (if needed) for
moving equipment and concrete. Runways shall be supported directly on
03100-2
04-017.65
formwork or on grade and in no case on reinforcing steel or bar
supports.
H. Form Removal: Time of removal of forms shall be subject to the
approval of the Engineer, and to weather and other conditions. Under
ordinary conditions formwork and supports shall remain in place for not
less than the following periods of time.
1.
Sides of beams and girders
Joist, beam or girder soffits under 10 ft. clear
span between structural supports
10 to 20 ft clear span between structural supports
Over 20 ft clear span between structural supports
One-way and two-way floor slabs under 10 ft clear
span between structural support
2.
3.
10 to 20 ft clear span between structural supports
Over 20 ft clear span between structural supports
12 hrs.
7 days
14 days
21 days
7 days
10 days
14 days
4. Shoring and reshoring of multistory structures shall be performed in
accordance with the guidelines set by ACI Committee 347 subject
to the Engineer's approval.
5. If ambient temperatures remain below 50oF, or if retarding agents
are used, then these periods should be increased at the discretion
of the Engineer.
I. Embedded Items: Set anchor bolts and other embedded items accurately
and hold securely in position in the forms until the concrete is placed
and set. Check all special castings, channels, or other metal parts that
are to be embedded in the concrete prior to and again after concreting.
Check all nailing, blocks, plugs and strips necessary for the attachment of
trim, finish and similar work prior to placement of the concrete.
END OF SECTION
03100-3
04-017.65
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included in this Section consists of providing reinforcing steel
and welded wire mesh for cast-in-place concrete.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 03250 - Concrete Accessories
B. Section 03300 - Cast-in Place Concrete
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standards: Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, workmanship and
practices shall meet all requirements of the following standards:
1.
Standard Building Code.
ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, MSP.
')
"-.
3.
1.04 SUBMIIT ALS
A. Complete shop drawings shall be submitted for review, including bar lists
and placing drawings. Drawings shall show the type, spacing and
location of metal bar supports, the grade of the reinforcing and the
name of the manufacturer. The type of coupler splice devices shall be
designated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60, deformed bars of a USA
manufacture. Number 2 bars for ties may be plain, Grade 40.
B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185, galvanized.
C. Metal Bar Supports: CRSI MSP-1, Chapter 3, Class 2, Type B, Stainless
Steel Protected Bar Supports.
03200-1
04-017.65
2.02 FABRICATION
A.
Fabrication shall not begin until the approval of the shop drawings by
the Engineer has been received. Fabrication shall meet all requirements
of the specified standards. Unless otherless indicated the following shall
apply:
1. Hooks shall be standard hooks.
2. Cover is to the outermost stirmp, tie or bar.
3. Splices are permitted only where indicated on the Drawings. All
splices for top bars shall be Class B splices
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Supporting Reinforcing: Bar supports shall be provided as required by
CRSI MSP-2. Top and bottom bars in slabs formed on earth shall be
supported on precast concrete block supports except where such bars are
properly supported from formwork. Precast concrete block supports are
not required in slabs formed on tremie concrete but may be used at the
Contractor's option.
B. Placing Reinforcing: Placing of reinforcing and welded wire fabric shall
be as indicated on the Drawings and as recommended by CRSI MSP-2.
Reinforcing shall be securely tied and supported to prevent displacement
during concrete placement.
C. Welded Wire Fabric: Splices in welded wire fabric shall be such that the
overlap between outermost cross wires of each fabric sheet is not less
than the spacing of the cross wires, plus 2-inches. Fabric shall not be
extended through expansion joints or constmction joints in slabs on grade
except as otherwise indicated.
D. Dowels: Dowels shall be wired in position prior to placing concrete.
E. Field Bending: Heat shall not be used to bend bars. Bars shall not be
bent after being embedded in concrete.
F. Welding: Welding of reinforcing will not be permitted.
END OF SECTION
03200-2
04-017.65
SECTION 03250
CONCRETE ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included in this Section consists of providing accessones for
cast-in-place concrete.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement
B. Section 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's literature shall be submitted for reView on the following
items.
1. Preformed Expansion Joint Filler
B. Samples:
1. Samples shall be submitted on the following items:
a. Preformed Expansion Joint Filler
b. Precast Concrete Block Supports for Reinforcing Bars
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Precast Concrete Block Supports For Reinforcing Bars: Bar supports
shall be plain concrete blocks, 3-inches high by 4-inches square.
Concrete strength shall be at 3,000 psi at time of use. Blocks required
for the support of top bars shall be provided with No. 4 dowels bent 90
degrees at the top to support the top bars.
B. Membrane: Membrane shall be a 6 mil polyethylene film.
e. Preformed Expansion Joint Filler:
1. Preformed expansion joint filler shall be bituminous type and shall
conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation D 994.
03250-1
04-017.65
2. Preformed expansIOn Jomt filler shall be of the nonextmding and
resilient type and conform to the requirements of ASTM
Designation D 1751 or D 1752, Type I or II.
lnserts: Inserts for pipe hangers and other utility supports shall be of 316
stainless steel and fit the proposed hanger or support.
D.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Precast Concrete Block Supports For Reinforcing Bars: Bar supports
shall be provided in sufficient quantity to support reinforcing bars in
slabs formed on earth at a spacing not to exceed 4-feet on centers in
both directions. Blocks required to support top bars shall be provided
with dowels. Block supports are not required in slabs formed on tremie
concrete, but may be used at the Contractor's option. Blocks are not
required for reinforcing bars properly supported from formwork.
B. Membrane: Polyethylene film shall be provided under all slabs formed on
earth. Membrane sheets shall be lapped 6-inches in the direction of
spreading concrete. Care shall be exercised not to puncture film.
C. Preformed Expansion Joint Filler And Joint Forms: Joint filler and joint
forms shall be installed as indicated on the Drawings.
END OF SECTION
03250-2
04-017.65
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included m this Section consists of providing cast-in-place
concrete.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 03100 Concrete Form Work
B. Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcing
C. Section 03250 Concrete Accessories
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standards: Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, workmanship and
practices shall conform to the requirements of the following standards:
1. Standard Building Code
2. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
B. Plant Qualification: Plant equipment and facilities shall meet all
requirements of the Check List for Certification of Ready Mixed
Concrete Production Facilities of the National Ready Mixed Concrete
Association and ASTM C 94.
C. Testing:
1. A testing laboratory retained by the Owner will make such tests as
are deemed advisable. The Owner shall pay for all passing tests.
The Contractor shall pay for all tests indicating a failure to comply
with the Specifications. The Contractor shall coordinate schedulmg
of tests with the Owner's Representative.
2. Standard laboratory compressive test cylinders will be obtained by
the laboratory when concrete is discharged from the mixer at the
point of placing, and cylinders will be made and cured in
accordance with the requirements of ASTM Designation C 31. A
set of 6 cylinders will be obtained for each 60 cubic yards or
fraction thereof placed each day, for each type of concrete. The
cylinders will be cured under laboratory conditions and will be
tested in two groups of three at 7 and 28 days of age, respectively
in accordance with the requirements of ASTM Designation C 39.
03300-1
04-017.65
3. The laboratory representative will make slump tests of Class A
and Class B concrete as it is discharged from the mixer at the
point of placing. Slump tests will be made for each 25 cubic yards
or "pour'! c)f concrete placed. Slump tests may be made on any
batch and failure to meet specified slump requirements will be
sufficient cause for rejection of that batch.
D. Evaluation And Acceptance Of Concrete: Evaluation and acceptance of
concrete will be in accordance with ACI-318, Chapter 4.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals: The following information shall be submitted for approval.
No concrete shall be furnished until submittal has been approved.
1. Plant Qualification: Satisfactory evidence shall be submitted
indicating compliance with the specified qualification requirements.
2. Materials: Satisfactory evidence shall be submitted indicating that
materials to be used, including cement, aggregates and admixtures
meet the specified requirements.
3. Design Mix: The design mix to be used shall be prepared by
qualified persons and submitted for approval. The design of the
mix is the responsibility of the Contractor subject to the limitations
of the Specifications. Approval of this submission will be required
only as minimum requirements of the Specifications have been met.
Such approval will in no way alter the responsibility of the
Contractor to furnish concrete meeting the requirements of the
Specifications relative to strength and slump.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Cement:
1. Cement for all concrete shall be domestic Portland cement that
conforms to the requirements of ASTM Designation C 150 Type I,
Type II or Type III. Type III cement for high early strength
concrete shall be used only for special locations and only with the
a pproval of the Engineer.
2. Only one brand of cement shall be used in any individual structure
unless approved by the Engineer. Cement which has become
damaged, partially set, lumpy or caked shall not be used and the
entire contents of the sack or container which contains such cement
will be rejected. No salvaged or reclaimed cement shall be used.
03300-2
04-017.65
~... -11'Jl'f1illl
B. Aggregates:
1. ASTM C 33. Coarse aggregates shall be size No. 67, 3/4-inch to
No. 4 (No. 57, I-inch to No.4) (check size no. with job
requirements ).
C. Water: Clean and free from injurious amounts of deleterious materials.
D. Air Entraining Admi.xture: ASTM C 260.
E. Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D.
Admixture shall not contain calcium cWoride.
F. Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type ID, clear with fugitive dye or
Type 2, white pigmented. The compound shall contain no ingredient
which will adversely affect the bond of coatings or toppings.
G. Epoxy Bonding Agent: Sikastix 370, Sikadur Hi Mod, Concresive 1001-
LPL or approved equal.
2.02 MIXES
A. General Requirements:
1.
Mix Design: Proportioning shall be on the basis of field experience
andior trial mixtures as specified in ACI 318, Section 4.3. Data on
consecutive tests and standard deviation shall be submitted.
Proportioning for small structures may be by the water/cement ratio
under special approval by the Engineer.
Maximum Water-Cement Ratio:
.55 (lbs/lb) - All concrete, except as otherwise specified
Minimum Cement Content:
564 pounds per cubic yard
Air Content:
5 percent plus or minus 1 percent.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Slump:
5-inches plus or minus I-inch.
6.
Minimum Compressive Strength at 28 Days:
Class A, 4000 psi.
B. Production Of Concrete:
1. General: Concrete shall be ready mixed and shall be batched,
mixed and transported In accordance with ASTM C 94 except as
otherwise indicated.
03300-3
04-017.65
2. Air Entraining Admixture: Air entraining admixture shall be
charged into the mixture as a solution and shall be measured by
means of an approved mechanical dispensing device. The liquid
shall be considered a part of the mixing water.
3. Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture: Water reducing and
retarding admixture shall be added and measured as recommended
by the manufacturer. The addition of the admixture shall be
separate from the air entraining admixture. The addition of the
admixture shall be completed within one minute after addition of
water to the cement has been completed, or prior to the beginning
of the last three-quarters of the required mixing, whichever occurs
first. Admixtures shall be stored handled and batched in
accordance with the recommendations of ACI 68.
C. Delivery Tickets: In addition to the information required by ASTM C 94,
delivery tickets shall indicate the cement content and the water/cement
ratio.
D. Temperatures: The temperature of the concrete upon delivery from the
truck shall not exceed 90F.
E. Modifications To The Mix: No modifications to the mIX shall be made
in the plant or on the job which will decrease the cement content or
increase the water-cement ratio beyond that specified. No modifications
of any kind shall be made except by a qualified and responsible
representative of the concrete producer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.()1 PREPARATION
A. Preparations Before Placing: No concrete shall be placed until the
approval of the Engineer has been received. Approval will not be
granted until forms are thoroughly clean and reinforcing and all other
items required to be set in concrete have been placed and thoroughly
secured.
B. Conveying:
1. General: Concrete shall be handled from the truck to the place of
final deposit as rapidly as practicable by methods which will prevent
segregatIon or loss of ingredients to maintain the quality of the
concrete. No concrete shall be placed more than 90 minutes after
mixing has begun for that particular batch.
2. Buckets and Hoppers: Buckets and hoppers shall have discharge
gates with a clear opening equal to no less than one-third of the
maximum interior horizontal area or five times the maximum
03300-4
04-017.65
aggregate size being used. Side slopes shall be no less than 60
degrees. Controls on gates shall permit opening and closing during
the discharge cycle.
3. Runways: Runways are specified in Section 03100. Extreme care
shall be exercised to avoid displacement of reinforcing during the
placing of concrete.
4. Elephant Trunks: Hoppers and elephant trunks shall be used to
prevent the free fall of concrete for more than 6-feet.
5. Chutes: Chutes shall be metal or metal lined and snaIl have a
slope not exceeding one vertical to two horizontal and not less than
one vertical to three horizontal. Chutes more than 20-feet long
and chutes not meeting the slope requirments may be used only if
they discharge into a hopper before distribution.
6. Pumping Equipment: Pumping equipment and procedures if used
shall conform to the recommendations contained in the report of
ACI Committee 304 on "Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods",
ACI 304.2R-71. The specified slump shall be measured at the
point of discharge. The loss of slump in pumping shall not exceed
1 1/2-inches.
7. Conveying Equipment Constmction: Aluminum or aluminum alloy
pipe for tremles or pump lines and chutes, except for short lengths
at the tmck mixer shall not be permitted.
8. Cleaning: Conveying equipment shall be cleaned at the end of
each concrete operation.
3.02 APPLICATION
A. Placing:
1. General: Concrete shall be deposited continuously, or in layers of
such thickness that no concrete will be deposited on concrete that
has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes
of weakness.
2. Segregation: Concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable
in its final position to avoid segregation due to rehandling or
flowing. Concrete shall not be subjected to procedure which will
cause segregation.
B. Consolidating Concrete:
1. General: Concrete shall be consolidated by means of internal
vibrators operated by competent workmen.
03300-5
04-017.65
2. Vibrators: Vibrators shall have a ffilmmum head diameter of at
least 2-inches, a mimmum centrifugal force of 700-pounds and a
minimum frequency of 8,000 vibrators per second.
3. Vibrators for Confined Areas: In confined areas, the specified
vibrators shall be supplemented by others having a minimum head
diameter of 1 1/2-inches, a minimum centrifugal force of 300-
pounds and a minimum frequency of 9,000 vibrations per second.
4. Spare Vibrator: One spare vibrator for each three in use shall be
kept on the site during all concrete placing operations.
5. Use of Vibrators: Vibrators shall be inserted and withdrawn at
points approximately I8-inches apart. The duration of each
insertion shall be from 5 to 15 seconds. Concrete shall not be
transported in the forms by means of vibrators.
C. Protection: Rainwater shall not be allowed to increase the mIxmg water
nor to damage the surface finish. Concrete shall be protected from
construction overloads. Design loads shall not be applied until the
specified strength has been attained.
D. Construction Joints: Except as otherwise indicated on the Drawings,
horizontal construction joints shall be provided at top of foundation
members and slabs on grade and at the soffit of supported slabs and
beams. Other horizontal and vertical construction joints shall be located
as indicated on the Drawings. Joints will not be permitted except in the
locations shown.
E. Bonding: Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete that has
set, the surfaces of the set concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned so as to
expose the coarse aggregate and be free of laitance, coatings, foreign
matter and loose particles. Forms shall be retightened. The hardened
concrete of joints shall be dampened, but not satuated, and then
thorougWy covered with a coat of cement grout of similar proportions to
the mortar in the concrete. The grout shall be as thick as possible on
vertical surfaces and at least l!2-inch thick on horizontal surfaces. The
fresh concrete shall be placed before the grout has attained its initial set.
F. Embedded Items: In addition to steel reinforcement, pipes, inserts and
other metal objects as shown, specified or ordered shall be built into, set
in or attached to the concrete. All necessary precautions shall be taken
to prevent these objects from being displaced, broken or deformed.
Before concrete is placed, care shall be taken to determine that all
embedded parts are firmly and securely fastened in place as indicated.
They shall be thorougWy clean and free from paint or other coating,
rust, scale, oil, or any foreign matter. No wood shall be embedded in
concrete. The concrete shall be packed tightly around pipes and other
metal work to prevent leakage and to secure perfect adhesion. Drains
shall be adequately protected from intrusion of concrete.
03300-6
04-017.65
G. Bonding To Existing Surfaces: Existing concrete surfaces that are to have
new concrete bonded thereto shall be cleaned of all grease, oil, dust,
dirt and loose particles and coated with a epoxy bonding agent just prior
to placing of the new concrete. Application of the bonding agent shall
be as recommended by the manufacturer and the agent shall be
permitted to become tacky before the new concrete is placed. The
bonding agent shall not be permitted to overlap or be spilled on the
surfaces to be exposed after the work is completed.
H. Repair Of Surface Defects:
1. General: Surface defects, including tie holes shall be repaired
immediately after form removal. The area to be patched and an
area at least 6-inches wide surrounding it shall be dampened to
prevent absorption of water from the patching mortar.
2. Removal of Defective Concrete: All honeycombed and other
defective concrete shall be removed down to sound concrete.
Edges shall be cut perpendicular to the surface or slightly under
cut.
3. Bonding Grout: Surfaces to be patched shall be thoroughly
dampened and shall receive a coat of bonding grout brushed into
the surface. Grout shall consist of one part cement to one part
fine sand passing a No. 30 sieve. Grout shall be consistency of
thick cream.
4. Patching Mortar: The patching mortar shall be made of the same
materials and of approximately the same proportions used for the
concrete except that the coarse aggregate shall be omitted and the
mortar shall consist of not more than one part of cement to two
and one-half parts sand by damp loose volume. The quantity of
mixing water shall be no more than necessary for handling and
placing. The patching mortar shall be mixed in advance and
allowed to stand with frequent manipulation with a trowel, without
the addition of water, until it has reached the stiffest consistency
that will permit placing.
5. Placing Patching Mortar: After the bonding grout begins to lose its
water sheen, a premixed patching mortar shall be applied.
Patching mortar shall be thorougWy consolidated into place and
struck off so as to leave the patch slightly higher than the
surrounding surface. I t shall be left undisturbed for one hour to
permit initial shrinkage and then finally finished.
6. Tie Holes: After being cleaned and thorougWy dampened, the tie
holes shall be filled solid with patching mortar.
03300-7
04-017.65
I. Finish Of Formed Surfaces:
1. As soon as forms can safely be removed, all irregular projections
shall be chipped off flush with the concrete surfaces. All voids
produced by spacers or any honeycombing shall be pointed up with
grout and troweled flush with the concrete surface immediately after
removal of forms and water cured to prevent shrinkage.
Honeycombing shall be cut out to expose a sound concrete surface
prior to pointing. The use of mortar pointing or patching shall be
confined to the repair of small defects in relatively green concrete.
Where in the opinion of the Engineer substantial repairs are
required, the defective concrete shall be cut out to sound concrete
and repaired with gunite or the concrete shall be removed and
reconstructed as directed.
2. Tops of walls, beams and similar unformed surfaces occurring
adjacent to formed surfaces shall be struck smooth after concrete is
placed and shall be floated to a texture reasonably consistent with
that of formed surfaces.
J. Finishing Concrete Slabs:
1.
General:
floating,
areas to
troweled
All concrete slabs shall receive a floated finish. After
all concrete slabs except as otherwise indicated and in
receive roofing, insulation, tile, carpet or topping shall be
and immediately light broom finished.
2. Floated Finish: After concrete has been placed, consolidated,
struck off and leveled, it shall not be worked further until water
sheen has disappeared and the surface has hardened sufficiently to
permit floating. During the first floating, the planeness of the slab
shall be checked with a 10-foot straightedge applied at no less than
two angles. All high spots shall be cut down and all low spots
shall be filled to produce a surface having a Class B Tolerance
throughout. The slab shall then be refloated to a uniform sandy
texture.
3. Light Broomed Finish: After floating, slabs to receive a light
broomed finish shall be power troweled and finished struck with a
soft broom drag. The troweling shall produce a smooth surface,
relatively free of defects and a Class A Tolerance. Before the
surface sets, the soft broom drag shall be passed over the surface
to produce a surface uniform in texture and appearance.
4. Troweled Finish: After floating, slabs to receive a troweled finish
shall be power troweled and finally hand troweled. The first
troweling after power floating shall produce a smooth surface,
relatively free of defects. Surfaces shall be hand troweled after the
surface has hardened sufficiently. The final troweling shall be done
by hand when a ringing sound is produced as the trowel is moved
over the surfaces. Hand troweling shall produce a surface which is
thoroughly consolidated, free from trowel marks, uniform in texture
and appearance and plane to a Class A tolerance.
03300-8
04-017.65
5. Finishing Tolerance: Surfaces shall be true planes within l/8-inch
in lO-feet as determined by a lO-foot straightedge placed anywhere
on the slab in any direction.
6. Hardener Finish: Where indicated to receive a hardener finish,
slabs shall be wet burlap cured without application of curing and
sealing agent. When slab is at least 28 days old and thoroughly
dry, the hardener shall be applied in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
K. Saw Cut Joints: Joints that are to be saw cut shall be cut no sooner
than 2 hours after concrete is poured and not later than 8 hours after
the pour.
3.03 PROTECTING
A. Curing:
1. Immediately after surface defects have been repaired, all exposed
surfaces, including slabs, walls, beams and columns shall receive a
spray coat of curing compound applied in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations. Exposed steel keyways and other
embedded items shall be protected from the curing compound.
Concrete surfaces to be exposed to wastewater and are to be
coated with a coal tar epoxy system, or concrete floors requiring a
bond for special finishes shall be cured by the wet burlap method.
2. Curing compound shall be uniformly applied to the surfaces to be
cured, in a single coat, continuous film, at the rate of one gallon
to not more than 200 square feet, by a mechanical sprayer.
3. Curing compound shall not be applied during periods of rainfall.
Should the film become damaged from any cause within the
required curing period, the damaged portions shall be repaired
immediately with additional compound. Upon removal of forms,
the newly exposed surfaces shall immediately be coated to provide
a curing treatment equal to that provided for the surface.
B. Wet Burlap Curing Method: All concrete, including gunite, that is to be
cured by the wet burlap method shall be covered with a double thickness
of burlap, cotton mats, or other approved material kept thoroughly
saturated with water. The forms shall be kept wet until removed and
upon removal, the curing specified herein shall be started immediately.
Concrete shall be cured for a period of 7 days for normal Portland
cement or 4 days for high early strength cement. Concrete poured in
the dry shall not be submerged until it has attained sufficient strength to
adequately sustain the stress involved nor shall it be subjected to flowing
water across its surface until it has cured 4 days. Curing of gunite shall
be started as soon as possible without damaging surface and not later
than 2 hours after placing.
END OF SECTION
03300-9
04-017.65
SECTION 03600
GROUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included in this Section consists of grouting the vanous items
listed hereinafter and indicated on the Drawings.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's literature shall be submitted for reVIew on the following
items.
1. Nonshrink grout data shall include grout properties, mLxlilg, surface
preparation and installation instmctions.
1.04 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Grouting materials shall be delivered and stored in unbroken containers
with seals and labels intact as packaged by the manufacturer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Sauereisen F-I00 Level Fill, Master
Builders Masterflow 713, Burke Non-Ferrous, Non-Shrink Grout or
approved equal pre-mixed type.
B. Nonshrink Metallic Grout: Master Builders Embeco 636 Grout pre-mixed
type.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. All bonding surfaces shall be clean and dust and oil free.
03600-1
04-017.65
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Nonshrink Grout:
1. Nonshrink, nonmetallic grout shall be used for grouting precast
concrete wall panel connections, column base plates, anchor bolts,
reinforcing bars, pipe sleeves, machinery supports and pump base
plates.
2. Nonshrink grout shall be mixed and placed as recommended by the
manufacturer.
3. Grout shall be mixed as close to the work area as possible and
transported quickly to its final position in a manner which will not
permit segregation of materials.
4. Nonshrink grout shall be cured with water saturated burlap for at
least three days.
5. Machinery set on grout pads shall not be operated until the grout
has cured for at least 24 hours.
END OF SECTION
03600-2
04-017.65
SECTION 04000
UNIT MASONRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The Contractor shall provide all materials, equipment and labor required
to complete the concrete masonry walls and partitions in accordance with
the Drawing and Specifications. All work shall be properly coordinated
with that of other trades.
l.02 STORAGE
A. Materials shall be stored under cover, in dry place and in a manner to
prevent damage or staining. Blocks shall be delivered to si~e dry in
compliance with specification limitation for moisture and kept dry by
storing off ground and under cover. Blocks which have become wet
shall be removed from site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS
A. Concrete masonry units shall conform to the physical requirements of the
Standard Building Code and to Florida Concrete and Products
Association, CM-1 Guide Specifications for hollow regular concrete
masonry units, modular dimensions, smooth texture. Units shall be
sound and free from cracks, chipped edges or other defects that would
interfere with proper setting or impair strength or durability of the
construction. Units shall include special shapes and sizes to complete
the work shown.
B. Non-load bearing concrete masonry units shall conform to ASTM C 129,
Type 1; nominal face dimensions S-inches by 16-inches; thicknesses as
shown on Drawing.
C. Units shall be delivered to the job site in an air-dry condition and shall
be protected at the job from ground water and rain prior to and during
construction of the walls. Units shall be suitably aged at time of
delivery to meet linear shrinkage potential requirements of ASTM
Designation C 426.
2.02 PORTLAND CEMENT
A. Portland cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation
C 150, Type II.
04000-1
04-017.65
~_tl:"'1', :w.~'i*tlil!liir-itI'. ~
2.03
2.04
2.05
A.
2.06
A.
2.07
2.08
2.09
A.
2.10
A.
MASONRY CEMENT
A.
Masonry cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation
C 91.
PREMIX MORTAR
A.
Commercially prepared premix mortar shall conform to the requirements
of ASTM Designation C 387, Type M.
SAND
Sand shall be hard, durable grains containing no more than 1 percer:t
clay, soft or flakey particles and reasonably free of salt, alkali, orgamc
matter or other deleterious substances.
WATER
Water for masonry work shall be potable water quality.
HYDRATED LIME
A.
Hydrated lime shall conform to requirements of ASTM Designation C
207, Type S.
WATERPROOFING
A.
Waterproofing shall be Sec No.1, Atlas Chemical Co., Miami, FL,
Master Builders Stearox or approved equal.
ANCHORS AND TIES
Anchors and ties shall be ZInC coated steel or copper coated steel.
The extent and location of anchors and ties shall be as indicated on the
Drawings, or as required for installation of various items. Anchors shall
be of the type best suited for the situation.
JOINT REINFORCEMENT
Horizontal joint reinforcement shall be equal to Dur-O-Wal Standard No.
8, truss type Lox-all No. 8 as manufactured by Cumberland Corporation,
Chattanooga, Tennessee or approved equal.
04000-2
04-017.65
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CONSTRUCTION
A. All work shall be plumb and true and built accurately to dimensions
shown. The Contractor shall provide and place such special units as
required to form all corners, returns, offsets and maintain proper bond.
Where interior concrete masonry partitions meet other interior partitions
or exterior walls, a masonry bond or the equivalent in approved metal
ties shall be provided.
3.02 BOND
A. All masonry units shall be laid in running bond by lapping units III
successive courses a distance of one-half a unit. All courses shall be
level with joints of uniform width. All joints shall be finished flush.
Units shall have full mortar coverage of the face shells in both the
horizontal and vertical joints. All joints shall be pointed solid with
mortar on both sides of wall. Joints in exposed work shall be firmly
compacted with a pointing tool when partially set.
3.03 MORTAR MIX
A. Mortar shall be proportioned by volume, in accordance with Florida
Concrete Products Association "Mortar Requirements - Table 2" for Type
"Mil mortar, as follows:
Mortar Type M M
Portland Cement 1 1
Masonry Cement 1 (Type II)
Hydrated Lime or Lime Putty 1/4
Aggregate, Damp, Loose 2 1/2 min. to 3 max. combined
volumes above
Aver. Compo Strength at 28 days 2500 2500
B. All mortar and grout shall be used within 30 minutes of initial mIXlllg.
Mortar or grout shall be discarded after it has begun to set.
Retempering of mortar in which setting has started will not be permitted.
Mortar may be retempered as necessary to keep it plastic, providing it
has not begun to set or older than 30 minutes.
3.04 CUT UNITS
A. All odd size masonry units in a finally exposed wall shall be cut with
suitable power driven masonry saw. Chipping of units will not be
permitted.
04000-3
04-017.65
lnq-
3.05 JOINT REINFORCEMENT
A. Horizontal joint reinforcement shall be provided throughout exterior
masonry walls, 16-inches o.c. vertically.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Mortar and grout drippings shall be cleaned from exposed masonry and
adjacent surfaces as soon as possible to prevent surfaces from being
permanently stained. Drippings and smears shall be removed before
mortar and/or grout sets or hardens. Mortar extruded beyond face of
walls or partitions shall be removed.
END OF SECTION
04000-4
04-017.65
SECTION 05120
STRUCTURAL STEEL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work under this Section includes furnishing, fabricating and erecting
structural steel.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 01340 - Shop Drawings
B. Section 05500 - Miscellaneous Metal
C. Section 09900 - Painting
l.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standards: The following reference standards and codes are hereby made
a part of this Section and all structural steel work shall conform to the
applicable requirements therein except as otherwise specified herein or
shown on the Drawings. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as
permitting work that is contrary to code requirements.
1. Standard Building Code
2. AISC Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of
Structural Steel for Buildings
3. AISC Code of Standard Practice
4. A WS, Structural Welding Code, A WS D1.1
5. ASTM A 6, General Requirements for Delivery of Rolled Steel
Plates, Shapes, Sheet and Bars for Structural Use
6. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC), Surface Preparation
Specifications
7. Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490
Bolts" as approved by Research Council on Riveted and Bolted
Structural Joints of the Engineering Foundation.
B. Welder Qualification: Welding in shop and field shall be done only by
welders holding evidence of qualificatIon under A WS procedures for the
type of weld involved.
05120-1
04-017.65
B. Welder Qualification: Welding procedures, welders, welding operations
and tackers shall be qualified in accordance with A WS Code.
1.04 SUBMIIT ALS
A. Complete shop details and erection drawings shall be submitted to the
Engineer for review prior to beginning fabrication.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver anchor bolts and other anchorage devices which are ~o be
embedded in the work of other trades to the project site in sufficient
time to permit their timely installation. Provide proper setting drawings,
templates and directions for installation of these items.
B. Store structural steel members above ground on platforms, skids or other
supports. Store all fasteners and welding electrodes in a weather-tight
and dry place until ready for use. Store packaged materials in their
original containers.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Shapes, Plates and Bars: ASTM A 36
B. Bolts:
1. Anchor Bolts - ASTM A 307
2. Structural Steel - ASTM A 325
C. Welding Electrodes: As permitted by A WS Code
D. Shop Paint Primer: SSPC PS 2.03-64T or F.S. IT-P-86, Type II or
Tnemec #99, or approved equal.
2.02 FABRICATION
A. Fabrication shall meet all requirements of the specified standards.
B. Fabricate and assemble structural steel in the shop to the greatest extent
possible. Do all shearing and flame cutting carefully and accurately using
machine equipment where at all possible.
C. Weld connections or bolt as indicated. Weld shop connections not
otherwise shown. Eccentric connections are not permitted unless shown
in detail on the Structural Drawings.
05120-2
04-017.65
D. Drift pins may be used for assembling parts provided metal is not
distorted or holes enlarged. Ream holes requiring enlargement to admit
bolts. Misaligned holes will subject members to rejection.
E. Use of gas cutting torch will be allowed where metal being cut is not
carrying stress during the operation and provided stresses will not be
transmitted through a flame-cut surface. Make cuts smooth and regular
in contour. Cuts exposed in the finished work shall be ground and
dressed smooth without nicks or gouges. To determine effective width of
members so cut, deduct liS-inch from least width at gas cut edge.
Make radius or re-entrance of cut fillets as large as practical, but in no
case less than 1I2-inch. All such cuts are subject to prior approval of
the Engineer. Do not use cutting torch to align bolt holes.
F. Shop Cleaning and Painting:
1 Cleaning: Thoroughly clean all loose mill s(;ale, rust, dirt, grease,
and other foreign matter from structural steel items. Conditions
which are too severe to be removed by hand cleaning methods
shall be cleaned as per Reference Standard A.2.d, "Solvent
Cleaning, SSPC-SP 1-63", "Power Tool Cleaning, SSPC-SP 3-63", or
"Brush-Off Blast Cleaning, SSPC-SP 7-63", as required.
2. Painting: Except where encased in concrete or secured as contact
surfaces in joints connected by high strength bolts, apply one shop
coat of primer, all as per paint manufacturer's specifications for
application and coverage. No shop paint is permitted on surfaces
to be field welded. Parts inaccessible after assembly shall be given
two coats of shop paint prior to assembly.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Before starting work, verify locations and elevations of bearings and
anchor bolts. Immediately report inaccuracies. Work under this Section
includes responsibility for accurate bearing of steel and correct location
of anchorage.
3.02 ERECfION
A. Erection shall be III accordance with the requirements of the specified
standards.
B. Weld field connections or bolt as indicated.
05120-3
04-017.65
t ~
C. Bolting:
1. As erection progresses, bolt up work to take care of all dead
loads, construction live loads, lateral forces and erection stresses.
2. Unless otherwise noted, erection bolts used in welded construction
may be either tightened securely and left in place or removed and
the holes filled with plug welds.
3. All bolts shall be tightened using the turn of the nut method.
D. Temporary Bracing: Introduce wherever necessary to provide for all loads
to which structure is subjected including erection equipment and its
operation. Leave in place until no longer required for safety. Make
proper provisions for construction loads, piles of materials, equipment,
etc., carried by structural frame during erection.
E. Touch-up Painting: After erection, clean all fixed connections (bolts and
welds) and spot paint all abrasions, with same primer used in shop.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Erection Tolerances: Erect individual pieces so that the deviation from
plumb, level and alignment shall not exceed 1:500.
END OF SECTION
05120-4
04-017.65
SECTION 05500
MISCELLANEOUS METALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. This Section covers the use of miscellaneous metals, shapes and sheets,
fittings, fasteners, wirework, etc., not specified elsewhere in these
Specifications.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 05120 - Structural Steel
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor shall submit shop drawings which shall indicate fabrication,
assembly and erection details, sizes of members, profiles, fastenings,
supports and anchors, patterns, clearances and connection to other work.
Shop drawings shall be approved by the Engineer before fabrication
begins.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Steel: Miscellaneous steel plates, shapes, bars and connections shall
conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation A 36 and shall be
galvanized by the hot dip method after fabrication in accordance with
the requirements of ASTM Designation A 123.
B. Steel Pipe: Steel pipe used for miscellaneous members and connections
shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation A 53, Schedule
40, galvanized, except as otherwise indicated.
C. Anchor Bolts And Fasteners: Anchor bolts for securing equipment and
for aluminum structures and assemblies shall be stainless steel. Anchor
bolts for securing wood nailers and plates shall be hot dipped zinc
coated steel. All other fastenings, bolts, nuts, washers and anchors shall
be aluminum, stainless steel, lead or brass. Zinc coated fastenings will
not be approved except at wood nailers, or when other types of
corrosion resistant materials are not available. Zinc coated fasteners
shall be hot dipped in accordance with ASTM Designation A 153.
Fasteners shall be of adequate strength for purpose intended.
05500-1
04-017.65
T'-r..,
D. Expansion Joint Covers: Expansion joint covers for joints in floors, walls
and roofs shall be equal to Balco Type 4FVP-l for floors and walls and
LDV-1 for roof decks. Covers shall be extruded aluminum, 6063-T5
alloy standard mill finish and equipped with dual locked-in filler strips
and vinyl water seals as shown on the Drawings. All aluminum surfaces
to be in contact with concrete or masonry shall have a factory applied
coating of zinc chromate primer. Covers shall be complete with metal
anchoring devices, non-corrosive, electrolytically inert concrete anchor
bolts, masonry and cover screws, lead fiber masonry anchors, filler strips,
seals and other accessories as required for installation per the
manufacturer's instructions. Filler strips shall be gray in color of PVC
or SBR, manufacturer's option for performance required.
E. Steel Ladders: Steel ladders shall be as detailed on drawings and shall
be hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication. Ladders will have welded
joints. Bolts securing ladders to concrete substrate shall comply with
OSHA standards.
F. All steel components of hand railings shall be fabricated from 1 W' OD
Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe or galvanized steel tube.
2.02 FABRICATION
A. Insofar as possible, fabricated material shall be fitted and shop assembled
ready for erection. Welding and equipment shall conform to American
Welding Society's Code for Welding in Building Construction, latest
edition. All work shall be square, plumb and true, accurately fitted with
ti~ht joints and intersections. Exposed work shall be finished smooth
With welds ground smooth.
B. Painting And Protective Coating:
1. All ferrous metal, except stainless steel and galvanized surfaces,
shall be properly cleaned and given one shop coat of primer
compatible With coating system specified in Section 09900 Painting.
Anchors that are built into masonry shall be coated with asphalt
paint unless specified to be galvanized. Metal work to be encased
in concrete shall be left unpainted unless specified or noted
otherwise. Where hot-dip galvanized or zinc coated metal is
specified or shown, it shall be shop primed unless specifically not
required. Castings that are to be left unpainted shall be cleaned
and coated with a coal-tar-pitch varnish.
2. Hot-dip galvanizing or zinc coatings applied on products fabricated
from rolled, pressed or forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strips
shall comply with ASTM Designation A 123. Hot-dip galvanizing
or zinc coatings on assembled steel products shall comply with
ASTM Designation A 386. The weight of coatings shall be
designated in Table 1 for the class and thickness of material to be
coated. Galvanized surfaces for which a shop coat of paint is
05500-2
04-017.65
specified shall be chemically treated to provide a bond for the
paint. Except for ~olts and nuts, all galvanizing shall be done after
fabrication.
3. Aluminum to be placed adjacent to masonry or dissimilar metals
shall be protected with an isolating coating of bitumastic and/or
felt.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 ERECTION
A. Where the contact of dissimilar metals may cause electrolysis and where
aluminum will contact concrete, mortar or plaster, the contact surface of
the metals shall be separated using not less than one coat of zinc
chromate primer and one heavy coat of aluminum pigmented asphalt
paint on each surface; or where deemed necessary by the Engineer, not
less than one course of asphalt saturated cotton fabric cemented to both
metals with flashing cement, shall be used. Finished works shall be
cleaned and excess cement removed.
B. All work shall be adequately anchored 1ll place at proper elevations,
planes and locations.
C. Space handrail supports not more than four feet on center, unless
otherwise indicated, and attach flanges to wall surfaces by use of 3/8
inch lag bolts in lead expansion shields or as indicated on the Drawings.
D. Intersections of railings shall be neatly coped, fully welded and ground
smooth and flush. Bend curves smoothly without distortion of cross
section.
E. Drill Holes as required for bolts and screws in supports and in
metalwork. Conceal fasteners where possible.
END OF SECTION
05500-3
04-017.65
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included in this Section consists of furnishing and installing
rough carpentry work and related hardware.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standards:
1. Lumber to conform to American Lumber Standards' Product
Standard PS 20-70. Graded by rules of manufacturer's association under
whose rules lumber is produced. Evidence of grade and mill marked on
each piece.
2. National Forest Products Association.
3. Southern Pine Association.
4. Western Wood Products Association.
5. American Plywood Association.
B. Moisture Content: Moisture content of lumber shall be maintained within
the requirements of the association under whose grading rules it is
produced.
1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Lumber and other materials specified herein shall be delivered, stored
and handled to prevent damage. Lumber and plywood shall be placed
under cover and off ground in such manner as to insure proper
drainage, ventilation and protection from the weather.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Lumber: Lumber for headers, wood grounds, nailers and blocking shall
be No.2 or No.3 common yellow pine or standard grade Douglas Fir.
06100-1
04-017.65
B. Plywood: Plywood shall be C-D Interior Grade sheathing with exterior
glue, identification Grade 32/16, l/2-inch thick.
C. Pressure Treated Lumber:
1. Lumber that is required to be pressure treated shall be impregnated
with Chromated Copper Arsenate CCCA) conforming to American
Wood Preservers Association Standard P5 ill a closed cylinder by
vacuum process in accordance with A WP A Standard C2. Retention
of CCA dry salts shall be .25 pound per cubic foot for above
ground use and .40 pound per cubic foot for ground contact.
2. Each piece of pressure-treated lumber shall bear a brand
conforming to the standards of A WP A.
3. Lumber in contact with concrete shall be pressure preservative
treated in accordance with A WPA Standard C9.
4. Cut or sawed surfaces in preservative treated members shall receive
two coats of the same preservative used in the original treatment.
D. Rough Hardware: Rou~h hardware shall be the most suitable for project
reqUlrements. ExpansiOn shields or bolts and toggle bolts shall be
provided as required. All bolts, nails, screws, anchors, straps, clips,
etc., shall be galvanized.
E. Power actuated fasteners shall conform to Federal Specification GGG-D-
777a, and shall be installed as per manufacturer's printed directions.
Power charge shall be powerful enough to prevent spalling of concrete.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. General Work: All work shall be erected level, and/or plumb and shall
meet required heights, layout and details precisely. All work shall be
well nailed or bolted and adequately braced. All work shall be executed
in accordance with the best practices of the trade, by men skilled in the
craft. Nailing shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Standard
Building Code.
B. Furring: Furring shall be I-inch x 2-inch strips, I2-inches o.c., or I-inch
x 3-inch strips, 16-inches o.c., securely attached to masonry and concrete
with casehardened nails.
3.02 PROTECTION
A. Wood surface to be finished shall be protected from moisture and dirt
until prime coat has been applied.
END OF SECTION
06100-2
04-017.65
SECTION 06200
FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included under this Section consists of providing finish
carpentry and millwork.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry
B. Section 06410 - Cabinetwork
C. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware
D. Section 09901 - Painting (Architectural Coatings)
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standards:
1. Lumber: The "Quality Standards" of the Architectural Woodwork
Institute shall apply and by reference are hereby made a part of
this Specification. Any reference to Premium, Custom or Economy
in this Specification shall be as defined in the latest edition of the
AWl "Quality Standards".
2. Any item not given a specific quality grade shall be Custom grade
as defined in the latest edition of the A WI "Quality Standards".
3. All plywood shall conform to the standards grading rules of U.S.
Product Standard PS 1-74.
1.04 SUBMITI ALS
A. The Contractor shall obtain field dimensions prior to construction of
items which are to be fabricated elsewhere and required to make parts
of work fit accurately together. Overall field dimensions are not
required for shop drawings approval.
B. Shop Drawings: Shop Drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for
approval prior to fabrication of counters and cabinets.
C. Samples shall be submitted on each wood specie to receive transparent
finish and samples shall be I-inch x 6-inch m size. A brochure and a
I2-inch x I2-inch sample of each type of plywood paneling used shall be
submitted.
06200-1
04-017.65
D. Samples of laminated plastic and hardware for counters and cabinets
along with manufacturer's product data and published installation and
maintenance instructions shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval
prior to fabncarion of the units.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Cabinets shall be stored in manner to prevent damage and deterioration.
Delivery to the job shall be deferred until the installation and storage
areas are complete and dry of all wet-type construction. All cabinet
surfaces subject to damage shall be protected while in transit.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. All lumber shall be kiln-dried and shall have 15 percent mmamum
moisture content.
B. Wood mouldings, shelf supports and trim shall be of clear cypress or fir
or white pine, C-Select.
C. Shelving shall be of white pme, C-Select or DFP A A-A Grade plywood
with hardwood edges.
D. Plywood for counters and cabinets and for telephone terminal board shall
be 3/4-inch interior DFPA A-C Grade.
E. Laminated plastic shall be General Purpose Grade 10 equal to Formica,
Consoweld, Micarta or Wilson Art. No metal mouldings shall be used.
F. Adhesive for cabinet and laminate shall be Type II, CS 35-61.
G. Rough hardware for execution of finish carpentry shall be as required for
proper execution of the work, using the best suited fastening devices for
each condition. Nails and anchor straps shall be galvanized throughout.
2.02 FABRICATION
A. Millwork: Millwork shall be assembled at the mill, insofar as practical,
and delivered ready for erection. When it is necessary to cut and fit on
the job, the material shall be made with ample measurements taken at
the job. All exposed surfaces sanded to an even, smooth surface ready
for finish. Mill assemblies shall be jointed with concealed nails and
screws where possible, with mortise and tenons or with dowels, and with
glued blocks. All exposed nails shall be countersunk. All glue shall be
waterproof of the best quality.
B. Edgings: Edgings shall be tongue and grooved into plywood and set in
glue.
06200-2
04-017.65
C. Counters And Cabinets: Counters and cabinets shall be assembled at the
shop insofar as practical and delivered to the job ready for installation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Counters and cabinets shall be installed plumb and level without
distortion and shimmed as necessary with concealed shims. Accurately
scribe and closely fit all face plates, filler strips and trim strips to
irregularities of adjacent surfaces.
B. Wood Trim: All wood trim shall be gIVen two dripping brush coats of
wood preservative.
C. Finishes: All woodwork installed shall be cleaned and sanded with all
nail heads set below the surface of the wood as required to receive
finishes specified in Section 09900 Painting.
D. Installation Of Finish Hardware:
1. Finish hardware shall be supplied as specified in Section 08710
Finish Hardware, and installed as specified herein.
2. Hardware shall be neatly and accurately fixed in place by skilled
mechanics in accordance with best standard practice. Screws and
bolts shall match the hardware in finish and all items shall be left
in perfect working order, free from rust, scratches or other defects.
Escutcheons and other such items shall not be applied until after
finishing and painting operations are complete. Hardware which
might be damaged by construction work shall be protected during
progress of work and un-covered on completion. All work shall be
lllstalled plumb and true and secured with proper fastenings so as
to make all work rigid and firm.
END OF SECTION
06200- 3
04-017.65
SECTION 06410
CABINETWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Work Included: Provide all cabinetwork shown on the Drawings, and as
specified herein.
B. Related work described elsewhere:
1. Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry and Millwork
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit shop drawings for wood, plastic laminate covered cabinets,
counters and shelves and type of finish.
2. Show cabinets in related and dimensional position with sections wither
full size or 3 inches equal 1 foot scale.
3. The mill is responsible for details and dimensions not controlled by job
conditions.
4. Show required field measurements beyond control of mill.
1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store and handle cabinetwork in manner to prevent damage and
deteriora tion.
B. Defer delivery to job until installation and storage areas are complete and dry
of wet-type construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Equipment and cabinet work to be of flush type construction. Cabinets to
have flush interior and exteriors, with no exposed frames, mouldings or
blocks.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Materials:
1. Plywood Core: Interior softwood Douglas Fir.
06410-1
04-017.65
a. Concealed:
~j
Custom Grade.
C.S. Face "A" 1 side.
C.S. Face "D" 1 side.
2. Plastic Laminate: High pressure laminate conforming to NEMA
Standards, as manufactured by Wilson Art.
a. Facing: 1116 and 1132 inch thick general purpose laminate.
Plastic laminate exposed horizontal surfaces including doors to be
1/32 inch thick. Interior of cabinets not exposed to view to have
two coats splatter paint finish lacquer coat.
b. Adhesive: Contact cement.
c. Color: To be selected by Architect.
3. Blocking and Framing: Hardwood.
B. Construction: Construct in accordance with details shown on Drawings and
fabricate to actual field dimensions. Manufacture cabinets in a properly
equipped cabinet shop of a company specializing in design and manufacture
of hot press method plastic cabinet work, using the best quality workmanship
and practices. Joining of cabinet members shall be with screws and glue in a
manner as required to provide a rigid installation. Fastenings shall be blind
and unexposed.
1. Ends, Partitions, and Bottoms: % inch thick plywood core covered with
plastic laminate.
2. Doors: 3/4 inch thick plywood with plastic laminate on both faces and
plastic laminate or square vinyl "T" edge.
3. Cabinet Backs: 1;4 inch thick tempered hardboard. Provide 1,!z inch
diameter relief-vent holes in back of compartments to relieve pressure
when doors are closed.
4. Drawers: Drawer front and back shall be % inch plywood. Sides shall
be 1,!z inch hardwood with beveled top edges and plowed bottom to
receive 118 inch tempered hardboard drawer bottom. Drawer front
covered with 1/32 inch thick plastic laminate. Drawers shall be
installed KY 1455 drawer slide.
5. Counter Tops: Including backs plash and return ends, constructed of
plywood core % inch thick. Plastic laminate, exposed surfaces including
underside of lip.
6. Cabinet Support: Wall cabinets to have a % inch laminated batten
strip across the top from of cabinet.
7. Shelves: % inch thick covered both sides and edges with 1116 inch
thick plastic laminate.
06410-2
04-017.65
8. Scribe Mouldings: PlasIlc laminate hardwood.
9. Finishes: All ~urfaces except those covered with plastic laminate,
natural finish with one coat seal, one coat lacquer.
10. Hardware: US4 finish.
a. Hinges: Stanley pivot 1560 Series.
b. Adjustable Shelf Hardware: Knape & Vogt No. 255 flush standard
and No. 256 supports.
c. Drawer and Door Pulls: Equal to EPCO MC-4025
d. Magnetic Latches: For all swinging doors. Extra heavy duty.
Double doors to have latches on both doors.
e. Locks: Five pin tumbler grooved key type with plated cylinder
and cam. Provide two keys for each lock.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Location: As shown on Drawings. Scribe cabinet work adjacent to wall
finished using scribe mouldings.
B. Adjustments: After installation, adjust doors and drawers for proper
alignment and operation.
END OF SECTION
06410- 3
04-017.65
SECTION 07210
BUILDING INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide building insulation, including necessary accessones, as indicated
on drawings and specified herein.
B. Related Sections
1. Section 06100 - rough Carpentry
2. Section 09110 - Metal Stud Partitions
3. Section 09250 - Gypsum Wallboard
1.02 SUBMIITALS
A. Submit properly identified manufacturer's product data including
installation instructions before commencing work.
B. Samples: Submit minimum twelve inch square sample of each type of
insulation furnished together with manufacturer's labels attached.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Fibrous Insulation - Batt or Blanket Glass Fiber:
1. Description: ASTM C665, glass fiber blanket Glass Fiber:
2. Fire Resistance: ASTM E84 to following standards:
a. Flame Spread: 0-25.
b. Fuel Contributed 0-50.
c. Smoke Developed: 0-50.
3. Density: 0.50 to 4 lbs. per cu. ft.
4. Thermal Resistance: R value = 8 for unfaced wall insulation and
19 for kraft paper faced with staple flange for underside of
plywood roof decks.
07210-1
04-017.65
5. Manufacturers: Owens Corning Fibergas Corp.; Certainteed Corp.;
Manville.
C. Fasteners: Provide fasteners as recommended by insulation manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Do not proceed with the work until conOltlOns detrimental to the proper
and timely completion of the work have been corrected in an acceptable
manner.
3.02 fNST ALLA TION
A. Install insulation in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed
instructions for the specific product.
B. Foil backed Thermax insulation board, 7/8" thick, shall be installed over
3/4" metal that furring channels attached to masonry wall. 5/8" gypsum
board shall be installed over the insulation.
END OF SECTION
07210-2
04-017.65
SECTION 07250
FIREPROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide spray-on fireproofing materials where indicated on the Drawings.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide the following submittals:
1. Manufacturer's Data and Instructions.
2. Certificate of Test Reports.
1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements:
1. Provide ventilation in areas to receive fireproofing during and 24 hrs.
after application, to dry material and maintain nontoxic, unpolluted
working area.
2. Provide temporary enclosure to prevent spray from contaminating air.
3. Do not apply spray fireproofing when temperature of substrate, material,
and surrounding air is below 40 deg. F.
4. Maintain temperature 24 hrs. before and 24 hrs. after application of
fireproofing.
PART 2 .. PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Fireproofing Materials:
1. Provide materials which have been tested to ASTM E119 and are listed
in UL Building Materials Directory.
2. Conform to applicable code for this project for minimum fire resistant
ratings.
B. Sprayed-On Materials:
1. Factory-mixed portland cement-based material, free of asbestos fibers, and
complying with minimum requirements.
2. Dry Density: ASTM E605, 22 Ibs. per cu. ft.
07250-1
04-017.65
3. Bond Strength: ASTM E736, 1,000 lbs. per sq. ft.
4. Compressive Strength: ASTM E761, 150 psi.
5. Color: Gray
6. Acceptable Manufacturer: W.R. Grace & Co. Model Zona lite 105.
e. Metal Lath: Self-furring diamond mesh, 3.4 lbs. per sq. yd. expanded from
steel sheets.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate and remove coatings and other substances which might
interfere with bond of fireproofing.
B. Equipment and Materials:
1.
Verify clips, hangers, supports, sleeves, and other items required to
penetrate fireproofing are installed.
Verify ducts, piping, equipment, and other items which interfere with
application of fireproofing in new construction are not positioned until
fireproofing is completed.
Verify roofing application is complete and roof traffic has ceased before
applying to roof decks.
Verify concrete work is completed before applying to steel decks.
2.
3.
4.
5. For existing work, mask equipment and materials not to receIve
fireproofing.
C. Close off and seal ductwork In areas of fireproofing application.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for type of material and
condition of substrate in each case.
2. Spray Equipment: Use spray equipment of type recommended by
fireproofing manufacturer.
3. Application: Extend material full thickness over entire substrate to be
covered, in monolithic blanket of uniform texture.
4. Thickness: Sufficient thickness to provide minimum one hour protection.
07250-2
04-017.65
..., .."'l ~ . ......"
B. Fireproofing:
1. Mix material with water at rate of 10 gal. water to 38 Ibs. of material.
2. Maintain temperature of air and substrate at 40 deg. F. for 24 11fs.
before and after application.
3. Ensure adequate ventilation IS provided III temporary enclosure for proper
drying of fireproofing.
3.03 CLEANING
A. Immediately after completion of Work in each room or space, clean adjoining
surfaces of over-sprayed material and fall-out from spraying operation.
3.04 PROTECTION
A. Protect fireproofing from damage after application.
B. Inspect areas for complete coverage.
C. On completion of work in adjacent areas, correct damaged areas.
END OF SECTION
07250-3
04-017.65
SECTION 07920
CAULKING AND SEALANT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide sealants and caulking as required and as specified herein.
B. Definitions:
1. Sealant: A weatherproof elastomer used in filling and sealing
joints, having properties of adhesion, cohesion, extensibility under
tension, compressibility and recovery; shall be designed to make
joints air and watertight. Material is designed generally for
application to joints at exterior of structures and to other joints
subject to movement.
2. Caulking Compound: A material used in filling joints and seams,
having properties of adhesion and cohesion, shall not be required
to have extensibility and recovery properties; usually applied at
joints at interior of structures. Material shall be applied III joints
not subject to movement or weathering.
3. Caulking: The term is used here to denote the process of filling
the joints, without regard to type of material.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 08800 - Glass and Glazing
1.03 SUBMITIALS
A. Submit manufacturer's product data to the Engineer for approval pnor to
installation.
B. The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a two year guarantee on
sealant type caulking work against joint failure. Joint failure is defined
as: leaks of air or water; evidence of loss of adhesion between sealant
and joint edge; evidence of loss of cohesion, fading of sealant material;
migration of sealant.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Materials shall be stored and handled so as to prevent the inclusion of
foreign matter or the damage of materials by water or breaking and shall
be stored in original containers until ready for use. Material showing
evidence of damage shall be rejected.
07920-1
04-017.65
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Primer: Where pnmer is required by sealant manufacturer, it shall be a
compound designed to insure the adhesion of sealant. Material shall be
provided by the sealant manufacturer and shall be selected for
compatibility with the sealant and with substrate.
B. Glazing Sealants: One component, non-sag, silicone sealant with Shore
A hardness of 25 to 30, meeting ASTM C920, Type S, Class 25, Grade
NS, and shall be General Electric Co. Silpruf Sealant, Bostik Chern-Calk
1200, or equal. For structural glazing, prior written approval from the
sealant manufacturer shall be furnished before use.
C. Interior Sealants and Caulking:
1. General Use: One component, acrylic latex caulking, meeting
ASTM C834 with minimum 75% recovery per ASTM C736 and
shall be Bostik Chern-Calk 600 or equal.
2. Bathrooms and Kitchens: One component, non-sag, mildew
resistant, silicone sealant with Shore A hardness of 25 to 30,
meeting ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25 and shall be
General Electric Silicone Sanitary 1702 Sealant, Bostik Silicone
Rubber Bathroom Caulk, or equal.
3. Exposed Joints with Little Movement: Sealant as specified above
for bathrooms or one component butyl rubber sealant, gum grade,
for maximum joint movement of ::!:: 5%, meeting Federal
Specification TT-S-1657, and shall be Bostik Chern-Calk 300, or
equal.
4. Non-Exposed Acoustical Joints: Sealant as specified above for
bathrooms or one component acoustical caulking, non-drying, non-
hardening, synthetic rubber, normally not paintable.
5. Sealants and caulking for computer room floor and partition walls
shall prevent the passage of halon.
D. Joint Packing: Packing shall be closed cell foam, or tubing as indicated
on the Drawings. Material shall be non-reactive with caulking materials
and non-oily. Minimum density 3.25 lbs/cu.ft. No asphalt or bitumen-
impregnated fiber shall be used with sealants.
07920-2
04-017.65
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Joints:
1. All joints shall be thoroughly cleaned; loose particles shall be
blown out or vacuumed from joints. Material to be contacted by
sealant shall be dry, fully free of laitance, loose aggregate, form
release agents, curing compounds, water repellants and other
surface treatments.
2. J oint packing shall be installed in all joints to receive sealant where
required. Packing shall be sized to require 20 to 50 percent
compression upon insertion, and shall be placed so that sealant
depth is approximately 1/2 joint width. In joints not of sufficient
depth to allow packing, polyethylene bond-breaking tape shall be
installed at back of joint. Lengthwise stretching of packing
materials shall be avoided.
3. Masking tape shall be applied where required to protect adjacent
surfaces. Tape shall be adhered in continuous strips in alignment
with joint edge and removed immediately after joints have been
sealed and tooled.
4. Joints shall be primed where required by sealant manufacturer, to
receive sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Primer shall be brushed uniformly upon all surfaces of joint.
Sufficient drying time shall be allowed before caulking.
3.02 APPLICATION
A. Sealant:
1. Mixing and application of sealant shall be as recommended by
sealant manufacturer.
2. Material which has exceeded the manufacturer's recommended
potential open time (POT Life) shall not be used.
3. Sealant and caulking material shall be applied under pressure to fill
joints completely with prevention of air pockets or voids. Tooling
shall be performed with solvent recommended by manufacturer.
Joints shall be tooled concave.
B. Locations:
1. Sealant shall be applied around penetrations of floor slabs and
exterior walls for piping, conduits, ductwork and similar items, at
top of slabs and exterior face of walls, around exterior perimeter of
door frames and windows, louvers and vents, and at other exterior
locations shown on the Drawings.
07920-3
04-017.65
2. Caulking compound shall be applied at interior locations shown on
the Drawings.
C. Thresholds: Thresholds shall be set in full bed of caulking sealant with
excess material removed.
D. Cleaning: Adjacent surfaces shall be cleaned free of sealant and soiling
resulting from this work and as work progresses, using solvent or
cleaning agent as recommended by the manufacturer. All finished work
shall be left in a neat, clean condition. Where any sealant or caulking
material will permanently stain surfaces, these surfaces shall be masked
out to prevent such staining.
END OF SECTION
07920-4
04-017.65
SECTION 08110
HOLLOW METAL WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Provide hollow metal work including necessary accessones indicated on
drawings and specified in this section.
B. Related Sections:
1. 07920 - Sealants and Calking
2. 08710 - Finish Hardware
3. 09900 - Painting
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit properly identified product data including manufacturer's
specifications and installation directions.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for review, indicating sizes,
elevations, locations, fire labels, construction details, gages. finishes,
reinforcement, anchors, louvers, light openings, glazing stops and hardware
locations.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTED MANUFACTURERS
A. Provide doors and frames from same manufacturer. Subject to
requirements of this section, provide doors and frames as manufactured by
Allied Steel Products, Firedoor Corporation, or equal.
2.02 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES
A. Fabricate interior frames to profiles indicated of 16 gage bonderized
electro-zinc coated sheet steel in accordance with ASTM A 366 and
ASTM A 591, Class C.
B. Frames: Fully welded, custom type, with mitered or butted head and
jamb members with integral stops and with combination buck and trim as
shown. Corners shall have continuous welds around flush and smooth
without dishing.
C. Hardware Reinforcements and Preparations:
1.
Frames shall be mortised, reinforced and drilled/tapped for
mortised hardware in accordance with approved finish hardware
schedule and templates by hardware supplier.
08110-1
04-017.65
a. Perform drilling and tapping for surface applied hardware in
the field.
b. Locate finish hardware in accordance with Recommended
Locations for Builder's Hardware, published by National
Builder's Hardware Association or as otherwise directed by the
A/E.
2. Butt (Hinge) Reinforcing: Steel ('late 3116 inch thick by 1-1/4
inches minimum to 1-1;2 mches maxImum by 10 inches long, offset
where required so faces of butts are flush with door frame edge,
secured by not less than six spot welds.
3. Strike Reinforcement: Offset clips of 12 gage steel 1-1;2 inches x 3
inches long.
4. Closer Shoe Reinforcing: 10 gage steel plates (minimum 14 inches
long x 1 inch w~de) in both rabbets (each side of stop) and top of
head section near corner of hinge jamb. Provide styrofoam or
treated wood over plates to allow closer foot screws to seat
without interference from grout fill.
D. Silencer (Mute) Provisions: Punch frames to receive silencers on strike
jamb scheduled in Section 08710.
E. Grout Guards: Provide 26 gage sheet metal covers welded to the back of
frames at hinges, locks, bolts, tapped reinforcements at hardware and
silencer locations.
F. Jamb Anchors: Provide in accordance with frame manufacturer's
recommendations for attachment to masonry walls, concrete columns and
metal stud system as shown on Drawings.
G. Floor Anchors: Provide 14 gauge galvanized sheet steel angle shaped
anchors or each jamb which extends to the floor, punched for not less
than two 1/4 inch diameter bolts.
H. Spreaders: Provide frames with temporary steel spreader bars tack welded
to jambs to maintain full rigidity and proper alignment during installation.
I. Grout solid all hollow metal door frames.
1. Provide sheet metal covers (grout guards) welded in back of
frames at hinges, locks, bolts and tapped reinforcements at
hardware.
2. At silencer locations furnish suitable removable plugs in holes to
keep grout free.
2.03 HOLLOW METAL DOORS
a. Fabricate interior doors from 16 gage bonderized electro-zinc coated cold-
rolled stretcher leveled sheet steel m accordance with ASTM A 366 and
ASTM A 591, Class C.
08110-2
04-017.65
B. Types: Custom flush, seamless hollow construction with VISIon cut-outs as
shown.
C. Sizes and Thicknesses: Size shall be as indicated and thickness 1-314 inches
unless otherwise specified or shown. Provide undercuts where indicated
for ventilation, 3/4 inch maximum undercut allowed for fire labeled doors.
D. Door Perimeters:
1. Stile Edges:
a. Reinforce stile edges full height with 16 gage bonderized ZInC
coated steel channels.
b. Bevel for Single Acting Doors: 1/8 inch in 2 inches.
2. Door Tops: Reinforce door tops with full width 16 gage
bonderized zinc coated steel channels.
3. Door Bottoms: Reinforce door bottoms with full width 16 gage
bonderized zinc coated steel channels.
E. Stiffeners: Provide vertical members spaced not more than 6 inches o.c.
with shape standard to manufacturer.
F. Core Fill: Provide mineral standard to manufacturer.
G. Hardware Reinforcements and Preparation:
1. Mortise and Reinforce as Follows:
a. Drill/tap for mortised hardware in accordance with accepted
finish hardware schedule and templates furnished by hardware
supplier.
b. Perform drilling and tapping for surface applied hardware in
the field.
c. Locate finish hardware in accordance with Recommended
Locations for Builder's Hardware, published by National
Builder's Hardware Association or as otherwise directed by the
A/E.
2. Butt (Hinge) Reinforcing: Steel plate 6 inches thick and 1-l/4inches
minimum to 1-1/2 inches maximum 10 inches long. Offset where
required and secured by not less than six spot welds.
H. Light Opening in Doors:
1. Provide light openings of sizes indicated.
2. At light opening cut outs, provide 16 gage zmc coated steel
channel closures welded into opening perimeter.
08110-3
04-017.65
2.04 FINISHING AND SHOP PAINT
A. After fabrication, gi:ind exposed weld marks smooth and flush, clean and
degrease surfaces, apply metallic filler, sand smooth and apply shop coat
of manufacturer's standard rust-inhibitive metal primer baked on.
B. Prime Coat: Thoroughly cover all surfaces to provide uniform dry film
thickness of not less than 1.0 mil without runs, smears, or bare spots.
PART 3B - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Do not proceed with the work until conditions detrimental to the proper
and timely completion of the work have been corrected in an acceptable
manner.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Frames
1. lnstall plumb, level and true to line, secured in openings.
2. Install frames in accordance with accepted shop drawings,
manufacturer's printed instruction.
B. Doors:
1. Install in openings plumb, level and true to line.
2. Apply hardware and adjust to achieve smooth and quiet operation.
C. Final Adjustments: Doors and hardware shall receive final adjustment as
follows:
1. Door Contact with Silencers: Doors shall strike a minimum of
two silencers without binding lock or latch bolts in the strike plate.
2. Head, Strike and Hinge Jamb Margin: 118 inch.
3. Meeting Edge Clearance, Pairs of Doors: :t 1116 inch.
4. Bolts and Screws: Leave tight and firmly seated.
END OF SECTION
08110-4
04-017 .65
SECTION 08210
WOOD DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Provide wood doors including necessary accessones as indicated on
Drawings and specified in this section.
B. Related Sections:
1. 06100 - Rough Carpentry
2. 08710 - Finish Hardware
3. 09900 - Painting
1.02 REFERENCES
A. Product shall conform to Department of Commerce Commercial Standards
(CS) and to Industry Standards LS.L, Wood Flush Doors of National
Woodwork Manufacturer's Association (NWMA).
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit properly identified manufacturer's literature.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit complete detailed shop drawings of specified
doors.
1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Do not deliver doors to job site until needed, coordinate delivery with job
progress.
1. Store doors in a flat position elevated a minimum of 4 inches
above concrete slab.
2. Ship doors individually wrapped/cartoned.
3. Identify each door by number/tag in accordance with accepted
shop drawings.
1.05 WARRANTY
A. Provide manufacturer's written guarantee covering defects in materials and
workership and covering warp exceeding one-quarter inch. Guarantee shall
be for the life of installation.
08210-1 04-017.65
,'~'""""'--~-,,-~~",",,..,- "" ~,,"_"'~--""'''''''''~;'-''-''''
PART 2 - PRODUcrS
2.01 WOOD DOORS, FLUSH, SOLID CORE
A. Face Material: 3-ply plywood, approximately 118" thick, all hardwood
veneers bonded under heat and pressure. Veneer shall be stain grade
Birch, suitable for varnishing.
B. Cross Banding: Hardware.
C. Core: Particle board, 3-ply, Type 1, Density C, meeting CS-236-66 mat
formed particle board.
D. Vertical Edge Bands: Hardwood, minimum 1-W' bonded to the core.
E. Horizontal Edge Bands: Softwood, double thickness, minimum thickness
2-112".
F. Adhesives: Type II, (Interior) per CS-35 revised.
G.
2.02
A.
Preservatives: Three minute dip, CS-262-63.
FABRICATION
Fabricate to sizes and design indicated on drawings pre-fitted for opemngs
and properly beveled.
Pre-fit Clearance:
B.
1. 1I8-inch top and sides and liz-inch above scheduled finish flooring
material. Refer to the Door Schedule for additional undercut as
specified.
2. Bevel angle 1I8-inch per 2-inches of door thickness.
C. Hardware Preparation: Pre-machine at factory for hardware called for in
hardware schedule using templates/directions furnished by hardware
supplier. Field installation is optional.
D. Tolerances: Maximum tolerances for doors are as follows:
1. Size: :tl/16".
2. Warp: 1/4" along vertical edge of diagonal.
3. Squareness: W' length of diagonals.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. General:
08210-2
04-017 .65
1. Install in accordance wIth manufacturer's written instructions.
2. Replace or re-hang doors which are hinge-bound and do not SWlllg
or operale f:-eely.
3. Leave installation clean and free from finger marks, dirt and other
foreign substances ready for painting.
4. Condition doors to average prevailing humidity in installation area
before hanging.
B. Job-Fit Doors:
1. Align and fit doors III frames with uniform clearances and bevels
as indicated.
2. Do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer
or permitted with fire-rated doors.
3. Machine doors for hardware.
4. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining.
C. Fitting Clearances:
1. Non-Rated Doors:
a. 1/8 inch at jambs and heads.
b. 1/16 inch per leaf at meeting stiles for pairs of doors.
c. 1/8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish
or covenng.
2. Threshold: 1/4 inch clearance from bottom of door to top of
threshold.
3. Bevel non-rated doors 1/8 inch to 2 inches at lock and hinge
edges.
D. Refer to Section 09900 for finishing of job site finished doors.
END OF SECTION
08210-3
04-017.65
SECTION 08410
ALUMINUM ENTRANCE AND STOREFRONT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included in this Section consists of furnishing and in-stalling as
shown on the Drawings an aluminum entrance door and storefront.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware
B. Section 08800 - Glass and Glazing
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings shall be submitted for approval by the Engineer pnor to
fabrication of aluminum entrance and storefront.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION
A. Framing: Aluminum entrance and storefront framing shall be equal "Tri-
Fab 450 Screw Spline System" as furnished by Kawneer Company, Niles,
Michigan. The Contractor shall furnish all material, labor and
equipment for the complete installation of glass framing, vertical and
horizontal mullions tran-sition members connecting these components and
trim moldings, all of which shall be 6063- T5 extruded aluminum alloy.
All screws, miscellaneous fas-tening devices and internal components shall
be of stainless steel or plated or corrosion resistant materials of
sufficient strength to perform the functions for which they are used.
Glass framing members shall provide for snap in stops. The system shall
provide fully resilient settings for glass by use of neoprene gaskets on
both sides of the glass. All exposed grid framing members shall be free
of scratches and other serious surface blemished. All aluminum shall be
given a caustic etch and anodic oxide treatment to conform to Alumilite
204A1R1 standards.
B. Doors: Aluminum doors shall be equal to Kawneer "Narrow Stile 190
Door" with sections extruded from 6063-T5 aluminum alloy. Major
portions of door stiles shall be .125-inch in thickness and glazing moldmg
shall be .050-inch thick. Vertical stiles shall be 1 29/32-inch, top rail 2
9/32-inches and bottom rail 3 29/32-inches. Corner construction shall
consist of both sigma deep penetration weld and mechanical fastening.
08410-1
04-017.65
Glazing stops shall be snap in type with neoprene bulb type glazing. No
exposed screws shall be required to secure stops. Stops on exterior side
shall be tamper proof type. Door leaf shall be equipped with adjustable
mechanism located in top rail near lock stile which will provide for
minor clearance adjustments after installation. Doors shall be
weatherstripped on three sides with metal-packed pile cloth installed in
the door and/or frame. Bottom of door shall be equipped with a pile
sweep strip applied to bottom rail. All exposed members shall be free
of scratches and other serious surface blemishes. All aluminum shall be
given a caustic etch and anodic oxide treat-ment to conform to Alumilite
204AIRl.
C. Hardware: Hardware for doors shall be furnished and installed by the
door manufacturer except master keyed cylinder lock inserts which shall
be as specified in Section 08710. Hardware shall include:
1. Butt Hinges: Ball bearing, brass with dull chrome finish, minimum
1 1/2 pair at each door leaf.
2. Door Closer: Overhead surface mounted, parallel arm mount-ing,
with 90 hold-open, adjustable two-speed closing action acces-sible
after installation, size as required for size of door.
3. Push and Pull Bars: Style "R".
D. Glazing: Glazing shall be as specified in Section 08800 with applied
glazing stops furnished by the manufacturer of the aluminum frames.
E. Panels: Honeycomb panels shall consist of a I-inch thick sandwich panel
having prefinished face panels, interior and exterior, equal to U.S.
Plywood Co. "Glasweld" and inner core of 19-20% resin impregnated
paper honeycomb, 1I2-inch cell size equal to the manufacture of Douglas
Aircraft Corp., Hexcell Corp. or Union Bag Co. Adhesives shall be
water resistant suitable for paper lamination and conforming to Federal
Specification MM-A-181.
F. Frames: Frames shall be shop assembled to exact sizes as determined by
field measurements of each opening. Assemblies shall be shipped in as
sec-tions as consistent with handling and field requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Units shall be installed plumb and in accordance with the Drawings and
approved shop drawings.
B. All miters and joints shall form flush, hairline joints. Joints between
sections and all field splices shall produce strength to resist deformation
08410- 2
04-017.65
or misalignment.
C. Frames shall be fabricated and installed with concealed fasten-ings insofar
as is practicable.
D. Dissimilar metals shall be insulated against electrolysis or galvanic action.
All concealed surfaces of aluminum in contact with concrete or masonry
shall be painted with black asphaltum.
END OF SECTION
08410-3
04-017.65
SECTION 08520
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work under this Section includes providing aluminum windows and
screens.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 07920 - Caulking and Sealants
B. Section 08800 - Glass and Glazing
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Requirements: Windows shall conform to the requirements of the South
Florida Building Code (Standard Building Code) for wind pressure and
infiltration and as specified hereinafter.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings shall indicate details of sections, connections, fasteners,
anchors and relation to surrounding work.
B. Color samples of finishes shall be approximately 2-inches by 2-inches III
Size.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 FABRICATION
A. Awning Type Windows:
1. Metal windows shall be aluminum framed awning type windows and
shall conform to Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers Association
Specification A-A2 and A-A2-H for "Quality Certified" windows.
Windows shall be standard sizes as scheduled on the Drawings.
2. Frame and vent sections shall be extruded 6063- T5 aluminum alloy
having a nominal thickness of .062-inch (accepted commercial
tolerance of plus or minus .006-inch apply). Frame members shall
be not less than 1 7/8-inches in depth. Vent members shall not be
less than 31132-inch in depth. Operating hardware shall be
extruded aluminum. Torque tube shall be zinc coated or
08520-1
04-017.65
B.
aluminized steel. Bushings, bearings, hardware guide blocks and
vent locks shall be nylon Zytel No. 101. All other components
shall be of mcterial compatible with design requirements.
3. Frame and sash corners shall be neatly fitted together, in such a
manner as to form a weathertight joint, and securely fastened with
cadmium plated steel or aluminum screws, as required. When the
window is in the closed and locked position, there shall be a bulb
type vinyl weatherstrip seal around the perimeter of all vents.
Screens: Full length screens shall be furnished to fit all operating
windows. Screen frame shall recess into the window frame and be held
in place with screen spreaders and thumb fasteners and removable from
inside; frames shall be extruded 6063-T5 aluminum alloy .062-inch
thickness. Frame corners shall be reinforced and securely locked.
Frames shall be screened with 18 x 16 mesh charcoal fiber glass screen
cloth.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Coordination And Measurements: Measurements shall be taken at the
building to assure proper erection of the work. The Contractor shall be
responsible for checking in the field all dimensions, whether or not
shown on the Drawings, upon which the accurate fitting together and
build-in of this work may depend, or which would affect the proper
installation of the work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Windows shall be securely anchored into place in properly prepared
opelllngs. The openings must be square, plumb and level to prevent
distortion of windows. The window frames shall not be distorted by
erection screws or fittings and shall not interfere with the operating
mechanism.
B. Caulking shall be as specified in Section 07920 Caulking and Sealants.
C. Windows shall be suitable for field glazing as specified in Section 08800
Glass and Glazing, with snap-in rolled aluminum glazing beads furnished
by the manufacturer of the aluminum windows. Installation of bead in
field shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
08520-2
04-017.65
3.03 CLEANING
A. Metal surfaces of windows shall be cleaned on both the inside and
outside of all mortar, plaster, paint and other foreign matter to present
a neat aPI?earance and prevent fouling of weathering surfaces,
weatherstrippmg or the operation of hardware. In addition, windows
shall be washed off with a stiff fiber brush, soap and water, and
thoroughly rinsed with clear water. Where aluminum windows have
become stained, or discolored, they shall be cleaned or have finish
restored in accordance with recommendations of the Architectural
Aluminum Manufacturer's Association. Stained, discolored or abraded
windows that cannot be satisfactorily repaired shall be replaced with new
windows at no additional cost to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
08520-3
04-017.65
SECTION 08710
FINISH HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide all finish hardware as herein tabulated and as shown on the
Drawings.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry and Millwork
B. Section 08110 - Hollow Metal Work
C. Section 08210 - Wood Doors
D. Section 08410 - Aluminum Entrance and Storefront
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Before ordering any hardware, samples shall be submitted of every
different item of "Finish Hardware" to the Engineer for inspection as to
quality, finish and design, and obtain written approval for each item
before delivering any hardware. In case the samples are disapproved,
other samples shall be submitted until satisfactory samples are approved.
B. Submit complete Hardware Schedule for approval with each item listed
being identified with respect to manufacture, brand, catalog, number,
materials, finish, dimensions and operation, as well as location, operation
and use in the buildings and in accordance with the approved samples.
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any errors, omissions and
conformance with the Hardware Schedule.
C. Templates: Promptly following approval of the Hardware Schedule furnish
and deliver template information to the fabricators of items of metal
work to which finishing hardware is to be applied, and make such
deliveries in ample time to avoid delays in such work of said fabricators.
Provide drawings, schedules and detailed information to other trades as
necessary for them to accommodate and prepare their work to receive
the finishing.
1.04 DELIVER Y, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Finish hardware shall be packed in approved manufacturer's containers,
complete with trimmings, bolts, screws, washers, etc., as required for
application and securement. Each container shall bear a suitable label
08710-1
04-017.65
1. OS
A.
1. 06
which shall state the quantity and kind of contents of said container, as
well as identifying marks relating to the approved Hardware Schedule
and its location in the building.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
B.
Hardware shall be uniform III color, free of imperfections affecting
servicability or appearance, and each kind of hardware shall, to the
greatest extent possible be the product of one manufacturer
Hardware furnished in connection with doors and frames requiring fire
rated labels shall be approved for such use, and bear such labels, as
required.
Hardware shall meet the requirements of the South Florida Building
Code, all applicable labeling authorities and shall complement the NFP A
80 and NFP A 101 requirements of Division 8, Doors.
I terns not specifically listed, but incidental to or required for completion
of project, shall be provided and shall conform in class, quality and type
as required for particular use or as specified in like and similar location.
All fastenings, templates and all accessory items scheduled and/or
required to complete project shall be provided.
All requirements of the Contract Documents for items that affect the
work of this Section, including the coordination of finish hardware and
electronic equipment shall be coordinated with related trades. Copies of
approved shop drawings for work of other trades shall be obtained and
hardware templates shall be provided.
c.
D.
E.
WARRANTY
A.
All items shall be guaranteed in wntmg by the manufacturer against
failure due to defective materials and workmanship for a period of one
year commencing on the date of final acceptance, and in the event of
such failure, promptly repaired or replaced with no additional costs to
the Owner.
PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. New hardware is to match existing hardware in type and finish.
B. Thresholds to be extruded aluminum as manufactured by Pemko or
approved equal.
08710-2
04-017.65
2.02 HARDWARE SCHEDULE
A. All door sizes, materials, swings, etc. shall be coordinated with the door
schedule and floor plans. Hardware listed in each Hardware Set is for
each opening so scheduled. Total quantities required shall be
determined from the Drawings.
1. Set No. 1 (Office Lock) or Entrance Function
1 112 pair hinges
1 lockset
1 stop as required
3 silencers
2. Set No. 2 (Storeroom or Closet Lock) Function
1 lIz pair hinges TA 2714.4 112 X 4l1z.26D
1 lockset 070PD OL Y 26D
1 stop as required
3 silencers
3. Set No. 3 (Bifold)
All hardware by door supplier except
2 pull
4. Set No.4
1 112 pair hinges
1 lockset
1 pull
1 exit device
1 stop as required
1 threshold
3 silencers
5. Set No. 5
1 lIz pair hinges
1 lockset
1 closer
1 stop as required
3 silencers
6. Set No. 6 (Aluminum Doors)
1 1Iz pair hinges (by door manufacturer)
1 panic exit device (by door manufacturer)
1 threshold
1 closer (by door manufacturer)
08710-3
04-017.65
2.03 KEYING
A. Provide three keys for each lock
B. Provide six master keys
C. Provide one complete set of adjustment tools and one set of
maintenance manuals for lock sets, latch sets and closers
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install hardware and adjust for proper operation and function. Cover
door knobs and other surfaces during finishing. Clean paint from
exposed surfaces thoroughly before building is accepted.
B. Fasteners:
1. Supply and install items incidental to work of this Section.
2. Type: As required by job conditions.
3. Visible Surfaces: To match finish of material being fastened.
C. Install stops and holders at approved locations.
1. On concrete and solid masonry with lead shields (rawl plugs not
acceptable ).
2. On hollow masonry, with toggle bolts.
3. To doors with through bolts (lOd grommet nuts, or sex bolts, as
applicable.
D. Door Closers: Install with through bolts and grommet nuts or sex bolts.
Locate on the door so that closer will operate through 2 to 4 degrees
beyond the actual door swing. Door closer shall not act as door stop,
with the exception of "Cush" stop arms.
E. At final completion, leave hardware clean and free from disfigurement.
END OF SECTION
08710-4
04-017 .65
Ill. ,':'''..4''
SECTION 08800
GLASS AND GLAZING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included under this Section includes providing glass and
glazing.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 08110 - Hollow Metal Work
B. Section 08410 - Aluminum Entrance and Storefront
C. Section 08520 - Aluminum Windows
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The work shall comply with requirements of the Standard Building Code
with respect to wind pressures and infiltration.
B. Contractors shall determine actual sizes to which glass must be cut from
measurements taken of the frames at the job site. Any trimming or
edge nipping of glass after shipment shall not be permitted.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall be submitted for glass, indicating
glass type and thickness for each piece of glass.
B. Samples: Samples of each glass material shall be submitted for approval.
Samples shall be 6-inches square in size.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Glass shall be delivered to site in containers that will protect material
from the weather and breakage. Materials shall be stored carefully in a
safe place to reduce breakage. Materials shall be delivered in unopened
containers bearing manufacturer's names and brand identification. Each
unit of glass shall bear manufacturer's factory applied label. Labels shall
remain intact until final clean-up.
08800-1
04-017.65
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Glass For Fixed Interior Windows: Glass for the fixed interior windows
shall be 1I4-inch tempered float glass conforming to Federal Specification
DD-G-451c.
B. Glass For Vision Panels In Interior Doors: Glass for vision panels in
interior doors shall be clear, 1I4-inch thick tempered safety glass
conforming to Federal Safety Standard 16 CFR 1201.
C. Glass For Storefront Door: Glass for aluminum storefront door shall be
equal to Pittsburgh Plate Glass, 1I4-inch thick tempered safety glass
conforming to Federal Safety Standard 16 CFR 1201.
D. Setting Blocks And Spacer Shims: Blocks and shims shall be fabricated
from neoprene, treated hardwood, or lead and shaped to the required
sizes and thickness. The material used for blocks and spacers must be
compatible with the type of compounds and sealants used and shall not
cause staining or discoloration of the sealant or the frame. The
hardness for setting block and shim material shall be as recommended by
the compound or sealant manufacturer.
E. Glazing Compound: Glazing compound for use with metal sash shall be
Pecora Chemical Corporation No. M-242 or No. M-251, DAP Flexiplate
1231 or approved equal, retaining full elasticity.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Glazing compound, glazing sealant, glazing tape and gaskets shall be
applied uniformly with accurately formed corners and bevels. Excess
compound shall be removed from glass and sash. Only recommended
thinners, cleaners and solvents shall be used. Glazing compounds or
sealants shall not be cut or diluted without approval from the Engineer.
Good contact shall be made with glass and frame when glazing and
facing off. Glass shall not be set in steel frames until frames have been
primed and paint is dry. Compound or sealant shall not be applied at
temperature lower than 40F. or on a damp, dirty or dusty surface.
Excess sealants shall be removed from glass and adjoining surfaces during
the working time of the material.
08800- 2
04-017.65
3.02 REPLACEMENT AND CLEANING
A. Before final acceptance, all glass shall be free from cracks and other
defects. Any broken glass shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense,
and any defective glass that is a direct result of manufacturing,
transporting or the performance of the Contractor, which may appear
before acceptance, or within the 1 year warranty period, shall be
removed and replaced with new glass without cost to the Owner. All
boxes, crates, containers and other de-bris used for glazing operations
shall be removed from the site. All glass shall be cleaned on both faces
not more than five days prior to Owner's acceptance of the work.
END OF SECTION
08800-3
04-017.65
SECTION 09110
METAL STUD PARTITIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included in this Section consists of construction of metal stud
partitions.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 09250 - Gypsum Wallboard
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Metal Studs: Metal studs shall be 20 gauge galvanized steel screw type
studs, 3 5/8-inches and have a net sectional area of 0.199-square inches
minimum and a section modulus around the major axis of 0.285-inches
cubed.
B. Runner Tracks: Runner tracks shall be of the same material and nominal
size as the metal studs and designed to fit the studs without deflection.
C. Fastenings: Tracks shall be secured to concrete floor slab with concrete
stub nails or power driven anchors. Tracks shall be secured to roof
framing with toggle or molly bolts. Fastenings for securing stud splices
shall be 3/8-inch Type S pan head screws.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Partitions: All partitions shall be aligned accurately to the partition
layout. Floor and ceiling runners shall be securely attached to concrete
floor slab and to roof framing or bottom of above floor slab 24-inches
o.c. maximum. Intermediate headers shall be installed.
09110-1
04-017.65
B. Studs: Studs shall be positioned vertically in the runner tracks and spaced
16-inches o.c. maximum. Studs shall be secured to top and bottom
tracks with stud shoes each side or welded in place. Double studs shall
be provided adjacent to all door jambs. A cut section of runner shall be
placed over metal door frames with the flanges slit and web bent to
allow flanges to overlap adjacent vertical studs and securely fastened with
screws. A cut-to-Iength stud extending from door frame header to
ceiling runner shall be positioned at vertical joints over door frames.
END OF SECTION
09110-2
04-017.65
SECTION 09200
PLASTER AND STUCCO
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Description: The work covered in this Section consists of plastering
work, including the following items:
1. Cement plaster on metal lath on
<l. Metal furring
b . Wood furring
c. Metal studs
2. Gypsum plaster on gypsum lath on
a. Metal studs
b. Metal furring
3. Cement plaster on interior masonry partitions
4. Stucco on exterior concrete and masonry surfaces
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Wood studs shall be as specified in Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry.
B. Metal studs shall be as specified in Section 09110 - Metal Stud Partitions
C. Gypsum wallboard shall be as specified in Section 09250 - Gypsum
Wallboard
1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. All materials shall be delivered in original packages, containers or
bundles bearing name of manufacturer and brand. All cementitious
materials shall be kept dry until ready to be used, shall be kept off the
ground, under cover and away from sweating walls or other damp
surfaces.
09200-1
04-017.65
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Sand: Sand shall be clean and sharp silica sand, free from alkali, salt or
organic matter, shall be graded from coarse to fine and shall conform to
ASTM C 35.
B. Water: Water shall be free from organic materials, strong acids or al-
kalis.
C. Hydrated Lime: Hydrated lime shall conform to Federal Specification SS-
L-351, Type F, regular grade.
D. Portland Cement: Portland cement shall conform to ASTM Designation
C-150, Type I, domestic manufacture.
E. Gypsum Plaster: Gypsum plaster shall conform to Federal Specification
SS-P-402, Type II.
F. Keene's Cement Plaster: Keene's cement plaster shall be Red Top
Keenes Cement as manufactured by United States Gypsum, Gold Bond
Keene's cement plaster or approved equal and shall conform to .Federal
Specification SS-C-161A, Type I, regular grade.
G. Waterproofing: Waterproofing shall be Sec No.1, Sec Manufacturing
Company; Stearox, Master Builders or approved equal.
H. Bonding Agent: Bonding agent shall be equal to U. S. Gypsum Company
"Bondcrete" or Lambert Corporation "Bonderite Liquid".
1. Gauging Material: Gauging material (plaster of Paris) shall conform to
Standard Specification ASTM C 28.
J. Corner Beads: Corner beads shall be zmc.
K. Striplath And Cornerite: Striplath and cornerite shall be U. S. Gypsum
Company, National Gypsum Company, or approved equal copper alloy
diamond mesh, hot dipped galvanized after fabrication.
L. Metal Plaster Stops: Metal plaster stops shall be U. S. Gypsum
Company, No. 66 square expanded flange type. Casing beads 7/8-inch
for Gypsum lath shall be zinc coated.
M. Metal Lath: Metal lath shall conform to the requirements of Federal
Specification QQ-L-101, expanded diamond mesh 5/16-inch opening, 3.4
pound galvanized steel.
N. Gypsum Lath: Gypsum lath shall be U. S. Gypsum Company, National
Gypsum Company, or approved equal 3/S-inch x 16-inch x 4S-inches,
plam.
09200- 2
04-017.65
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Metal Lathing:
1. Metal lath shall be applied with the long dimension across the
furring channels or metal studs and secured every 6-inches to each
furring channel or stud using No. 18 wire ties.
2. Wall lath shall be lapped at sides not less than 1/2-inch. End laps
of sheets shall generally occur only over supports, and if between
supports, the ends of sheets shall be laced or adequately tied with
No. 18 gauge tie wire.
3. At internal corners, metal lath shall start one stud from the corner,
shall be bent into the corner and shall continue at least one more
stud to avoid a joint at the corner. Cornerite shall not be secured
at the corner, but only along each edge.
4. All necessary corner beads, casings and plaster stops, etc., shall be
installed true to line and elevation, tied securely to metal lath or
nailed to masonry surfaces. Striplath reinforcing shall be provided
at all corners of doors, windows or other wall openings.
B. Gypsum Lathing:
1. Gypsum lath shall be installed on metal stud partItIOns and on
furred masonry walls, starting at ceiling height and working down to
floor line. Lath shall be applied face out with the long dimensions
across the supports and with end joints staggered between courses.
Lath shall be accurately cut so it slips easily into place without
forcing and fits neatly around electrical outlets, openings, etc. All
lath ends shall bear on supports and be securely fastened. Any
lengthwise raw cut edges shall be in-stalled at bottom ground strip.
Cornerite shall be applied to all interior angles, stapled to lath
only.
2. Gypsum lath shall be installed with long dimension perpendicular to
furring members, using longest practical lengths to minimize joints.
End Joints shall be staggered in adjacent rows and abutting ends
and edges shall he made to occur at framing members.
3. All necessary corner beads, casing, plaster stops, etc., shall be
installed true to line and elevation, stapled securely to gypsum lath.
Strip lath reinforcing shall be provided at all corners of doors,
windows or other wall openings.
09200-3
04-017.65
r .1
C. Plastering Or Stuccoing On Metal Lath:
1. Scratch coat shall be one part cement, three parts sand and not
over one-fourth part hydrated lime by volume and shall be applied
with sufficient pressure to form good bond and then uniformly
scratched.
2. Brown coat shall be of the same mix as scratch coat and applied
not less than 24 hours after application of scratch coat. It shall be
floated and rodded to a thickness of at least 3/8-inch straight and
true.
3. Finish coat shall be one part cement, two parts sand, not over one-
fourth part of hydrated lime by volume and one quart of Sec No.
1 waterproofing per bag of cement. Finish coat shall be not less
than 1I8-inch thick and finish surface shall be allowed to draw for
a few minutes and then it shall be well trowelled with water to a
smooth finish, free from blemishes or irregularities. Trowelling shall
be continued until the finish sets.
D. Plastering Or Stuccoing On Concrete And Masonry:
1. Concrete surfaces shall be brush-cleaned of all dust, loose particles
or other foreign materials. All laitance and efflorescence shall be
removed by washing with a 10 percent solution of commercial
muriatic acid and water, then rinsed well with clear water. Grease
or form oil shall be removed by wiping with naphtha spirits, and
bonding agent shall be applied to all concrete surfaces in
accordance with the manufacturer's directions.
2. Masonry surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and lightly wetted
immediately before plastering.
3. Base coat plaster stucco shall be one part cement, three parts sand
and not over one-fourth part hydrated lime, measured by volume.
Mix shall be applied with sufficient pressure to form good bond
and then uniformly scratched. Base coat shall develop a thickness
of 3/8-inch minimum.
4. Finish coat stucco shall be one part cement, two parts sand, not
over one-fourth part hydrated lime by volume and one quart of Sec
No. 1 waterproofing per bag of cement. Finish coat shall be
applied not less than 1I8-inch thick no sooner than 4 days after
application of base coat. Base coat shall be uniformly wet, but not
saturated, before applying finish coat. Finish coat shall be floated
to a true and even surface and kept surface damp for at least two
days before allowing to dry out.
5. Concrete and masonry surfaces should have sufficient roughness to
provide proper bond. If the surface is not rough, it shall be
hacked or bushhammered, or a dash coat of cement grout,
composed of one part cement to one and one-half parts sand,
09200-4
04-017.65
mixed to a mushy consistency, shall be used pnor to application of
the base coat.
E. Gypsum Plastering:
1.
Base coat plaster shall consist of not more than 2 1I2-cubic feet of
sand to 100 pounds of neat gypsum plaster dry mixed, with only as
much water added as required to provide a plaster of workable
consistency. Base coat shall be applied with sufficient material and
pressure to form a good bond and to cover well, and then be
doubled back to bring the plaster out to grounds, straightened to a
true surface with rod and darby without the use of additional water
and left rough enough to receive the finish coat.
Finish coat shall be applied to partially dry base coat or thoroughly
dry base coat that has been wetted, in accordance with the
recommendations of the plaster manufacturer.
Finish coats shall be applied over base coat to true even surface,
shall be allowed to draw a few minutes and shall then be steel
trowelled to smooth hard white finish, free from blemishes and
irregularities. The proper amount of water shall be used.
After plaster has set, proper ventilation shall be provided to
remove moisture laden air and to permit rapid drying of plastered
surfaces.
'!
3.
4.
3.02 PROTECTION
A. Where finished surfaces such as tile, metal frames, or metal windows
have been installed prior to completion of plaster work, the finished
surfaces shall be protected from damage dunng plastering. Protection
shall consist of covering with a nonstaining kraft paper or polyethylene
sheet and joints sealed with tape or adhesive. Metal frames may be
protected with a removable type of masking tape, or an approved type
of nonstaining petroleum jelly mixed in accordance with manufacturer's
directions. Protection shall be maintained in place during plastering and
removed when plaster work is completed.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Patching: Upon completion, the Contractor shall point up plaster around
trim and other work and shall cut out and patch defective and damaged
plaster. Patching of plaster shall match existing work in texture and
finish and, at joining with plaster previously applied, shall finish flush
and smooth.
END OF SECTION
09200- 5
04-017.65
SECTION 09250
GYPSUM WALLBOARD
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Scope: The work included in this Section consists of furnishing and
installing gypsum wallboard and support system for the drywall soffits as
indicated on the Drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Wallboard: Wallboard shall have the thickness shown on the Drawings
with tapered edge and shall be U.S. Gypsum Company "Sheetrock", Gold
Bond "Fire-Shield" wallboard, or approved equal. Provide Type "X" for
Fire Resistive rated assemblies and where indIcated on Drawings.
B. Joint Tape: Reinforcing tape and joint cement shall be U.S. Gypsum
Company "Perf-A-Tape" and "Perf-A-Tape" joint cement or Gold Bond
"Joint System" or approved equal.
C. Metal Fasteners: Fasteners for securing wallboards to metal studs shall
be I-inch U.S.G. Screws, Type S spaced 12-inches o.c. in the field of
the board and S-inches o.c. staggered along the vertical abutting edges.
D. Wood Fasteners: Fasteners for securing wallboards to wood furring shall
be equal to 1 1I4-inch U.S.G. Annular ring drywall nails, type GWB-54,
12 1/2-inch gauge with 1I4-inch diameter head, spaced S-inches o.c. at
each support.
E. Metal Accessories: Metal accessories, corner reinforcement shall be
U.S.G. No. 100 "Perf-A-Bead" or approved equal. Metal casing or trim
shall be U.S.G. No. 301 "Perf-A-Tnm".
F. Main Runner Channels: Main runner channels for the suspended ceiling
system shall be not smaller than 1 1I2-inch cold rolled channels weighing
not less than 475 pounds per 1,000 linear feet and spaced not over 4-
feet D.C. Channels shall be coated with black 011 paint or black
asphaltum paint.
G. Furring Channels: Furring channels shall be 3/4-inch cold rolled channels
weighing not less than 300 pounds per 1,000 linear feet spaced not over
16-inches o.c., and coated with black oil paint or black asphaltum paint.
09250-1
04-017.65
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Wallboard Edges: All ends and edges of all gypsum wallboard shall
occur over nailing members, except when joints are at right angles to
framing members as in horizontal application or when the end joints are
to be back-blocked.
B. Joints: To minimize end joints, wallboard shall be of maximum practical
lengths. Boards shall be brought into contact, but shall not be forced
into place. Where ends or edges abut, they shall be neatly fitted. End
joints shall be staggered. Joints on opposite sides of a partition shall be
so arranged as to occur on different studs.
C. Fasteners: Wallboard shall be attached to framing supports by Standard
Single Nailing Method. Fasteners shall be spaced not less than 3/8-inch
from edges and ends of wallboard. Fasteners on all framiflg members
shall be spaced 8-inches o.c. Nails shall not be staggered on adjoining
edges or ends.
D. Fastening Procedure: While the fasteners are being driven, the wallboard
shall be held in firm contact with the underlying support. Attachment
shall proceed from central portion of the wallboard toward ends and
edges. Nails shall be driven home with the heads slightly below the
surface of the gypsum wallboard, in a dimple formed by the crowned
face of the driving tool striking the last blow. A nail set shall not be
used, and care shall be taken to avoid breaking the paper face.
E. Cutting And Trimming: When necessary to cut ends, edges, scribe or
make cutouts within the field of the wallboard, it shall be done in a
workmanlike manner.
F. Jointing: All joints, screw head and other depressions in the surface of
exposed wallboard shall be treated in the recommended manner with
USG Perf-A-Tape, Joint System. All "V" grooves formed by abutting
wrapped eased edges of Sheetrock SW Wallboard, and ceiling angles,
shall be prefilled with Durabond "90" Joint Compound in accordance
with manufacturer's directions.
G. Metal Trim: All internal and external angles formed by the intersection
of either wallboard surfaces or other surfaces shall be treated with USG
metal trim.
H. Metal Bead: All vertical or horizontal external corners shall have Perf-A-
Bead applied in accordance with manufacturer's directions.
1. Control Joints: Control joints shall be provided every 3D-feet o.c.
maximum. Location of control joints shall be approved by the Engineer.
END OF SECTION
09250-2
04-017.65
SECTION 09510
ACOUSTICAL TILE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Scope: The work included III this Section consists of furnishing and
installing acoustical tile system. with the following components Clad all
necessary fasteners and accessones.
1. Runner and cross tees, hangers and fastening devices
2. Perimeter mouldings
3. Acoustical panels
1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Suspended acoustical tile ceiling system shall consist of a 2-foot x 2-foot
flat panel system.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Samples of acoustical material and suspension members and
manufacturer's literature for the proposed installation shall be submitted
to the Engineer for approval prior to commencing work.
B. A dimensional shop drawing indictaing the proposed layout of the
acoustical tile ceiling system shall be submitted to the Erigineer for
approval prior to installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Acoustical panels shall be 24-inches x 24-inches x 3/4-inch to match
existing areas of partition removal, etc.
B. Tees: Suspension system shall be 25 ~auge electro~alvanized steel direct
hung T framing finished to match eXIsting. Frammg shall comply with
ASTM C 635, T's being 1 II2-inches high and 15!16-inch face dimension.
D. Mouldings: Perimeter moulding shall be 27 gauge galvanized steel angle
moulding and finished on exposed surfaces to match existing.
E. Wires: Hanger wires shall be No. 10 gauge, galvanized.
09510-1
04-017.65
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Tees: Tee grids shall be installed true and level and to the patterns
shown on the Drawings. Grid shall be trued to the required plane and
to a tolerance of liS-inch in 12-feet. Runner tees to be spaced not over
4-feet with cross tees not over 2-feet o.c.
B. Hangers And Mouldings: Hangers shall be 4-feet o.c. maximum along the
main runners with the hangers set at each corner of all panels containing
lighting fixtures. Perimeter mouldings shall be installed at all locations
where acoustical ceilings are interrupted or abut vertical surfaces.
C. Acoustical Units: Units shall be cut, where required and no cut or
damaged edges shall be visible in finished work. Acoustical units shall
be installed in compliance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Following installation, dirty or discolored surfaces of acoustical units shall
be cleaned and left free of defects. Units that are damaged or
improperly installed shall be removed and new units provided as
directed. The acoustical units shall be protected until completion of the
project.
3.03 EXTRA STOCK
A. After completion of the work, the Contractor shall pack unused pIeces
of tiles in opened cartons and provide one additional unopened carton
of matching acoustical tiles for use by the Owner at a later date.
END OF SECTION
09510-2
04-017.65
."JO:..\\\.........~....'l'~- ~rr
SECTION 09650
RESILIENT FLOORING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work under this Section includes furnishing and installing resilient
flooring.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide each type of resilient flooring and accessories produced by a
single manufacturer.
1.03 SUBMITI ALS
A. Submit properly identified manufacturer's product data and published
installation and maintenance instructions for each type of resilient
flooring and accessories.
B. Samples of resilient flooring and accessories shall be submitted to the
Engineer for approval prior to commencing the work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Tile: Yinyl composition tile (YCT) shall be 12-inches x 12-inches x 118-
inch tile equal to Johns Manville "Terraflex", Armstrong "Standard
Excelon" or Azrock "800 Series", color and pattern to be selected by the
A/E.
B. Base: Cove base shall be rubber or vinyl cove base, 1I16-inch thick by
4-inches high and shall have preformed interior and exterior corners.
C. Adhesive: Adhesive shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the
tile.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Floors shall be cleaned thoroughly and where necessary, brought to level
before installation of tile. Tile shall not be installed until all other work
in that section is complete.
09650-1
04-017.65
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Tile shall be laid by starting in center of each room and working toward
walls so as to provide equal edges on opposite side of the room.
Position either a tile or a joint on the centerline so that edge strips
wherever possible shall be greater than 1/2 tile in width.
B. Floor tile and base shall be installed III accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
C. Tile shall be installed so that corners of four adjacent tile meet at a
common point.
3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Upon completion, floor shall be thoroughly cleaned and excess adhesive
removed from all surfaces with an approved solvent.
B. The resilient flooring shall be protected until completion of the project.
Any damaged or improperly installed tiles shall be removed and replaced
as directed.
3.04 EXTRA STOCK
A. After completion of the work, the Contractor shall pack unused tiles in
opened cartons and provide one additional unopened carton of matching
tiles for use by the Owner at a later date.
END OF SECTION
09650-2 04-017.65
SECTION 09680
CARPETING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included in this Section consists of furnishing and installing
wall-to-wall carpet on cushion complete with tack strips and accessories.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturers' data sheets for carpet and cushion shall be submitted to
establish conformance to all Specification items including Flame Spread
Rating certification.
B. Sample of cushion shall be submitted for approval and samples of carpet
shall be provided for color selection by the Engineer.
C. Layout drawings shall be submitted showing seams, edge conditions and
conditions where joined or butted to adjacent materials.
D. Manufacturer's maintenance manual.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Carpet manufacturer shall have been manufacturing this type carpet
continuously for a period of ten years.
B. Carpet other than that specified must be approved by the. Engineer/
Architect ten days prior to bid date. To obtain approval the carpet
contractor shall submit to the Engineer/Architect samples of all materials
specified herein. These samples shall be accompanied by a certification
from the manufacturer certifying equal qualification with every
requirement as specified herein.
C. The subcontractor shall be an approved installer of the manufacturer and
be experienced in carpet installation for at least five years. The actual
work shall be performed by qualified and experienced mechanics working
under his supervision, who also have been performing this type of work
for five years. .
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. All carpeting shall be delivered to the job site in original mill wrappings
with each roll having its register number properly attached, clearly
marked as to size, dye lot, and materials.
09680-1
04-017.65
B. Material shall be stored In an enclosed and dry area protected from
damage and soiling.
1.05 GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES
A. Upon completion, the carpet manufacturer must submit a certificate
guaranteeing carpet against defects for a period of two years.
B. Upon completion, the carpet installer must submit a certificate
guaranteeing the installation to be free of defects in workmanship for a
period of one year to include the statement that: The carpet Installer
shall, at his own expense and upon written notice from the Engineer/
Architect, promptly and properly correct/replace any and all improper
work and materIal that may become apparent within 12 months after the
date of final completion.
C. Carpet manufacturer must certify by register and roll numbers that carpet
shipped for this project complies with all requirements of the
Specifications subject to normal manufacturing tolerances.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Carpet: Carpet shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or less as tested
by ASTM E 84 and shall be as indicated on the Finish Schedule and as
follows:
1. 28 oz. nylon, loop pile, glue down with unitary backing.
2. Color and Pattern: as selected by A/E.
E. Pad: The pad shall be minimum 60 ounce, flat foam pad. The pad
shall meet all non-flammability requirements of ASTM 3 84 For a Class
A flame spread rating of 25 or less.
C. Nailing Strips: Nailing strips shall be water-resistant plywood stripping
with angular pins designed to grip and hold stretched carpet from below.
D. Carpet Adhesive: Carpet adhesive for glue-down carpet shall be as
manufactured by Milliken D500/766/00001 or as otherwise recommended
by the carpet manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. The Installer shall inspect the eXistIng concrete floor slab on which the
carpet is to be installed to determine that the surface is satisfactory for
09680-2
04-017.65
this installation. He shall notify the General Contractor if any areas are
not adequately cleaned, smooth and level and shall not proceed with the
carpeting until the entire area is satisfactory. Installation of carpet shall
be considered an acceptance of the subsurface by the Installer and any
further work required to establish an acceptable finish surface free of
projections, hard spots or dips shall be his responsibility.
B. Prior to placing cushion, surface shall be vacuum cleaned and damp
mopped to remove all job debris, dust, etc.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Cushion and carpet shall be placed to provide a mInImUm number of
joints as possible. All work shall be by skilled craftsmen in accordance
with the recommendations of the manufacturer and the best practices of
the trade.
B. Provide tapered floor preparation where installation abutts marble or
carpet on pad.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Any damage done to paint, walls, woodwork, floors, etc. shall be the
responsibility of the carpet installer. Required repairs shall be made by
the proper trade contracted on the work of this project who will be
reqUIred to make the repair and paid by the carpet installer for the
repair work.
END OF SECTION
09680-3
04-017.65
SECTION 09901
PAINTING (ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The Contractor shall furnish all materials, labor equipment, and
incidentals required to provide a coating system for the surfaces listed
herein and not otherwise excluded.
B. The work includes painting and finishing of interior and exterior exposed
items and surfaces such as ceilings, walls, floors, miscellaneous metal,
doors, frames, transoms, roof fans, equipment, and all other work
obviously required to be painted unless otherwise specified herein or on
the Drawings. The omission of minor items in the schedule of work
shall not relieve the Contractor of his obligation to include such items
where they come within the general intent of the Specifications as stated
herein.
C. "Paint" as used herein means all coating systems, materials, including
primers, emulsions, enamels, sealers and fillers, and other applied
materials whether used as prime, intermediate or finish coats.
D. The following items will not be painted:
1. Any code-requiring labels, such as Underwriters' Laboratories and
Factory Mutual, or any equipment identification, performance
rating, name or nomenclature plates.
2. Any moving parts of operating units, mechanical and electrical
parts, such as valve and damper operators, linkages, sinkages,
sensing devices, motor and fan shafts, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Aluminum handrails, windows, louvers and grating.
4. Products with polished chrome, aluminum, nickel or stainless steel
finish.
5. Insulation.
6. Plastic switch plates and receptacle plates.
7. Signs and nameplates.
8. Finish hardware.
09901-1
04-017.65
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide the best quality grade of the various types of coatings as
regularly manufactured by approved paint materials manufacturers.
Materials not displaying the manufacturer's identification as a standard,
best-grade product will not be acceptable.
B. Provide undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish
coats. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and use
only within recommended limIts.
C. Undercoat and finish coat paints shall be compatible.
D. Painting shall be accomplished by experienced painters specializing in
industrial painting familiar with all aspects of surface preparations and
applications required for this project.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall include manufacturer's data and samples as indicated
below and shall be prepared and submitted in time to provide adequate
review by the Engineer.
B. Samples - Painting:
1. Paint colors will be selected by the AlE. Compliance with all
other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor.
2. Samples of each finish and color shall be submitted to the AlE for
approval before any work is started.
3. Samples of special finishes, when required by the AlE, shall be
prepared so that an area of each sample indicates the appearance
of the various coats. For example, where three coat work is
specified, the sample shall be divided into three areas - one
showing the application of one coat only, one showing the
application of two coats and one showing the application of all
three coats.
4. Such samples when approved in writing shall constitute a standard,
as to color and finish only, for acceptance or rejection of the finish
work.
5. Provide sample chips or color charts of all paint selected showing
color, finish and general characteristics.
6. Rejected samples shall be resubmitted until approved.
09901-2
04-017.65
1.05 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Deliver all materials to the job site in original, unopened packages and
containers bearing ffianufacturer's name and label.
1. Provide labels on each container with the following information:
a. Name or title of material
b. Fed. Spec. number if applicable
c. Manufacturer's stock number and color
d. Manufacturer's name
e. Generic type
f. Contents by volume, for major pigment and vehicle
constituents
g. Application instructions
2. Containers shall be clearly marked to indicate any hazards
connected with the use of the paint and steps which should be
taken to prevent injury to those handling the product.
B. All containers shall be handled and stored in such a manner as to
prevent damage or loss of labels or containers.
C. The AlE shall designate areas for storage and munng of all painting
materials. Comply with the requirements of pertinent codes and fire
regulations. Proper containers outside of the building shall be provided
by the Contractor and used for painting wastes. No plumbing fixtures
shall be used for this purpose.
D. Used rags shall be removed from the buildings every night and every
precaution taken against spontaneous combustion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. All paint shall be manufactured by one of the following and shall be
their highest grade of paint: Sherwin-Williams, Pratt & Lambert, PPG
Industries, Inc., Benjamin Moore, Bruning, Olympic or Rustoleum.
Requests for approval of other paint manufacturers and materials other
than specified shall be submitted to the AlE for approval.
09901-3
04-017.65
B. The following coating systems list a product by name to establish a
standard of quality; other products of the same generic types may be
submitted to the AlE for approval. When other than the specified
coating system is proposed, the Contractor shall submit on a typewritten
list giving the proposed coatings, brand, trade name, generic type and
catalog number of the proposed system for the approval.
C. Paint used in successive field coats shall be produced by the same
manufacturer. Paint used in the first field coat over shop painted or
previously painted surfaces shall cause no wrinkling, lifting, or other
damage to underlying paint.
D. Emulsion and alkyd paints shall contain a mildewcide and both the paint
and mildewcide shall conform to OSHA and Federal requirements,
including Federal Specification TT-P-19.
E. Finish coats containing lead shall not be allowed. Oil shall be pure
boiled linseed oil.
F. Rags shall be clean painters' rags, completely sterilized.
2.02 COATING SYSTEMS
A. Class 1 Exposures - Metal (Interior).
1. Surfaces To Be Coated: Class 1 exposures consist of interior metal
surfaces and shall include the following:
a. Miscellaneous steel shapes, angles, rails etc.
b. Metal doors and door frames.
c. Exposed surfaces of electric panels, conduit, ventilation fans,
AIC units, duct work, etc.
2. Class 1 Coating System:
a. Surface Preparation: Hand or power tool cleaning m
accordance with SSPC-SP2 or SP3 to remove mill scale and
rust. All metal surfaces shall be completely degreased by
solvent cleaning in compliance with SSPC-SPl.
b.
Primer:
Ferrous Metals - Alkyd (Sherwin-Williams Kern
Kromik Metal Primer, B50Wl, 3 mils dry).
Non-Ferrous Metals - Acrylic (Sherwin-Williams
Galvite Paint, B50W3, 2 mils dry).
Aluminum - Alkyd (Sherwin-Williams ProMar
200 Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel Series B34W200,
1.8 mils dry).
09901-4
04-017.65
c.
First Coat:
Alkyd (Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 Alkyd
Semi-Gloss Enamel Series B34W200, 1.8 mils
dry).
d. Second Coat: Same as First Coat.
B. Class 2 Exposures - Wood (Interior)
1. Surfaces To Be Coated: Class 2 exposures consist of interior wood
surfaces and shall include the following:
a. Shelves
b. Wood Cabinets
c. Trim
d . Wood Doors
2. Class 2 Coating System:
a. Surface Preparation: Finished surfaces shall be sanded.
Small dry seasoned knots shall be surface scraped, cleaned
and given a coat of knot sealer before application of the
priming coat. After priming, all holes and imperfections in
finished surfaces shall be filled with patty or plastic wood
filler.
b.
Primer:
Alkyd (Sherwin- Williams ProMar 200 Alkyd
Enamel Undercoater, B49W200, 2 mils dry).
Alkyd (Sherwin- Williams ProMar 200 Alkyd
Semi-Gloss Enamel, Series B34W200, 1.7 mils
dry).
c.
First Coat:
d. Second Coat: Same as First Coat.
C. Class 3 Exposures - Wood (Interior) (Varnish)
1. Surfaces To Be Coated: Class 3 exposures consist of interior wood
surfaces to be stained or natural finish. Surfaces to be coated are
trim.
2. Class 3 Coating System:
a. Surface Preparation: The surface shall be dry, clean and
smoothly sanded. All sanding dust shall be picked up with a
tack cloth.
09901-5
04-017.65
b.
Primer:
Sherwin- Williams Oil Stain, A48 Series
(omit for natural finjsh). If filler is
required, reduce S- W paste wood filler
with equal parts of S- W Oil Stain. If
sealer is required, reduce S- W Oil Base
Varnish with 1 pint mjneral spirits per
gallon.
Sherwin-Williams Oil Base Gloss Varnish,
A66V91, 1 mil dry.
c.
First Coat:
d.
Second Coa t:
Sherwin-Williams Oil Base Satm Varnish,
A66V90, 1 mil dry.
D. Class 4 Exposures - Drywall (Interior):
1. Surfaces To Be Coated: Class 4 exposures shall consist of interior
drywall surfaces of the building.
2. Class 4 Coating System:
<l. Surface Preparation: Fill cracks, voids and other surface
imperfections with patching paste. Tape joint and cover with
joint compound. Sand smooth and remove all dust.
b.
Drywall Primer
Latex (Sherwin- Williams ProMar 200
Latex Wall Primer B28W200, 1.4 mils
dry)
c.
First Coat:
Latex Flat (Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200
Latex Flat Wall Paint B30W200, 1.4 mils
dry)
d.
Second Coat:
Same as First Coat.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. In addition to the aforementioned preparations, all dirt, rust, scale,
splinters, loose particles, disintegrated paint, grease, oil and other
deleterious substances shall be removed from all surfaces which are to be
coated.
B. Hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting
fixtures and similar items in contact with painted surfaces and not to be
painted shall be removed, masked, or otherwise protected prior to
surface preparation and painting operations.
09901-6
04-017.65
C. Before commencing work, the painter must make certain that surfaces to
be covered are in perfect condition. Should the painter find such
surfaces impossible of acceptance, he shall report such fact to the A/E.
The application of paint shall be held as an acceptance of the surfaces
and working conditions and the painter will be held responsible for the
results reasonably expected from the materials and processes specified.
D. Program the cleaning and painting so contaminants from the cleaning
process will not fall onto wet, newly-painted surfaces.
E. Prepare cementitious surfaces of concrete, concrete block, cement plaster
and cement-asbestos board to be painted by removing all efflorescence,
chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and by roughening as required to remove
glaze.
F. Clean ferrous substances, which are not galvanized or shop-coated, of oil,
grease, dirt, loose mill scale and other foreign substances by solvent or
mechanical cleaning. All welds, blisters, etc., shall be ground and sanded
smooth. All pits and dents shall be filled and all imperfections shall be
corrected so as to provide a smooth surface for painting.
3.02 MATERIALS PREPARATION
A. Mix and prepare painting materials in strict accordance with manufac-
turer's recommendations and directions, stirring materials before and
during application to maintain a mixture of uniform density, free of film,
dirt and other foreign materials.
B. No thinners shall be used except those specifically mentioned and only in
such quantity as directed by the manufacturer in his instructions. If
thinning is used, sufficient additional coats shall be applied to assure the
required dry film thickness is achieved. The manufacturer's
recommended thinner or cleanup solvent shall be used for all clean-up.
Application by brush, spray, airless spray or roller shall be as
recommended by the manufacturer for optimum performance and
appearance.
3.03 APPLICATIONS
A. Paint all exposed surfaces in rooms scheduled for pamtmg whether or
not colors are designated in schedules, except where the natural finish of
material is obviously intended and specifically noted as a surface not be
painted. Where items or surfaces are not specifically mentioned, paint
these the same as adjacent similar materials or areas. If color or finish
is not designated, the Engineer will select these from standard colors
available for the materials systems as specified.
B. All painting shall be done by skilled and experienced craftsmen and shall
be of highest quality workmanship.
09901-7
04-017.65
3.04
c.
Apply paint in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Use
applicators and techniques best suited for the type of material being
applied.
D.
All paint shall be at room temperature and the surface to be painted
shall be dry and clean.
Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show
through the final coat of paint, until the paint film is of uniform finish,
color and appearance.
E.
F.
Paint shall be applied in a neat manner with finished surfaces free of
runs, sags, ridges, laps and brush marks. Each coat shall be applied in
a manner that will produce an even film of uniform and proper
thickness.
G.
Paint surfaces behind moveable equipment and furniture the same as
similar exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently fixed
equipment or furniture with prime coat only.
Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to
match the exposed surfaces.
Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as the
exterior faces, unless otherwise indicated.
H.
I.
J.
K.
Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat.
Omit the first coat (primer) on metal surfaces which have been shop-
primed and touch-up painted, unless otherwise specified.
Retouching Existing Painting Surfaces: Existing painted surfaces damaged
by the modification work or other operations of the Contractor shall be
retouched to conform to the above coating systems and blend in with the
new and existing work. Damaged surfaces shall be repainted with not less
than 2 coats, and other existing surfaces that are listed shall be repainted
with the coating system specified.
L.
M.
The prime and intermediate coats as specified for the various coating
systems may be applied in the shop by the manufacturer. The shop
coats shall be of the type specified and shall be compatible with the
field coat or coats. Such items as pumps, motors, equipment, electrical
panels, etc. shall be given at least one touch up coat with the
intermediate coat material and one complete finish coat in the field.
APPLICATIONS RESTRICTIONS
A.
Application of materials shall be done only on prorerly prepared
surfaces as herein specified, and all exterior painting shal be done only
in dry weather. Any surface coating damaged by moisture or rain shall
be removed and redone as directed by the Engineer.
09901-8
04-017.65
B. In no case shall paint be applied to surfaces which show a moisture
content greater than 15 percent.
3.05 MINIMUM COATING THICKNESS
A. Coatings shall be applied In accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. Apply a prime coat to material which is required to be painted or
finished, and which has not been prime coated by others.
C. Recoat primed and sealed walls and ceilings where there is evidence of
suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat, to assure a finish coat with
no burn-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing.
3.06 FINISHES
A. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide an opaque,
smooth surface of uniform finish, color, appearance and coverage.
Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness or
other surface imperfections will not be acceptable.
B. Complete Work: Match approved samples for color, texture and
coverage. Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with
specific requirements.
3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. All completed surfaces will be checked by the Engineer, and the
Contractor shall provide the necessary properly calibrated gauges. All
nonferrous surfaces shall be checked for number of coats and thickness
by use of a Tooke gauge. All ferrous surfaces shall be checked for film
thickness by use of an Elcometer or Micro-Test magnetic dry film gauge
properly calibrated. All defects shall be corrected to the satisfaction of
the Engineer.
3.08 PROTECTION
A. All other surfaces shall be protected while painting equipment, plpmg,
etc.
B. Protection of furniture and other movable objects, equipment, fittings,
and accessories shall be provided throughout the painting operation.
Remove all electric plates, surface hardware, etc., before painting,
protect and replace when completed. Mask all machinery nameplates and
all machined parts not to receive paint. Lay drop cloths in all areas
where painting is being done to adequately protect flooring and other
work from all damage.
09901-9
04-017.65
~rt.'~
3.09 CLEANING
A. The Contractor shall perform the work under this Section while keeping
the premises free from accumulation of debris and rubbish and shall
remove all scaffolding, paint cloths, paint, and brushes from the building
when completed.
B. Cleaning: All paint brushed, splattered, spilled or splashed on any
surface not specified to be painted shall be removed.
3.10 EXTRA STOCK
A. Paint To Be Supplied To Owner: Upon completion of pamtmg work,
the Owner shall be furnished at no additional cost, one gallon of each
type and color of finish paint for touching up. Paint container labels
shall be complete with manufacturer's name, generic type, number, color
and location where used.
END OF SECTION
09901-10
04-017.65
SECTION 10520
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included under this Section shall consist of furnishing and
installing the fire fighting equipment as shown on the Drawings and
specified herein.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's data sheets, recommended mounting and use shall be
submitted to the Engineer for approval before placing orders.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 EQUIPMENT
A. General: The products listed below shall all be labeled andlor receive
Underwriters' Laboratories and Factory Mutuals approved ratings for as
specified.
B. Cabinets: Fire extinguisher cabinets shall be semi-recessed with break
glass door equipped with cylinder lock. Cabinets shall be single
extinguisher units, baked enamel on 18 gauge steel except exposed trim
and doors shall be stainless steel. Doors shall have continuous hinges,
shall be 5/8-inch thick and frame molding glass shall be I-inch wide
minimum. All stainless steel shall be die cut, one piece construction
with no welding and grinding.
C. Extinguishers: Fire extinguishers shall be dry chemical type for Class A,
Band C fires, 10 pound capacity and having a range 20-feet.
Extinguishers shall have an Underwriters' Laboratories rating of 4A-40BC.
Shell shall be aluminum and filled weight shall not exceed 15 pounds.
Extinguishers shall bear inspection record tags and shall be fully charged
at time of installation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. A fire equipment cabinet shall be located as shown on the Drawings.
B. Fire cabinets shall be installed rigidly, secured, plumb, level and true to
line. Full contact shall be provided between trim and wall surface.
C. Instructions on use of equipment and methods of fighting different
classes of fires shall be prominently displayed and approved by the fire
department.
END OF SECTION
10520-1
04-017.65
SECTION 12621
OFFICE FURNITURE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Provide open shelf files meeting specifications in every respeci. with regard
to constmction, color, dimensions and conformance to codes and
regulations.
1.02 DESCRIPTION
A. All open shelf files shall be as manufactured by Anderson Hickey (see
attachment "A" this Section) or an approved equal in accordance with
Article 1.06 of this Section.
1.03 SUBMITTALS (UPON AWARD OF BID, SUBMIT THE FOLLOWING):
A. 1.
Submit for Consultant's approval seven (7) copies of manufacturer's
product literature including material specifications with component
numbers and dimensions, catalog cuts, printed installation and
usage instmction and other data that show specification compliance
and required for use in future space planning and inventory
management.
2. Submit to Consultant two (2) copIes of maintenance date
recommended by manufacturers.
B. Warranty:
1. Submit to Consultant two (2) copies of written warranty signed by
the manufacturer, warranting the products sold hereunder are free
from defects in design, material and workmanship and that repairs
or replacement without charge to the Owner shall be made for a
period of 2 years to the product or any part thereof, as a result
of such a defect during normal usage.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING
A. Packaging: All casegoods should be packaged for shipment in compliance
with Uniform Freight Classification and National Motor Freight.
1.05 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Inspect areas and conditions under which open shelf files are to be
installed. Verify that prior to installation, walls have been finished and
cleaned. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have
been corrected.
12621 -1
04-017 .65
".-
"-..-
1.06 ALTERNATES
A. The specified product establish ffilillmum qualities that alternates must
meet to be considered acceptable. To obtain approval of unspecified
product under the modified or equal provisions, bidders shall submit
written requests at least 5 days before the bid date. Requests received
after this time will not be considered. Requests must clearly describe the
product for which approval is requested, including all date necessary to
demonstrate acceptability. All acceptable alternates will be approved in
addenda which will be issued to all bidders.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 FURNITURE SPECIFICATIONS
A. Open shelf files
Anderson Hickey
AND- F1022-PY / AND- B 1052-PY
LEGAL/LEGAL
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. The Owner reserves the right to inspect all product materials at the place
of storage before delivery to the job site for conformance to
specifica tions.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Execution includes everything necessary to provide a completed functioning
work environment, including but not limited to removing any tape and
packing materials as indicated on the furniture plan.
B. All open shelf files shall be installed at the locations shown on the
drawing in accordance with the manufacturer's directions to be plum,
level, rigid and flush with all wrappings removed. Where items are
ganged, they should be secured together using suitable reinforcing plates
or washers as recommended by manufacturer to prevent metal distortion.
Conceal all fastenings wherever possible.
3.03 FIELD ADJUSTMENTS
A. Touch up any marred finish, using only materials and finishes
recommended or furnished by the manufacturer.
B. Check for any sharp edges or burred surfaces at knee spaces.
END OF SECTION
12621 -2
04-017.65
T r
,
0'
LATERAL & OPEN SHELF FILING
. ANDERSON IDCKEY
(A) LATERAL FILES
Heavy duty, all-steel construction features welded frame with interior
supports that give maximum file rigidity and durability. Dual function
lock secures all drawers simultaneously. Safety interlock system
allows only one drawer to open at a time for "tiltproof' safety. Easy-
grip recessed handles double as oversize label holders. Standard
adjustable steel level glides extend a full": Fully enclosed dust proof
base. Complete with lateral filing rails for each drawer. 5-drawer unit
has 4 fixed front drawers with top, filth opening having a retractable
front Posllng shell on S-drawer cabinet
DIMENSIONS
w H
STOCK NO
2.DRAWER
AND.L236.BK
AND-L236-SD
AND.L236-DS
4.DRAWER
AND.L436-BK
AND.L436-SD
AND.L436-DS
5-DRAWER
AND-L536.BK Black 36" 64';''' 18"
AND-L536.SD Sand 36" 64'10" 18"
AND'L536-DS Desert Sage 36" 64'10" 18"
FILING RAILS (Converts one drawer 10 front-la-back filing)
AND-26027
r (Pc) OPF:;;;;;1 'I' d d b'I' . h h'
~Ives you1~, versatllty an a apta Ilty wit t IS easy-to-use,
easy-to-install filing system. Each shell opening comes with 4
permanent dividers and can accept additional spring wire dividers if
desired. Shell units are packed two per carton and are only available
in pairs. Toplbase units are available with one ," top and either a S"
or a'" base,
COLOR
D
Black
Sand
Desert Sage
36"
36"
36"
28"11,"
28"11,"
28"11,"
18"
18"
18"
$401.00
401.00
401.00
Black
Sand
Desert Sage
36"
36"
36"
52";',"
52"1,,"
52"1,,"
18"
18"
18"
694.00
694.00
694.00
860.00
860.00
860.00
STOCK NO
AND-F1021-PY
*{ND-FI022-PY
Nl}-tilUl1.t-'y
ANO-B1012-PV
ANO.Bl051.PY
~iftv
COLOR
Putty
~
Putty
Putty
Pllttv
OESCRIPTlON
2-Shelf Unil
2-Shelf l.!ni'
, SUe. 1 Top
1" Base, 1" Top
5" Base. 1" Top
r;"l},eA '" Tn..
Spring Divider
SIZE EACH
Lener $78.00
~~
Legal 49.00
Lener 38.00
I""", n~
Pticellublect lo:chlnge WI'houl nallce.
C> '988 SPR
"L'r'';'; fd ...",
EACH
'.'1:
','
~~i
~'~::,,;
~:',
~"
t',l
";', ....
~ : ~ ,~.
15.00
Attachment "A"
12621
04-017.65
--
73
SECTION 15010
BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Drawings and Specifications: The Drawings and Specifications shall be
considered as complementary, one to the other, so that materials and work
indicated, called for, or implied by the one and not by the other shall be
supplied and installed as though specifically called for by both. The
Drawings are to be considered diagrammatic, not necessarily showing in
detail or to scale all of the equipment or minor items. In the event of
discrepancies between the Drawings and the Specifications, or between either
of these and any regulations or ordinances governing mechanical work, the
Contractor shalJ notify the Engineer in ample time to permit revisions.
1.02 SITE INVESTIGATION
A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to visit the site of the work
and become familiar with all available information regarding the location of
existing facilities. Failure of the Contractor to fully inform himself of all
existing conditions will not be cause for additional compensation.
1.03 FEES, PERMITS, AND INSPECTIONS
A. The Contractor shall obtain all permits for work under this contract and
shall pay all expenses in conjunction therewith. He shall also procure and
deliver to the Engineer all certificates issued by the authorities having
jurisdiction.
B. The work will be inspected by the Engineer during the course of
construction. Provide for inspection by others having jurisdiction during the
proper phases.
1.04 NEW EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
A. All equipment and materials used in this installation shall be new, of the
best quality and, unless otherwise noted, shall be standard catalog items of
the various manufacturers.
1.05 STANDARDS
A. The codes and standards covenng mechanical work include, but are not
limited to:
1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
2. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (AS ME)
4. American Welding Society (A WS)
15010-1
04-017.65
5. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
6. National Electrical Manufacturers Associations (NEMA)
7. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
Engineers (ASHRAE)
8. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF)
9. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association
(SMACNA)
10. Standard Building Code.
11. Codes, Regulations, Ordinances, etc., of the State, County, and/or
Municipality, in which the construction is located, and any political
division having jurisdiction over this work.
B. These codes, society and association recommendations constitute minimum
requirements and no reductions from design requirements will be permitted,
even if allowed by the applicable codes, without expressed written permission
of the Engineer.
1.06 SPACE AND ACCESS
A. All equipment shall fit the allotted space and shall leave reasonable access
room for servicing and repairs. Greater space and room required by
substituted equipment shall be provided by the Contractor and at his
expense.
1.07 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. All cutting and patching necessary for the work shall be performed by the
Contractor. Where interferences occur, and departures form indicated
arrangements are required, the Contractor shall coordinate the mechanical
work with the other trades involved and make a determination as to hanged
locations and elevations of the ductwork and/or piping and shall obtain
approval from the Engineer for the proposed changes.
1.08 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A. In addition to the components specified and shown on the Drawings and
necessary for the specified performance, the Contractor shall incorporate in
the design and show in the shop drawings all the safety features required by
the current codes and regulations, including but not limited to those of the
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and Amendments thereto.
1.09 DRIVES AND BELT GUARDS
A. The Contractor shall provide for each V-belt drive or rotating shaft a
protective guard which shall be constructed around an angle iron frame,
securely bolted to the floor or apparatus. The guard shall completely
enclose drives and pulleys and be constructed to comply with all safety
15010-2
04-017 .65
requirements. Hinged access doors not less than 6-inches x 6-inches shall be
provided for access to motor and fan shaft for test purposes. For double
inlet fans, the belt guard ;;;hall be arranged so as not to restrict the air flow
into the fan inlet. Gu~rds shall not interfere with lubrication of equipment.
1.10 BALANCING PUMPS AND MOTORS.
A. All pump and motor units shall be statically and dynamically balanced.
Unless otherwise specified, the vibration allowance in the units shall not
exceed the upper limits :.is established by the Hydraulic Institute Standards.
1
1.11 ELECTRICAL WORK
A. The Contractor shall furnish all electrical work associated with and including
electrical controls, switches, contactors and starters for all equipment items
requiring same. All work shall conform in all respects to the requirements
of the applicable paragraphs of Division 16.
1.12 METAL FASTENERS
A. Unless otherwise indicated, metal fasteners and related parts shall be of
aluminum or stainless steel and shall be of adequate strength for the
purpose intended.
1.13 PREVENTION OF ELECTROLYSIS
A. Where the contact of dissimilar metal may cause electrolysis and where
aluminum will contact concrete, mortar or plaster, the contact surface of the
metals shall be separated using not less than one coat of zinc chromate
primer and one heavy coat of aluminum pigmented asphalt paint on each
surface; or where deemed necessary by the Engineer, not less than one
course of asphalt saturated cotton fabric cemented to both metals with
flashing cement, shall be used. Finished works shall be cleaned and excess
cement removed.
1.14 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall submit for the approval of the Engineer, six complete
sets of detailed and dimensioned working shop drawings showing the
construction of the proposed facility and installation of all equipment
complete in every respect. Each drawing shall be indexed and/or referenced
to the Contract Drawings and Specifications. No work upon the
manufacture or fabrication of any equipment shall be performed until the
Engineer's approval has been obtained. Certified pump curves shall indicate
actual test performance of units furnished. The Contractor shall submit,
with the certified pump shop drawings, layout drawings showing exact
installation, piping and foundation details for the pumping units being
submitted. The various Sections in the Specifications specify additional
requirements for shop drawings with which the Contractor shall comply.
Shop drawings shall be submitted in accordance with the provisions of the
General Conditions.
15010-3
04-017.65
1.15 FACTORY TESTS
A. When equipment is required to be factory tested, the results of the tests
shall be submitted to the Engineer and approval of the test results shall be
obtained before shipment of the equipment.
1.16 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record Drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer before final acceptance
and shall include the following as a minimum requirement:
1. Utility surveys indicating the underground work performed under this
section and giving dimensions from fixed reference points.
2. Ductwork: Drawings shall show routing of ductwork with indications of
balancing dampers, splitter dampers, fire and smoke dampers, access
doors, and fans or other items needing periodic maintenance.
3. Piping: Drawing shall show routing of piping indicating valves,
cleanout, and access panels.
1.17 CLEANING AND ADJUSTMENTS
A. Upon completion of work, the Contractor shall clean, oil and grease fans,
motors, compressors, pumps, and other running equipment and apparatus
and mechanisms which he installs and shall make certam such apparatus and
mechanisms are in proper working order and ready for test.
1.18 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
A. Bound Instructions: Before final payment is made, the Contractor shall
furnish 6 sets of bound operation and maintenance manuals to the Owner.
The manuals shall consist of catalog cuts, bulletins, shop drawings, wiring
diagrams, schedules, parts lists, procedures and other data showing the
equipment installed and shall include the following:
1. System layout showing piping, valves and controls.
2. Approved wiring and control diagrams, with data to explain the detailed
operation and control of each component.
3. Operating and maintenance instructions for each piece of equipment,
including lubrication instructions.
4. Other data and instructions as specified under the various Sections.
B. All data furnished shall conform to the installation as constructed. Cuts
showing other equipment and data not applicable to the installation shall be
crossed out and where practical shall be omitted from the manual. The
assembly of the manual shall be in a logical manner and each section shall
be indexed in the Table of Contents.
C. ~ach manufacturer shall outline a maintenance procedure for his equipment
mstalled and the Contractor shall then compile these procedures in a logical
manner to provide a procedure for the operating personnel of the Owner to
follow in their day to day operation of the facility.
15010-4
04-017.65
1.19
1.20
A.
1.21
D.
The materials shall be permanently bound into each booklet between rigid
plastic or cloth binding covers. The instruction booklets shall be
approximately 9-inches by 12-inches and the diagram booklet large enough to
contain the drawing without excessive folding so that they may be easily
opened.
The booklets shall be neatly entitled with a descriptive title, the name of
the job, the location, year of installation, Owner, Manufacturer, Contractor
and Engineer. Copies of drawings shall be in black on white background
and shall be easily legible. The arrangemeats of the booklets, the method
of binding, materials to be included and the composite text shall all be
reviewed and approved by the Engineer.
E.
FRAMED INSTRUCTIONS
A.
Approved wiring and control diagrams showing the complete layout of the
entire system, including equipment, piping, valves and control sequence,
framed under glass or in approved laminated plastic, shall be posted where
directed by the Engineer. In addition, condensed operating instructions
explaining preventative maintenance procedures, methods of checking the
system for normal safe operation and procedures for safely starting and
stopping the system shall be prepared in typed form, framed as specified
above for the wiring and control diagrams and posted beside the diagrams.
Proposed diagrams, instructions and other sheets shall be submitted for
approval prior to posting. The framed instructions shall be posted before
acceptance testing of the systems.
FIELD INSTRUCTIONS
Upon completion and testing of the work and at a time designated, the
Contractor shall provide the services of one or more project engineers to
work in conjunction with the service engineers and suppliers' representatives
in instructing the Owner's representatives in the proper operation and
maintenance of the equipment. The project en~ineer(s) shall also be
required to start up and operate under normal working conditions the entire
installation as a unit. These field instructions shall cover all the items
contained in the bound instructions. The instruction period shall be given at
the time the plant is operating under normal conditions. In addition to
these requirements, the Contractor shall provide field instructions as specified
under the various Sections of the Specifications.
GUARANTEE AND WARRANTIES
A.
The Contractor shall guarantee all work, materials, equipment, etc. against
defects for a period of one year from the date of the final acceptance, that
all the equipment has the capacity specified and that it will operate without
excess noise or vibration caused by improper installation. In addition to the
guarantee, the Contractor shall provide the performance warranties as
specified for the equipment in the various sections.
END OF SECTION
15010-5
04-017.65
SECfION 15100
PIPING AND SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary for a complete
installation of refrigerant piping systems and diesel fuel piping systems
complete with all supports, hangers, specialties and accessories.
Provide new materials free from defects and of American manufacture,
and clearly marked with manufacturer's name and weight, classification, or
working pressure of pipe and fitting.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS: Section 15010.
B. INSULATION: Section 15180.
C. HV AC EQUIPMENT: Section 15760.
D. UNDERGROUND FUEL STORAGE TANK: Section 15482.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's data and shop drawings for approval before any
work is commenced.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Provide factory-applied plastic end-caps on each length of pipe and tube.
Maintain end-caps through shipping, storage and handling as required to
prevent pipe-end damage and eliminate dirt and moisture from inside of
pipe and tube.
B. Where possible, store pipe and tube inside and protected from weather.
Where necessary to store outside, elevate above grade and enclose with
durable waterproof wrapping.
C. Protect flanges and fittings from moisture and dirt by inside storage and
enclosure, or by packaging with durable, waterproof wrapping.
15100-1
04-017.65
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Pipe: The following schedule covers the materials which shall be
furnished and installed unless otherwise specified under the particular
system section:
Materials
Service
A. Fiberglass or steel
(externally plastic coated)
B. Rigid copper tube, Type L
Diesel fuel piping
Refrigeration piping
Condensate drains in
AIC plenums
c. ryc pIpe, Schedule 40.
Condensate drain piping away
from Ale plenums
2.02 PIPE FITTINGS
A. Wrought Copper: Elbows, tees, reducers, couplings, etc., solder ends 150
PSIG WSP, conforming to ANSI B16.22. Fittings manufactured by
Mueller Brass Co., Chase Brass, Lee Brass and Copper Co.
B. Black steel welded fittings: Forged, seamless, black steel, long radius.
C. Dielectric Unions: Dissimilar pipe metals shall be dielectrically isolated
from each other by couplings, unions, or flanges commercially
manufactured for that purpose and rated for the service pressure and
temperature. Use of steel or cast-iron fittings in a copper piping system
is prohibited, except where specifically noted. Threaded unions shall be
as manufactured by Epco or approved equal.
D. PYC Pipe: Use Schedule 40 molded preformed socket fittings and
approved solvents and cleaner.
2.03 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Provide hangers and supports for the different applications as follows:
1. Hangers. Grinnel and F & M cast malleable or wrought iron split
ring, clevis type or Auto-Grip. All designed for use with steel
threaded support rods. Hangers and rods proportioned for the
weight o~ the pipe supported. Copper plated hangers for the
copper pIpe.
2. Trapeze Hangers: For parallel pipes. Spacing determined by the
smallest pipe supported.
3. Plumbers strap shall not be used.
15100-2
04-017 .65
11r"-',C' ,.-.. .~
4.
Sleeves: Vertical sleeves 22 gauge (minimum), galvanized iron or
plastic. Horizontal sleeve standard weight galvanized pipe. Where
necessary, sleeve beams in the middle third of height with specific
approval obtained from the Architect/Engineer on each sleeve.
Pipe Saddles: 18 gauge galvanized iron, 12 inches long (min.)
installed at all points where insulated lines bear on hangers.
Supports shall be generally capable of maintaining the installed
load plus 500 lb. Support steel pipe at 8-foot intervals for piping
up to 2-V2 inches.
5.
6.
2.04 PIPE SLEEVES
A. Interior: Galvanized sheet metal, 22 gauge. Provide for pipe passing
through walls or floors before pouring concrete. Plastic sleeves are
permitted.
B. All sleeves shall be large enough to allow full thickness of insulation
through sleeves for insulated piping, and for two layers of 30 lb. felt
wrapping around un-insulated piping.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. The design drawings are generally diagrammatic. They do not show every
bend, off-set, elbow or other fittings which may be required in the piping
for installation in the space allotted. Careful coordination of the work of
this section with that of other divisions is necessary to avoid conflicts.
2 B. Line and Grade: Install gravity lines at uniform grade to low point after
field verification of low point invert.
3.02 PIPE SLEEVES
A. Contractor shall be responsible for placing all sleeves for his pIpmg prior
to the pouring of the concrete on in time to set in place as the masonry
walls are erected
B. After piping is installed through the sleeves, complete with insulation or
wrapping, the sleeves shall be sealed water-tight with an approved mastic
or caulking compound.
3.03 JOINTING PIPE
A. Threaded Pipe: Ream all pipe after cutting and before threading. Use
non-hardening pipe compound "Tite-Sea!" on male threads only.
B. Copper Tube: Ream all pipe after cutting and polish end to be soldered.
C. Provide nipples of same materials and weight as pipe used. Part of
standard weIght nipples is less than 1-~!z inches.
15100-3
04-017.65
D. Provide reducing fittings where changes in pIpe SIzes occur.
E. Provide isolation bushings between copper and steel pIpmg and between
brassware and steel.
F. Provide unions or flanges in all service lines at each piece of equipment,
specialty, valves or at other locations required for ready disconnect.
3.04 PIPE PROTECTION
A.
Spirally wrap all pIpe lines embedded in concrete with two layers of 30
lb. felt.
B.
Coat all exposed threads on galvanized steel pIpe with two coats of zmc
chromate after assembly.
Exposed un-insulated pipe shall have two complete turns of Teflon tape at
all supports to prevent pipe and support from coming in physical contact.
D.
E.
F.
All metallic pipe underground shall be coated with bitumastic.
No piping shall be backfilled or covered prior to inspection by the
Archi tect/Engineer.
All underground pi ping shall have thirty inches rrurumum cover.
All copper lines in direct contact with ground soil shall be protected with
minimum of two coats of bitumastic number 50 coal tar compound prior
to backfill.
G.
H.
I.
All underground fiberglass pipe shall be protected by 6" min. clean fine
sand all around pipe.
3.05 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Provide adjustable hangers inserts, brackets, rolls, clamps and
supplementary steel as required for proper support of pipe lines. Design
hangers to allow for expansion and contraction of pipe lines and of
adequate size to permit covering to run continuously through hangers.
Support piping at equipment independently so that no weight will be
supported by equipment. Coordinate location of hangers with light
fixtures.
B. Pipes supported by trapeze hangers and not mounted on pipe rolls shall
be secured to the trapeze with pipe clamps or "U" bolts.
C. Hangers shall be placed at each change af direction, within one foot of
valves and other appurtenances installed in horizontal piping and not more
than three feet from end of each branch runout.
D. Hangers for insulated pipes shall have a diameter large enough to include
insulation, and protection shield shall be installed with each hanger.
15100-4
04-017 .65
~ ~,'
E. Special Supports: All clamps, hangers and supports required by
equipment manufacturers shall be furnished and installed as per their
recommendations.
F. Plumbers tape, straps, chain, wire hangers, or perforated bar shall not be
allows as means for hanging pipe.
3.06 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
A. Make connections between equipment and the piping systems as required.
B. Make connections between any piece of equipment and any piping system
by means of unions, flange joints or other fittings which permit equipment
to be disconnected and removed for maintenance.
C. Install valves or cocks in supply and return lines to each piece of
equipment on system side of union connection.
3.07 TESTS
A. Apply pressure tests as required by current applicable codes to all parts
of the piping systems before the piping is concealed and before fixtures
and/or equipment are connected.
B. Leave concealed work uncovered until required tests have been completed,
but if necessary to make tests on portions of the work, those portions of
the work may be concealed after being inspected and approved. Repair
defects that are discovered as a result of inspection or tests with new
materials. Caulking, peening or soldering of screwed joints, cracks, or
holes will not be accepted. Repeat tests after defects. have been
corrected.
3.08 LABELING OF PIPES
A. Pipes shall be properly labeled for identification according to their servIce
type.
END OF SECTION
15100-5
04-017.65
SECTION 15180
INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide all labor, materials and equipment required to insulate plpmg
and equipment as specified and as shown on the Drawings.
B. Provide new materials, clean, dry and free from defects.
D. Submit manufacturer's date for approval before any work IS commenced.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 15180 - Piping and Specialties
B. Section 15890 -Ductwork
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Air conditioning condensate and refrigeration suction lines aboveground
inside building shall be insulated with 314-inch thick flexible foamed
plastic insulation (Armaflex). Whenever possible, slip the insulation over
assembled sections of piping to prevent seams and joints. Where seams
and joints occur, seal with fire resistant sealer adhesive.
B. Air conditioning outside air duct shall be insulated with I-inch thick 1-V2-
inch pfc density fiberglass blanket. Blanket shall have factory applied
yard reinforced aluminum foil jacket. Vapor seal insulation joints and
all breaks and tears in vapor seal jacket with fire resistant mastic.
C. Exterior ductwork shall be internally insulated with one inch thick, 1-112
pound density fiberglass duct liner with black coating on one side only
and this surface shall be in contact with the moving air stream. Duct
liner shall comply with the requirements of NFP A-90A as to flame
spread and smoke development rating. Secure insulation to ductwork
with weld clips and suitable adhesive as per manufacturer's
recommendations. All transverse edges shall also be coated with
adhesive for a positive seal.
15180-1
04-017.65
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Apply all insulation over clean, dry surfaces.
B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
C. Seal all joints carefully.
D. Project all piping insulation at points of supports with 18 gauge
galvanized insulation shields, 12" long and covering one half of pipe
insulation diameter.
E. All systems must be checked free of leaks prior to installation of
insula tion.
END OF SECTION
15180-2
04-017.65
SECTION 15482
UNDERGROUND FUEL STORAGE TANK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work to be performed under this Section includes furnishing and
installing the fuel storage tank and related piping and gauges.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Minimum Standards: The materials, installations and workmanship
furnished under this section shall conform at least to the requirements of
the Codes in force for this site; however, materials, installations, and
workmanship indicated on the Drawings, or herein specified which are in
excess of the Code Requirements, shall be furnished as indicated and
specified.
B. Design: The tank shall be designed to withstand 3 feet of water over
the tank top with a 3: 1 safety factor against external hydrostatic pressure,
and shall be suitably anchored to prevent rise from buoyant water table
pressure.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings shall be submitted on the tank showing pIpe fitting, inlets
and outlets, hold down locations and assemblies.
B. Manufacturer's data sheets shall be submitted on gauges.
C. Installation instructions for the tank shall be submitted.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 EQUIPMENT
A. Underground Fuel Storage Tank - The storage tank shall be suitable for
the particular installation and shall be fiberglass tank type for
underground installation. The tank shall be furnished with all necessary
tappings, manholes and capacity as indicated on Drawings and shall be
UL and NFP A labeled. The tank piping and all tanks appurtenances
shall be in accordance with NFP A.
15482-1
04-017.65
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. The tank shall be installed in accordance with all rules, regulations and
ordinances which apply to such installations and shall be installed with
strict adherence to installation methods and materials for backfill as
recommended by the rr..anufacturer.
B. Excavation and backfill shall conform to the requirements recommended
by the tank manufacturer.
C. All fittings and piping used to connect the storage tank and its gauges to
the standby power generator shall be pressure sealed and tested to
NFP A requirements to assure zero leakage.
END OF SECTIOl'T
15482-2
04-017.65
Section 15760
HVAC EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Air Conditioning: Split System
B. Air Conditioning: Packaged Rooftop
C. Exhaust fans
D. Controls
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 15890 - Ductwork
B. Division 16 - Electrical
C. Section 15010 - Basic Mechanical Requirements.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of UL and applicable codes.
B. Test and rate cooling system to ART Standard 210.
1.04 REFERENCES
A. ANSI/NFP A 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation
Systems.
B. ART 210 - Unitary Air Conditioning Equipment.
1.05 SUBMrn'ALS
A. Submit shop drawings and product data showing schematic layouts of
HV AC equipment, refrigerant piping, and accessories required for
complete system.
B. Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions,
installation instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts listing.
C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit operation and maintenance
data for all equipment items provided under this section.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. Provide five year manufacturer's warranty for condensing units, atr
handling units and packaged rooftop units.
15760-1
04-017.65
- .1' . t'r Il'I'..'~~1~~ ~'~ TT1f
B. Warranty: Include coverage of refrigeration compressors.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Air Conditioning equipment
1. Trane
2. Rheem
3. Carrier
B. Exhaust fans
1. Penn
2. Loren Cook
3. Greenheck
C. Substitutions: Submit to Engineer all necessary product data, warranties,
and any other pertinent information necessary to establish that the
proposed substitute is equal to or better than the listed manufacturer's
product.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Condensing Units:
1. Provide self-contained, packaged, factory assembled and prewired aIr
cooled condensing units suitable for outdoor use consisting of
cabinet, compressors, condensing coil and fan, controls, liquid
receiver, screens and of capacities as scheduled on Drawings.
2. Materials
a. Use corrosion resistant materials for parts in contact with
refrigerant.
b. Provide anti-short-cycle timer to prevent rapid loading and
unloading of compressor.
3. Cabinet: Galvanized steel with weather-resistant baked enamel finish,
and removable access doors or panels with quick fasteners.
4. Compressor: Provide hermetically sealed, 1750 rpm, resiliently
mounted compressor with positive lubrication, crankcase heater,
motor overload protection, service valves, and filter drier. Minimum
5 year warranty.
15760-2
04-017.65
5. Condenser:
a. Coil: Seamless copper tubing with aluminum fins with PVC
coating.
b. Fans: Vertical discharge, direct drive axial fans, resiliently
mounted with guard and motor.
c. Motors: Permanently lubricated ball bearing motors built-in
current and overload protection.
6. Controls: Provide high and low pressure cutouts for compressor, oil
pressure control, non-recycling pump-down, and reset relay.
B. Air Handling Units:
1. Provide packaged, self-contained, factory assembled, prewired unit,
consisting of cabinet, evaporator fan, evaporator coil, heati;1g coil, air
fil ters, and controls.
2. Unit shall be factory assembled for vertical air flow configuration as
indicated.
3. Cabinet:
a. Frame and Panels: Galvanized steel witt baked enamel finish,
easily removed access doors or panels with quick fasteners.
b. Insulation: Minimum 112 inch thick acoustic duct liner for lining
cabinet interior.
c. Drain Pan: Galvanized steel with corrosion-resisting coating.
4. Evaporator Fan:
a. Fan: Double width, double inlet, forward curved centrifugal
fan, statically and dynamically balanced, with permanently
lubricated bearings.
b. V-Belt Drive: Cast iron or steel sheaves, dynamically
balanced, bored to fit shafts and keyed. Variable and
adjustable pitch motor sheave selected so required rpm is
obtained with sheaves set at mid-position as recommended by
manufacturer or minimum 1.5 times !lameplate rating of the
motor.
c. Motors: As indicated, in compliance with Section 16150.
5. Evaporator Coil:
a. Direct expansion coiling coil of seamless copper tubes with
aluminum fins.
b. Refrigeration circuit with thermal expanSIOn valve, filter-drier,
and charging valves.
15760-3
04-<H7.6S
--~ ,
6. Heating Coil: Electric heating coil with thermal and overcurrent
protection capacities as scheduled on drawings.
7. Air Filters: Easily removed one inch thick throw-away type filter.
C. Rooftop Packaged Units:
1. Provide factory assembled self-contained, air cooled curb mounted
rooftop units, complete with compressor section, integral condenser,
evaporator section, electric heater, with all necessary controls, curbs
and adapters.
2. Unit compressor section shall be hermetic type, with force feed
lubricating systems, squirrel cage induction motors designed for
suction gas cooling, complete with magnetic starters and crankcase
heaters. Provide anti-short cycle timer to prevent rapid loading an
unloading of compressor.
3. Unit condensing section to be formed, convection type air cooled
condenser, complete with extended surface coil, receivers, safety relief
valves, fans, motors, V-Belt drives and magnetic starters. All
components to be mounted in a weather resistant steel casing of 14
~auge panels with steel angle framing and adequate access panels for
Inspection and maintenance. Condenser coil shall be copper tubes
with aluminum fins with PVC coil protection coating.
4. Provide all necessary controls for fully automatic fail-safe operations
of each unit. Safety controls to include high and low pressure
controls, oil pressure limit control and a thermal cut out.
5. Unit evaporator section to be complete with centrifugal fan, variable
pitch V-Belt drive, totally enclosed squirrel cage motors, magnetic
starter, extruded surface cooling and heating coils with copper tubes
and aluminum fins.
6. Enclose all components in a suitable casing constructed of steel
panels with steel angle framing or bracing, lined throughout with 1"
of fire retardant synthetic rubber coated 1 PCF glass fiber insulation.
Fan bearings to be accessible, mounted on unit framing or bracing,
and suitable for lubrication from outside the unit. Provide cooling
coil with an insulated steel drain pan. Unit to be isolated from
building structure by means of approved vibration isolators.
7. Units shall be totally weatherproofed and suitable for exposed
installation and mounted on steel frame as shown on Drawings.
D. Exhaust Fans
1. General
a. Units shall be wall moun!~d centrifugal exhaust fans, AMCA
rated with the capacltles, characteristics and special
requirements shown on plans and tabulated in the schedules.
15760-4
04-017.65
b. Fans shall be furnished with factory mounted, motor rated
service switches.
c. Single phase fan motors shall have built-in thermal overload
protections.
d. Furnish accessories as noted in the schedules.
e. Each power wall exhauster shall consist of a fan with housing
and weatherproof hood; the entire assembly shall be tested to
resist a 150 mile per hour wind force.
L Housing shall be arranged to facilitate access for servlcIllg and
shall be made of corrosion-resistant metal.
g. Each powered wall ventilator shall be provided with bird screen
and backdraft damper.
E. Controls
3. Air Conditioning equipment
1. Factory wired controls shall include contractor, high and low
pressure cutouts, internal winding thermostat for compressor,
control circuit transformer, non-cycling reset relay.
2. Provide one stage cooling and one stage heating room
thermostat to control cooling and heating with "cool-off heat"
selector switch and "auto-on" fan control switch allowing
continuous fan operation, or cycling fan on call for cooling or
heating.
3. Provide seven day timer with 4-hour manual override switch and
24-hour mechanical emergency backup to control operating
schedule of the air conditioning and heating system.
4. Wall mounted exhaust fan shall run continuously and controlled
from circuit breaker located at the electrical panel.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A.
Complete structural, mechanical, and electrical connections III accordance
with manufacturer's installation instructions.
B.
C.
D.
Calculate refrigerant pipe sizes according to manufacturer's instructions
applied to condition of this project.
Furnish charge of refrigerant and oil.
Perform all work in a neat and workmanlike manner.
15760-5
04-CH7.65
E. Install heaters so that thev are easily accessible for operation and
preventative maintenance. Provide access to heater assembly for easy
removal of the unit.
F. Verify all space limitations before commencement of installation of
equipment and duct work.
3.02 ADJUSTING
A. Supply initial charge of refrigerant and oil for each refrigeration system.
Replace losses of oil or refrigerant prior to end of correction period.
B. Charge system with refrigerant and test entire system for leaks after
completion of installation. Repair leaks, put system into operation, and
test equipment performance.
C. Shut-down system if initial start-up and testing takes place in winter and
machines are to remain inoperative. Repeat start-up and testing operation
at beginning of first cooling season.
D. Provide cooling season start-up, and winter season shut-down for first year
of operation.
END OF SECTION
15760-6
04-017.65
SECTION 15890
DUCTWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Low pressure ducts.
B. Ductwork accessories.
C. Duct cleaning.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 15010 - Basic Mechanical Requirements, applies.
B. Section 15936 - Air Distribution Devices
C. Section 15180 - Insulation
D. Section 15990 - Testing and Balancing of HV AC Systems.
E. Section 15760 - HV AC Equipment
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Duct Sizes: Inside clear dimensions.
B. Low Pressure: Three pressure classifications: Ih inch WG (125 Pa)
positive or negative static pressure and velocities less than 2,000 fpm (10
m/sec); 1 inch WG (250 Pa) positive or negative static pressure and
velocities less than 2,500 fpm (12.7 m/sec) and 2 inch WG \500 Pa)
positive or negative static pressure and velocities less than 2,500 fpm (12.7
m/sec).
1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Construct ductwork in accordance with NFP A 90A standards and
SMACNA recommendations.
1.05 REFERENCES
A. ASHRAE - Handbook 19 R1 Fundamentals; Chapter 33 - Duct Design.
B. ASHRAE - Handbook 19R3 Equipment; Chapter 1 - Duct Construction.
C. ASTM A 90 - Weight of Coating on Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Iron or
Steel Articles.
D. ASTM A525 - General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated
(Galvanized ) by the Hot-Dip Process.
15890-1
04-017.65
E. ASTM A 527 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by Hot-Dip
Process, Lock Forming Quality.
F. ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate.
G. NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems.
H. NFPA 90B - Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning
Systems.
1. SMACNA - HV AC Duct Construction Standards.
J. SMACNA - Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards.
K. UL 181 - Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connectors.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings and product data for manufactured products and
assemblies required for this project.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver products to site in a manner to prevent denting, wetting and
crushing the ducts.
B. Store and protect products under cover and off the ground.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIAL (OUTDOORS)
A. All supply and return conditioned air ducting shall be internally lined, low
pressure type, constructed of galvanized sheetmetal.
B. Galvanized Sheetmetal Ducts: ASTM A525 or ASTM A527 galvanized
steel sheet, lock-forming quality, having zinc coating of 1.25 oz per sq ft
(382 g/sq m) for each side in conformance with ASTM A90.
2.02 MATERIALS (INDOORS)
A. All supply and return conditioned air ducting shall be constructed of
fibrous glass ductboard. Outside air ductwork and rated penetrate shall
be constructed of galvanized sheetmetal with I" external fiberglass blanket
insulation.
B. Low Pressure Type, Galvanized Sheetmetal Ducts: ASTM A525 or ASTM
A527 galvanized steel sheet, lock-formin~ quality, having zinc coating of
1.25 ounce per square foot for each SIde in conformance with ASTM
A90.
15890-2
04-017.65
c.
Fibrous Glass Ducts: Fibrous glass ducting shall be installed and
constructed in accordance with latest edition of SMACNA Fibrous Glass
Duct Construction Standards. Fiberglass duct board shall be one inch
thick, with a thermal conductivity not greater than 0.24 BTU/in/hr/sq.ft./
degrees F at 75 degrees F Duct board shall meet the requirements of
NFP A 90A and 90B and shall have a factory applied UL 181, Class 1 Air
Duct Listing label. Duct board shall be faced with an FSK facing and
shall be as manufactured by Mansville, Type 475, Micro-Aire Duct,
Owens-Corning or Certain-Teed.
2.03
EQ UIPMENT
A.
V olume Control Dampers:
1. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Duct Construction Standards,
and as indicated.
2. Fabricate splitter dampers of material same gauge as duct to 24
inches size in either direction, and two gauges heavier for sizes over
24 inches.
3. Fabricate splitter dampers of single thickness sheet metal to
streamline shape. Secure blade with continuous hinge or rod.
Operate with minimum 1/4 inch diameter rod in self aligning,
universal joint action flanged bushing with set screw.
4. All dampers shall be multi-blade type, of opposed blade pattern.
Assemble center and edge crimped blades in galvanized channel
frame with suitable hardware.
S. Provide oil-impregnated nylon or sintered bronze bearings on all
dampers.
6. Provide locking, indicating quadrant regulators on stand-off mounting
brackets, bases or adapters.
B. Air Turning Devices:
1. Air Extractors: Multi-blade device with radius blades attached to
pivoting frame and bracket, steel or aluminum construction, with
push-pull operator strap.
2. Turning Vanes: Multi-blade, air-foil type devices with double
thickness blades attached to steel or aluminum frames.
C. Flexible Duct Connects.
a. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction
Standards, and as indicated.
2. UL Listed fire-retar~~nt neoprene coated woven glass fiber fabric to
NFP A 90 A, mInImUm density 36 ounce per square yard,
approximately 2 inches wide, crimped into metal edging strip.
15890-3
04-017.65
1. ~. '<f W'
D. Multi-Blade Type Fire Dampers
1. Provide multi-blade type spring-driven fire dampers in types and sizes
indicated, with casing constructed of 10 gauge galvanized steel with
bonded red acrylic enamel finish, fusible link 160-1650P (71-740C),
unless otherwise indicated, and matching factory furnished installation
sleeve.
2.04
A.
B.
c.
D.
2. Acceptable manufacturers are: Nailor Hart, Ruskin, Louvers and
Dampers, American Warming & Ventilating, Prefco and Air
Balancing, Inc., Safe Air or equivalent.
FABRICATION
Fabricate 1ll accordance with SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction
Standards or SMACNA Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards, and
ASHRAE handbooks, except as indicated.
All rectangular elbows and tees shall be provided with air-foil vanes.
Where acoustical lining is indicated, provide turning vanes or perforated
metal with glass fiber insulation.
Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence
wherever possible. Divergence upstream of equipment shall not exceed 30
degrees; convergence downstream shall not exceed 45 degrees.
Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Fabricate, install and support all ducting in strict compliance with the
SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction Standards and SMACNA Fibrous
Glass Duct Construction Standards.
B. Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate
thermometers and controllers. Provide pilot tube openings where required
for testing of systems, complete with metal can with spring device or
screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings are provided in
insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside a metal ring.
C. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal
operating and maintenance activities.
D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
E. During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped
polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering
ductwork system.
15890-4
04-017.65
F. Provide balancing dampers at points on low pressure supply and return
systems where branches are taken from larger ducts as required for air
balancing. Use splitter dampers only where indicated.
3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Clean duct system and force air through duct to remove accumulated dust.
To obtain sufficient air. clean half the system at a time. Protect
equipment which may be harmed by excessive dirt with temporary filters,
or bypass during cleaning.
B. Clean duct systems with high power vacuum machines. Protect equipment
which may be harmed by excessive dirt with filters, or bypass during
cleaning. Provide adequate access into ductwork for cleaning purposes.
END OF SECTION
15890-5
04-017.65
SECTION 15936
AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES
1.01
PART 1 - GENERAL
B.
C.
D.
1.02
A.
B.
\VORK INCLUDED
A.
Ceiling mounted supply air diffusers
Wall mounted supply air registers
Ceiling and wall mounted return air registers
Wall Louvers
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Test and rate performance of air outlets and inlets in accordance with
ADC Equipment Test Code 1062 and ASHRAE 70.
Test and rate performance of louvers in accordance with AMCA 500.
1.03
C. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to ANSI/NFPA 90A.
A.
B.
REFERENCES
ACD 1062 - Certification, Rating and Test Manual.
AMCA 500 - Test Method for Louvers, Dampers and Shutters.
C. ANSI/NFP A 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation
Systems.
D.
E.
F.
1.04
A.
ARI 650 - Air Outlets and Inlets.
ASHRAE 70 - Method of Testing for Rating the Air Flow Performance
of Outlets and Inlets.
SMACNA - Low Pressure Duct Construction Standard.
SUBMITTALS
Submit product data for manufactured products and assemblies required
for this project.
B. Submit schedule of outlets and inlets indicating type, size, location,
application, and noise level.
C. Review requirements of outlets and inlets as to size, finish, and type of
mounting prior to submitting product data and schedules of outlets and
inlets.
15936-1
04-017.65
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MANUF ACrURERS
A.
Ceiling and Wall Mounted Supply and Return Air Registers:
1. Titus
'1 Metalaire
3. Krueger
B. Wall Louver
1. American Warming and Ventilating
2.02
MATERIALS
A.
Rectangular Ceiling Diffusers:
1. Rectangular with multi-blade type removable core, and blow
pattern as indicated on the Drawings.
2. Provide surface mount type frame with gasket.
3. Fabricate of extruded aluminum with baked enamel off-white finish.
4. Provide volume control opposed blade type damper.
5. Size shown on the drawings is duct connection size.
B. Wall Mounted Supply Air Registers:
1. Rectangular with two sets of louvers. Front louvers shall be
parallel to the short dimension of the register, and rear louvers
parallel to the long dimension of the unit.
2. All louvers shall be individually adjustable for any degree of
deflection.
3. Provide surface mount type frame with gasket.
4. Fabricate of steel with baked enamel off-white finish.
5. Provide volume control opposed blade type damper, screwdriver
operated and adjustable through face of the register.
6. Size shown on the drawings is duct connection Slze.
C. Ceiling and Wall Mounted Return Air Registers:
1. Rectangular, multi-blade type, with louver blades at 45 degree
angle, spaced 11z" on centers.
15936-2
04-017.65
2. Provide surface mount type frame with gasket.
3. Fabricate of extruded aluminum with baked enamel off-white finish.
Provide steel construction for wall mounted registers.
4. Size shown on Drawings is duct connection size.
D . Wall Louvers:
1. Wall louvers shall be weather proof drainable type, with fixed
blades.
2. Louvers shall be of extruded aluminum construction, with minimum
blade and frame thickness of 0.081 inch.
3. Frame shall be 6 inches deep with flange on the exterior side.
4. Provide louver with lh-inch mesh, constructed of 0.063 inch
minimum diameter aluminum wire in extruded aluminum frame.
Secure mesh assembly to inside face of louver with galvanized
sheet metal screws.
5. Louvers shall be provided with a gloss enamel finish formulated to
resist weathering and corrosion.
6. Louvers shall pass 1,100 feet per minute free area velocity, with
less than 0.19 inches of water gauge pressure drop, and shall carry
less than 0.055 ounces of water per square foot of face area
during a 15 minute period, when tested in accordance with AMCA
Standard 500. Louvers shall bear the AMCA Certified Ratings
Seal for both air performance and water penetration.
7. Wall louvers shall be American Warming and Ventilating Model
LE-31, or approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
INSTALLATION
A.
Install items in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.
B.
See architectural reflected ceiling plan for exact locations of ceiling
mounted diffusers and grilles.
Install diffusers and grilles to ductwork with air tight connection.
Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off, regardless of whether dampers
are specified as part of the diffuser assembly.
C.
D.
END OF SECTION
15936-3
04-017.65
SECTION 15990
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF HV AC SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Work includes all testing, adjusting and balancing of Heating, Ventilating
and Air Conditioning (HV AC) systems covered in the contract.
B. Contractor shall provide all labor, engineering, and test equipment
required to adjust and balance all systems hereinbefore specified. All
personnel involved in the execution of the work shall be experienced and
factory trained specifically in the total balancing of BY AC systems.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. As a prerequisite to final inspection, all construction, testing, adjustments,
balancing, starting and instruction will have been completed.
B. Control manufacturer, after adjustment and calibration of controls, shall
attest in writing that the system is operating as intended.
C. After completion, furnish three certified copies of test report to the
Engineer. The Contractor shall provide a representative, tools, and
instruments so that all submitted data may be verified at final inspection.
D. All system testing, adjusting, and balancing are to be performed by an
independent agency regularly engaged in this work for not less than 6
years.
PART 2 - NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Balancing:
1. Adjust and balance the complete BY AC system as hereinafter
specified.
2. Record all test data on a sepia made from the latest available
revised set of plans and submit four copies upon completion of the
balancing work.
3. At the completion of the balancing, instruct the Owner's personnel
in the proper operation and maintenance of each piece of
equipment.
15990-1
04-017.65
"""",*_1
B. Testing:
1. Test equipment shall be furnished by the Contractor. All
instruments will have been calibrated recently and verification of
calibration shall be provided with submittal data.
2. Measure supply air volumes at main trunks by means of the duct
traverse methods, taking a minimum of sixteen readings. Seal duct
access holes with plugs. The use of duct tape to seal access holes
will not be permitted.
3. Adjust balancing dampers for required branch duct air quantities.
4. Adjust registers and diffusers to within 10% of individual
requirements specified.
5. The total air delivery 1il any particular fan system shall be
obtained by <:djustment of the particular fan speed. The drive
motor of each fan shall not be loaded over the correct full load
amperage rating of the motor involved.
6. Any changes that are required for the final balancing results as
determined by the balancing personnel shall be provided for by the
Contractor. Such changes may encompass, but are not necessarily
restricted to the changing of pulleys, belts, dampers, or adding
dampers or access panels.
C. Systems Report shall include the following data:
1. Equipment:
a. Manufacturer, Size and H.P.
b. Amperage (Nameplate, Corrected Full Load and Final
Operating).
c. Motor Current Characteristics, Starter Size.
d. RPM (Design and Final Operating).
e. Brake Horsepower.
f. Fan CFM (Design and Final Operating).
g. Fan Suction and Discharge Static Pressure (Design and Final
Operating).
h. Discharge and Suction Pressures.
1. Method by which CFM and Amperage was determined.
15990-2
04-017.65
2. System External to Faa Test Data:
a. Grille and Diffuser Reference Number, Size and Manufacturer
b. Location
c. Design and Actual Velocity and CFM.
d. Final Condition of Balance.
e. Method used to Determine Air Quantities.
END OF SECTION
15990-3
04-017.65
SECTION 16010
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included consists of all supervision, labor, materials, equipment, facilities
and installation required for the complete, satisfactory and approved electrical
systems as indicated on the Drawings and called for in these Specifications, or as
may be reasonably implied by either, for the installation of complete electrical
systems.
B. The Contractor shall install, complete and operating, electrical systems consisting
of the following:
1. Complete distribution for power and lighting as shown on plans, including
switches and circuit breakers, feeders, subfeeders, grounding, panelboards,
branch circuits, control wiring, switches and receptacles and all other
equipment shown on drawings.
2. Contractor shall make all final connections to equipment furnished by other
trades.
3. Connection of all motors, electrically operated equipment and controls.
4. All conduits, sleeves and backboards required for all systems and all duct
banks.
6. Temporary electrical power and lighting shall be furnished, installed and main-
tained for all trades.
8. Miscellaneous items obviously required for a complete and operating system
but not specifically called for on the drawings or in the specifications shall be
provided by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner (nuts and bolts,
masonry anchors, conduit and equipment supports, drilling, welding,
scaffolding, crane service, etc.).
1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Reference within these Specifications to standards, codes or reference specifica-
tions implies that any item, product, or material so identified must comply with all
minimum requirements as stated therein, unless indicated otherwise. Only the
latest revised editions are applicable.
B. The Specifications, codes and standards listed below form a part of these
Specifications:
1. National Electric Code (NEC)
2. National Fire Protection Association (NFP A)
3. Underwriter's Laboratories (UL)
4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
6. Federal Specification (Fed. Spec.)
7. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA)
)liO 10 - I
04-017.65
1.03
1.04
1.05
1.06
3. Standard Building Code (SBC)
9. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
10. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
11. Additionally, designs, work practices and conditions must conform with the
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (OSHA)
C.
Where materials and equipment are available under the continuing inspection and
labeling of UL, provide such material and equipment. Listing by Underwriters'
Laboratories shall be evidenced by the label.
DRA WINGS
A.
The Drawings indicate the extent and general arrangements of equipment and wiring
systems. If any departures from the Drawings are deemed necessary by the
Contractor, details of such departures and reasons therefor shall be submitted to the
Engineer for approval within 30 days after award of the Contract. No such
departures shall be made without the prior written approval of the Engineer. All
items not specifically mentioned in the Specifications or noted on the Drawings but
obviously necessary to make a complete working installation shall be included.
SHOP DRA WINGS
A.
Each package of shop drawings shall be bound as a unit and shall contain a first
sheet with the project name, location, date submitted, name and address of the
Contractor, name and address of the equipment supplier and a list of the contents.
Opposite each type of equipment or system shall be the manufacturer's name. The
equipmpnt data sheets shall appear in the same order as they are listed in the table
of contents.
B.
The submittal drawings shall include complete specifications for every item,
including materials, finish, dimensions, fabrication details, installation instructions,
standards compliance and UL approval. Where a data sheet contains details
covering various sizes or ratings of equipment, clearly mark the items applicable to
the project.
C.
The operation and maintenance manuals shall include the name, address, and phone
number of the supplier and nearest manufacturer's representative and shall contain a
complete parts list for each system.
EQUIPMENT MANUAL AND OWNER INSTRUCTIONS
A.
Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the
Engineer three complete sets of operation and maintenance manuals for each
electrical, signal, control and special system installed. Manual shall consist of
detailed drawings or catalr'~ sheets for each component, replacement parts lists,
wi.ring diagrams, maintenance instructions and description of system operation. The
Contractor shall provide qualified instructors for a minimum of 40 hours of
instruction to designated Owner personnel in the operation and maintenance of all
systems.
RULES OF LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES
A.
Rules of local Utility Companies shall be complied with. Before submitting his bid,
Contractor shall check with the Utility Companies supplying service to this
installation and shall detcrm ine equipment, etc., he will be required to install and
1f)[)10-2
04-017.65
t1 ~
shall include cost of same in Bid. No extra payment will be made for the
installation of such ~tefl1s, except in cases where the requirements of the Utility
Companies change after the Contractor has submitted his Bid.
1.07 COORDINATION WITH: OTHER UTILITIES
A. Installation of underground ducts and conduits for power and telecommunications
services shall be thoroughly coordinated with other utilities on the site. Duct and
conduit sizes and material types shall be as shown on the Drawings. Details of
routing, burial depth, size of bends and term ination at each end of service shall be
verified on the jOb site.
1.08 COORDIN"ATION WITH OTHER TRADES
A. The Contractor shall plan and layout the electrical work in order to be compatible
with the building structure, the IIVAC system and the plumbing system. Where
failure to coordinate the work with other trades results in equipment having to be
removed and relocated, the Contractor shall perform such removal and relocation at
no cost to the Owner. Where equipment has to be moved, the Engineer shall
determine which equi!)ment has to be moved regardless of which equipment was
installed first.
1.09 STORAGE
A. All material shall be stored in a safe, orderly manner. Materials shall not be stored
directly on the ground or floor and shall be kept clean, dry and free from damage or
deteriorating elements. Damaged or rusted materials shall not be installed.
1.10 MATERIALS
A. All equipment, materials and components shall be new, of standard current products
of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such equipment and be the
manufacturer's latest design. All components by same manufacturer shall be
mechanically and electrically compatible with rating of apparatus in which installed.
All materials shall bear the label of Underwriters Laboratory for the intended use
in 3.11 cases where this labelling is available or shall be materials reviewed by the
code enforcing authorities and Engineer. Equipment of a similar nature shall be
identical. Example: All panelboards shall be of the same manufacturer and of the
same style.
1.11 ACCESSORIES
A. All hardware and accessory fittings shall be of a type designed, intended or
appropriate for the use, and complement the items with which they are used, and
shall have corrosion protection suitable for the atmosphere in which they are
installed. All such hardware shall be U.S. standard sizes.
1.12 INSTALLATION
A. All materials shall be installed at the locations shown on the Drawings and In
accordance with the specific manufacturer's recommended installation methods.
B. All equipment shall be set level, at the correct heights, properly aligned and where
in sections, shall be bolted together. Install indoor surface mounted equipment,
including panel boards, safety switches, individually mounted enclosed circuit
lG010 - 3
04-017.65
1.13
1.14
breakers, motor starters, etc., on metal framing suppor.t system (continuous slot
metal channel system).
c.
Secure all materials and equipment firmly In place.
materials for attachment and/or support.
Do not weld electrical
D.
All screws, bolts, nuts, clamps, fittings or other fastening devices shall be made up
tight.
E.
All materials and equipment shall be installed complete, including screws or bolts,
covers, plates, fittings, etc.
F.
Follow t,he installation directions and recom mendations of the materials and
equipment manufacturers.
G.
Cutting, welding, or other weakening of building structure to facilitate electrical
equipment and materials installation shall not be permitted.
H.
Light fixtures are intended to be supported by the ceiling support system, however,
where additional supports are l'cquired they shall be provided by the Contractor.
I.
Provide all required wire, conduit and fittings for connection of HV AC system
controls.
J.
Use of manufacturer's name and catalog number: In some instances specified
reference has been made to one manufacturerls name and catalog number. Such use
does not necessarily mean that the equipment is an "off the shelf" item. Variances
may be required for finish, material or other modifications. The Contractor shall
assure that all such required modifications are made.
K.
In the case of panelboards, terminal cabinets and other equipment requiring wire and
cable terminations, the Contractor shall ascertain that wiring gutter sizes are as
required by NEC Tables 373-6(a) and 373-6(b).
L.
Working clearance around equipment shall meet or exceed code requirements as per
NEC Tables 110-16(a) and 110-34(a).
INTERFERENCES
A.
The plans are generally diagrammatic and the Contractor shall coordinate the
electrical work with the work of other trades so that interferences between
conduits, piping, equipment, architectural, and structural work will be avoided. All
necessary offsets in raceways, fittings, etc., required to properly install the work
shall be furnished so as to take up a minimum space and all such offsets, fittings,
etc., required to accomplish this shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor
without additional expense to the Owner. In the event of conflict, the Engineer will
decide which equipment, piping, etc., must be relocated. Cutting and patching
required to relocate work shall exactly match original finish, and shall be at the
Contractorls expense.
IDENTIFICA TION
A.
Electrical equipment shall be clearly and permanently labeled with a securely
fastened nameplate. Nameplates shall be 1/16 inch thick engraved laminated plastic
and shall have 1/4 inch high white letters on a black background. Plates shall be
[6010-4
04-U17.65
pI'ovided foI' all switches and disconnects, staI'teI's, panelboaI'ds, dry type
tr-ansfoI'mers and lighting, contactoI's.
G. Color coding tape shall be moistur-e, flame and abrasion I'esistant vinyl plastic tape
equai to Scotch No. 35. Color-s shall be as specified elsewher-c.
C. All emergency equipment including disconnect ahead of main, panel, and all
equipment I'elated to the fire alarm system shall have red nameplates. These pieces
of electI'ical equipment such as fiI'e alarm control panel, emcI'gency batteI'Y lights,
etc., shall be labeled as described in 1.01 above.
D. Nameplate information shall include voltage, curI'ent I'ating (if any) and number of
phases of, the item labeled besides' its designation. Also, the nameplate shall provide
thc panel and circuit number fr-om which the equipment is fCd, and the item it
contI'ols.
E. All conductors shall be permanently tagged at terminal boxes, equipment and
control stations to indicate their control function. FeedeI's shall be identified at
eveI'Y accessible point with a permanent tag indicating circuit number. Conductor-
tags shall be non-conductive.
F. MajoI' conduits shall be identified at wireways, panels, pull boxes, cabinets and
similar locations to assist in futur-e circuit tracing. Use adhesive maI'kers, Dymo
Labels or other approved methods.
G. All circuits and equipment shall be identified to correspond with drawings and
specifications. A Nameplate List shall be submitted to the Owner for review.
H. All panelboards shall contain a typewritten directory behind a plastic cover, located
on inside of door.
I. All conduit stub ups shall be identified with a stamped non-ferrous tag attached with
stainless steel wire. Numbers as shown on drawings.
J. Install equipment identification nameplate at the center top of the equipment, using
a rubber base adhesive.
1.15 CONNECTION
A. Make all connections for air conditioning and ventilation equipment, controls
individually mounted starters, thermostats, firestats and other control devices.
Install and connect starters, contactors, and controls, including exact wiring
requirements as determined in accordance with control wiring diagrams furnished
for the equipment.
1.16 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. All openings through walls, ceilings, roadways and floor slabs required for the
installation of electrical equipment shall be provided as required. Where existing
walls, ceilings or floor slabs have to be cut the Contractor shall coordinate with the
Engineer before making such cuts. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any
damage done in the process of providing such openings. The Contractor' shall patch
and refinish the existing sur'face after making such required openings.
16010 -:)
04-017.G5
1.17 TESTING
A. Upon completion of the Work, the Contractor shall energize, start-up and test
operate all the systems and equipment in the presence of the Engineer and Owner.
All testing and measuring instruments and equipment required to test each system
shall be provided by the Contractor. Any defects or variances from standard or
specified conditions found during these tests shall be corrected by the Contractor at
no cost to the Owner. The following tests shall be performed:
1. The main service and all feeders and branch circuits shall be energized from
the normal power source. Ammeter and voltmeter readings shall be made and
recorded as follows:
a. Phase to phase and phase to ground voltage at each pad mount (primary
and secondary), at the service connection to each building, at each
panelboard, at each dry type transformer (primary and secondary) and at
each :"Jhase motor.
b. Line and neutral current on each phase at each padmount (incoming and
outgoing on each primary leg), each building secor:lary service, each
panelboard feeder, at primary and secondary of each dry type
transformer and each 3 phase motor.
c. These voltage and current readings shall be recorded, dated and signed
by the Contractor and furnished to the Owner and Engineer.
2. All circuit breakers shall be manually tripped and reset.
3. Insulation resistance test shall be made on each 240 Volt feeder conductor
before and after installation. Test shall be made with a 500 Volt DC megger.
Readings shall be recorded and test reports furnished to the Owner and
Engineer.
4. All defective lamps found during test shall be immediately replaced.
5. All receptacles and light switches shall be tested to verify they are connected
properly.
6. All HV AC motors and controls shall be checked to verify correct connection
and operation.
7. All panelboards shall be inspected prIOr to installing covers to verify correct
sizes and color coding.
8. A complete operating test of the fire alarm systems and paging systems shall
be made to verify correct operation of each system and all related equipment.
B. At completion of work, clean all fixtures and lenses, and install new lamps.
C. Prior to the final test, continuity tests and insulation, resistance tests shall be
performed to assure there are no shorts or unintentional grounds in the entire
electrical system. Test readings shall be recorded and given to the Owner and
Engineel'.
16010 - 11
04-017.65
1.18 TEST REPORTS
A. Submit all test reports as specified.
B. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer two weeks prIOr to commencement of all
testing except for megger tests.
C. The Contractor shall maintain a written record of all tests showing date, personnel
making test, equipment or materials tested, tests performed, and results.
1.19 PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT
A. The Contractor shall provide the following:
1. Qualified personnel to conduct all testing.
2. The services of the equipment manufacturer's representative to assist In
testing their equipment, when the service is specified.
3. The services of the equipment manufacturer's representative to assL~t the
Contractor in repair or trouble-shooting their equipment, in the event that
said equipment fails to pass all tests.
4. All labor, temporary power, lighting, and wiring, and all materials required for
testing.
B. The Contractor shall furnish all test equipment, which shall include the following:
1. Wet and dry bulb thermometer.
2. A 500-Volt megger by James G. Biddle Co., or Associated Research Inc., or
equal.
3. Battery powered portable telephone sets and portable radios.
4. A Simpson Model 260-Volt Ohm Milliammeter, or equal.
5. A phase sequence and rotation meter, 60-300 Volts 30-60 Hz. by Knopp Inc., or
equal.
C. The Contractor shall furnish and use safety devices such as rubber gloves and
blankets, protective screens and barriers, danger signs, etc., to adequately protect
and warn all personnel in the vicinity of the tests.
1.20 TOOLS
A. Use only tools designed for the particular operation. Tools shall be kept In good
condition. Worn or broken tools shall not be used.
B. Special tools and spare parts provided with any equipment shall be turned over to
the Owner's authorized personnel and the Contractor shall obtain signed and dated
receipts for them.
16010-7
04-017.65
1.21 CLEAN-UP AND PAINTING
A. After all systems and equipment have been installed, the Con~ractor shall clean-up
all electrical equipment inside and outside the enclosures. All grease, dust, rust and
chipped plaster anrl concrete shall be removed from the installed equipment. Each
piece of equipment st1<:':';[ be thoroughly cleaned and left in brand new condition.
Special attention shall be given to the interior of panelboards and other similar
equipment. All light fixture lenses and reflectors shall be thoroughly cleaned. The
project will not be accepted as being finished until all such dirt and contamination
has been removed. The Contractor shall provide touch-up p~iinting where finished
surfaces have received minor scratches during installation. Where electrical
equipment with painted surfaces has been installed in finished areas, any such
damage ,to the painted surfaces that cannot be corrected with minor touch-up
painting shall be refinished at the factory at no cost to the Owner. Equipment
installed in finished areas having noticeable damage to the finished surface will not
be accepted.
1.22 FINAL INSPECTION
A. On completion of final inspection the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner the
Certificate of Final Inspection from the local authority having jurisdiction.
END OF SECTION
16010-8
04-017.f15
SECTION 16110
RACEWAYS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install raceways for electrical and control wiring as shown on
the Drawings and specified herein.
1.02 STANDARDS
A. Size of raceways shall be not less than NEC requirements but in no case
shall be less than indicated on the Drawings. Drawings are diagrammatic
and routing of conduits shall be made by the Contractor to avoid
interferences with other work. The Contractor shall install larger size
raceways than shown where required for pulling of wire.
B. Materials shall bear UL labels.
1.03 RELATED WORK
A. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete.
B. Section 16450 - Grounding.
1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Shop Drawings and Manufacturer's Literature: Submit for review,
properly identified manufacturer's literature and shop drawings gIVIng
materials, finishes, dimensions, weights and standards compliance.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Rigid Conduit:
1. Steel: Hot dipped zinc coated, galvanized, threaded rigid steel
conduit conforming to ANSI C80.1, Fed. Spec. WW-C-581 and UL
Standard 6. Conduit shall be as manufactured by Triangle,
Republic Steel Corp. or Robroy.
2. Intermediate Metal Conduit: Hot dipped ZInC coated,
galvanized, threaded intermediate rigid steel conduit conforming to
ANSI -C80.1 and UL Standard 1242 to be manufactured by Allied
Tube & Conduit Corp. or equal.
3. Plastic:. Rigid, Schedule 40-90 degrees C, UL rated PYC plastic
conformmg to UL 651, Fed. Spec. W-C-1094 and NEMA TC-2.
Fittings shall conform with
1611 0-1
04-017 .65
UL 514 and NEMA TC-3. Plastic conduit and fittings shall be as manufactured
by Carlon, Sedco or Robroy.
4. Couplings, Elbows and Nipples for Rigid Steel Conduit: Couplings, elbows and
nipples shall be galvanized steel, threaded.
G. Electrical \1etallic Tubing (EMT):
1. Zinc coated steel electrical metallic tubing conforming to ANSI C80.3, UL 797
and Fed. Spec. WW-C-563. Tubing shall be as manufactured by Triangle,
Republic Steel Corp., Robroy or equal.
2. Couplings and connectors for EMT shall be steel compression type.
C. Flexible Metal Conduit:
1. Standard: Flexible zinc coated conduit conforming to UL 1.
2. Liquid-Tight: Flexible zinc coated conduit with liquid-tight flexible plastic
sheath, conforming to UL 360 Standa.rd. Conduit shall be as manJfactured by
Triangle, Robroy, Anaconda or equal.
3. Fittings For Flexible Conduit: Fed. Spec. W-R-406B and UL 514, as
manufactured by Midwest or Robroy.
D. Fittings for Rigid Steel Conduit and EMT:
1. Conform to ANSI C80A.
2. Provide all required couplings, connectors and adapters of materials and finish
matching conduit or EMT.
3. Conduit Coating: (Metallic Conduit Underground) Koppers Bitumastic No. 50.
E. Straps and Fastenings for Conduit and EMT:
1. Straps: Formed zinc coated steel straps sized for conduits and tubing.
2. Fastenings: Zinc coated steel screws, bolts, toggles and expansion anchors as
required.
F. Wireways and Auxiliary Gutters:
1. Hot dip galvanized code gauge sheet steel, complete with knockouts,
enclosures and removable screw covers unless indicated as hinged. Units shall
be as manufactured by Square "D", Hoffman, Keyst.:me.
2. Exterior locations shall have accepted weathertight gasketed covers and joints
and UL listed raintight.
3. Conform to UL 870.
G. Concrete Encased Non-Metallic Ducts (Duct Bank Ducts): Refer to Section 16405.
H. Conduit Expansion and Deflection Fittings:
] Ii 1 10 - )
04-017.65
" _".iC. ~"..- I. -i""'"
1. Shall have internal grounding means.
2. Shall maintain constant inside diameter in any position and shall provide a
smooth wireway fOt. protection of wire insulation.
3. Shall be made watertight by a neoprene outer jacket that shall also protect the
grounding means and the attachment points of the hubs. Jacket shall be
secured by stainless steel straps.
.L Shall accom modate the following movements without collapsing or fracturing
the conduit and damaging the wires it contains:
a. Axial expansion or contraction of not less than 3/4 inches 1:1 either
direction.
b. Angular misalignment of the axis of coupled conduit runs in any direction
of not less than 30 degrees.
c. Parallel misalignment of the axis of coupled conduit runs in any direction
of not less than 3/4 inch.
L Pull Wires: 16 gauge galvanized steel wIre or 200 pounds tensile strength plastic
rope.
J. Fire Stopping Material/Sealing Compound:
1. Material shall maintain its dimension and integrity while preventing the
passage of flame, smoke, water and gases under conditions of installation and
use when exposed to the ASTM E1l9 time-temperature curve for a time period
equivalent to the rating of the assembly penetrated. Cotton waste shall not
ignite when placed in contact with the non-fire side during the test. Fire-
stopping material shall be noncombustible as defined by ASTM E136j and in
addition for insulation materials, melting point shall be a minimum of 1850
degrees F for 2-hour protection.
2. Seal for floor, exterior wall, and roof shall also be watertight.
3. Sleeves: Plastic or 16-gauge sheet steel.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Provide metal conduits, tubing, wireways, auxiliary gutters and electrical ducts
where indicated in accordance with NEe, subject to following provisions:
1. Route feeders, home runs and conduits where indicated, except that minor
deviations will be permitted.
2. Raceways shall be concealed in all finished areas. Raceways shall be exposed
in mechanical and electrical rooms only.
3. Conduits. tubing or raceways shall be continuous from outlet to outlet and
from outlet to cabinet, junction box or pull box.
I rJ 1 ] [) - :3
04-017.65
4. When field cutting conduit, thread and carefully ream or file conduit and
raceway ends to .remove rough edges that might injure insulation of
conductors. Cold galvanize field made threads.
J. Changes in directions c.t raceway runs shall be made with sym metrical bends
or cast melal C~~ t:r.gs. Field made bends and offsets shall be made with a
hickey or conduit bending machine specifically for size and type of conduit
used. :\1inimum radius shall be 6 times conduit diameter for rigid metal
conduit. Form thin wall tubing bends of proper radius. Crushed or deformed
raceways shall not be used. Use factory formed fittings for surface raceways.
6. Conduit shall be sized as shown on the Drawings. Minimum size of conduit
shall be 1/2 inch with the following exceptions:
a. Conduit down to light switch box shall be 1/2 inch.
b. Flexible conduit to a light fixture shall be 3/8 inch. (Maximum length six
feet).
c. Other sizes shall be as shown on the Drawings.
'7
I.
Take care to prevent lodgement of plaster, dirt, or trash in raceways, boxes,
fittings and equipment during course of construction. Clogged raceways shall
be entirely freed of obstructions or shall be replaced.
8.
Conduits passing through walls shall be installed in sleeves.
9.
Except where boxes, panels and other equipment have threaded openings, make
conduit connections as follows:
a. Double locknuts, one inside and one outside.
b. Provide malleable iron or steel bushing with Bakelite liner molded and
bonded into the bushing.
c. Place bushing on end of conduit in addition to locknuts.
B. Exposed Conduits: Install parallel or perpendicular to walls, structural members or
to intersections of vertical planes and ceilings. Install horizontal raceways close to
ceiling or ceiling beams and above water piping and other piping wherever possible.
C. Location and Use of Each Type of Conduit:
1. Galvanized threaded rigid steel conduit shall be used:
a. Where installed exposed.
b. Where subject to abuse.
c. Wherever specifically called for on plan.
2. Galvanized threaded intermediate rigid steel conduit shall be used where
galvanized rigid steel conduit is specified. Intermediate threaded conduit may
be used as an option.
3. Plastic conduit shall be used:
a. Where installed in concrete slabs or underground below slabs on grade, or
in poured concrete walls.
1 (j 1 10 - "t
04-017.65
b. For underground work beyond the building.
c. Trenches for direct buried PVC conduit shall be free of rocks and other
material that may damage the conduit.
..J,. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) shall be used indoors for all branch circuit
wiring installed in hung ceilings and partition walls only.
;). Flexible metal conduit shall be used for connections to rotating or vibrating
equipment such 3.S motors, transformers and devices on piping and ductwork.
Flexible conduit may be used for short connections to control devices,
recessed fixtures and si milar items. Connection between structure and first
point of attachr.1ent to vibrating equipment shall be flexible. Provide not less
than 24-inch length except for recessed lighting fixtures.
6. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit shall be used for connections to rotating or
vibrating equipment in wet and damp locations and exterior locations. Install
liquid-tight flexible metal conduit so that liquids run off surface and drain
away from fittings. Provide not less than 24-inch length.
D. Installing Galvanized, Rigid or Intermediate Steel Conduit Below Slabs on Grade or
in Ground:
1. Coat underfloor and underground metal conduits including fittings with two
coats of specified conduit coatings.
2. Factory applied plastic resin or epoxy coated metal conduit and fittings may
be used, provided that abrasions to coating are repaired with compatible
mastic.
E. Conduits Passing Through Waterproof Membranes:
1. Conduits Penetrating Waterproof Membranes Under Floor Slabs on Grade:
Coordinate installation of conduits prior to installation of waterproof
membrane. Membrane shall be sealed waterproof to conduits prior to pouring
of slab over membrane. Provide Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe sleeves for
conduits penetrating floor slabs.
2. Conduits Penetrating Waterproof Membranes on Walls: Provide properly
coordinated Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe sleeves for conduits in concrete
forms. Membrane shall be sealed waterproof to conduits.
3. Sealing of joints between conduits and pipe sleeves shall be as specified
hereinbefore.
F. Expansion Joints: Conduits crossing expansion joints in building structure shall be
provided with expansion fittings.
G. Fire Stopping: Provide UL listed mineral fiber packing and fire retardant sealer in
joints around conduits penetrating fire rated floors and fire rated walls.
H. Fastening Conduits to Boxes, Cabinets, Wireways and Gutters:
1. Fasten conduit to boxes, cabinets, wireways and gutters with two locknuts, one
each side and bushing on the inside as per NEC-373-6(c).
16110-.)
[J..J,-017.65
2. Fittings for electrical metallic tubing shall be of threadless type reviewed for
conditions encountered.
I. Raceway Fastenings and Supports:
1. Supports:
a. Secure support and fasten in place raceways at intervals of not more
than eight feet, within 3 feet of any bend and every outlet or junction
box. This shall apply on vertical runs as well as horizontal runs.
b. Support individual horizontal conduits not larger than 1-1/2 inches in
diameter by means of one-hole pipe straps or individual pipe hangers.
c. Support individual horizontal conduits larger than 1-1/2 inches in
diameter by individual pipe hangers.
d. Space conduits, installed against concrete surfaces, not less than 1/4
inch away from the surfaces by clamp backs or other approved means.
e. In dry locations, spring steel fasteners, clips, or clamps specifically
designed for supporting exposed single conduits may be used in lieu of
pipe straps or pipe hangers.
f. Hanger rod used in connection with spring steel fasteners, clips, and
clamps shall be either not less than 1/4 inch in diameter galvanized steel
rods or, if concealed above a suspended ceiling, galvanized perforated
steel strapping.
g. Support parallel conduits at the same elevations on trapeze-type
multiple conduit hangers or channel inserts. Secure each conduit to the
pipe hanger or channel insert member, by a U-bolt, one-hole strap, or
other specifically designed and approved fastener suitable for use with
the pipe hangers or channel inserts.
h. Installation of supporting devices shall be done in a neat and
workmanlike manner and care shall be taken that at no time shall any
portion of the building structure be overloaded. Should the building
structure sustain damage through carelessness or through failure of the
Contractor to properly support and install the electrical equipment, the
Contractor shall bear all costs involved in repairing or replacing such
installation.
2. Fastenings:
a. To Wood: Wood screws, sheet metal screws or screw type nails.
b. To Hollow :Y1asonry: Toggle bolts or expansion bolts as required. Holes
not used shall be filled with mortar.
c. To Concrete or Solid Brick :\1asonry: By expansion bolts. Holes drilled
to a depth of more than 1-1/2 inch in reinforced concrete beams or to a
depth of more than 3/4 inch in concrete joists shall avoid cutting the
main reinforcing bars. Holes not used shall be filled with mortar.
1 G 1 10 - Ii
O-l-017.t35
d.
To Steel Work:
tension cl8.mRs.
structures.
Machine screws, welded threaded studs, or spring-
Raceways or pipe straps shall not be welded to steel
e. To Light Steel Construction Partitions: Sheet Metal screws. Bar
hangers may be attached with saddle ties of 16 gauge double strand zinc-
coated steel wire.
f. Nail-type nylon anchors or threaded studs driven in by a powder charge
and provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in lieu of expansion
bolts or machine screws.
g. Threaded C-clamps shall not be used.
3. Suspended Ceiling Construction: Above ceiling branch circuit raceways shall
be supported independently of the ceiling support system. Wherever possible,
they shall be fastened to the underside of the slab above.
4.
Surface Wireways and Auxiliary Gutters:
surface.
Use fastenings appropriate for
J. Empty Race'Nays for Telephone and Signal Systems: Where empty conduit or tubing
is indicated for wiring to be installed in future by utility company or by separate
contract. install conduit or tubing in accordance with previous requirements
therefor, together with the following additional requirements:
1. Minimum 1/2 inch conduit or tubing size.
2. No length of run shall exceed 75 feet for 3/4 inch size and 150 feet for 1 inch
or larger sizes.
3. Raceways shall contain not more than two 90 degree bends or equivalent.
4. Additional pull or junction boxes shall be installed to comply with above
Ii m itations whether or not indicated.
5. Inside radii of bends in conduits of 1 inch or larger shall be not less than 10
times nominal conduit diameter.
6. Provide conduit with plaster covers or outlets as indicated on the Drawings.
7. Provide all required backboards and power outlets as indicated on the
Drawings.
8. Pull Wires: Insert one pull wire, free of splices, in all telephone and signal
system raceways for future wiring. Allow 10 inches minimum slack at each
end of pull wire and securely caulk in place.
9. All public telephone outlet boxes shall be mounted at 54-inches above finished
floor.
K. Sleeves:
1. Install where conduit passes through concrete floors, walls, ceilings or as
indicated.
161 10 - 7
04-017.6;)
q
Provide 1/2-inch mInImum clearance around conduit. Extend sleeve through
full thickness of coocrete.
3. Secure sleeves to concrete forms to prevent displacement during placing of
concrete.
4. Filling of Openings: Wherever slots, sleeves, or other openings are provided in
floors or walls for the passage of raceways, fill such opening, to prevent fire
spread, passage of water or spread of products of combustion, as follows:
3. [nstall the specified sealing compound.
b. Where conduits passing through openings are exposed in finished rooms,
use filling material that matches, and is flush with, the adjoining finished
floor, ceiling or wall.
L. Raceway Seals:
1.
Seal with the specified sealing compound raceways through which moisture
::1ay contact energized live parts.
,)
Underground Raceways Entering a Building: Seal the end entering the building
with the specified sealing compound to prevent the entrance of moisture or
gasses.
:\1. Install sealing compound in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions
and 3S follows:
1. Opening or Empty Conduit: Install nonflammable material, to stop flow of
sealant, leaving not less than two-inch length of conduit to be filled with the
sealan t.
2. Conduit with Wires: Separate wires so that sealant can penetrate between
wires, and between wires and conduit.
END OF SECTION
I fi 1 10 - 8
04-017.65
""-liilio,li(l~'~t" ,- _oJ",_,
"''--1
SECTIO N 16115
EMPTY CONDUIT SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.0 1 RELATED WORK
A. Section 16110 - Raceways
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Empty Conduit:
1. Provide all required empty conduit with plaster covers or outlets as indicated
on drawings for wiring to be instaUed in future.
2. Minimum 1/2 inch tubing size, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Raceways to contain not morc than two 900 bends or equivalent.
G. Pull Boxes: Provide additional pull boxes to comply with above limitations whether
or not indicated.
C. Pull Wires: Provide one pull wire in all raceways for future wiring.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.0 1 INSTALLATION
A. Allow ten inches minimum slack at each end of pull wire and securely caulked.
B. Conduit type and installation requirements shall conform to Section 16110 _
Raceways.
END OF SECTION
1 G I 15 - I
O.H) 17.13:1
SECTION 16120
WIRES, CABLES AND CONNECTORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCL UDED
A. Furnish and install wires, cables and connectors for electrical and control circuits as
shown on the Drawings and specified herein.
1.02 STANDARDS
A. :\1aterials to bear U L labels.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit for review, properly identified manufacturer's literature and shop drawings
giving wire Slze, insulation type, rated voltage and temperature and NEC
designation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Parking Lum inaire Lead Connector Manufacturers: Amerace Ltd. Elastimold as
manufactured by Amerace Corporation, P. O. Box 503, Newburg Road,
Hackettstown. New Jersey 07840 or Joy Manufacturing Company, New Philadelphia,
Ohio 44663.
2.02 :\1 A TERIALS
A. Conductors (600 Volts and below):
1. Conductors shall be rated at 600 Volts and conform to NEMA WC-7 and IECA
S-61-402.
2. Conductors shall be composed of 98 percent annealed copper only, stranded in
size #8 A WG and larger. Furnish conductor sizes for circuits as shown on
drawings. Minimum size shall be # 12 A WG except as otherwise specified for
control wiring.
3. All conductors shall be GOO Volt mlnlmUm type THHN/THWN for #8 and
smaller and XHHW for 1t6 and larger, rated 90 degrees C. maximum conductor
temperature with polyvinyl chloride insulation, and shall comply with UL
standard for thermoplastic insulated wire.
4. Conductors for isolated power systems shall be type XHHW with a dielectric
constant of 3.5 or less.
5. All conductors shall be plainly marked on outer braid at least every two feet
with name of manufacturer, size and grade of insulation.
16120 - I
04-017.65
~...l
ri. Conductors shall be rrs manufactured by General Cable, Phelps Dodge or
General Electric Cor.T1pany.
13. Color code all service. feeder and branch circuit wire as follows:
1. 120/240 Volt System:
White - Neutral
Black - Phase A
Red - Phase B
E3lue - Phase C
2. Bonding conductor - green.
3. Solid colored insulation shall be used on all conductors #10 AWe. and smaller
and colored vinyl tape banding over black insulation at all accessible locations
for #8 AWG and larger.
C. Control Wiring:
1. All control w1['Jng conductors shall be 600 Volt type TW. Minimum SIze shall
be#l-lAWG.
2. Conductors for control wiring shall be color coded, using different color coding
than for the power conductors specified above. Multiple-conductor control
cables color coding shall conform to NEMA we 5 and ICEA.
3. Conductors for fire alarm system shall be as shown on the fire alarm rlser
diagram and specifications.
4. Cable for paging system shall be as shown on the paging system riser diagram
and specifications.
5. Conductors for communication systems shall be as indicated on the particular
system specification section.
D. Conductor Bundling Straps:
1. Form from self-extinguishing nylon having a temperature range of plus 30
degrees F to plus 250 degrees F.
2. Equip each strap with a locking hub or head with a locking barb on one end and
a taper on the other end.
3. Make wire and cable ties for installation outdoors and in exposed locations of
black. ultraviolet resistant, nylon material.
E. Connectors, Terminals and Splices:
1. Provide connectors. term inals and splices for all power and lighting circuits
using 600-Volt wire and cable as follows:
a. Provide connectors, terminals, and splices, for all wire, cable, and
equipment and bus connections, that are designed and approved for the
specific type and size of conductors being connected.
161'.~0
.)
04-017.ti5
b. Connectors and terminals shall be designed and UL approved for use with
the asso<:lated conductor material, and shall provide a uniform
compression over the entire contact surface. Solderless terminal lugs
shall be used on all stranded conductors.
c. Pressure-crimp type connectors, terminals and splices shall be applied
with a mechanical or hydraulic tool with proper size crimpling dies for
making each connection. The tool shall be of the type that will not
release until the correct pressure has been applied.
d.
Splices and taps in wire # 10 A we, and smaller,
approved. wire-nut-type, patent spring connectors.
or equal.
shall be made with
Use 3 M Scotchloc~s
e. Provide Burndy, type Y A V box, or equal, pressure-crimp ring-tongue
term inals tor term ination of No.8 stranded cable.
f. Provide Burndy type YSV box butt splices, or equal, for splicing It 8 A WG
stranded cable.
g. For termir.ation and splicing of cable of #6 AWe or larger, provide long-
barrel, type YA pressure-crimp lugs and type YS tubular pressure-crimp
splices by Burndy or equal. Use long-barrel pressure-crimp lugs
wherever space conditions permit. Use long-barrel pressure crimp
splices exclusively for splicing. Where space is inadequate for use of
long-barrel lugs, provide Burndy Type Y A-L, pressure-crimp, short barrel
lugs, or equal. Use 2 hole lugs on cable of 250 MCM and larger.
h. For tap off #8 A WG cable and larger, provide Burndy type KS Split-bolt
copper connectors (bugs), with Burndy type SC one-piece plastic split-
bolt covers, or equal. Other types of connectors for tapping may be used
subject to prior approval by the Engineer.
1. Use proper size bronze bolts, nuts, washers, and lock washers of Burndy
Durium alloy. or equal, for bolting cable terminations to equipment
terminals and bus bars.
J. Termination of solid wires of #10 AWG and smaller at terminal blocks
shall be made by forming the wires in a ring to fit under a screwhead,
thus requiring no terminal lug.
2. Provide terminals and splices and make connections In control, alarm and
instrumentation system as follows:
a. For stranded w;r1ng provide type TP, vinyl-insulated, ring-tongue
terminals by Burndy, or equal, for all terminations.
b. In locations where splicing of stranded wire is indicated or permitted by
specifications, use type SP vinyl-insulated, butt splices by Burndy, or
equal.
c. Wire terminals shall be installed with pressure tools equal to those
manufactured by American Pamcor, one of which is No. 59072, which
obliges the Contractor to apply the correct pressure required to produce
a tight connection l)efo['e the tool is released. Use a pressure tool
designed for the specific size of connector and wire being terminated.
1 r) 1 ~ 0 - :3
0'\'-0]7.05
'~'",~"rv1'l
~ '"T"
d. Ta[Js in stranded wire may be made with 3M, Scotchlock wire nut, or
equal, except that the conductor being tapped shall not be cut, and shall
be twisted together with the tap conductor before wire nut application.
P:\RT J - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Conductors shall not be lJulled into conduit until all mechanical work is complete.
B. Pulling lubricants shall be of the type accepted for the particular cable insulation
and as recommended by the cable manufacturer.
C. Conductors in panelboards, junction boxes, pull boxes, etc., shall be formed, grouped
and taped to present a neat rrnd orderly appearance.
D. Leading end of each conductor pulled shall be carefully examined for damage to
jacket. If damaged, cable shall be extended and further checked for damage with
good cable only to remain.
E. At each outlet, allow not less than 6 inches slack for connection to load.
f. Wire and Cable Supports:
1. Provide support for all conductors within vertical raceways at intervals as
required by, and using one or more of the support methods of, Article 300-19
of the NEC, and as follows:
a. For insulating wedge supports as described in (b)(1) of NEC Article 300-
19, and where indicated, provide OZ Company, or equal, Type R, plug-
type, canvas-bakelite cable supports of proper duct or conduit size, and
number of holes.
b. Cable ties, where required, shall be Panduit Corporation Pany-Ty, or
equal, nylon cable ties.
c. Except where utherwise indicated or specified, support for conductors
shall be as per paragrrrphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of NEC Article 300-19.
2. Provide Kellems Grip supports for wire and cable where indicated.
3. Support wire and cable within all enclosures and at each connection so that
any strain on the wire or cable shall not be transmitted to the connection as
follows:
a. With nylon cable ties.
b. With insulated cable clamps sized per 0.0. of cable or wire bundle and
bolted to equipment enclosure.
c. With Kellems grips where indicated.
G. Taping: Tape all connections in 600-Volt wire and cable as follows:
lf312o-4,
0-.t-017.G5
1. [n dry locations, tape ail connections, splices, taps and exposed barrels of
terminal lugs with balf-lapped layers of 3M Scotch 33, vinyl plastic tape, or
equal. applied to a thickness equal to the conductor insulation.
2. In damp or wet locations. tape connections per paragraph G.l above, and in
addition, apply at [east two half-lapped layers of 3M Scotch 88 vinyl plastic
tape over the first layers of tape, and water proof the taped connection with a
final overall application of an electrical varnish or sealer.
3. Insulated splices and wire-nut connections, in dry locations, and where not
subject to vibration, need not be taped.
H. Wire and Cable :\1arking:
1.
Identify each phase of all three phase feeder conductors with 3M Scotch 35, or
equal, vinyl plastic marking tape. Use color groups, with three distinct colors
in each group, for phase identification of feeders of different system voltage
as per 2.028 above.
,)
All feeders and branch circuit conductors, and all control, alarm and
instrumentation wires, shall be identified at all terminations, junction boxes,
pull boxes, handholes and manholes as follows:
a. Use Brady Company, or equal, self-sticking vinyl cloth, wIre markers for
all wire and cable identification.
b. Except as otherwise indicated, identify each feeder with name of
panelboard it feeds.
c. Branch circuit conductors from panelboards shall be each marked with
panelboard name, and circuit number.
d. identify all conductors of control, alarm and instrumentation systems
with wire numbers or terminal letters as indicated on the Drawings.
Where markings are not indicated, the Contractor shall assign his own
markings, and indicate them on the "Record Drawings" set of
construction drawings.
1. installation or 600-Volt Wire and Cable:
1. install wire and cable in conduits, ducts, wlreways, cable trays and other
enclosures as indicated.
2. Except as otherwise indicated or specified, all wire and cable shall be installed
in continuous ['uns between terminal points without splicing.
3. Make splices and taps only in junction boxes, from terminals in terminal boxes,
in manholes, in handholes and other accessible enclosures.
4. Do not splice INire and cable in ducts or conduits.
::J. Except as otherwise indicated. or specified, do not splice or tap control, alarm
or instrumentation wiring in underground manholes and hand holes.
If3]'20 -;)
i).1. - 0 1 i , f3 J
6. When pulling wire or cable, do not subject the wire or cable to a tension
greater than 50 percent of the yield strength of the conductor. Pulling lugs
shall be attached to the conductor with a sleeve or grip over the cable sheath
to prevent slipping the insulation.
7. Use a U L approved lubricant to decrease friction when pulling cable In ducts
and conduits.
8. Do not subject cable to a bending radius less than 8 times the cable outside
diameter during or after installation.
9. In wet locations, make splices first as for dry locations, then encapsulate ther.1
in an epoxy resin sealing and potting compound. Encapsulation of com;:;ression
sleeve splices shall be with preformed molds.
10. Pulling of wires and cable into conduits shall be done in a manner which will in
no way injure the insulation.
11. All wires in conduit shall be continuous between pull points without splices.
No joints or splices in the conductors shall be permitted except at outlet or
accessible junction boxes, or manholes.
12. Sufficient lengths of wire shall be left at pull boxes for connecting to
equipment and apparatus without straining.
13. All wires passing through pull boxes shall have enough slack in each box so
they may be pulled out of the box a distance of no less than 6 inches across the
entire length of the box.
14. Pull together cables to be installed in a single conduit.
J. Wire Sizes: Drawings indicate wire and conduit sizes for typical equipment. If sizes
shown on the Drawings are not appropriate for the equipment chosen by the
Contractor, wires and conduit shall be sized for the proper current-carrying
capacity in accordance with the NEC, at no extra cost to the Owner.
K. Terminations:
1. Terminate solid conductors on screw terminals or mechanical connectors
furnished on devices and equipment.
2.
Terminate
equipment.
connectors.
stranded conductors on mechanical connectors furnished on
Where no connectors are included, provide suitable mechanical
3. Termination of stranded conductors on screw terminals will not be per.mitted.
Provide suitable size compression or mechanical type connector with spade
tongue.
Ifll20-tj
04-017.65
:).02 TESTING
A. Continuity tests and insulation-resistance tests shall be performed to assure there
are no shorts or unintentional grounds. The insulation resistance shall be measured
with a 500-Volt DC megger (conductor to conductor and conductor to ground) and
should read greater than one megohm. Test readings shall be recorded and a
certified copy given to the Engineer.
END OF SECTION
If;120-'"'
1)4-017.fi5
SECTION 16130
OUTLET. PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide outlet, pull and junction boxes as indicated on the Drawings and specified
herein.
1.02 STANDARDS
A. :'v1aterials shall bear UL labels.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit for review, properly identified manufacturer's literature, and shop drawings
giving matec-ials, finishes, accessories and installation directions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 :'v1ATERIALS
A. Outlet Boxes:
1. Outlet boxes shall be galvanized steel and shall conform to Federal
Specifications WC-583 and ANSI-C33.65.
2. Outlet boxes for switches and receptacles in finished walls shall be one piece
gang boxes, with separators if required, and shall have corners with
rectangular opening of proper size and shape. Minimum box size: 4 inch x 4
inch x 1-1/2 inch, unless otherwise noted on Drawings and/or as required.
3. Outlet boxes for all other devices shall be of suitable type and size in
accordance with recommendations of manufacturer of equipment.
4,. All outlet boxes shall be drip proof with screw attached covers. Each box shall
have a turned-in lip. Lip shall be drilled and tapped for 1/8 inch or 3/16 inch
round head screws, symmetrically placed.
5. Lighting fixture outlet boxes, where used, shall be square or octagonal.
6. Exterior outlet boxes and boxes for exposed conduit runs shall be cast, rust
resisting metal with full threaded hubs, with rubber gasket and screw type
covers.
7. Outlet boxes shall be as manufactured by National, Steel City, Appleton or
equivalent.
1 fi 130 - 1
04,-017.115
13. Pull and Junction Boxes:
I.
Pull and Junction Boxes shall conform to Federal Specifications WJ-800 and
shall be or all steel construction. seam welded at joints and hot dip galvanized
after fabrication. Galvanizing shall conrorm to AST;\1 A386.
"
Ail boxes shall be drip proof with screw attached covers. Each box shall have
3. turned-in lip which shall be 'Nelded at joint to develop full strength. Lip
shall be drilled and tapped for 1/8 inch or 3/16 inch round head screws,
sym metrically placed. To provide adequate length of thread, nuts shall be
tack welded on inside of lip, or lip shall be made double thickness. Cover shall
be drilled to match.
3.
Pull and junction boxes shall be sufficiently rigid to withstand moderate
twisting strains. Steel boxes of 100 cubic inches or less shall be of No. 14
gauge steel; between 101 and 8500 cubic inches shall be No. 12 steel; large
boxes shall be No. 10 gauge steel. Barriers and angles shall be supplied as
required.
L
Outdoo:' pull and j unct ion boxes shall be cast steel and gasketed with screw
cover mounting on outward-turned flanges of boxes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.0 1 INSTALLATION
A. Outlet, Pull and Junction Boxes:
1. Boxes for surface mounted ceiling and interior bracket lighting fixtures shall
have fixture studs. Studs shall be in center boxes and strongly anchored.
2. Maximum number of conductors in a box shall comply with NEC - Table 370-
6(a).
3. Boxes and supports shall be fastened as follows:
a. To concrete or brick with bolts and expansion shields.
b. To hollow masonry with toggle bolts.
c. To steel work with machine screws or welded studs.
4. All outlet, pull and junction boxes shall be of adequate size to accommodate
installation of conductors without excessive bending of conductors which
would damage insulation.
5. Outlet, pull and junction boxes shall be surface or flush mounted as required.
6. Pull and junction boxes shall be provided at such location as required to reduce
length of cable pull or reduce number of elbows between outlets.
7. Provide blank covers for all outlet boxes when devices or wiring has been
removed or not installed.
8. Install boxes for light switches located near doors on the lock side, even where
the symbols are indicated on the hinge sides.
1 f) 1 3 0 - ,)
04-017.f3j
9. Surface Mounted: Install cast-iron alloy hub-type outlet boxes and conduit
bodies up to eight fe~t above interior floors.
10. Wet Locations: Install cast-iron alloy hub-type outlet boxes and conduit bodies
with gaskets.
11. Unless otherwise indicated, flush mount outlet boxes with the front edges of
the boxes or plaster covers attached thereto flush with the finished wall or
ceiling.
12. Unless otherwise indicated, provide boxes in plastered walls and ceilings with
plaster rings. Do not install plaster rings until the finished plaster line i~
determined for the particular location.
13. The indicated mounting height of a wall-mounted outlet box means the height
from the finished floor to the horizontal centerline of the cover plate.
END OF SECTION
Lll130-,j
04-017.65
SECTION 16140
SWITCHES A.ND RECEPTACLES
PART 1 - GENERA.L
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
:\. Provide switches and receptcwles as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein.
1.02 STANDA.RDS
A. Submit for review, properly :dentified manufacturer's literature gl vlTIg material,
finishes, accessories and installation directions where required.
1.03 STANDARDS
A. :'.1aterials shall bear U L labels.
f3. All wiring devices shall be installed In strict accordance with manufacturer
reco m mendat ions.
C. All wiring devices shall conform to NEMA WD-l, UL 20 and UL 498.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 :\1ATERIALS
A. Wall switches shall be of the quiet type and of the totally enclosed tumbler type for
non-public areas and of the lock type for public areas, with bodies of phenolic
compound. Wiring terminals shall be of the screw type or of the solderless pressure
type having suitable conductor-release arrangement. No more ~han one switch shall
be installed in a single-gang position. Switches shall be single pole, double pole,
three way and four way rated 20-Amp. 120-Volt or 277 Volt for use on alternating
current only. Switches shall conform to Federal Specifications WS-5896E.
B. Receptacles shall be 20 Amp., 125 Volt, AC, 2-pole, 3-wire, single or duplex, U-
slotted grounding type. Bodies of 20 Amp. receptacles shall be of phenolic
compound suppmted by a mounting yoke having plaster ears. Receptacles shall
conform to Federal Specifications WC-596D.
C. Receptacles rated larger than 20 Amp. shall be the type, rating, and number of poles
indicated on the Drawings or as required for the intended use and shall conform to
Federal Specifications Vv'C-59f3 and NEMA WD-1.
D. Cover plates shall conform to Federal Specifications WP-455, and shall be plastic
with no grooves or ornate pattern to mar surfaces in finished area.
E. All switches, receptacles and cover plates shall be ivory.
F. Duplex Receptacles With Ground Fault Interrupter shall be an integral unit suitable
for mounting in a standard outlet box and conform to UL 943.
1 G 140 -
04-1j 17 .f};)
1. Ground fault interrupter, shall be hospital grade and consist of a differential
current transformer, solid state sensing circuitry and a circuit interrupter
switch. It shall be rated for operation on a 60 Hz., 120 Volt, 20 Amp. branch
circuit. Device shall have nominal sensitivity to ground leakage current of
five milliamperes and shall function to interrupt the current supply for any
value of ground leakage current above five milliamperes on the load side of
the device. Device shall have a minimum nominal tripping time of 1/30th of a
second.
2. Receptacle shall be rated at 20 Amps., 125 Volts for indoor use and shall be
the standard 2-pole, 3-wire grounding type.
PAR T 3 - EXECUTION
3.IJ2 INSTALLATION
A. :\lounting Heights:
1. Duplex Receptacles: 18 inches A FF to centerline unless otherwise indicated.
2. Lighting Switches: 4'-0" AFF to centerline unless otherwise indicated.
3. Special Purpose Rece;:>tacles: 18 inches AFF to centerline unless otherwise
noted.
4. Telephone Outlets: 18 inches AFF or 54 inches AFF to centerline, as indicated
on symbol legend and drawings, unless otherwise noted.
5. Prior to rough-in of outlet boxes and conduit, locations of wiring devices shall
be checked with architectural drawings for door swings and furniture details.
Duplex receptacles in finished areas shall be mounted vertically. Particular
attention shall be given to changes authorized by change order.
B. Boxes mounted back to back will not be permitted.
C. Receptacles, switches and other devices shall be ganged and provided with a single
multi-gang cover plate.
D. Receptacles in outdoor locations shall be installed in exposed cast-metal outlet
boxes with gasketed weatherproof cast-metal coverplates with a spring-flap cap
over each receptacle.
END OF SECTION
lG PO - ,)
04-017.65
SECTION 16150
MOTOR AUXILIARIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide motor disconnect switches, controllers and other motor auxiliaries as
indicated on the Drawings and specified herein.
B. The horsepower :-atings indicated on the Drawings are shown for the benefit of the
Contractor and do not limit equipment size.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Materials shall bear UL labels.
P,'\RT 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 :\IATERIALS
A. :'IIotors:
1. Each motor shall be provided with a disconnecting means meeting the
requirements of NEe Article 430, Part H. For single-phase fractional
horsepower motors, a single-or double-pole toggle switch, rated for alternating
current will be acceptable provided the ampere rating of the switch is at least
125 percent of the motor rating. Enclosed safety switches shall be horsepower
rated. Switches shall be the quick-break type, and shall disconnect all
ungrounded conductors.
2. Each motor shall be provided with a suitable controller and devices that will
perform the functions as required for the respective motors. Automatic
control devices such as thermostats, float or pressure switches may directly
control the starting and sto;ping of motors up to 1/4 horsepower, provided the
devices used are designed for the purpose and have an adequate horsepower
rating. Wher: the automatic control device does not have such a rating, a
magnetic starter shall be used, with the automatic control device activating
the pilot-control circuit. Manual controllers for motors larger than 1/4
horsepower shall be specifically designed for the purpose and shall have a
horsepower rating equal to the motor involved.
3. When combination manual-and-automatic control is specified, and the
automatic control device operates the motor directly, a double-throw, 3-
position tumbler or rotary switch shall be provided for the manual control.
When the automatic control device actuates the pilot-control circuit of a
magnetic starter, the latter shall be provided with a 3-position selector switch
marked "manual-off-automatic". Connections to the selector switch shall be
such that only the normal automatic regulatory control devices will be by-
passed when the switch is in the "manual" position. All safety control devices
such as a low or high pressure cutout, high-temperature cutout, and motor
overload protective devices shall be connected in the motor control circuit in
both the "manual" and the "automatic" positions of the selector switch.
\6150 - I
04-017.65
.t. All motor-control circuits shall operate at 120 Volt. Control circuitry power
shall be obtaineG from the load side of the motor-disconnect means from a 2-
wire. 120 Volt grounded circuit obtaining its source from the same circuit
feeding the motor. If the motor circuit is more than 120 Volt to ground, the
control circuit shall be energized from a 2-winding transformer having its 120
Volt secondary winding grounded. Overcurrent protection shall be provided in
the ungrounded secondary conductor only and shall be properly sized for the
load.
J. Each motor of 1/8 horsepower' or larger shall be provided with thermal-
overload protection. The overload-protection device shall be provided either
integral with the motor or controller or mounted in a separate enclosure:.
Unless otherwise specified. the protective device shall be of the ma!1:..;al-reset
type. All 3-phase motor controllers shall provide overload protc:etion and a set
of contacts in each phase. The overload-relay heater elements shall be the
size recommended by the manufacturer for the full-load rated current of the
motor and the rating shall be based on the actual motor nameplate full-load
current.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
:\. :\lotor Connections: All motors shall be connected to the conduit system by means
of a short section (24 inches minimum) of flexible conduit, unless otherwise
indicated.
B. The Contractor shall check direction of rotation of all motors and reverse
connections if necessary.
END OF SECTION
1 01 50 - .)
04-017.65
SECTION 16155
INDIVIDUALL Y MOUNTED MOTOR STARTERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide individually mounted motor starters as indicated on the Drawings and
specified herein.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. :Y1aterials shall bear U L labels.
B. Starters shall conform to NEMA ICS.
1. 03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit for review, properly identified manufacturer's literature and shop drawings
giving motor starters NEMA size, voltage, phase, enclosure and construction
specification.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 :\1 A TERIALS
A. Individually mounted combination motor starters shall consist of a magnetic starter
and a disconnect switch of the molded case circuit breaker type. Disconnect switch
shall be operable by an external handle, interlocked to prevent opening the enclosure
door while the disconnect is in the ON position. Provide mechanical interlock by-
pass to allow access for authorized personnel. Clearly mark the disconnect handle
to indicate the ON and OFF position.
B. Across-the-line magnetic starters through NEMA size 5 shall be equipped with
double break silver alloy contacts. Single break contacts shall be supplied on size 6
and larger. All contacts shall be replaceable without removing power wiring or
removing starter from panel.
C. Coils shall be of molded construction through NEMA size 5. Coils on size 6 and
larger starters shall be form wound, taped, varnished and baked. All coils shall be
replaceable from the front without removing the starter from the panel.
D. Overload relays shall be the melting alloy type with a replaceable control module.
Thermal units shall be of one-piece construction and interchangeable. The starter
shall be inoperative if the thermal unit is removed.
E. ;\1agnetic starters shall be provided with the following accessories:
1. Three overload relays, sized on the actual motor nameplate full load current
and manually reset.
InlJ;) - I
04-0l7.G5
')
Two convertible auxiliary contacts with provisions for field mounting of two
future convertible auxiliary contacts.
3.
Fused control power transformer rated 480/120 Volts.
4.
Red and green pilot lights.
5.
Hand-off-automatic selector switch.
F. :'wIotor starters enclosure shall be NEMA 1 for indoor and NEMA 3R for outdoor use.
G. Starter size shall be as indicated or as required for the motor being served.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. :\-lotor Starters shall be installed with top 5 feet 6 inches above finished floor, shall
be rigidly alld securely attached to building construction and shall not depend upon
conduit for support.
B. Coordinate with the Mechanical Sections for the motor starters specified herein.
END OF SECTION
lG155-~
04-017.65
SECTION 16160
PANELBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide panelboards as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein.
1.02 STANDARDS
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Materials shall bear U L labels.
A. Submit for review, properly identified manufacturer's literature and shop drawings
giving panelboard type, phase, voltage, ampacity, mounting, dimensions, interrupting
rating and data on all included circuit breakers.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
2.02
A. Panelboards shall be as manufactured by General Electric, Square D or
Westinghouse.
MATERIALS
A.
Panelboards shall be dead front, safety type construction and shall conform to
Federal Specification WP-1l5, NEMA PH 1, ANSI C33.38 and UL 67.
B.
Solderless lugs, or connections, in the correct number and sizes for conductors, shall
be provided on mains, on the load side of each branch circuit and on neutral bars.
C.
All buses shall be 98 percent copper and sized as indicated.on the plans.
D.
The enclosure shall be "bonderized" or equal and primed and finished inside and
outside to resist rusting and corrosion and to present a pleasing appearance.
E.
All panelboard cabinets shall be constructed of code gauge galvanized sheet steel
and be completely galvanized for corrosion protection.
F.
All panelboards shall have flush chromium plated combination type cylinder lock and
latch. Panels shall be keyed alike.
G.
Fronts shall have adjustable indicating trim clamps and be complete with door,
surface or flush mounted, as indicated on Drawings.
H.
Panelboards cabinets and fronts shall be finished with manufacturer's standard gray.
I.
Panelboards shall be circuit breaker type as scheduled on Drawings and supplied with
aluminum buses including neutral bus and ground bus with 1/8 inch or larger terminal
IGlnO - 1
04-017.65
I:;"..l..
screws and with neutral terminals stamped with number corresponding to branch
circuit numbers.
J. Panelboard circuit breakers shall be bolt-on type with quick make~ quick break
mechanism, and have interrupting capacity as shown on the Drawings. Each circuit
breaker shall have a thermal magnetic trip device with trip ratings as shown on
Drawings.
K. Any two single pole circuit breakers shall be replaceable by one two pole circuit
breaker and any three single pole breakers shall be replaceable by a three pole
circuit breaker. Handle ties will not be accepted.
L. All panels shall have a circuit directory card mounted on the frame with plastic
cover mounted on the inside of the door and all directory cards shall De filled in by
the Contractor, using a typewriter, and indicating areas and/or devices served by
each circuit.
M. Circuit breakers minimum interrupting ratings shall be 10,000 Amp. for 120 Volt
systems.
N. Panelboards for lighting and receptacles shall be a minimum of 20 inches wide, 5-3/4
inches deep. Side gutters shall be 4 inches minimum width and top and bottom
gutters shall be 6 inches minimum height, to adequately accommodate conduit,
wires and cables entering and leaving.
O. Main service panelboard shall be rated for service entrance.
3.01
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
A.
Panelboards shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B.
No panel shall be installed that has a capacity to receive more than 42 overcurrent
devices. If design conditions dictate the use of more than 42 overcurrent devices,
two or more panelboards shall be installed.
C.
Panelboards shall not exceed 78 inches in length and shall be so mounted that the
height from the floor to the top operating handle is not greater than 6 feet.
D.
Numbering on panelboard circuits shall be by spaces and not be by breaker units.
Panelboards with spaces in two columns shall have odd-numbered spaces on the left
and even-numbered spaces on the right. Numbering shall be from top to bottom and
shall be permanently attached.
E.
Panelboard cabinets shall be provided with suitable lugs for mounting, and be
provided with dead-front shields arranged to provide access to wiring gutters with
front removed.
F.
Panelboards shall be mounted where shown on Drawings.
G.
Provide black and white laminated plastic nameplate for each panelboard.
l61GO-2
04-017.65
H. Provide a typewritten directory for each panelboard. Locate directory on inside of
cover.
I. N eatiy route, harness and support conductors in gutters, wiring spaces and
compartments. Conductor bending radius shall not be less than the minimum
recom mended by the conductor manufacturer.
END OF SECTION
IG100-3
04-017.05
SECTION 16170
DISCONNECTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide disconnect switches as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein.
1.02 STANDARDS
A. Materials shall bear UL labels.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit for review, properly identified manufacturer's catalog sheets gIVIng type,
ampacity, number of poles, HP rating, fusing, voltage and type enclosure.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.0 1 MATERIALS
A. Safety switches shall conform to Fed. Spec. W-S-865, NEMA KSl and ANSI C33.64,
and shall be of heavy duty type, enclosed, of quick-make, quick-break construction.
Rating shall be as indicated on Drawings. All switches shall be horsepower rated,
UL listed and so labeled.
B. Safety switch operating handle shall be of the insulated, box mounted type that
directly drives the switch mechanism and shall be suitable for padlocking in OFF
position.
C. Defeatable, front accessible, "coin-proof" interlocks shall be provided to prevent
opening of cover when switch is in ON position, and prevent turning switch ON when
door is open. Securely fastened metallic nameplate shall include highly visible "ON-
OFF" indication.
D. Motor Disconnect Means: Provide each motor with a local disconnect switch
whether shown on the Drawings or not.
E. Provide fuses for all disconnect switches as indicated. Fuses shall be dual element
type as specified in Section 16181.
F. Safety switch enclosure shall be NEMA 1 for indoor and NEMA 3R for outdoor use.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All switches shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer
recom mendations, where shown on Drawings and in compliance with NEC.
lfj170 - 1
04-017.65
13. Safety switches indoors shall be installed with top 5 feet 6 inches above floor, shall
be rigidly and securely attached to building and shall not depend upon conduit for
support.
C. Each switch shall be labelled with the name of the equipment is serves.
END OF SECTION
I ill 7 0 _J 04 - 0 17. fi 5
SECTION 16180
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide overcurrent protection devices as indicated on the Drawings and specified
herein.
1.02 STANDARDS
A. Materials shall bear UL labels.
1.03 SUSMITT ALS
A. Submit for review properly identified manufacturer's literature giving materials,
finishes, accessories and ins:allation directions where required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Circuit Breakers:
1. Circuit breakers shall conform to Fed. Spec. WC-375, UL 489 and NEMA AS1,
and shall be a circuit interrupting device which shall operate both manually,
for normal switching functions, and automatically under overload and short
circuit conditions. It shall provide circuit and self protection when applied
within its ratings.
2. Provide at voltage, phase, number of poles and amps indicated, with
sym metrical amperes interrupting rating equal to or larger than that shown on
Drawings or specified. Control and signaling function may be incorporated by
use of accessories.
3. Operating mechanism shall be entirely trip-free so that contacts cannot be
held close against an abnormal over-current or short circuit condition.
4. Operating handle of circuit breaker shall open and close all poles of a multi-
pole breaker simultaneously. These breakers shall meet applicable NEMA
1\8-1 and UL specifications.
5. Each circuit breaker shall have a trip unit to provide overload and short circuit
protection. Trip element shall operate a common trip bar which shall open all
poles in case of an overload or short circuit through anyone pole. Two-pole
and three-pole circuit breakers shall have a common trip bar. Handle ties will
not be accepted.
6. Contacts shall be of non-welding silver alloy and ampere rating shall be clearly
visible.
16180 - 1
04-017.65
I. Circuit breakers for LIse in switchboards, lighting and power panelboards,
distribution panelboards and individually enclosed shall be 1, 2, or 3 poles as
indicated on Drawings.
B. :\10lded Case Circuit Breakers:
1. Molded case circuit breakers shall be bolt-on type, mounted 10 distribution,
lighting and power panelboards and individually enclosed units.
2. Molded case circuit breakers shall be quick-make, quick-break action.
3. Molded case circuit breakers for panelboards shall have the following minimu:ll
ampere interrupting c8.IJacities (RMS):
8..
120 Volts
10,000 AlC power panelboards
4. Each molded case circuit breaker shall have a thermal magnetic trip device
with trip ratings as shown on Drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.0 1 INSTALLATION
A. Circuit breakers shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's
recom mendat ions.
B. Separately enclosed circuit breakers shall be in NEMA 1 enclosures when installed
indoors, and NEMA 3R enclosures when installed outdoors.
C. Separately enclosed circuit breakers shall be identified with a black and white
phenolic nameplate with 1/2 inch high letters.
D. All overcurrent protective devices in the electrical power distdbution system shall
be selectively coordinated to avoid tripping of devices other than those which would
isolate a fault within the system.
END OF SECTION
lfilSO -)
04-017.ti5
SECTION 16250
AUTO\lATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide automatic transfer switches as indicated on the Drawings and specified
herein.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit for review properly identified manufacturer's literature giving product data,
ratings, interrupting capacity, dimensions, internal wiring diagrams, operational
details, optional features and installation and maintenance instructions.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
,\. \1aterials shall bear Underwriter's Laboratories labels.
B. Automatic transfer switch associated with the emergency generator set shall be
supplied by Contractor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Transfer switches shall be as manufactured by ASCO Bulletin 940, Lexington or
Russelectric Inc.
2.02 \1A TERIALS
A. Automatic transfer switches shall conform to all requirements of UL 1008.
8. Automatic Load Transfer Control: Complete automatic transfer switches, including
necessary relays and component parts, together with electrically and mechanically
interlocked contactors and shall provide the following functions:
1. Upon power line outage, automatically start generating set, and when set
comes up to voltage, disconnect load circuits from main line and transfer them
to standby set.
2. Upon power line return transfer load back to line and stop set.
C. Switch Rating: Rating of transfer switches shall be sufficient to handle the total
load connected. loads being transferred and allow for short circuit currents of 20
times full load rating for one second.
D. Switch Components:
1. Automatic transfer switches shall be 2 and 3 poles, switched neutral
mechanically held, electrically operated type rated for continuous duty in an
1 fj :2 5 0 - 1
O-l-017.65
unventilated unventilated sheet metal NEMA 1 enclosure. The switches shall
be double throw having electrically operated normal-emergency positions
inherently interlocked mechanically and with main contacts mechanically
attached to a common shaft. A manual operator shaH be provided. Ampere
and voltage ratings shall be as indicated.
2. All main contacts shall be silver alloy wiping-action type. All switch and relay
contacts, coils, springs, and control elements shall be removable from the
front of the transfer switches without removal of the switch panels from the
enclosure and without disconnection of drive linkages or power conductors.
Sensing and control relays shall be continuous duty industrial control type with
minimum contact rating of 10 amperes.
3. Undervoltage Protection: Solid state closed differential voltage sensitive
devices on all phases shall be provided to monitor normal power source and
signal emergency power to start and assume load, on a partial loss of power on
any phase. These shall have calibrated dial adjustments and be temperature
compensated for a maximum deviation of ::2 volts, from -250F to +1750F.
4. Battery Charger: Load transfer control shall include a SCR design, fused,
battery charger to automatically charge and maintain starting battery of
emergency set. It shall have a maximum charge rate of 2A at 24V (nominal)
and automatically taper to trickle charge.
5. Time Delay to Start the Generator: A time delay, adjustable from 1 to 30
seconds, shall be provided to prevent emergency power from needless starting
and stopping during periods of momentary voltage fluctuations from normal
power source.
6. Time Delay to Pick-Up Load: A time delay, adjustable from 1 second to 60
seconds, shall be provided to prevent emergency power from accepting load
until emergency power operates unloaded for a predetermined period of time.
7. Time Delay to Retransfer Load: After normal power has returned to service,
a time delay adjustable from one minute to thirty minutes shall be provided to
delay retransferring load to normal power for purpose of (1) overriding initial
voltage fluctuations of returning normal power and (2) providing a predeter-
mined minimum period of operating time for emergency power. If emergency
set should fail during delay period, time delay shall be bypassed and load
instantly retransferred to normal power.
8. Time Delay to Stop Emergency Power: After load has been retransferred to
normal power, a time delay, adjustable from one minute to 30 minutes, shall
be provided to allow engine to cool down by permitting emergency set to
operate unloaded for a predetermined period of time before shutdown.
9. Automatic Exerciser: A means shall be provided to automatically start and
run emergency generating set for a set period of time for purpose of testing or
exercising complete engine, alternator and load transfer control. After
completion of set period of time for testing and exercising, emergency source
shall be automatically shutdown. Such periods for testing or exercising shall
be adjustable in multiples of 15 minutes per period with period repeated on any
combination of days over a cycle of 7 days before recycling. During period of
testing or exercising, emergency power shall assume load.
lG250 - '2
04-017.65
10. Test Switch: To simulate a power outage, operational check of engine,
alternator and lOud tJ:"ansfer control.
11. Disconnect Device: A. means shall be provided to electrically disconnect
control section from transfer switch to permit safe access for maintenance or
service, of control, during periods of normal operation.
12. Neutral Bar: An ungrounded copper bar with compression lugs shall be
provided for interconnection of isolated neutral leads.
13. Normal and Emergency Lamps: Colored indicating lights shall be provided on
the enclosure door and labeled to indicate transfer switch position: Green-
normal source; Red - err,ergency.
14. Provide the automatic transfer switch with two sets of normally open and two
sets of normally closed contacts, both on normal and on emergency.
E. Switch Housing:
1. Transfer switches shall be enclosed in steel cabinets In accordance with UL
508, as shown on the Drawings.
2. Doors shall have three-point latching mechanism where required.
3. Padlocking Provisions: Chain for attaching a padlock shall be provided. Chain
shall be attached to the cabinet by welding or riveting.
4. Finish: Cabinets shall be given a phosphate treatment, painted with rust
inhibiting primer, and finish painted with the manufacturer's standard enamel
or lacquer finish.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install automatic transfer switches at locations shown on the Drawings. Connect as
per manufacturer's wiring diagrams.
B. Provide identification nameplate on each automatic transfer switch with name of
device controlled.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test all features specified, including exerciser, time delay relays, transfer times,
voltage sensing relays and adjustment times, battery charger, and signal lamps.
B. Verify, by actual test, that all transfer switches meet all requirements of this
specificat ion.
END OF SECTION
16250 - 3
04-017.G5
SECTION 16450
GROUNDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide ~ grounding system complete as indicated on the Drawings and
specified herein.
1.02 QUALlTY ASSURANCE
A. Materials shall bear UL label.
B. Grounding system shall conform to ANSI C33.8, IEEE-81, IEEE-142.
C. The electrical system and equipment shall be grounded in accordance
with the requirements of the National Electrical Code and as specified.
D. Grounding system installation shall conform to NFP A 70 National
Electrical Code.
E. Grounding system shall be installed as shown on Drawings.
F. Install in all nonmetallic conduit runs an insulated, green, equipment
grounding conductor and bond in accordance with the NEC.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit for review properly identified manufacturer's literature and shop
drawings giving materials, finishes, accessories, dimensioned drawings and
installation directions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. The grounding conductor shall be an insulated copper wire of size
indicated. Where not indicated, the conductor shall be in accordance
with the requirements of the ~ational Electrical Code except that
minimum size shall be No. 12. Inaccessible connections shall be made
with the exothermic welding process using equipment manufactured by
Burndy or Erico Products. Accessible connections shall be made with
multiple bolt silicon bronze connectors specifically designed and approved
for the connection to be made. Connectors shall be as manufactured by
Burndy or O.Z. Gedney Electric. Grounding jumpers shall be provided
across metal parts which are separated by non-conducting materials or
16450-1
04-017.65
joined so that there is a high resistance at the joints. Grounding cable
shall not be buried directlv in concrete, but a conduit sleeve shall be
provided where cable passes through concrete. Grounding cable buried
in earth shall be tinned. Refer to electrical drawings for additional
grounding.
B. Grounding Source:
1. The ground source shall consist of a ground grid buried beneath
the electrical room, counterpoise and ground rods as shown on
Drawings and a connection to the metal cold water main. All
ground sources shall be connected to the ground plate mounted on
the electrical room wall. The switchboard ground bus shall be
connected to this ground plate, with a separate cable at each end
of each bus.
2. Maximum resistance to ground shall be limited to 25 Ohms. Two
additional ground rods s~hall be driven if required to maintain this
level. Maximum ground resistance to each of individuals rods shall
be 25 Ohms.
C. System Grounds: Neutral bus and ground bus in switchboards shall be
connected together by means of an approved bus link and connected to
the ground plate in the electrical room.
D. Ground Rods: Copper clad steel not less than 3/4 inch in diameter, 10
feet long, driven full length into the earth. Maximum ground resistance
shall not exceed 25 Ohms under normal dry conditions.
E. Parts To Be Grounded: Switchboard frame, panelboard frames, fittings,
fixtures and devices, cable sheaths, neutral of transformers, boxes and
raceways, motor frames, street lighting standards, emergency generator
set, non-current carrying parts of appliances an devices, and all other
parts and equiJ?ment as required by NEC. Neutral wire shall never be
used as groundmg means.
F. Conductor: All grounding cable shall be green insulated copper stranded
cable, soft drawn or annealed, sized as indicated on Drawings.
G. Ground Plates: Electrolytic copper, size as indicated, identified with a
permanently attached nameplate, 5/8-inch high with 3/8-inch high etched
white letters on dark green background. Legend: CHASSIS GROUND.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All connections to equipment, bus or conduit shall be made with
approved type of solderless connector and shall be unpainted and
16450-2
04-017.65
thoroughly cleaned before connection is made to lllsure a good metal
con tact.
B. All connections which will be inaccessible after completion of project
shall be made by exothermic weld process.
C. The grounding medium for all lighting branch circuits shall be the
conduit system. The lighting fixture shall be grounded by means of a
conductor between the outlet box an fixture. All locknut connections to
cabinets, pullboxes, junction boxes, etc., shall be drawn up sufficiently
tight to assure a continuous metal-to-metal bond.
D. Bond all conduits stubbing under switchboard, motor control center and
similar locations using bonding bushings.
E. Provide a bonding wire in all flexible conduits and connect to the boxes
at each end in an approved manner.
F. Provide a ground rod driven near each pole base and weld a #12 A WG
wire or as indicated in Drawings, to the top of the rod and extend the
wire to a grounding lug in the base and bond the anchor bolts.
G. Equipment shall be grounded as follows:
1. Equipment rated 50 Amps. or under shall be grounded with one
#8 A WG in branch circuit conductor pipe or by use of rigid ZInC
coated conduit.
2. Equipment rated 50 to 125 Amps. shall be grounded with one #6
A WG in branch circuit conductor pipe.
3. Equipment rated over 125 Amps. shall be grounded with one #6
A WG in branch circuit conductor piping an done No. 1/0 in 3/4
inch conduit to building ground loop to serve as a bonding
conductor.
H. Electrical metallic conduit and flexible conduit shall not be used as a
grounding medium.
1. Ground receptacles to their outlet boxes by means of a grounding
conductor from the green terminal on the receptacle to a grounding
screw in the outlet box.
J. Ground the neutral of each dry type transformer to a single grounding
nser.
END OF SECTION
16450-3 04-017.65
1 . iii Tn it iir~'.,'
SECTION 16510
INTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide interior lighting complete as indicated on the Drawings and
specified herein.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Materials shall bear UL label.
1.03 SUBMITI ALS
A. Submit for review properly identified manufacturer's literature and shop
drawings giving materials, finishes, accessories, dimensioned drawings and
installation directions and complete manufacturer's descriptions, catalog
data and information on each lighting fixture, lamps and lighting poles,
including complete details on each fixture with dimensions, photometric
data, characteristic curves and electrical testing laboratories report,
description of finish trim and complement of lamps, fixture mounting
accessories and hardware and all other pertinent information necessary to
assure that the fixture is equal to the one specified.
B. A sample of each fixture proposed for use shall be submitted to the
Owner for review, if requested.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Fixtures shall be integrally ballasted and shall be furnished complete with
all necessary wiring, fused ballasts, starting aids, lamp-holders, lamps,
reflectors, glassware, bases, pendants and mounting accessories as
required and all other appurtenances and auxiliaries necessarv for
installation -
B. Components of the same type, size, rating, functional characteristics and
make of similar interior lighting fixture shall be interchangeable.
C. Provide lamps as specified on lighting fixture schedule.
16510-1
04-017.65
D. Fluorescent lamps shall be energy efficient type, second generatIon, color
corrected type and shall be GE Wattmiser II or equal.
1.
Wattage rating shall be as shown on fixture schedule.
')
Type of lamp shall be rapid start, cool white.
Lamps shall be T -12, length as shown on Drawings and fLxture
schedule.
...,
_J.
4.
Lamps shall be 4- foot with medium bi..pin base, unless ;-loted
otherwise on schedule.
E The schedule and details of lighting fixtures, appearing on the Drawings,
indicate the type, construction, appearance, quality and performance of
the fixtures required. Any proposed deviation from the fixtures specified
must equal or be superior to the item specified under these headings.
Proposed substitute lighting fixtures will be judged on overall quality of
construction and on the basis of laboratory tests by the Electrical Testing
Laboratory or similar independent testing facility. The fixture
manufacturers' products scheduled are consIdered acceptable. Upon
request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish for review,
fabrication drawings, photometric curves and a physical sample of every
specific type offered.
F. All materials used in the manufacturer of fixtures shall be new and the
best of their respective kind, and shall be formed and assembled in a
neat, accurate and workmanlike manner. Sheet metal shall be of
sufficient thickness or shall be ribbed, flanged or otherwise reinforced so
that all lighting fixtures and their component parts will withstand the
stresses of normal handling and installation and service without undue
distortion of shape. Plastering or other installation procedures shall not
be relied on to reinforce lighting fLxtures or their component parts.
G. Painted sheet steel shall be processed with Bonderize or equal phosphate
treatment or shall be Paintlok or Galvanneal; unpainted sheet steel shall
be Galvanneal, both as manufactured by Republic Steel, or equivalent.
Springs shall be of full hard temper stainless steel. Fasteners of ferrous
metal shall be cadmium plated or zinc plated with chromate. Screws
mounting fixture housing in plaster ring shall be minimum # 10, pointed
to facilitate installation, or type A. Plaster frame rings shall be of
sufficient strength to withstand deformation during installation, and of
suitable materials and/or finish to prevent corrosion from ceiling plasters
and mortars. The Contractor shall furnish the fixture manufacturer a
complete list of fixtures that will be installed in acoustical plaster ceilings
with type and quantities. All painted finishes shall be baked epoxy,
acrylic of fully equivalent finish suitable for the service required including
temperature and shall be to the acceptance of the Engineer.
16510-2
04-017.65
H. All fixtures shall be complete with canopIes, suspensions of proper
lengths, hickeys, casing, sockets, lamps, reflectors, hardware, and shall be
completely wired and assembled.
1. Furnish suitable plaster rings or plaster stops for fixtures which are to be
set in plaster ceilings. Consult the Finish Schedules on Drawings for
locations and extent of plaster ceilings. Coordinate the mounting
methods of all recessed fluorescent lighting fixtures with ceiling
suspension system and ceiling trades.
J. Fluorescent ballasts and lampholders shall be readily and simply
replaceable without demounting the fixture. Bottom and one side of
ballast shall be in full contact with metallic fixture surfaces for maximum
heat conductance. E;.qJosed lamp fluorescent sockets shall be provided
with lamp retainers or telescoping type sockets.
K. Plastic lenses and diffusers used on fluorescent fixtures shall be 100%
prime virgin acrylic as manufactured by KSH, Carolite or accepted
equivalent and shall be furnished with destaticised treatment. Injection
molded lenses shall be as manufactured by Holophane or equivalent.
L. Where fixture type is not indicated on Drawings, fixture type used III
similar locations shall be installed, as accepted by the Engineer.
M. Components of the same type, size, rating, functional characteristics and
make of similar interior lighting fixtures shall be interchangeable. All
fixture stems shall be furnished by the manufacturer of the fixture
specified or as shown on the Drawings. Fixtures for use outdoors or in
wet areas shall be suitably gasketed to prevent access of moisture and
moisture resistant paints exhibiting moisture resisting qualities equal to
epoxy based coatings. All aluminum parts of fixtures for use in damp
locations that are specified as requiring an unpainted finished shall be
anodized.
N. Incandescent lamps shall be suitable to operate on 120 Volts, 60 Hz.
supply, with the following requirements:
1. Wattage rating as shown on fixture schedule.
2. Type of lamp as shown on fixture schedule.
3. Lamps shall be inside frosted unless noted otherwise.
4. Unless noted otherwise lamps shall be extended service type with
rated life of 2,500 hours minimum.
16510-3
04-017.65
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Fixtures shall be installed 111 strict accordance with manufacturers
recommendation.
B. Exits Signs: Wall, ceiling or bracket mounted as shown on Drawings.
Contractor shall install directional arrows as shown on Drawings or
fixture schedule.
C. All required mounting and support hardware for light fixtures shall be
provided by the Contractor.
D. Verify the exact architectural treatment and type of ceiling finish in each
area in order to insure that all required equipment and materials for
each area is supplied by the fixture manufacturer in the initial order.
See Room Finish Schedule on architectural Drawings.
E. Install "Lay-In" type fixtures with 6 foot length of flexible conduit to
enable fixture relocation with minimum inconvenience.
F. Fixture Supports: Support each fixture securely. Each recessed
fluorescent fixture shall be secured at four points to the building
structure or ceiling suspension system. Where pendant fixtures are
mounted in continuous rows, the number of hangers shall equal the
number of 4 foot lenghths, plus 1. Do not support fiA1:ures to plaster or
drywall ceilings. Furnish and install all steel members and supports to
fasten and suspend fixtures.
G. Mechanical and Electrical Equipment Rooms: In the mechanical and
electrical equipment rooms certain lighting fixtures shall be installed on
ceilings or walls after all piping ductwork and equipment therein are
installed. Exact location and switching for such fixtures shall be
determined at the job site during the course of the work. Fixtures shall
be located so as to give maximum illumination to items of equipment
requiring servicing, and moving machinery. Any lighting fixtures blocked,
inaccessible or improperly located shall be relocated at no extra cost.
END OF SECTION
16510-4 04-017.65
SECTION 16620
STANDBY POWER GENERATOR SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide a complete system for the generation of electrical power during the
emergency condition of loss of the normal power supply. In general, the work
includes, but is not limited to, furnishing and installation of the following:
1. One emergency diesel engine driven generator with weatherproof enclosure for
exterior installation at Plantation Key Government Center.
2. Generator control cubicle, including relays, instruments and controls
3. Generator main circuit breaker
4. Exhaust piping, flexible exhaust connection and silencer
5. Starting battery, battery rack, battery cables and battery charger
6. Day transfer tank, fuel transfer pump, related piping and accessories
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Drawings: The Drawings shall be considered diagrammatic, not necessarily showing
in detail all of the minor items and they shall not be interpreted to mean that any
minor item required, implied, or usually included may be omitted.
B. Service Facility: An established parts and service facility, franchised by the engine
manufacturer furnishing the unit, shall be in business within a distance of sixty miles
of the installation site. Also, at least two service persons shall be available at this
facility having had factory training and at least three years experience in servicing
all portions of the equipment of this Specification section.
C. Shop Tests: The engine generator set and its control shall all be tested as a
complete generating unit at the engine generator supplier's factory. All operations
of the equipment shall be verified by this testing. The Engineer shall be notified
two weeks before this testing is to be accomplished, who at his option may witness
these tests. If the witnessed tests fail to meet the Specifications and must be re-
tested, all expenses for the Engineer's revisit for future testing shall be paid by the
Contractor.
D. Instruction: The Owner's personnel shall be instructed fully in the operation and
maintenance of the equipment specified herein.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Manufacturer's certified shop drawings shall be submitted to the
Engineer before any work is installed or equipment delivered to the site. Shop
drawings are required for the following items whether specified or substituted.
ltif)2"
04-017.65
1. Engine generator set. including radiator, and engine driven radiator fan
2. Emergency generator control panel (including all components)
3. Battery charger
.1. Maximum BHP of engine at rated speed
0. Muffler and flexible exhaust connections, including mounting details
6. Battery and battery rack
7. Automatic transfer swi~ch
8. Wiring Diagrams
9. Schematic W iring Diagrams, including legend of all items and an accompanying
written step-by-step sequence of operation for each schematic wiring diagram
10. Vibration Isolators
11. Day tank, fuel pumping piping package
12. Fuel consumption rate, ventilation and combustion cfm requirements
13. Location of nearest factory authorized service station and nearest parts depot
B. Operating Instructions:
1. Maintenance Schedule: A maintenance schedule for the equipment shall be
provided, based on both the equipment and the conditions of operation and of
the environment. This information shall, in addition to detailed instructions,
be tabulated in easy to read form and shall be included in the overall mainte-
nance manual to be provided for this facility.
2. Manufacturer's certified test reports shall be provided with shop drawings
indicating that the exhaust emissions from the engine generator sets to be
provided conform to the applicable requirements of the Rules of Florida
Department of Pollution Control, Chapter 17-2 "Air Pollution".
1.04 INSTALLATION DESIGN
A. The design of the engine/generator set is based on equipment manufactured by
Katolight, Onan, Cummins or Kohler. If the set to be provided is of larger physical
size and/or has larger ventilation and/or fuel consumption requirements, changes in
the installation design, satisfactory to the Engineer, shall be made by the
Contractor at no change in contract price or time of completion.
B. If the unit to be provided is of a larger physical size or the unit requires greater
clearances for servicing or operations, the Contractor shall provide a larger
reinforced concrete foundation at no additional expense.
16620 -)
O.t-OI7.n5
" --~
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. General Provisions and Requirements: The diesel generator set shall be rated for
standby duty capable of continuous service at rated output for the duration of any
utility power failure. The standby duty rating shall include allowances for all engine
mounted auxiliary driven equipment, including the radiator fan. The engine shall be
mounted on a heavy-duty steel base with the driven unit. It shall be the
Contractor's responsibility to provide the complete unit installed on a common base
by the manufacturer of the generator at his main manufacturing plant so as to
insure the proper alignment, operation, function and manufacturer's warranty for
each item of equipment and the complete installation. The common base shall be
designed to adequately secure the equipment, and continuous alignment thereof.
The base shall be installed on Korfund spring type vibration isolators of sufficient
number and capacity to support the complete assembly in accordance with the
vibration isolators manufacturer's recom mendations. The performance of the
electric plant shall be certified by an independent testing laboratory as to the
plant's full power rating, stability and voltage and frequency regulation.
B. Rating: The diesel engine generator set KW rating shall be as shown on the Drawings
at 0.8 power factor for continuous standby power applications at an ambient
temperature of 105 degrees F. maximum.
C. Engine Specifications:
1. General:
a. The engine shall be a compression ignition engine. It shall be a four
stroke cycle, solid injection engine of either vertical in-line or V-type.
b. The engine speed shall not exceed 1800 rpm at normal full load operation
and shall operate on No. 2 diesel fuel oil. The engine speed shall be con-
trolled by a governor to maintain governed speed within 1.8 Hertz of 60
Hertz from no load to full load generator output.
2. Lubrication: The engine shall have a gear type lubricating oil pump for
supplying oil under pressure to main bearings, crankpin bearings, pistons,
piston pins, timing gears, camshaft bearings, and valve rocker mechanism.
Full flow oil filters, conveniently located for servicing, shall be provided.
Filters shall be equipped with a spring loaded bypass valve to insure oil
circulation if filters are clogged. The oil drain line shall be extended from the
unit to permit drainage into a container.
3. Starting: The engine shall be equipped with a 24 volt DC electric starting
system of sufficient capacity to crank the engine for starting. Lead acid
batteries shall have sufficient capacity for cranking the engine for at least 30
seconds at firing speed and a capacity for starting the diesel a minimum of
four times. A cranking limiter shall be provided to protect the batteries and
starting circuit. It shall open the starting circuit if the cranking has not
started the engine within the 30 seconds. An automatic trickle charger shall
be provided to maintain the battery at full capacity. The charger shall be a La
Marche Manufacturing Company Model A-46 10-ampere, Onan No. 305 C346 or
equal. The charger shall be provided with an ammeter and a voltmeter circuit
disconnect relay.
16620 - 3
04-017.65
4. Engine Instruments: The engine mounted instrument panel shall contain the
following gauges:
a. Engine water temperature
b. Engine lube oil pressure
:). Hour Meter: An engine driven hour meter shall be provided.
6. Cooling System: The engi.ne shall be equipped with a radiator and an engine
driven blower fan to provide adequate cooling to prevent overheating of the
engine at 105 degrees F. ambient temperature. The cooLant drain line shall be
extended from the unit to permit draining into a container. The engine cooling
system shall be pre-treated by the engine supplier for the inhibition of internal
corrosion and shall be filled with a 50 percent ethylene glycol antifreeze
solution on final installation.
7. Safety Controls: Automatic safety controls which will shut down the engine in
the event of low lubricating oil pressure, high jacket water temperature, low
cooling water level, engine overspeed and engine overcrank and shall make
electric contacts for alarm lights on the generator control panel.
8. Exhaust System: Silex Model JD critical location type silencer shall be
provided, including flexible exhaust fitting, properly sized and installed
according to the manufacturer's recom mendations. Mounting shall be provided
as specified hereinafter. Paint silencer and all portions of exhaust piping
exterior to the enclosure using high temperature paint. All portions of exhaust
piping (except the flexible piping from the engine to the silencer) that are
within the weatherproof enclosure shall be covered with insulation material so
that its surface temperature does not excees 150 degrees F. (with
engine/generator set operating).
9. Day Tank Package: Equal to Simplex to include a double wall day tank of 25
gallons capacity, a duplex remote pumping unit, float switches, level gauge,
control panel and all internal wiring and piping. It shall also contain a 5 gpm
hand pump, manual fill cap, individual fuel strainers, check and solenoid valves
on pump intakes, low level and high level alarm contacts, inspection port,
drain cock, manual quick-drain (to main fuel tank), floor stand, and baffle
under engine fuel return line discharge (to prevent foaming). Provide flexible
pipe sections in all fuel piping before entering weatherproof shelter.
Installation shall be depicted on drawing M-4.
10. Guards: Guards for all moving parts such as fans, belts, etc. shall be provided
as required by OSHA.
11. Jacket Water Heater: Unit mounted thermal circulation type water heater
incorporating thermostatic switch shall be furnished to maintain engine jacket
water to 90 degrees F. The heater shall be single phase, 60 hertz, 240 volts.
Heater circuit contactor shall be provided and controlled through the heater
thermostat switch. All wiring for the jacket water heater shall be provided
complete as a part of the generator package.
D. Generator Specifications:
1. Rating: The generator shall be 120/240 volts, 3-phase, 4-wire, kw rated as
shown on the Drawings at 0.8 power factor at l,800 rpm.
16620 - -t
04-017.65
2. Construction and Manufacture: The generator shall be a revolving field type.
The insulation sh~ll ,be Class F or H. The field excitation shall be provided
with a brushless type system or with a solid-state static exciter. The voltage
regulation from no load to rated load shall be within a band of plus or minus
two percent of rated voltage. The steady state voltage stability shall remain
within a 1 percent band of rated voltage. For any load up to 100 percent of
rated load, the voltage dip shall not exceed 20 percent of rated voltage. The
voltage shall recover to, and remain within, the steady band in not more than
5 seconds. Provide series boost attachment to decrease motor's accelerating
time.
3. Tropicalized: The generator shall be "tropicalized". 80th the stator and rotor
windings shall have received a tropicalization process as follows:
a. Stator winding to receive two dips of 100 percent unmodified epoxy.
b. Stator winding end coils and rotor windings to receive two coats of
asphalt modified epoxy.
c. Stator, rotor. exciter and line leads coated with a fungicial varnish,
E. Generator Control Panel: A generator mounted NEMA 1 type, vibration isolated, 14
gauge steel control panel shall be provided. Panel shall contain, but not be limited
to, the following equipment.
1. Control Equipment: Control equipment shall consist of 'all necessary exciter
control equipment, generator voltage regulators, voltage adjusting rheostats,
and speed control equipment and automatic starting controls, as required to
satisfactorily control the engine/generator set as specified herein.
2. Metering Equipment: Metering equipment shall include 3-1/2-inch meters (dial
or digital type frequency meter, 2 percent accuracy voltmeter, and ammeter
and ammeter-voltmeter phase selector switch). The control panel shall also
include the engine water temperature, lube oil pressure and hour meter
specified hereinbefore.
3. Fault Indicators: Provide individual press-to-test fault indicator lights for low
oil pressure, high water temperature, low water level, overspeed, overcrank,
and for day tank high and low fuel levels. Provide 2 common fault indicator
Form "C" contacts (for transmission of fault signal to adjacent external
locations).
4. Function Switch: Provide a four-position function switch marked "auto",
"manual", "off/reset", and "stop".
F. Generator :Ytain Line Circuit Breakers: Two main line circuit breaker shall be
mounted on the weatherproof shelter. The circuit breaker shall be molded case type
as manufactured by Square 0, General Electric, Westinghouse, or ITE. (The
breakers shall be selected to protect the generator from damage due to overloads,
shall operate on short circuit conditions and shall be provided with a battery voltage
shunt trip to open the breaker in the event of engine shutdown due to operation of
the engine safety controls.)
G. Weatherproof Enclosure: Provide a weatherproof outdoor enclosure for the
engine/generator unit complete in every detail and requiring no additional in-field
16620 - J
04-017.65
modifications or assembly, except where specifically allowed by these
specifications. The shelter shall be of adequate dimensions to house the generator
set, starting batteries, battery charger, load center panel, two main circuit breakers
day tank and comply with the National Electrical Code for clearances at all
installed equipment.
1. Fabrication: The weatherproof enclosure shall be a skid mounted enclosure of
welded and bolted of heavy-duty aluminum. Skid and floor design shall include
a removable panel below the engine oil pan. All metal parts shall be cleaned,
prime coated and finished painted with a minimum of two coats of exterioi"
enamel. Exterior paint color shall be subject to selection by the Owner if the
supplier's standard color is not acceptable.
2. Air Openings: The shelter shall be provided with shuttered air openings on the
front and sides of adequate size to provide for the required flow of combustion
and cooling air. Side shutters (air intake) shall be provided with screens. The
shutters shall be operated by spring-Iaoded electric motors to automatically
open the shutters when the generator is running and close them when the
generator shuts down.
3. Access Doors: Hinged double doors shall be provided on each side of the
shelter for access to the generator set. A single door shall be provided on the
rear for access to the generator control panel and auxiliary equipment. All
door handles shall be key lock type.
4. Installation of Engine Exhaust System: The manufacturer of the shelter shall
provide mounting brackets for the exhaust silencer specified. In addition, a
tail pipe extension terminating in a horizontal plane and cut at a 45 degree
angle to prevent the entrance of rainwater shall also be supplied. Further, a
stainless steel, seamless, flexible exhaust tube and all necessary bolts, flanges,
and gaskets to mate with the engine and the exhaust silencer shall be provided.
The length of the flexible tubing shall be such that additional solid metal
nipples or sections shall not be required to be provided as spacers between the
engine exhaust or the exhaust silencer. At the point where the exhaust pipe
flexible tubing penetrates the roof of the shelter, a suitable "rain skirt" and
collar shall be provided by the manufacturer. It shall be designed to prevent
the entrnace of rain and allow for expansion and vibration of the exhaust
piping without chafing or stress to the exhaust system.
5. Load Center Panel: The enclosure shall be provided with a Square 0,
Westinghouse or General Electric load center for operation of interior
fluorescent lights, day tank, jacket water heater, battery charger and
convenience receptacle, including all necessary circuit breakers. The load
center shall receive power (120/240V, 10 3W) from panel "DP2" located in the
main elect,'ical room as indicated on the drawing.
6. The weatherproof enclosure shall be provided with interior fluorescent fixtures
controlled by a 20 amp toggle switch and two 20 amp 120V convenience
weatherproof G. F.I. receptacles. The lights, receptacles and all other
equipment within the shelter as indicated on load center schedule "EGP" shall
be prewired to the load center.
H. Installation of Generator in Shelter: The generator set supplier shall completely
install the generator set and auxiliary equipment in the shelter such that only
16620 - f) 04,-017.65
~...".,.-,."~.""-_.~"~,.~*~._.,".=..,.~'--....~~,"",,",,,.,~,,.,.,-; ", ,.,"";"._._-......,.~.~",""
electrical power, start and alarm signals, and fuel connections are required in the
field.
1. All interconnecting [:lower, control, instrumentation and signal circuits
between the generator, the generator control panel and the auxiliary
equipment shall be provided. All wiring shall consist of type THHN 600 volt
conductors in rigid galvanized steel conduits with threaded malleable iron or
steel fittings.
2. Oil and Water Drains: All necessary fittings, hoses, shut-off valves, etc. shall
be provided to facilitate lube oil and water drain at the exterior of the shelter.
In addition, engines equipped with crankcase breather tubes shall have this
tube terminate at the exterior of the shelter directly under the radiator air
discharge louver.
3. Fuel Piping: All fuel pIpIng between the day tank and the engine shall be
provided. All fuel piping shall be black iron pipe (except flexible fuel line
connections at engines). Provide unions in all fuel piping connections to
engines and day tanks. Provide 1-1/4" vent line from day tank to above shelter
and provide flame arrestor.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
PREPARATION
A.
Before the installation of electrical equipment, conduit and outlets, the Contractor
shall check the approved shop drawings for any necessary deviations required in his
work. When interferences make it necessary, or departure from the indicated
arrangements is desired, the Contractor shall obtain the permission of the Engineer
prior to commencing the installation.
B.
The Contractor shall cut all necessary openings, chases, ditching, backfilling, etc.,
required for the introduction of the work. Damage to the floors, walls, etc., caused
by such cutting shall be repaired by this Contractor at no cost to the Owner.
INSTALLATION
A.
The work shall be executed in a workmanlike manner and shall present a neat
appearance. Any work that in the judgment of the Owner is not neat shall be
promptly removed and reinstalled in a proper manner without change to the
Contract cost. All workmen shall be fully competent and experienced. Electrical
work shall conform to code and regulations of all authorities having jurisdiction over
this project.
B.
The engine/generator unit and its weatherproof enclosure shall be installed on the
concrete foundation indicated per engine/generator and weatherproof enclosure
manufacturers' instructions. Complete coordination between the two suppliers and
the Contractor is mandatory. Weatherproof between weatherproof enclosure and
concrete pad with highest quality silicone sealer.
FIELD TESTS
A.
After installation, the installed equipment shall be subjected to five continuous
hours of full load testing and three startups with engines cold (not less than 18 hours
Iflfl20 - -r
04-017.65
after unit has been operated). Portable dry resistance grid type load cells shall be
provided for the full load testing.
B. Full Load Tests: Take readings every 15 minutes until all temperature readings
stabilize:
1. Voltage, each phase
2. Current, each phase
3. Kilowatts
4. R.P.M.
5. Engine jacket cooling water temperature
6. Oil pressure and temperature
7. Exhaust manifold temperature
8. Temperature, all accessible bearings
9. Generator stator winding temperature
C. The tests shall be scheduled at least one week in advance with the equipment
manufacturer's, Contractor's and Owner's representative present during the test.
Any defects which become evident at this time shall be corrected and, if required by
the Owner, additional tests, or test, shall be made to insure that the results of the
continuous full load test and the cold start tests are satisfactory, without defects,
prior to final acceptance. The Contractor shall provide the necessary fuel and lubri-
cants for testing.
3.04 WARRANTY
A. Provide warranty on the complete standby power generator system against defective
materials, equipment and workmanship and against deficient performance for a
period of at least five years from the date of acceptance.
END OF SECTION
161)20 - 8
04-017.65
SECTION 16740
TELEPHONE SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide empty conduit for telephone system.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 16110 - Raceways.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Empty Conduit:
1. Provide all required empty conduit with plaster covers or outlets as
indicated on drawings for wiring to be installed in future.
2. :\1inimum 112 inch conduit size, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Raceways to contain not more than two 90 degree bends or equivalent.
B. Pull Boxes: Provide additional pull boxes to comply with above limitations
whether or not indicated.
C. Backboards: Provide all the required backboards and power outlets as
indicated on drawings.
D. Pull \Vires: Provide one pull wire in all raceways for future wiring.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Work shall be performed as indicated.
B. Allow ten inches minimum slack at each end of pull WIre and securely
caulked.
C. All public phone outlet boxes shall be mounted at 54 inches above finished
floor.
D. Conduit type and installation requirements shall conform to Section 16110 _
Raceways.
END OF SECTION
16740-1
04-017.65
ADDENDUM NO. 1
PLANTATION KEY COURTHOUSE ATRIUM ENCLOSURE
Bid Package NO.1, Civil/structural
Bid Package NO.2, Architectural
Bid Package NO.3, Mechanical
Bid Package NO.4, Electrical
August 15, 1991
Modification No.1:
Add to drawing A/9 the attached FOOTING DETAIL 6/A-9, labelled
sketch no. 1.
Modification No.2:
Delete detail 4 on drawing A-9, and replace with attached STAIR
DETAIL 4/A-9, labelled sketch no. 2.
Modification No.3:
Drawing A-2, revise pertinent part of partial second floor plan,
per attached sketch no. 3.
Modification No.4:
Drawing A-9, revise pertinent part of floor plan, per attached
sketch no. 4.
Modification No.5:
Drawing M/2, revise pertinent part of HVAC partial second floor
plan, per attached sketch no. 5.
Modification No.6:
Drawing E-4, revise pertinent part of second floor power plan, per
attached sketch no. 6.
Modification NO.7:
Drawing E-4, revise pertinent part of second floor power plan, per
attached sketch no. 7.
Modification No.8:
Drawing A/7, Door Schedule; change requirements for doors 101 and
08/15/91
ADDENDUM NO. 1
1
201, for type, material', and label, to hollow metal with 10" x 10"
vision panel, and 'c' label.
Modification No.9:
Drawing S-2, change general note 11. B. to read maximum water-
cement ratio of 0.55 instead of 0.68 as shown.
Modification No. 10:
Drawing A/7, add notes to doors 210 and 211 within the door
schedule, that transition strips are required.
Modification No. 11:
Drawing A/4, at designation of 'phase two', showing area of phase
two reflected ceiling plan for second floor; add note, "Existing
suspended ceiling shall be replaced with a new suspended ceiling,
complete."
Modification No. 12:
The County has waived their building permit fees.
Modification No. 13:
Replace Table of Contents, section 00001 dated 07/31/91, with
revised Table of Contents, dated 08/14/91.
Modification No. 14:
Replace Civil/Structural Scope of Work, section 00110 dated
07/31/91, with revised Scope of Work, dated 08/14/91.
Modification No. 15:
Replace Architectural Scope of Work, section 00120 dated 08/01/91,
with revised Scope of Work, dated 08/14/91.
Modification No. 16:
Replace Mechanical Scope of Work, section 00130 dated 07/31/91,
with revised Scope of Worlc, dated 08/14/91.
Modification No. 17:
Replace Electrical Scope of Work, section 00140 dated 07/31/91,
with revised Scope of Work, dated 08/14/91.
08/15/91
ADDENDUM NO. 1
2
Modification No. 18:
Add intrusion alarm (D-4) for existing door to stairway located on
the North-East corner of building ground level. This is an add to
drawing E-8, and has been added to revised Scope of Work for
Electrical Trade Contractor.
Modification No. 19:
Drawing All, in rooms 102 and 103, change reference to 'lateral
files', to read 'open shelf files'. Open shelf files are to be in
accordance with specification section 12621, except that units are
to be seven (7) shelves high. All other specified requirements
remain, including 5" base and 1" top. This has been added to
revised Scope of Work for Architectural Trade Contractor.
Modification No. 20:
Delete the requirement for
event of contract award.
Public Construction Bond,
required.
procurement of Performance Bond, in the
In the event of contract award, the
section 00610, will be the only bond
Modification No. 21:
Replace section 00350, Milestone Schedule, dated 07/31/91, with
revised Milestone Schedule, dated 08/15/91. Also replace
associated bar chart, plot date 01AUG91, with bar chart, plot date
15Aug91. Revised schedule incorporates phasing as shown on
drawings as phasing plan. Also, note expanded construction
schedule.
Modification No. 22:
Incorporate into the bidding documents, the meeting minutes of the
pre-bid meeting held on August 12, 1991.
Modification No. 23:
Drawing A/9, floor plan, at existing double doors, panic hardware
shall be:
Exit Devices shall be in acordance with section 08710, Finish
Hardware. Product may be as manufactured by Corbin, Russwin,
Von Duprin or approved equal.
This has been added to revised Scope of Work for Architectural
Trade Contractor.
08/15/91
ADDENDUM NO. 1
3
Modification No. 24:
Specification section 08710, paragraph 2.01 A; add the following:
"The following manufacturers or approved equal are acceptable:
Butts:
Locks:
Exit Devices:
Closers:
stop and Holders:
Coordinators:
Miscellaneous items:
Thresholds:
Hager, Stanley, McKinney
Schlage, General
Corbin, Russwin, Von Duprin
LCN, Norton
Corbin, Russwin
Von Duprin or equal
Cipco, Ives, Corbin
Pemko, Zero, Reese
Style and finish are to match existing as closely as possible."
Modification No. 25:
Drawing A/9, required reinforcing for the 4'-6" x 5'-8" concrete
slab, shall be 3" x 3" w5/w5 welded wire fabric, (min. steel area
of .20 sq. in./ft.).
Modification No. 26:
Specification section 09680, carpeting, delete paragraph 2.01 B.,
as no pad is required for glue down carpet. Delete the word
'Pattern' in paragraph 2.01 A.2, and replace with, 'furnish and
install carpet as manufactured by Lee's Commercial Carpet Company
or approved equal."
Modification No. 27:
Specification section 10520, Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets,
paragraph 2.01 B., add the following:
"Fire extinguisher cabinets shall be as manufactured by
Larsen's Manufacturing Company or approved equal."
Modification No. 28:
Drawing A/9, at references to gutters and leaders, add the
following:
liThe aluminim gutters and leaders shall be white and as
manufactured by Alcoa Building Products or approved equal."
Modification No. 29:
Specification section 08710, Finish Hardware, add:
08/15/91
ADDENDUM NO. 1
4
liThe buzzer and electric strike for door 202 shall be as
manufactured by Adams Rite Company or approved equal."
This will coordinate technical specification with Door Schedule on
drawing A/7 and drawing E-4.
Modification No. 30:
Replace Architectural Proposal Form, section 00121 dated 08/01/91,
with revised Proposal Form, dated 08/15/91.
08/15/91
ADDENDUM NO. 1
5
,.4
e,iL)(I('pIl~, ~,
~I,.JF. J-J/I2.--~ ~
.1 pr::lu..e.V aL,.,~,
IN~'re.~'~
FI~~.
.;
Q
.
\(\
&
~.:f ~I,J~
. ~Ii-, _ I
1~'.z',i4,,~
,~
..
L>
"
~ It
~ ~ ~
u'~ ~
FOOTING DETAIL.
Ne.W Dei .6...l~ .
w:r...v~~ r
-5K~1I /ltJ. .J
L. if .'
- . t l,-":
.- .... 't---1l..A .~. t-j-,- .c-' -Ii'. .f . /) . : ':)
~ '- ,- j t:- ,</ ~ _ ~:/ .
(])
1JIl~' POST, BUCKLEY, SCHUH &.. JERNIGAN, INC.
.~
.
.
ft
..
--
~')(<O p;r,hb,
"'~NO ~ l.. ~J'/
'Z,c,'J,.. P:T..~pI
~;~ '5IIC,~,
l:
~
.c6TAIJ.2.. 'DB, AI L-
IA~i t
...sK'~r~H Nf). .2
t > l"" ,', L' ',.. I
.---....:r.~
J;'"
. . ) -1, -'". r. I : ; 'I;'
/"i
i ,.:-. /
/~
-I' j
~
.sK d/CJ-I .NlJ ..;
.
~- ~
. .\\: ti ~
\ --"
-1
~ ~~ f
,.
J..
~ w l!~ z
~ Z w
0 ~
~ LLJ -~i 0
u) t/) ~~\'t ~
, :> <t ~~ .
~ :I: y
d- o. -""f -.-=-__-~ c
~g
.~
..J
U
.~
w
z
a:
o
t-
t-
<t
~
w
z
a:
o
f-
~\
--\\
ji
~
, .
1.
~
--{
~
--
,
>
~
1:1.
z
E9
. l!
." -l
~.
~~~~
'X. ~. -
~ \1.\1'1
.,
1 r6
'ciL~ ~
.ril J~~'
~ ~ ~~~
il\~~
..jd1tJ)l ~. .,.
1
~-x
ir
f-
i~t
.....:J~-
~
\U
.tJ.
~~~
~~~
1~~
~~~
:I!~
i~
~f\-
- ~1l.
~r .
1~f
:z~i
-\j~
-tt
't
i-~
1\l\{\
(
( (7') -- --
I. - 1 x..-
ON. -
::zJ
"
("\~ " ..5K'l!rOl lib .j-
:i"
~\)
~~
\l"",
i\;! -
v+ ~~
l\\
1\
~~
~ J(
-4
o
::0
~
o
z
~
'<EJ
"0'/ N
~
~
L
- 1 ~
)
~ :I: :1
.
l> ~
r L
r -1
::0 ~\--
z
rT1 ~ ()'
-< ~
)(
~ \~
I -
~~
\t)C'
~\)}
\t-
'" cq
..~
-SKJE7C1I Nf)..s
SKIfT'Cfi 1'14. ~
~
\ .
--
:~
1-
1.
ri!
Y
~
~
J\L
)~
::)..-
~~
...
'3
~I
. I
\) .
" ial ~
~:~ l&J
~~ 0
-
L-il
~::1
I
, I
U\
)
\f\
_PRIOR ", .7N5 ~
. oJ:;_DfJ(J~ _
~PV!il8D7TQN
7Z) V(6IlJ~W/.
_IEXAC~1.f)c.A 'I)
.M6UNrIN6 ~ tii
11.0 ~ 71)_.1.4\(_. ___.
TRANSI=._ ---
j1TD._IN C61' 'II
SPAC:~_'___ ..-
1
CL.
'14'.1
5L.GCTQIC.
~""..-.".., I ~. - ~
S'tf'erClI Hi). '1
.
f7.f.\/ 1l?j,..J ~-;( 'MrJ\ f'-.JT iF I e-1
A
'/!:.TOt:.1C:
S-~
- --.
1 . · ---
~~~a"0SW- 4Flr,;i
117 ---------I~-----
(r\---~~, '
I SECETA RI EF J
. I.J I ~
.~J J I~
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Volume I)
1. Bidding Documents (Volume I)
section 00030
section 00100
section 00110
section 00111
Section 00112
Section 00120
section 00121
section 00122
Section 00130
Section 00131
Section 00132
section 00140
Section 00141
section 00142
Notice of Calling for Bids
Instructions to Bidders
Bid Package No. 1 - Civil/structural:
Scope of Work
Proposal Form
Schedule of unit Prices
Bid Package No. 2 - Architectural:
Scope of Work
Proposal Form
Schedule of Unit Prices
Bid Package No. 3 - Mechanical:
Scope of Work
Proposal Form
Schedule of unit Prices
Bid Package No. 4 - Electrical:
Scope of Work
Proposal Form
Schedule of unit Prices
section 00163 Pre-Bid Substitutions
Section 00350 Milestone Schedule
section 00410 Bid Bond - AlA Document A310, February
1970 edition
section 00420 Sworn Statement on Public Entity Crimes
section 00425 Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause
section 00430 Non-Collusion Affidavit
Section 00440 Proposed Subcontractor Listing
Section 00450 Contractor's Qualification Statement
08/14/91
00001 - 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1)
2. Contract Documents (Volume I)
Section 00500 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner
and Contractor - AlA Document A101/CM,
June 1980 edition
section 00610 Public Construction Bond
3. Conditions (Volume I)
Section 00750 General Conditions, AlA Document
A201/CM, June 1980 edition
section 00805 Supplementary General Conditions
Section 00900 Application & certificate for Payment -
AlA Document G702/G703
section 00905 Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of
Debts and Claims
Section 00908 Contractor's Affidavit of Release of
Liens
section 00910 Consent of Surety to Final Payment - AlA
Document G707, April 1970 edition
section 00970 Project Safety and Health Plan
section 00980 Contractor Quality Control Plan
4. Drawings
Section 00990 Schedule of Drawings
08/14/91
TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1)
00001 - 2
5. General Requirements (Volume I)
section 01020
section 01027
section 01028
section 01200
section 01220
section 01301
section 01310
section 01370
section 01385
section 01395
section 01410
section 01510
section 01520
section 01595
Section 01600
section 01630
Section 01650
section 01670
Section 01700
Section 01710
section 01720
section 01730
Allowances
Application for Payment
Change Order Procedures
Project Meetings
Work Hours
Submittals
Progress Schedules
Schedule of Values
Daily Construction Reports
Document Clarification Requests
Testing Laboratory Services
Temporary utilities
Construction Aids
Construction Cleaning
Material and Equipment
Post-Bid Substitutions
Starting of Systems
Systems Demonstrations
Contract Closeout
Final Cleaning
Project Record Documents
Operation and Maintenance Data
08/14/91
00001 - 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1)
6. Technical Specifications (Volume II, PBS&J, dated May 1991)
DIVISION 2- SITEWORK
section 02220 Structure Excavation and Backfill
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
section 03100
section 03200
Section 03250
section 03300
section 03600
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcing
Concrete Accessories
cast-in-Place Concrete
Grout
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
section 04000 Unit Masonry
DIVISION 5 - METALS
section 05120 structural Steel
section 05500 Miscellaneous Metal
DIVISION 6 - WOODS AND PLASTIC
section 06100
section 06200
section 06410
Rough Carpentry
Finish Carpentry and Millwork
Cabinetwork
DIVISION 7 - MOISTURE PROTECTION
Section 07210
section 07250
Section 07920
Building Insulation
Fireproofing
Caulking and Sealants
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
Section 08110
section 08210
section 08410
section 08520
section 08710
Section 08800
Hollow Metal Work
Wood Doors
Aluminum Entrance and Storefront
Aluminum Windows
Finish Hardware
Glass and Glazing
08/14/91
00001 - 4
TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1)
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
section 09110
section 09200
section 09250
section 09510
Section 09650
section 09680
section 09901
Metal Stud Partitions
Plaster and stucco
Gypsum Wallboard
Acoustical Tile
Resilient Flooring
Carpeting
Painting (Architectural Coatings)
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
section 10520 Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets
DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS
section 12621 Office Furniture
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
section 15010
section 15100
section 15180
section 15482
section 15760
section 15890
section 15936
section 15990
General Mechanical Requirements
Piping and Specialties
Insulation
Underground Fuel Storage Tank
HVAC Equipment
Ductwork
Air Distribution Devices
Testing and Balancing of HVAC Systems
DIVISION - 16 ELECTRICAL
section 16010
section 16110
section 16115
section 16120
section 16130
section 16140
section 16150
Section 16155
section 16160
section 16170
section 16180
section 16250
Section 16450
Section 16510
Section 16620
Section 16740
Basic Electrical Requirements
Raceways
Empty Conduit System
Wires, Cables and Connectors
Outlet, Pull and Junction Boxes
Switches and Receptacles
Motors Auxiliaries
Individually Mounted Motor Starters
Panel Boards
Disconnects
Overcurrent Protective Devices
Automatic Transfer switches
Grounding
Interior Lighting
Standby Power Generator System
Telephone System
08/14/91
00001 - 5
TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1)
SECTION 00110
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Packaqe No. 1
Civil/structural
1.1
1.2
1.2.1
GENERAL SCOPE
The Scope of Work shall include, but not be li~ited to,
the following items of work. The Contractor is required
to provide a complete job as contemplated by the drawings
and specifications, which are a part of this bid package.
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, construction equipment, transportation,
inspection, and proper execution and completion of all
Work specified on the drawings, and in the following
sections of the specifications; including, but not
limited to:
SECTIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS
02220
03100
03200
03250
03300
03600
04000
05120
05500
07920
09901
Structure Excavation and Backfill
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcing
Concrete Accessories
cast-in-Place Concrete
Grout
unit Masonry
structural steel
Miscellaneous Metals
Caulking and Sealants
Painting
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change,
add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
The Work under this Bid Package shall include all related
Work specified here and described elsewhere. The
Contractor shall review all sections of the
Specifications and all Drawings and shall furnish all
labor and material for related Work here and described
Work specified therein as being a part of the Work. The
Work under this Bid Package shall include all necessary
equipment and materials to furnish and install structural
08/15/91
00110 - 1
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.2.5
1.2.6
1.2.7
1.2.8
1.2.9
1. 2.10
1. 2 . 11
1. 2 . 12
1. 2 . 13
1. 2 . 14
1.2.15
steel beams, channels, supports and stiffeners, concrete
slabs on grade including expansion and control joints,
elevated concrete slabs, reinforcing steel, ladders, pipe
railing, spread footings, CMU infills and CMU foundation
walls and piers.
Remove debris, dispose of off-site and backfill clean
material into existing atrium planter area.
Backfill clean material below the new emergency generator
slab.
Remove the second floor atrium parapet wall and dispose
of off-site.
Remove the second floor atrium parapet wall handrail and
the handrail @ the proposed first floor CMU wall infill
along the north wall and dispose of off-site.
Remove and dispose of louvers from the existing generator
room.
Provide shop coating of paint and any required touch-
ups for structural steel and miscellaneous metals.
Procure all necessary permits and licenses required for
the work in this Bid Package No.1, Civil/Structural.
Insure all required field quality control testing, on the
work of this Bid Package No.1, Civil/structural is
adequately and sufficiently being performed.
All exposed newly poured concrete is to be properly
prepared to accept painting. All voids are to be filled.
Install footings and CMU piers for new security corridor
and coordinate layout and placement of anchors by others.
Pour in place 4" concrete slab with thickened edges at
new security corridor stairs including 5" pad for stair
support.
Remove (1) guy-wire concrete anchor, or chip down and cut
rebar, in order to avoid footings for emergency
generator.
Verify that the work of all other trades has been
coordinated and installed prior to placing concrete.
The building will be occupied during the course of
construction. Therefore, appropriate temporary framed
08/15/91
00110 - 2
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)
1.3
1.3.1
1.3.2
plywood walls' and dust barriers will be required to be
installed as necessary where this contractor is creating
hazards or dust.
BY OTHERS
Mechanical and electrical appurtenances within the atrium
area, concrete embeds including conduits to support other
trades.
Excavation, reinforcement, concrete, pea gravel, and
backfill for the emergency generator fuel oil tank.
08/15/91
00110 - 3
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)
SECTION 00120
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 2
Architectural
1.1
GENERAL SCOPE
The Scope of Work shall include, but not be limited to,
the following items of work. The Contractor is required
to provide a complete job as contemplated by the drawings
and specifications, which are a part of this bid package.
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, construction equipment, transportation,
inspection, and proper execution and completion of all
Work specified on the drawings, and in the following
sections of the Specifications; including, but not
limited to:
SECTIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS
04000
06100
06200
06410
07210
07250
07920
08110
08210
08410
08520
08710
08800
09110
09200
09250
09510
09650
09680
09901
10520
12621
unit Masonry
Rough Carpentry
Finish Carpentry and Millwork
Cabinetwork
Building Insulation
Fireproofing
Caulking and Sealants
Hollow Metal Work
Wood Doors
Aluminum Entrance and Storefront
Aluminum Windows
Finish Hardware
Glass and Glazing
Metal Stud Partitions
Plaster and stucco
Gypsum Wallboard
Acoustical Tile
Resilient Flooring
Carpeting
Painting
Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets,
Accessories
Office Furniture
Hose
and
08/15/91
00120 - 1
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.2.5
1.2.6
1.2.7
1.2.8
1.2.9
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change,
add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
The Work under this Bid Package shall include all related
Work specified here and described elsewhere. The
Contractor shall review all sections of the
Specifications and all Drawings and shall furnish all
labor and material for related Work here and described
Work specified therein as being a part of the Work. The
Work under this Bid Package shall include all necessary
equipment and materials to furnish and install all
cabinet, casework and shelving, batt insulation, sprayed
on fireproofing, caulking and sealants as required for
each system listed in this bid package, hollow metal
doors and frames, aluminum doors and frames, solid core
and flush wood doors, door hardware, all glass and
glazing, partition wall framing and gypsum board, all
plaster and stucco, acoustical tile ceiling systems,
resilient flooring including base, carpeting including
base, all painting and fire extinguisher cabinets and
extinguishers.
Provide and install open shelf files. This includes
'open shelf files', which are denoted as 'lateral files'
on sheet A/1. Open shelf files are as specified in
specification section 12621, except that units are to be
seven (7) shelves high.
Provide and install aluminum thresholds.
Provide and install all materials and labor to satisfy
the requirement of rough carpentry.
Demolition and disposal of all partition walls, doors,
door frames, casework, shelving, existing flooring and
base, and existing acoustical tile.
Provide and install electric strike for door 202.
Remove and dispose of existing acoustic ceiling system
as indicated.
Provide and install temporary sound retention walls
including doors and subsequent removal and disposal.
Demolition and disposal of the clerestory aluminum
windows as indicated.
08/15/91
00120 - 2
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)
1. 2.10
1. 2 . 11
1. 2 . 12
1. 2 . 13
1.2.14
1. 2 . 15
1. 2.16
1.2.17
1. 2 . 18
Procure all necessary permits and licenses required for
the work in this Bid Package No.2, Architectural.
Insure that all field quality control testing on the work
of this Bid Package No.2, Architectural, is adequately
and sufficiently being performed.
Perform all field layout necessary for installation of
work in this Bid Package No.2, Architectural.
Paint underside of 2nd floor slab, and adjacent surfaces
in the building lobby.
Provide and install all necessary labor and materials to
erect new security corridor to courtroom B, excluding
placement of footings and piers, all electrical work and
mechanical work. This shall include any necessary tree
pruning to be coordinated through the County BiOlogist's
office. And also including, but not limited to any
rework necessary at the tie-in point to the existing
building, including CMU rework and relocation of door and
new door installation, all framing, insulation, interior
and exterior finishes, roofing, gutters, rain leaders,
splash blocks, doors, windows, stairs, tie-down straps,
embedded anchors, and A/C duct enclosures.
Provide and install carpet to carpet expansion joints per
detail 26 on drawing A/6. Provide new carpet in room
205 Hall.
The building will be occupied during the course of
construction. Therefore, appropriate temporary framed
plywood walls and dust barriers will be required to be
installed as necessary where this contractor is creating
hazards or dust.
Coordinate and verify with Civil/Structural contractor
that all chases, inserts, openings, sleeves, blockouts,
etc., which are a part of the Architectural contractors
work, have been furnished and installed prior to
placement of concrete.
Owner's Option No. 2-01:
An access stairs with an attached 8' x 6' prisoner
deshackling room at the southeast door of Courtroom "B".
Interior and exterior finishes to match the new Security
Corridor as depicted on drawing A/9. Foundation and
lighting to be similar also. An exterior door similar
to door 303 including hardware except not hooked up to
intrusion alarm system. No HVAC. Submittal shop
drawings required for approval prior to commencement of
work.
08/15/91
00120 - 3
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)
1. 2.19
1.2.20
1.2.21
1. 2.22
1.3
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.3.3
Owner's Option No. 2-02:
Approximately 38' of security fence to match existing
fence that separates the Public Work's yard from the
remainder of the County-owned property. To extend in a
north/south direction from the southeast corner of
Courtroom "B" to the aforementioned fence. Submittal
shop drawings required for approval prior to commencement
of work.
Owner's Option No. 2-03:
Same as Item 2a except to include 2 (two) 10' swing gates
including all required accessories. Gates to be field
located.
Owner's Option No. 2-04:
A blockout of the security corridor interior finish
around the existing northwest door of Courtroom "B" so
that future access can be easily obtained. Include all
necessary trim work.
Owner's Option No. 2-05:
Doors for Courtroom "A" main entrance for the intent of
creating a sound vestibule. New door to match existing
doors. Existing rough opening is approximately 6'.
Existing solid core wood doors are approximately 2'-9"
x 8'. Door hardware to match existing also. Submittal
shop drawings required for approval prior to commencement
of work.
BY OTHERS
Shop coat primer paint of structural steel and
miscellaneous metals.
All painting associated with the emergency generator or
fuel oil tank systems including the weatherproof
enclosure except for the requirements for the existing
generator room once repairs are made.
All touch-up painting associated with structural steel,
mechanical or electrical equipment.
08/15/91
00120 - 4
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)
SECTION 00130
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 3
Mechanical
1.1 GENERAL SCOPE
The Scope of Work shall include, but not be limited to,
the following items of work. The Contractor is required
to provide a complete job as contemplated by the drawings
and specifications, which are a part of this bid package.
Provide all labor, supervJ.sJ.on, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, construction equipment, transportation,
inspection, and proper execution and completion of all
Work specified on the drawings, and in the following
sections of the Specifications; including, but not
limited to:
SECTIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS
02220
03200
03300
07250
07920
09901
15010
15100
15180
15482
15760
15890
15936
15990
Structure Excavation and Backfill
Concrete Reinforcing
Cast-in-Place Concrete
Fireproofing
Caulking and Sealants
Painting
General Mechanical Requirements
Piping and Specialties
Insulation
Underground Fuel Storage Tank
HVAC Equipment
Ductwork
Air Distribution Devices
Testing and Balancing of HVAC Systems
1.2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS
The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change,
add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
The Work under this Bid Package shall include all related
Work specified here and described elsewhere. The
Contractor shall review all sections of the
Specifications and all Drawings and shall furnish all
labor and material for related Work here and described
1.2.1
08/15/91
00130 - 1
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)
1.2.14
1. 2 . 15
1. 2 . 16
1.2.17
1.3
1.3.1
performed.
Supply and install new
mounted A/C unit (AC-l),
all noted changes to
distribution devices per
louver, exhaust fan and wall
and relocate existing AHU and
existing ductwork and air
sheet M/5.
The building will be occupied during the course of
construction. Therefore, appropriate temporary framed
plywood walls and dust barriers will be required to be
installed as necessary where this contractor is creating
hazards or dust.
Coordinate and verify with Civil/Structural contractor
that all chases, inserts, conduit, boxes, openings,
sleeves, blockouts, etc., which are a part of the
Mechanical contractors work, have been furnished and
installed prior to placement of concrete.
All penetrations for the work of this contractor shall
be made in existing work, or coordinated and installed
in new work, by this contractor. This contractor shall
be responsible for sealing all penetrations for his work.
BY OTHERS
Power supply wiring to A/C units.
08/15/91
00130 - 3
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.2.5
1.2.6
1.2.7
1.2.8
1.2.9
1. 2 . 10
1. 2.11
1. 2 . 12
1. 2 . 13
Work specified therein as being a part of the Work. The
Work under this Bid Package shall include all necessary
equipment and materials to furnish and install the
upgrade of the entire air conditioning systems including
piping, equipment, control wiring, ductwork, distribution
devices and testing and balancing the system, and
concrete support pads.
Perform all excavation, trenching and backfill associated
with the work in this Bid Package No.3, Mechanical.
Procure all necessary permits and licenses required for
the work in this Bid Package No.3, site Mechanical.
Perform all field layout necessary for installation of
work in this Bid Package No.3, site Mechanical.
Provide and install emergency generator fuel oil tank
including all associated piping required to supply fuel
to the generator day tank including the vents, monitoring
well, manhole, tank level gauge, tank filler, leak
detection system, tie-downs and supports including the
concrete ballast, pea gravel backfill and concrete
topping slab. This contractor is to perform
specification section 15482 complete, and the Electrical
contractor will perform all work under 16620.
Remove existing hose bib and cap in the Atrium planter
area.
Remove existing clean out and replace as shown on plans.
Tie new ductwork into existing HVAC system and utilize
existing air distribution devices as indicated.
Install dry-well for A/C condensate line.
Provide and install fire safing and sealants at all
piping or ductwork thru-wall penetrations as required.
Remove and dispose of existing generator fuel tank and
all associated piping, etc. indicated for such.
Paint all pertinent items per specs and plans, including
touch-up of all materials required under this scope.
Contractor shall be responsible for paint touch-up on the
work of any other contractor, should it be damaged by
this contractor.
Insure all required quality control testing on the work
of this Bid Package No.3, is adequately and sufficiently
08/15/91
00130 - 2
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)
SECTION 00140
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 4
Electrical
1.1 GENERAL SCOPE
The Scope of Work shall include, but not be limited to,
the following items of work. The Contractor is required
to provide a complete job as contemplated by the drawings
and specifications, which are a part of this bid package.
Provide all labor, supervlslon, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, construction equipment, transportation,
inspection, and proper execution and completion of all
Work specified on the drawings, and in the following
sections of the Specifications; including, but not
limited to:
SECTIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS
07250
07920
09901
16010
16110
16115
16120
16130
16140
16150
16155
16160
16170
16180
16250
16450
16510
16620
16740
Fireproofing
Caulking and Sealants
Painting
Basic Electrical Requirements
Raceways
Empty Conduit System
Wires, Cables and Connectors
Outlet, Pull and Junction Boxes
Switches and Receptacles
Motors, Auxiliaries
Individually Mounted Motor Starter
Panel Boards
Disconnects
Overcurrent Protective Devices
Automatic Transfer Switches
Grounding
Interior Lighting
Standby Power Generator System
Telephone System
08/15/91
00140 - 1
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.2.5
1.2.6
1.2.7
1.2.8
1.2.9
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change,
add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
The Work under this Bid Package shall include all related
Work specified here and described elsewhere. The
Contractor shall review all sections of the
Specifications and all Drawings and shall furnish all
labor and material for related Work here and described
Work specified therein as being a part of the Work. The
Work under this Bid Package shall include all necessary
equipment and materials to furnish and install all
electrical work required.
Power services for the HVAC system including safety
disconnect switches and final connection. This includes
any rerouting or hook-up necessary due to the relocation
of the AHU as shown on drawing E/8 and also includes
services to AC-1 in the secured corridor.
Provide and install fire safing and sealants at all
electrical thru-wall penetrations as required.
Remove and dispose of existing generator
associated parts including wiring, etc.
indicated for such.
and
which
all
are
Provide and install all power wiring and lighting
including panel boards, receptacles and switches to
complete the system. This includes all the associated
work as depicted on drawing E/8.
Provide and install power and
excluding the electric strikes
mechanism for door 202.
the complete
for the door
system
release
Provide and install exhaust fan on roof of existing
generator room.
Provide and install empty conduits with pull wire as
indicated and outlets for the telephone and digital
controller system.
Provide and install new emergency generator and all
required power supplies as indicated including new
distribution panels, raceways, etc. (Generator housing
is also included.) Provide for FKEC Allowance per
General Requirements section 01020 Allowances. This
08/15/91
00140 - 2
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)
1. 2 .10
1. 2 .11
1.2.12
1. 2 . 13
1.2.14
1. 2 . 15
1. 2.16
1.2.17
1. 2 . 18
1. 2 . 19
contractor shall perform all work under section 16620.
The Mechanical contractor shall perform all work under
section 15482.
Paint all electrically supplied and installed materials
as required as per spec section 09901, including touch-
up as needed.
Provide and install complete intrusion alarm system for
doors 108, 302, and 303 including keypad annunciator,
control panel, magnetic contacts, conduit and all
associated wiring, boxes and terminations. Also provide
intrusion alarm (0-4) for existing door to stairway
located on the North-East corner of building ground
level. This is an addition to Sheet E-8.
Provide power to new exhaust fan located in the elevator
machine room.
Provide and install emergency lighting with battery pack
system as shown on drawings E/1, E/2 and E/8.
Provide and install emergency exit light.
Provide and install fire alarm system including all horns
and pull stations and wiring to existing panel.
Provide, hook-up and maintain a temporary portable
generator to replace the existing emergency generator
during the construction phase. This will be required
from the time the existing generator room will be needed
to occupy the new electrical panels, etc., until the new
emergency is installed, to limit the down time that the
system will not be protected with an emergency generator.
The building will be occupied during the course of
construction. Therefore, appropriate temporary framed
plywood walls and dust barriers will be required to be
installed as necessary where this contractor is creating
hazards or dust.
Coordinate and verify with Civil/Structural contractor
that all chases, inserts, conduit, boxes, openings,
sleeves, blockouts, etc., which are a part of the
Electrical contractors work, have been furnished and
installed prior to placement of concrete.
Electrical Trade Contractor shall be responsible for
demolition and relocation of all electrical circuits and
devices within renovated areas.
08/15/91
00140 - 3
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)
1.3
1.3.1
1.3.2
BY OTHERS
All control wiring for the A/C units.
All demolition and disposal not deemed as an existing
electrical item.
08/15/91
00140 - 4
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)
PRE-BID MEETING AGENDA
PLANTATION KEY COURTHOUSE ATRIUM ENCLOSURE,
RENOVATION OF EXISTING OFFICES,
AND EMERGENCY GENERATOR
Bid Package NO.1, Civil/structural
Bid Package NO.2, Architectural
Bid Package NO.3, Mechanical
Bid Package NO.4, Electrical
August 12, 1991
1. Sign-in Sheet, and Bid Package intending to Bid.
2. Notice of Calling for Bids
Time and date for submitting bid
Location for submitting bid
3. Instructions to Bidders
Submit (1) original, and (4) copies - due to distribution reg.
Photocopy pages from Bid Book-do not remove pages
Items to include:
o 5% Bid Bond - separate envelope
o All other items - separate envelope, containing:
Proposal Form
Unit Price Schedule
Contractor Evaluation Form
Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause
Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes
Non-Collusion Affidavit
Subcontractor Listing
100% Public Construction Bond required
Contractors will be required to manload proj ect to meet
schedule. Schedule will be submittal requirement.
4. Milestone Schedule
5. Proposed Subcontractor Listing
Percentage of each subcontract, is $ subcontract/total bid.
08/12/91
PRE-BID MEETING AGENDA
1
6. General Conditions
(1) million dollar insurance policies required by County.
7. General Requirements
Everyone to review for additional responsiblities, e.g.,
01595 - Construction Cleaning.
Pay particular attention to:
01301-Submittals - stringent procedure
01310-Progress Schedules - updating, and manloading
8. Project Safety
Intended to eliminate injuries. Therefore, shall be a hard
hat job, along with long pants, appropriate shoes and shirts.
No exceptions. Safety non-compliances will be issued if not
adhered to.
Activity Hazard Analysis shall be prepared and submitted for
approval.
9. PBS&J letter, regarding addendum.
10.
Scopes of Work, review and take questions concurrently.
B.P. 1 - review Scope of Work, drawings and tech. specs.
B.P. 2 - review Scope of Work, drawings and tech. specs.
B.P. 3 - review Scope of Work, drawings and tech. specs.
B.P. 4 - review Scope of Work, drawings and tech. specs.
11. Questions remaining.
08/12/91
PRE-BID MEETING AGENDA
2
PRE-BID MEETING MINUTES
PLANTATION KEY COURTHOUSE ATRIUM ENCLOSURE,
RENOVATION OF EXISTING OFFICES,
AND EMERGENCY GENERATOR
Bid Package NO.1, Civil/Structural
Bid Package NO.2, Architectural
Bid Package NO.3, Mechanical
Bid Package NO.4, Electrical
Date:
Location:
August 12, 1991, 10:00am
Monroe County Service Buildings, Chapel Building
Attendees:
See attached list, made a part of these minutes.
o The first part of this meeting was a review of the front-end
documents.
o
The pre-bid agenda was distributed to all attendees.
agenda was followed.
This
o The following item numbers correspond to the numbers on the
pre-bid agenda.
1. The sign-in sheet was explained, including the requirement for
which bid package each prospective bidder is bidding. We want
to be sure that the Owner is going to get sufficient bids for
each bid package. Before this meeting adjourns, we will make
sure everyone has signed in.
2. The time and date for receipt of bids at the Clerk of Courts
office, Danny Kolhage, is on or before Monday, August 19,
1991, 10:00 am.
3. Due to the distribution requirements of the Clerk, one (1)
original of your bid and (4) copies are to be submitted.
Bidders are required to photocopy submission documents from
the bidding documents. Do not remove from the bid books, in
that the $50 plan deposit may be forfeited. The bid books
will be distributed as contract books after award, and will
also be used for as-built record sets.
Each bid will consist of two envelopes, put into one larger
envelope. One of the two envelopes will contain the bid bond,
and the other envelope will contain all the other proposal
documents. Both of these envelopes will be put into one
08/14/91
MEETING MINUTES
3
larger envelope. Be sure to put in big bold letters on the
front of each envelope "Bid Bond", and "Proposal Documents".
Reference Instructions to Bidders 00100-8.
Items that make up the "Proposal Documents", are the proposal
form(insert prices, sign-off, acknowledge addenda, etc.), and
the unit price schedule. The numbers on the unit price
schedule will not be used to determine the lowness of your
bid, but are used for adds and deducts for changes during the
course of the job.
other forms the County requires for the bid includ~ Lobbying
and Conflict of Interest Clause, Sworn Statement of Public
Entity Crimes, and the Non-Collusion Affidavit. Make sure you
include copies of these, properly filled out.
The last item to be prepared is the subcontractor listing.
This form is self-explanatory.
The County is requiring a 100%
Performance Bond is no longer
the County Attorney to be
Construction Bond.
Public Construction Bond. The
required, as it was deemed by
overlapping with the Public
4. The schedule will be a submittal requirement.
5. The subcontractor listing also asks for the percentage of each
subcontract, which is the particular subcontract value divided
by the total bid.
6. A one million dollar insurance policy is being required by the
County. Bidders need to carefully review insurance sections
to understand total extent of insurance requirements.
7. Each bidder is to review Division One General Requirements as
there may be some additional responsibilities of contractors.
For example, Section 01595 - Construction Cleaning, as this
will be a requirement for those contractors whose work will
be affected.
Section 01301 - Submittals. This section describes a thorough
procedure. Bidders need to be sure to incl ude enough
overhead, manpower, time and effort to get submittals done
right.
Progress Schedule, Section 01310, there needs to be a pretty
good knowledge of scheduling to comply with this section, for
manloading and updating.
8. We are making it clear that our intent is to eliminate
injuries. The project will be a hard hat job, long pants,
08/14/91
MEETING MINUTES
4
proper shoes and shirts. Safety on the project affects not
only the bidders ability to compete, but also our ability to
compete on other projects. We will be scrutinized by our own
in-house safety department. Our requirements are being passed
down to the contractors.
Phase hazard analysis will be required to be submitted by
contractors, to suggest what the appropriate safety measures
are that will be followed for possible hazards, and we will
be making sure it complies with our overall safety program,
before that particular activity starts.
9. Reviewed PBS&J letter, dated 08/01/91, and stated that
addendum #1 will incorporate the items in this letter.
10. Review of the scopes of work for the separate bid packages was
bypassed in order to get right to bidder questions.
11. Questions are as follow:
1.
Spec. section 07920, paragraph 1.03, B:
warranty or guarantee is required for
caulking work?
What type of
sealant type
Two (2) year guarantee in accordance with paragraph 1.03
B, section 07920 of the technical specifications.
2. What type of material is required for shelves in closet,
room 107, as called for on Sheet A-1?
C-Select white pine or DFPA A-A Grade plywood wi th
hardwood edges in accordance wi th Paragraph 2. 01 C,
Section 06200 of the Technical Specifications.
3. Request Specifications for new panic hardware for
existing double doors as called for on Sheet A-9.
Exit Devices shall be in accordance with Section 08710,
Finish Hardware. Product may be as manufactured by
Corbin, Russwin, Von Duprin or approved equal.
4. Specification section 08710, paragraph 2.01 A states "New
hardware is to match existing hardware in type and
finish." Contractor requests list of manufacturers.
The following manufacturers or approved equal are
acceptable:
Butts:
Locks:
Exit Devices:
Hager, Stanley, MCKinney
Schlage, General
Corbin, Russwin, Von Duprin
08/14/91
MEETING MINUTES
5
Closers:
stop and Holders:
Coordinators:
Miscellaneous items:
Thresholds:
LCN, Norton
Corbin, Russwin
Von Duprin or equal
Cipco, Ives, Corbin
Pemko, Zero, Reese
style and finish are to match existing as closely as
possible.
5. Sheet A-9, Detail 3-A, indicates one row of column pads
for the new security corridor are extending under the
existing trailer. How do you wish to proceed with this
situation?
Plans call for 2 ft. x 2 ft. square footing 3 ft. deep,
not an auger hole. The existing structure is
approximately 3 ft. above the ground. The proposed
footing extends underneath existing structure by 8",
therefore, the excavation could be accomplished using a
small backhoe.
6.
Sheet A-9 shows new metal
corridor to match existing.
existing material?
siding for the security
What type of siding is the
The existing metal siding is .019 aluminim siding; color
is colonial white having a smooth finish. Existing
mobile units were manufactured by Custom Craft. Siding
can be purchased through Williams Mobile Offices, 2419
North Andrews, Pompano Beach, Florida 33064, 1-800-782-
1500.
7. Were any soils tests conducted and are any available to
the proposed bidders?
No soils tests taken. Contractor shall take note of
Paragraph 1.01 C, Section 02220 of the Technical
Specifications.
8. How is insulation under new security corridor to be
attached/secured?
Insulation shall be installed in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations.
9. What is the required reinforcing for the 4'-6" x 5'-8"
concrete slab shown on Sheet A/9?
The reinforcing shall be 3" x 3" w5/w5 welded wire fabric
(min. steel area of .20 sq. in./ft.)
08/14/91
MEETING MINUTES
6
10. Specification section 09680, paragraph 2.01 A.2 states
"Color and Pattern as selected by A/E." What is the type
of pattern and is there a manufacturer?
Delete paragraph 2.01 B from section 09680 as no pad is
required for glue down carpet. Delete the word "Pattern"
and furnish and install carpet as manufactured by Lee's
Commercial Carpet Company or approved equal.
11. What type of semi-recessed fire extinguisher cabinets are
acceptable? Reference section 10520.
Fire extinguisher cabinets shall be as manufactured by
Larsen's Manufacturing Company or approved equal.
12. What are the specifications and color of the new gutters
and leaders shown on Sheet A-9?
The aluminum gutters and leaders shall be white and as
manufactured by Alcoa Building Products or approved
equal.
13. Is it required to utilize 3 X material for stairs as
shown on Detail 4, Sheet A-9?
Yes.
14. What type of strike is required for Door 202? It is
indicated in Door Schedule, Sheet A/7 and on Sheet E-4,
but not in Section 08710.
The buzzer and electric strike for door 202 shall be as
manufactured by Adams Rite Company or approved equal.
Additional clarifications to issues raised in the meeting
1. The schedule was discussed, and the possibility of a revised
schedule was stated. See Addendum No. 1 for this revised
schedule.
2. Contractors work schedule will have to be coordinated with the
using agencies through the Construction Manager.
3. Working hours as defined in section 01220, remain as
described. There will be no work performed after 4:30 pm, or
on weekends without prior coordination with the Construction
Manager.
4. Contractors mail box location and scheduled coordination
meetings will be located at the jobsite.
08/14/91
MEETING MINUTES
7
PLANTATION KEY COURTHOUSE ATRIUM ENCLOSURE,
RENOVATION OF EXISTING OFFICES,
AND EMERGENCY GENERATOR
PRE-BID MEETING
AUGUST 12, 1991
10:00 am
Bid Package NO.1, Civil/Structural
Bid Package NO.2, Architectural
Bid Package NO.3, Mechanical
Bid Package NO.4, Electrical
NAME
COMPANY
PHONE
BIDDING
BID PKG
ex.John srnithSrnith Metal Works, Inc.294-5000 3
1. j~ r ~b- I~ k!Gu{\; ts-
2. c: J>ol...,..f 7f -:J 4( N'> .:;J;.... ~ ~ f. i.r
3. rj67 11../ Jk~e.../S A4,A[--;-~(}N
'L1~ - 7 ~1S-
--
r ~ ~<
L.J~/JW\'L C- Ii:};"!
~,..?- 7"7..50
'1~-Z 1737
I '- ~''( 132 /7_~
7)
-r-- A" - ~ ?' '0 '- \)
4. /! /{"-15f2! C L[J'7e-":'h_-'c i~' -cc,- ':',1 L ,SS",c , ~,~ ".J /::.' II "2-
5. ~h-t lCl!?$~(!..L) &1 /'Lvm$,.17 ~;jeA-r;''lJ 61'1-70J-I 3 f,q)( 95';'.71
1 /1) h 4 / l3;;i/~(); I 6/:,c J;; C- C2 q f . 6 q'Vu L/
6. i/l/" flAw; Uf/J.-j~()/) /
A~..o / LO ;,? I / 2-/ 3
7. /7/1I'tK /105;4~c.7 / rO:5.Ac;'~,:> L"t?/r/-/...t.,~/.d~ ~t'1-"Fi-;' &.........7 /k~, U;,.......r0..t
I . -~ '"-f- . d 9~' :?" ----
8. JiK...L M A)<; w":" (( ~,//lJ'~k<:...-1 CI C ...~ .,' - -"~' I 7- 3C5 0<1.:(. d.
9. Ji'l(r;~['~~1~ {)L~' ~6~5S.v~f~5iw,~;::;:t. f~;",,,..^tnc^'
---J ~r~1.~f~DO It
10. ~c.,'
'" - " I;. ""
Ii, ~
'T1')~.. 'I
- '.-' ' "." )
.~ - ,,',
1 . ,,'.
. . (A~ 14'1, - "2. &.1';:'
:{7: - j!j "
FA"'.
11.
r ...
" .
(
-
\
12. {S~<;,\' -A Ie- L6 "" 0"'-'11 - KA- \ N\tf.6It!tL
/
I (,,~ r:,~.;! ]
.:::?
-'
13 ..~ ./ ,', " ,,\ .\,. - ,l-
. ,_ ' ",,/!"i ". " '" '",0""",' ,_,' r...
,I,
I;'
(~ --".
,'l /~.- ~~
~Z-.. ~.
( ':;..- ;~ 7BD/
~ ~-.:,.. ,/
FJt1 '/
, ~S-.it 7c;,-"
14 1-1/4""; /3,;) ..<'~':- >.- ,. / .-
.
/K~~ rl',-/./ /
'--/'
,-(
-
15.
08/12/91
SIGN-IN SHEET
1
· PBSJ
POST.
BUCKLEY.
SCHUH &..
JERNIGAN. INC.
August 1, 1991
Morrision Knudsen/Gerrits
Post Office Box 5283
Key West, Florida 33045
Douglas A. Fuller, Project Manager
Plantation Key Courthouse
Review Comments by Morrison/Knudsen/Gerrits
ATfN:
Subject:
Dear Sir:
Pursuant to your letter dated June 12, 1991 (copy enclosed) regarding final review
and questions on the construction plans and technical specifications for the atrium
enclosure, office renovation, emergency generator and courtroom security work to be
performed at the Plantation Key Government Center, PBS&J has reviewed your
comments/questions and our response is as follows per item:
Items 1, 2 & 3:
Item 4:
Item 5:
Item 6:
Item 7:
Item 8:
Item 9:
Item 10:
Item 11:
Item 12:
Item 13:
Item 14:
Item 15:
Item 16:
Item 17:
Item 18:
Item 19:
Item 20:
Item 21:
A Footing Detail :# 6/A-9 has been added to the plans (see
Sketch :# 1 enclosed herewith).
Yes (see Sketch :# 2 enclosed herewith).
New carpeting is to be installed in Room 205 (Hall) in accordance
with room finish schedule.
No, do not recommend, could cause conflict at existing door jamb.
Also, the beam support at that area falls on the side of the
column.
Yes
No
Yes, if possible, verify at site
Yes, pamted
Yes, replaced
Yes, at transitions of carpet to vinyl tile
There are two separate air conditioning main ducts at eithei side
of existins tie beam (at phases 1 & 2).
The existmg storefront in this area is to be removed and replaced
with new partition Type ftAft. The existing door is to remain (see
Sketch :# 3 enclosed herewith).
Existing double doors are to remain, with panic hardware added to
each leaf as indicated on Sheet A/9 (see Sketch # 4 enclosed
herewith).
The existing A/C system for this area is to remain (see Sketch #
5 enclosed herewith).
Relocate (see Sketch # 6 enclosed herewith).
Yes (see Sketch # 7 enclosed here\Vith).
Change doors 101 and 201 from Alum./Glass to Hollow Metal with
10 X 10 vision panels "C" Label.
Yes,. ft.Cft ~bel (3/4 hr. rating).
SpeCIfICatIOnS controls; use cement ratio of 0.55.
1 NORTH KRO""E AVE"JUE f-'(Y'c~-c';D fLOR.JD~ 33:3:'
TILEI'HO~[ 305/248.4750' ".\ 305;245.9208
Morrison Knudsen/Gerrits
· August 1, 1991
Page 2
Should you have any questions, please contact me at the Homestead PBS&J office.
Very truly yours,
POST, BUCKLEY, SCHUH & JERNIGAN, INC.
f. '~.;{{;vr! fr-'
Sr. Project Manager
hmJCRR/C:2/lf
Enclosures
04-017.65
PBS
-
~MORRISON/.~RJ.a' 5
~KNUDSEN ~
A JOINT VENTUM
PO BOX 5283
KEY WEST. FLORIDA 33045-5283
TELEPHONE (305) 292.7845
FAX (305) 292.9697
June 12, 1991
./'
Serial No. PC-OTT-008
Post, Buckley, Schuh and Jernigan
1 N. Krome Avenue
Homestead, Florida 33030
Attention:
C. Robert Rogers
Subject:
Final Review of Bid Documents
Plantation Key Courthouse
Monroe County Capital Improvements Program
Dear Sir:
Reference is made to the Bid Set of documents containing revision
1 which were received by this office on June 10, 1991, for the
atrium enclosure and office renovation work at the Plantation Key
Government Center. A cursory review of the anticipated changes has
led to some new and some old unanswered questions. They are as
follows:
1. Should the steel anchor embedded into the concrete block for
the security corridor foundation be detailed more accurately?
2. Will the bidders need to know the embed length of the 2 '5
dowels into the footing for the security corridor?
3. Is there any steel in the security corridor footings?
4. Does the stair detail as depicted on drawing A/9 utilize a l'
_ 4" face stringer that the rail pickets attach to?
5. Detail 26 on drawing A/6 indicates that the existing carpeting
is to remain in room 205. However, the room finish schedule
clearly calls for new carpeting. Which is correct?
6. Should detail 24 on drawing A/6 extend the gypsum board box
out around the face of column as does details 17 and 18 on
A/6? If not, wouldn't the beam support be exposed to view?
7. Are finishes required below and behind the lateral files?
8. Can the existing ceiling grid be reused?
9. Do existing flooring materials get removed prior to the new
carpeting and VCT going down?
~IIORAISON/~--
~KNUDSEN ~.-
A JOINT VENTUIIIl
Mr. C. R. Rogers
PC-OTT-008
June 12, 1991
Page 2
10. In existing areas (Phase II) should entire rooms be painted?
11. Shouldn't the existing ceiling on the second floor, Phase lIt
be replaced?
12. Should reducer or transition strips be utilized at doorways
where no thresholds are required? i.e...doors 211 and 210?
13. Shouldn't mechanical drawing MIl depict the first floor into
two phases?
14. The existing storefront and alumlgl door west of the toilets
on the second floor has not been changed per the Fire
Marshal's request. Is this acceptable?
15. Are existing double doors to the security corridor to be
removed as discussed? If not, should they be added to the
door schedule?
16. Is the existing duct work, diffusers and RIA grills shown west
of the atrium on the second floor to remain as is or are these
new and relocated items?
17. The fire alarm pull station at the north end of the second
floor by the stairs is depicted as being located on or below
a window. Is this an acceptable location?
18. Can the fire alarm pull station at.the south end of the second
floor be relocated to the adj acent new partition wall as
previously discussed?
19. As noted in MK/G letter PC-OTT-005, doors 101 and 201 are
required to have a minimum 1 hour fire rating. The door
schedule shows them as unlabeled. Is this acceptable?
20. Past experience tells us that B labeled doors have a 45 minute
fire rating and that C labeled doors have a 1 hour and 30
minute fire rating. These are acceptable ratings for 1 and
2 hour fire walls respectively. The door schedule lists many
of the doors in non rated walls with a C label. Is this
PBS&J's intent?
21. The maximum water to cement ratio is 0.68 on drawing 5/2 and
0.55 in specification section 03300 paragraph 2.02, A2. Which
is correct?
~MORRISON/..DaIT5
~KNUDSEN -~
.. JQ::n vtNTUM
Mr. C. R. Rogers
PC-OTT-008
June 12, 1991
Page 3
Please review and respond accordingly as expeditiously as possible
so that your answers can be incorporated into the bid documents.
If there are any questions concerning this matter, please contact
Mr. Jay Spacke of this office at your earliest convenience.
Sincerely,
MORRISON/KNUDSEN-GERRITS
A Joint Venture
A, L A 1.IL
Douglas A. Fuller
Project Manager
JMS/la
611" I~II c..otJt:.., ~ I
~J""P, ~/~.JS~
~~.
~. r&~'~
c
Q
.
'"
~
i4> f2.4e.,,J,.
'~"'_I
I,.,J' ~I,i~" ~
,~
..
"
~ ri
~ ~ ~
~.~ ~
FOOTING DETAil.
Ne-W Oe,b..ll;.
~~'~IA~ I
...5K~1I Nt). .J
I I .. I '-"L1,"-A--'1-1~" -;;'." ,', ',...
:-'. . ,r "'~ ~.... ,- ,-It:.." ,-..., ~. __ .~-:::.~.
~'
mss POST. BUCKLEY, SCHUH &. JERNIGAN, JNC.
..
54
--
'2,.x(P p;r,~
H~NO ~ to. ~'/
'2."~ ~T"iJpI
~1'-6 J5I'a",
~
~1.A1J2.. DE-, AI 1-
IA~i I
...:SK~rCN hlJ. .2
I 't",. , - I I
r" '. ;.. ./",
1:-
- 1-11 <r,/ ;;" -r;-
.~
- r" j
/")
I __ f
~
~KJ!'IC)( MJ . ~
v
~- 1
".\t ti
\---
-1
~
,. ~~
.L.
~ w l!t z
~ Z lLJ
0 ~
~ w -~i 0
u) U) ~~~ ~
~ ~ ~~. .
J: ..
d- o.. -~f -.-=----:... [
tg
-~
..J
U
->-
lLJ
Z
a:
o
..-
..-
c:::(
>-
w
z
a::
o
~
'.'-
~\
-
-4\
j--
~
~
r
~
--{
~
--
~
z
E9
, Ii
~~u~
'X. ~'iI\
a\ \l..'
.,
1 t.
, liD
-L~t
fi) \.f~!'
~ ~ ~~~
1\\~~
Jl\2!'lCII ~. 4
1
~~
f-
~~t
--..J\It-
IV~'l UJ
~
\U
.t:!
~~~
~~~
1~~
~~~ ~~
:z~~ bet
~lt ~~
~~ SI-
., - 4 ....i.(\
'-J~-
~F~
1~f
:z~;R
,.:,.......
(~D
-- .
---~-
ON.
~
::D
('\~
~JC
-a~
~~
"\\
i\;!
V""
"
"1\
~K'~rCJI lID .~-
-
<~
-4
o
::u .
~ IC
o ..
Z
-4
~:i:
~ J(
~tJ
-"oJ N
~
-
l;\'
L.
- .\ I ~
)
~ :1
l> ~
-4 r L
-4 r -l
::0 ~t-
z
rT1 ~
~ ~
x
\' \~
..5KE'lClI Nf). ~
I -
SKLTCfi N~. G
~
t .
--
:*-
1-
"1
1\)
J:
~
.
- \L
!~
_ ..J
..J
ct
J:
\
d\
rm
_PR/tJR ",.7N5 :4
of_DDfJ~ _
P~"~N
~ W;1lI~W/
_ .xAC"-_~G,4
-M<<TMrINt!i~ &
12~ ~ 11). Z.4V__ h_ n
TRANSP. - ---
.HTD._I/J cttl' 'II
SPAC~_-___--
CL.
.4\1
5LK-O/~
-5,('e~ Nt). "-
.
~.f'V 1l?J.-.l ~':( "..,V.l\ f".JT iF I f:1
~r,.l
('\ ,~
~~ ~
I ~~ :A
r,- In o~ ) (l
"* ",(~ ~
, .- 6 ~~ t
-1 z '" }
~ > h
L ~~ ~'J
r ~9 ~~
~ I .-
~ I ml1' or4 + ~ ~
'> % ci
~ -' I
LaJ "'ID ... J\ J\.
c \)1 \.) w \,) \ \J \ w
-1 -'
::) ~,
o :o~ ~
w ~,
:J: III J
OaS't-)t; ,,\ ~\~ It;., !(~
C C -4 ( , \ I ~'...:- I
U)c-;'" - - ~ -
Ii. ~ f:'-i .~ ~ ~ t f - ~ f ~ ~
a: ii'" r. } \ :i: \ ":>--} ~ -, i::l
o i: .~ ~ 1 1 4 ~( ~ i ~ :i ~
o ~.! > f 8 t ft f i J \. fJ l ~!.i R
C .." ""tt .....:z J l -r~ \f) l ~..}
!ii 3.' ~ c! ~ ~ ~ ~ 3 ' 3,'~ ~ ~ ~ ~ \l
2( f' rt-fi f: -ti ..... ~. ~ t <t t r, ~ .(\ (i ~ ~ .'-
~ ~
~~~~~D~n~(~~~~~D0~~~~~~Q
a: ,
>
o
o
o
~)
Pt" ~.-
~ ~ ~ .)
:t.. I '>.~ f\...
~~ , ~~;j 1-':
[~a:: fr -J
rt'2 ... .'1. ~
~~ '( ~c ;:s~ ~,
~~ > ~i *1
~) ~ o~ ~t
\)~ Ci f~'~
ri~~: ~, :; I~
.fi~; ~~ t-! ~
I ~...
~~l/)\j~l{)~-,-
,
~1O-_....~~~-
,~
~j
~I
ua
d
'1\
-'l
~
. .
a a
ri !
g C
"'2 ~
~ ::)
~
lJ1
\l \j \ .o\) \J\l\} ~ \j\)
) \ ~ \ ~
, .
!i")
to,
-
i
,
~~
~Si
-
- -
--
rtl{
. .
- -
_ ': . = -= '=, = = ~ ~ ~~ ~ ;.. *;. ..L....L- -...... ~ :l. ~
t~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
~_ ,'i' , # ,. (' t ~...... ~ <<'l ~ " ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .
-, ~ -- y '/. "){ '"
, ~, ~ )l. x 'l(. 'I. 't '1- _ 'i ... X , _~,: ! -="l I: ')r. 'I. _ =- _ ~ r-:-.
w~~ ~~~~ ~~~~~~~~ -~~~~~
.~ \ l~ ~ ~ -' -{ -~ _~ -' _,i -' ~ ' i -{ -:-~ ~ jJ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
ctl ~ -~ ~ ~ ~ ~ '/. ~ ~ ~: ~ " ~ 'J ~ 'J ~ ~ " '# '" '/. x
)( ,,1('" "ll. ~ ~ 'lC.. l( _)l \ "0(. 'It ~ l.. X 'I ).. 'J "",'f. f= -= "'" =
( i, -~ -~ ~ ~ ~~ -", ~ J ~f~ 1 ~ 3l ~ J ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ -~ J ~
~.~.~~~~~~~~~~NN~~~~~~~~~
'-'
("\. -' .r"\ ,~
'"-- 1'('\ .....- '" _ N -" I.-\- \!\ ~ "-- .f'I ~ -^
.. (\ _. N 1:"
.
Ul C. L;
~ J ~~
t -( ~Ci:.
g ii~
~ x2~
~ ~~ ~~
"I! '1...l 4'-
Ii) ~f. ~g
t-J\.9v
~ d)
\.
I
~ \; .
St~
~ )t... ,
1U
t-= ~ I
~ t- \
'J. 'J.. 4
aU ~ I
- \
\.
r
\
,
~_. . ~ t
'4" ~ _ ~
'f.. ..1 :l
111 c{ ~ ~
~ i -i ~
( ~ " t
~ ..;;, )
~ ~ ~ c
\
,
tfi<t~u
-:v -: ~ "'<1- -
'1-'t. ,~
!:. ~ ~
y)( -;).
~ -({) - "=
_I \ QJ (j
~ - _I ,
~~~
X Y -.: '1
= ~
~ <:l OlJ
- _, I I
~~~({)
-I~I..{'\I~
SECTION 00121
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid package No. 2
Architectural
BID TO
MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
500 WHITEHEAD STREET
KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package NO.2, Architectural
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized
himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the
Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics,
superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation
services, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete
said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman-like manner, in
conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract
Documents including Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected
the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together
wi th the local sources of supply and that he understands the
conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful
bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays
arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent
physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by
reference to documentary information provided and made available,
and from inspection and examination of the site.
08/15/91
PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1)
00121-1
1.
Mobilization
3.
Permits
$
$
$
$
$
2.
General Conditions
4.
Bonds
5.
Demolition and removal of all materials within
scope
6.
Erection of all partition wall excluding
security corridor
$
7.
Installation of doors and windows and all
associated hardware excluding security corridor
$
8.
Erection of security corridor, Complete
$
9. All costs associated with room finishes excluding $
security corridor
10. Owner option No. 2-01: Deshackling room and $
stairs to southeast door of Courtroom "B".
11. Owner Option No. 2-02: Security fence behind $
Courtroom "B".
12. Owner Option No. 2-03: Security fence with swing $
gates behind Courtroom "B".
13. Owner option No. 2-04: Security Corridor interior$
blockout around Courtroom "B" northwest door.
14. Owner Option No. 2-05: Sound deadening vestibule $
doors at main entrance to Courtroom "A".
TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 14 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL BID, (words)
DOLLARS
08/15/91
PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1)
00121-2
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1 through 3 of the Proposal Form , and
attached the required Bid Security , Unit Price Schedule ,
Contractor Evaluation Form____, Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non-
Collusion Affidavit____, and proposed Subcontractor listing____.
(Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
Witness:
(Seal)
08/15/91
PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1)
00121-3
SECTION 00350
MILESTONE SCHEDULE
This section contains the project schedule. Each contractor
is to study the applicable parts, or milestones, in order to
determine his proposed scheduling for the project.
Coordinate construction scheduling and operations with the
Construction Manager so as to meet the milestone and
completion dates as outlined.
The Contractors are to note the following special items.
a.
Bid Due Date .
. . . . . .08/19/91
. . . . . .08/28/91
b.
Award Date (Anticipated)
c. Notice to Proceed (Anticipated). . . . .08/29/91
d. Bid Package No. 1 - Civil/Structural:
The Work shall be substantially complete
calendar days after the commencement
established in the Notice to Proceed.
(102)
date
e. Bid Package No. 2 - Architectural:
The Work shall be substantially complete (187)
calendar days after the commencement date
established in the Notice to Proceed.
f. Bid Package No. 3 - Mechanical:
The Work shall be SUbstantially complete (172)
calendar days after the commencement date
established in the Notice to Proceed.
g. Bid Package No. 4 - Electrical:
The Work shall be substantially complete
calendar days after the commencement
established in the Notice to Proceed.
(178)
date
08/15/91
MILESTONE SCHEDULE (ADD. 1)
00350 - 1
[] .
';iCT >
:::Ere ~
~ ~
co r-- B
w
g LL
re ~
c
[:;: c
zR 00000 c ~
"'ire Q
u:
~ 0 0
re D~DDD a
(' ,
~LD 0 ,
0
CT ~ OOODD mm
_HD
ru :::J:::J
re """) <<
cD""'
';:; ru-
Q.jQ.j
ODD - ~~
>-CI 00
0 DO ~ ~~
:z ~ ~a
.c ~-
0 en oc-
""
g: DO
~" 0 DO UJ
~i5~ -W E
0 C ::J
r-- ill .~
E L
0 ill +-'
~ [] :> <[
0 OJ
I ~UD i L QJ ~
8:Ju: Cl (J) ::J
lfl I j~~~ E ::J D
0 -~- ~ 0 QJ
~D I .c: .c:
~ +-' U
("\ CD L [J)
~ u " -+-' ::J
~ ~D .~ 0 C
",,0 ! - N Cl U 0
CD ~
::J " " U >- +-'
<("\ ~ ill U
~ ~ >- :::.::: ::J
~
-+-' L
~ ~ C C -+-'
-oR ~ 0 ::J 0 (J)
'" '" 0 ~ C
U -+-' 0
CD U
rI m m m N N ~ ~ m m m m m m m m m m m m m m i i ~ m m ~ m m ~ m m m m m ~ N N N N N N ill +-'
--,en m m ~ ~ m m m m m m 0 C
a:- z '" '" '" ~ '" u z ~ ~ ~ "- ~ ~ u u u ~ ~ ~ u u > > > '" > u u u u u u u u u z z z z z z
" " " " a ~ ~ ~ ~ '" '" '" '" ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
<{z ~ ~ ~ ~ '" '" ~ '" ~ ~ ~ '" ~ '" '" '" ~ ~ ~ '" '" z z z z z '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ L CD
w;: ~ ~ ~ '" '" m N ~ ~ ~ N N '" ~ ~ ~ '" ru N ~ ~ ~ ru m m ~ '" ~ C ~
ru N N ru ru ru N
I ! 0 D-
:L
r~ i i m m ~ m N ~ ~ ~ m ~ m ~'~ i i ~ -,- cnla: ~ ~ ~ i ~ ~ ~ m ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ m i ~ ~ ru N ru ru ru
--'CI ~ ~ ~ ~ m ~ ~ ~ m m
z '" '" u u ~ '" '" "- ~ ~ ~ '" > > > > > u u u u u u u z z z z z
~,::: " " " a ~ ~ ~ a a ~ ~ ~ ~ " u u wlw '" '" '" '" '" '" ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ '" '" '" ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ '" '" '" '" z z z z z z '" '" '" '" '" '" '" ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
wen ~ '" m ~ '" ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ _ ru '" '" '" ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ '" ~ ~ '" _ru
ru N N ru N N N N N ru ru ru
I mm
--' a:
"'CI '" ~ ~ - '" - ~ on '" '" ~ ~ '" '" ~ '" ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ '" '" '" '" on '" '" '" '" '" '" on '" '" '" ~ "' "' "' "' '" '" "' "' "' :::J <<
""")::>:
W:::J U) '"
a:o ru_
~~ - ~ ~ - '" - '" '" '" '" ~ ~ '" '" ~ "' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ "' "' "' '" '" '" '" '" '" '" "' '" '" '" "' ~ "' "' "' "' '" '" "' "' "' i-~
E'So U1 "-
uu
~ f.~
"-c-
'" ~ ~ I
~
~ D I ~
'" - &
~ C '" - ~ & ~ 0 c ~ 0
~ ru ~ & '" C ~
x x '" ~ '" . ~ & '"
~ ~ ~ ~ Q - ~ '"
~ ~ '" 0 ~
c ~ - ~ & & Q Q C C C ~ ~ ~ ~
'" & '" ~ X '"
U 0 - u '" - ~ ~ D D X 0 X .:: ~
Q '" '" ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ - :;
0 ';; u ~ ~ , ~ ~ ~ u ~ u c .- ~ ~
z e U> E ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ c u ~
~ ';; & ~ ~ & 0 0 ~ " ~ ~ ~ ~
>-8 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 8 0 0 - ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Q - ~
~ 0 u U> U> E ~ ~ ~ ~ u u 0 D C C 0 ~ 0 Q C 0 C 0 " 0 E ~ 0 ,-
~~ ~ , , u ~ 0 0 f ~ u u u " ~ 0 u
~~ " ~ ~ u ~ ~ ~ U> " ~ c " " ~ '" . '" ~ '" ~ '" ~ 0 '" ~ ~ '" co
~ '" . u ~ ~ ! & i b - ~ b - ~ ~ - ru b ~ ~ ~
~ ~ c ru
~5 0 u u " ~ ~ ~ c c ~ ~ ~ c
0 ~ ~ ] 0 ~ ~ ~ j ~ ~ ~ " " ~ ~ ~ ~ .
uen ~ ~ ~ c ~ c " ~ ~ ~ - c ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ c ~ c ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .,;
<<w " & :i ;i ~ ~ " i ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ U> 0 U> 0 U> X C C ~ C C C C ~ - - ~
0 u u u
~ u ~
:= ~~i en
r '" ~ '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" ~
N ~ '" '" '" N N ~ '" '" ~ ~ '" '" ~ "' '" '" '" '" N ru ~ ~ '" "' "' ~ '" '" m '" ~
~ ~ '" on ~ ru ru on ru "' on on '" N ~ ~ N '" ~ '" ~ '" ~ ~ ~ '" ~
;; >
~
"
~ ~
"-
SilO" i
I
:::E o of i
C'c I 1
"" I 0 I.
(' 0 01 0 i~
aJ r- i
w I tj
u... DODO
~ I
I ~
rr I ~
I ~O ~O 0
00 i
~ I
I "
:z:~ I cr
~rr I u
l( 00 000
~ Ii
~ce ~DD
Ia- ~D mm
_H!>
<U :::J:::J
f-I'" -,<<
co .,.,
';0 "'~
I~ Cua;
DO 0 cu
>Icr rom
00
0 ~D ~DD~ '" ro~
:z: '" ~~
.c
'" D"'-
""
I~
>-C'c I
~g~ U"J
-+-' E
C ~
;:.. r- ill .~
~ E L
~ ill -+-'
I~ > <t
rr 0 ill
L QJ ~
~l1: 0. U"J ~
[J) L i~ E ~ D
f-< 0 ill
'" .c .c
~ -+-' U
r\ ~ <D L U1
l; j! w -+-' ~
.~ 0 c
",a- ru ~ ~ o.u 0
<D ~
:::J 0 !E !E U >- -+-'
z
<<" OJ U
>- :L ~
~ -+-' L
~ ~ ~ C C -+-'
-,g: ~ 0 U"J
'" '" 05 0 ~ C
U -+-' 0
<D U
~I ru ru ru ru ru ru ru ru N '" '" '" '" '" '" '" ru ru ru ru '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" ru '" '" '" '" OJ .+-'
--,C/1 '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" ~I 11r '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '"
cr:~ z z '" '" '" '" '" '" ~ :1; > '" > > u u z z z z '" 0. > > > > > u u u u z z z z '" '" 0 C
~ w w w '" '" '" w ~ ~ w 0 0 '" '" '" w w ~ w
<<:z ~ ~ ~ ~ '" ~ z z z z '" 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ z z z z z '" 0 0 '" ~ -, -, -, ~ ~ L <D
w~ ~ '" '" '" ~ ~ '" '" '" '" '" '" ~ ~ ~ ru '" '" '" ~ ~
ru ru N '" '" '" '" ru '" ~ ru ru C ~
0 D..
~~ '" '" ru ru '" ru ru ru ru -1- '" '" '" ru '" ru '" :::E
~~ '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" i ~I~ i i '" i i '" '" '" '" '" i '" '" i '" ~ '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '"
z z z z '" '" '" '" cr ~ u z z '" ~ > u u u u z z '" '"
~ ~ < w w ~ w < ~ w ~ u u u '" w w w ~
-, -, -, -, ~ x '" 0 -, -, 0 '" '" z '" '" '" '" -, -, ~
w'" ru ~ ,~ ru '" '" '" ~ '" '" '" ru ~N
~ ru ru ru ru '" '" '" mm
--,cr:
,",co ~ ~ ~ ~I~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ru :::J<
ru -, :z:
W:::J co,""
cr:D N_
"'cr: ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 !!: ~ ~ !!: ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ '" ~~
~:::J ru
gjD 2.5
"'''-
0 ~~
0 uu
"''''
-
00
'-'-
"'-"'-
-
~ " ~ '"
0
j, ~ 0
w ~ ~ ~ -
'"
0 % ~ . 0 ~ w
'" ~ 0 & '" Z 0 ~
~ u ~ % ~ ~ ~ w '" " ~ 0 0
0 0 0
~ .- U L ~ L 0 ~ '" '"
~ c ~ ~ '" ~ '"
~ 0 < 0 0 0 & 0 '" ~ '"
% '" W
~ . ~ 0 '" ~ w ~ ~ ~ C % ~ '" c c c w 0
'" - - . c '" L & W W W '"
:z ~ 0 c ~ . ~ ~ '" ~ '" ~ ~ ~ ~ c c ~ i L ~ C ~ ~ ~ '" cr L i ~ '"
~ ~ C L L > L ~ L ~
D '" ~ ~ u ~ '" '" ~ ~ 0
~:: 0 c c ~ ~ ~ c '- ~ ~ '-' 0 ~ ~ C & W '-' W ~ C 0 " 0 c - -
~ ~ E i > ~ ~ u 0 ~ '" u u
~"'- 0 ~ I '" w ~ u '" I ~ cr ~ ~ L SW L '" ~ cr ~ ~ w ~
~ u ~ c c c ~ .5
>~ '" - '" ru ru ru ru ~ - c '" ru c 0 '" '" '" < '"
~5 ~
~ ~ '" '" '" '" '" u j ~ ~ ~ '" ~ L :li ~ '" ~ ~ ~ '" ~ '" '- :li ~ '"
u'" 0 ~ '" 0 ~ 0 c '" '" ~ - w '" ui
<<w 0 ~ ~ l. l. l. l. l. ~ & ~ ~ 0 i Jj l. ~ ~ ~ L C c ! ! '" Jj l. 0 l. w ~
~ ~ .z ,;: ~ ...... ... 01
D ~ ~ w ~
W L L ~
< u 0. >
s: ~~i '"
'" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" 0 '" '" '" ~ 0 0 0 '" 0 '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" 0 '" '" '" ro
;:: '" ~ ru '" ~ '" '" ru '" '" '" '" ru '" '" '" ~ ~ '" '" ~ iD '-
~ ru N ru '" ~ '" ~ '" ~ iD '" ~ ~ '" ~ '" ~ '" '" iD '" '" '"
>
> m
E
';i '-
0..